PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

Volume XVIII

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY,

QUARTERLY

WASHINGTON, D. C.
1916

No. i issued April 5, 1916.
No. 2 issued Aug. 4, 1916.
No. 3 issued Nov. 27, 1916.
No. 4 issued June n, 1917

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVIII

Page

ALDRICH, J. M.: More light on Myophasia 98

BAKER, A. C. : Synopsis of the genus Calaphis 1X4

BAKER, A. C., and TURNER, W. P.: Some intermediates in the- Aphidi-

dae K)

BARBER, H. S.: A review of the North American Tortoise Beetles. . . . ll.'i

A new species of Weevil injuring orchids 177

BUSCK, AUGUST: Descriptions of new North American Microlepidop-

tera 147

BUSCK, AUGUST, HOWARD, L. O., and SCHWARZ, E. A.: A biographical

and bibliograph-
ical sketch of
Otto Heidemann 203

CAUDELL, A. N.: Address of Retiring President: An economic con-
sideration of Orthoptera directly affecting man. . 84
Color dimorphism in Schistocerca damnified Sauss- . 2 Hi

The habitat of Doru aculeatnm Scudder 217

CRAIGHEAD, F. C.: Determination of abdominal and thoracic areas of

the Cerambycid larvae as based on a study of the

muscles 1 29

CRAWFORD, J. C.: Some American Hymenoptera 127

CUSHMAN, R. A.: The native food-plants of the Apple Red-Bugs. . I Hi'.
DE GRYSE, J. J.: Hypermetamorphism of the Lepidopterous Sup-
feeders 1 ' ' 1

DUCKETT, A. B.: Notes on a little-known rabbit ear-mite 17

FISHER, W. S. : A new species of Xylotrechus 214

GAHAN, A. B., and ROHWER, S. A.: Horismology of the Hymenopter-

ous wing 20

HEIDEMANN, OTTO: Two new species of lace-bugs.. . .

HEINRICH, CARL: On the taxonomic value of some larval characters in

the Lepidoptera 1 ^-i

HOWARD, L. O. : Francis Marion Webster

A curious formation of a fungus occurring on a fly. 19(i
HOWARD, L,. O., SCHWARZ, E. A., and BTSCK. AUGUST: A biographical

and bibliograph-
ical sketch of
Otto Heidemann 2():i

HUTCHINSON, R. H.: Notes on the larvae of h'.nxestu notatu \Vicd.
HUTCHINSON, R. H., and WEBB, J. L.: Preliminary note on the bio-
nomics of Pullciiin nttli* Fabr.

in America

HYSSOP, J. A.: Pristoceni <i rmij 'rni (Say) parasitic on Limmiins n«0nns
(Say)

CONTENTS

HYSLOP, J. A., QUAINTANCE, A. L., and WALTON, W. R.: The life and

works of H.
M. Russell 3

KNAB, FREDERICK: Egg-disposal in Dermatobia hominis 171)

KOTINSKY, JACOB: The European fir-trunk bark louse (Chermes (Drey-
fiisia) piceae Ratz.) apparently long established in

the United States 14

M ALLOCH, J. R. : A new species of Agromyza destructive to beans in the

Philippines 93

McATEE, W. L,.: Introductory statement to "Two new species of lace-
bugs" by Otto Heidemann 217

MIDDLETON, WILLIAM: Notes on Dianthidium arizonicum Rohwer 193

PIERCE, W. D WIGHT: Notes on the habits of weevils 6

Notes on a southern trip 200

QUAINTANCE, A. L., HYSLOP, J. A., and WALTON, W. R.: The life and

works of H.
M. Russell 3

' ROHWER, S. A. : A new bee of the genus Dianthidium 192

A Nearctic species of Dolichitnis 212

Diprimi simile in North America 213

ROHWER, S. A., and GAHAN, A. B.: Horismology of the Hymenopter-

ous wing 20

/ SCHWARZ, E. A.: Ants protecting Acacia trees in Mexico 211

Rliizobiiis not Rhyzobiiis 214

SCHWARZ, E. A., HOWARD, L. (')., and BUSCK, AUGUST: A biographical

and bibliograph-
ical sketch of
Otto Heidemann 203
.SHANNON, R. C.: Notes on some genera of Syrphidae with descriptions

of new species 101

SMITH, HARRISON E. : New Tachinidae from North America 94

SNYDER, T. E. : Notes on Horseflies as a pest in Southern Florida 208

TOWNSEND, C. H. T.: Non-intentional dispersal of Muscoid species by

man, with particular reference to Tachinkl

species 18

Note on Myophasia aenea Wied 100

TURNER, W. P., and BAKER, A. C.: Some intermediates in Aphididae. . 10

WALTON, W. R.: The Tachinid genus Argyrophylax B. and B 189

\V ALTON, W. R., QUAINTANCE, A. L., and HYSLOP, J. A.: The life and

works of H.
H. Russell 3

WEBB, J. L.. and HUTCHINSON, R. H.: Preliminary note on the bio-
nomics of Pollenia rudis, Fabr.
in America.. 197

II

PROCEEDINGS

OK THK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

VOLUME XVIII, No. 1
MARCH, 1916

PFBUSHED QUABTERLT BT THE SOCIETY

OFFICE OF PUBLICATION

2419-21 GREBNMOtmr AVTB.

BALTIMORE. MD.

EDITORIAL OFFICE

WASHINGTON. D. C.

natter at the poatoffice at Baltimore, Md . f«b««ry »,
the A«t ol AucaM 24. 181S

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of
each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00;
initiation fee (for active1 members only), $1.00.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916.

Pretident. C. R. ELY

First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER

Second Vice-President. FREDERICK KNAB

Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROH \VER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Editor. . . J. C. CRAWFORD

Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the

Wathinglon Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER

Executive Committee.

THE OFFICERS.
A. N. CAODELL. A. L. QUAINTANCB. W. D. HUNTER.

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash-
ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum;
foreign, $2.25 per annum; single numbers, 75 cents, foreign postage
extra. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological
Society of Washington.

Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25
separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti-
fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rate*
fixed by the Society.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 1

It is with great regret that the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington announces the death of three of its esteemed members,
Harry Merwin Russell, Active Member, died June 26, 1915, Jean
Henri Fabre, Honorary Member, died October 11, 1915 and
Francis Marion Webster, Ex-President, died January 3, 1916.

The Society at the November meeting adopted the memorial
in honor of Jean Henri Fabre which is printed in this number.

Resolutions in honor of H. M. Russell, adopted at the Novem-
ber meeting, with a biography and bibliography are published
herein.

On January 14 the Society and members of the Bureau of Ento-
mology held a meeting in commemoration of F. M. Webster.
The resolutions adopted together with a biography to be pre-
pared by Messrs. Howard, Marlatt and Walton will be printed
in the next number.

PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Sfcan J^enri Jfafcre

Jean Henri Fabre, Honorary Member of the Ento-
mological Society of Washington, died at Orange, France,
October 11, 1915 at the age of ninety-two years. He
had held many positions of honor but will best be re-
membered by Entomologists as the ideal of that active
* devotion to nature now too rarely seen.

His entomological career began in 1855 and from then
until his death he published many excellent articles on
the habits of insects, principally in his Souvenirs ento-
mologiques. The originality and fidelity to nature of his
observations, as well as the delightful manner in which
he presented them, attracted the attention of Entomol-
ogists long before their translation and popularization
brought him fame and laid the foundation for the
awakening of wide spread interest in the habits of in-
sects. It is extremely fortunate for the entomological
world that this keen and patient observer was given so
many years to preserve in so charming a manner his
records of insect habits.

.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, UMii

JHertotn

The death of Mr. Harry M. Russell at Tempe, Arizona is here
recorded with sincere regret by the members of the Entomological
Society of Washington. Mr. Russell has been an active member
of the Society for the past eight years and regularly attended the
meetings during his winter sojourns in Washington. Mr. Russell
carried on much of the initial work of the truck crop insect in-
vestigations of the National Bureau in Florida and has added
materially to the literature of our subtropical economic ento-
mology.

His kindly nature and courtesy made him an esteemed friend
of many of our American entomologists. This society wishes to
record its appreciation of the loss incurred by the Society as
well as by American Economic Entomology in his untimely death
and to express to his family its sincere sympathy.

THE LIFE AND WORKS OF H. M. RUSSELL.

BY A. L. QUAINTANCE, J. A. HYSLOP, AND W. R. WALTON.

Harry Merwin Russell was born in Bridgeport, Connecticut,
on March 30, 1882. He received his preparatory schooling in
the Bridgeport public schools, graduating from the High School
in 1901. He entered the Massachusetts Agricultural College
in 1902 and received the Bachelor of Science degree in 1906.
While a student he was employed during the summer months as
;i Deputy Nursery Inspector of the 'State of Massachusetts
The summer following his graduation, he was temporarily en-
gaged in the Gipsey and Brown Tail Moth parasite work at the
Su,ugus Laboratory, and that winter returned to his Alma Mater
as a lecturer on Botany in the winter short courses. On May 1 .
1907. he was appointed as Special Field Agent in the Federal
Bureau of Entomology under Dr. F. H. Chittenden and was
n-appointed as Agent and Expert on July 1, 1908. On September
1, 1911 his title was changed to Entomological Assistant. The
first three years of his work with the Federal Bureau were spent
in investigations of the Truck Crop Insects in Florida. Here
he met Mrs. Lillie S. Brysnn, a daughter of the late Honorable
David C. Slaimhler of Memphis, Tennessee, t<» whom lie was
married on March 12, 1909 at Miami. Florida. Me then \veni

PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

to California where he carried on similar work until ill health
made necessary his seeking a higher altitude.

On January 1, 1913 he was transferred to the Office of Cereal
and Forage Insect Investigations and stationed at the Salt
Lake City Laboratory in Utah. His health continued to fail
and in a very few months he again moved, this time to Tempe,
Arizona. His extensive experience with truck growing made
him dissatisfied with field crop investigations and on September
16, 1913 he was transferred back to the Office of Truck Crop
Insect Investigations. In October, 1914 he was forced by his
continued failing health to request leave without pay, though he
remained upon the rolls of the Bureau until the most prevalent
disease of mankind finally claimed Him. He died at Phoenix,
Arizona on June 26, 1915 in the 33rd year of his life. His re-
mains were temporarily interred at Phoenix and finally brought
east and placed in the final resting place in Bridgeport on October
8, 1915.

He was a member of the American Association of Economic
Entomologists, the American Entomological Society, and the
Entomological Society of Washington. He joined the last named
Society on December 10, 1908 and was an active member until
his death. During the latter years of his life he gave particular
attention to the Thysanoptera, upon which he published some
very important papers, recording the first parasite ever reared
from this order. Undoubtedly he. would have taken rank with
our foremost economic workers but for the unfortunate chain of
circumstances which terminated in his death.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

A new cecidomyiid on oak. Ent. News., v. 19, no. 8, p. 349-352,
pi. XIV, Oct. 1908. (In collaboration with C. W. Hooker.)
Experiments for the control of the red spider in Florida ('J'd-
runychus bimaculatus, Harv.) Jour. Econ. Ent.. v. 1, p. 377-380,
Dec. 1908.

Chittenden, F. H. and Russell, H. M. Some insects injurious to
truck crops. The semitropical army worm (Prodenia cridania
Cram.), pp. ii, 53-70, figs. 8-11, ^Jan. 28, 1909. (U. S, Dept. Agr.
Bur. Ent. Bui. 66, Pt. 5). (In collaboration with Dr. F. II.
Chittenden.)

Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Bureau of Ento-
mology, IX. The greenhouse thrips (Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis
Bouche), pp. ii, 43-60, figs. 15-17, Aug. 4, 19*00. (U. 8. Dcj.t.
Agr. Bur. Ent. Bui. 64, Pt, 6.)

Notes on the geomHrid Cii/jmoclirtxi xitcllald (iuon. Pmr. Ent.
Soc. Wash., v. 12, p. 177 17s. Doc. 31, 1910.

OF WASHINGTON", VOLUME XVIII, 1916 5

.Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Bureau of Kntn-

mology, IX. The pecan case-bearer (Coleophora caryaejoliil/n

Clem), pp. iii, 79-86, figs. 23-24, pis. V-VII, Nov. 12, 1910.

(U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Bui. 64, Pt. 10.)

A true internal parasite of Thysanoptera. Proc. Knt. Soc. Wash.,

v. 13, p. 235-238, Dec. 29, 1911.

Miscellaneous papers. An internal parasite of Thysanoptera

(Thripoctenus russelli), pp. iv, 25-52, figs. 1-11, April 27, 1912.

(U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. Xo. 23, Pt. 2.)

The greenhouse thrips (Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis Bouche), pp. ii,

9, figs. 7. May 10, 1915. (U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Circ. 151.)

Notes on Thysanoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 14, p. 12S,

1912.

A note on the southern walking-stick (Anisomorpha buprestoides

Stoll) and a tachinid parasite. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 14, p.

117, 1912.

The bean thrips (Heliothrips fasciatus Pergande) 49 pp., fig.s. 11,

Oct. 16, 1912. (U. S. Dept, Agr. Bur. Ent. Bui. 118.)

The life history of Tetrastichus asparagi Crawf. Jour. Ecnn.

Ent., v. 5, pp. 429-433, Dec. 1912.

Papers on insects injurious to citrus and other subtropical fruits.

The red-banded thrips. (Heliotliri i>s rubrocinctus Giard.) 17-

29 p., pi. IV-V, Dec. 14, 1912. (U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent.

Bui. 99, Pt, II.)

Observations on the egg parasites of Da tana inlegerrima Walk.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., v. 15, pp. 91-97, 1913.

The rose aphis (Macrosiphum rosac L.) 15 p., figs. 4, pis. 3, May

19, 1914. (U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 90.)

Two HUNDREDTH AND EIGHTY-NINTH MEETING.
NOVEMBER 4, 1915.

The 289th meeting of the Society was entertained by Prof. A.
L. Quaintance at the Saengerbund Hall, November 4, 1915.
There were present Messrs. Baker, Boving, Pusck, Craighead,
Crawford, DeGryse, Ely, Ducket t, Fisher, Clahan, Greene, Hut-
chison, Knab, Kotinsky, Pierce, Popenoe, Quaintance, Rohwei .
Sunford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Turner, \Yalton, ;uid White
members and Max Kisliuk and H. L. Yiererk visitors.

Mr. Robert J. Kewley was elected an active member and Mr.
\V. S. Blatchley a corresponding member.

At the close of the regular program, Mr. Yiereck told of some of
his experiences in the handling of parasites in the Si.-ite of Cali-
fornia and also gave some reminiscences of his visit to Italy.

6 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The following program was presented:

NOTES ON THE HABITS OF WEEVILS.

(Coleoptera, Rhyncophora .)

BY W. DWIGHT PIERCE.

To the student of biologies the study of the weevils furnishes
no end of surprises. We find almost every possible variation in
insect life-history except those associated with parasitism. Among
the weevils are external and internal plant feeders, predators
on scale insects andmon woodboring insects, cannibals, inquilines,
and myrmecophilous species. They breed in every portion of
plants and some of them form galls. We find the eggs laid singly
and in cluster, exposed and concealed. Different species have
very clever ways of preparing the food for the young such as
making elaborate leaf rolls, scraping the surface of fruit to make
a scaly covering, puncturing the midrib of a leaf to prevent sap
flow and growing fungus upon which the young may feed. The
larvae are either external or internal feeders, phytophagous or
entomophagous, sometimes even semiaquatic or aquatic. Many
prepare silken cocoons. Some cover themselves with excrement.
They mine leaves, tunnel stems, breed in buds, flowers, fruit or
roots or eat the outer surface of plants. Some pupate in the
plants, some on them, and many enter the ground. The devel-
opment takes from a few days to several years.

In the course of the last few years the writer and his associates
had occasion to work out the life histories of many species. While
these will be written up in full in the future it may be sometime
before they can be published and it seems advisable to publish
at this time brief notes covering as much of this work as possible
so that other workers may have the advantage of them.

The genus Apion has been divided by European authors
into a number of genera of which the characters correspond
remarkably with the biology. A preliminary glimpse at the
records of our American species indicates that we can coordinate
our classification in the same manner. It will be first necessary
to learn more about our species. The following records increase
materially the knowledge of American Apioninae.

Apion impunctistriatum Smith breeds in the stems of the
composites, Heterotheca subaxillaris and Ambrosia trifido in
Texas.

Apion ellipticum Smith forms a gall in the roots of Chaero-
phyllum texanum, an umbelliferous plant. A 17 per cent control
by parasitism was found at Dallas, Texas in 1907.

Apion falli Wagner (pyriforme Smith) breeds in the pods of

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 7

Mimosa biuncinata, M. borealis, M. texana and M. fragrans and
Acacia amentacea in Texas and Arizona.

Apion umboniferum Fall breeds in the berries of Viburnum
alnifolium in Texas.

Apion xanthoxyli Linell breeds in the seeds of Xanthoxyhttn
pterota in South Texas.

Apion proclive LeConte breeds in the pods of Lupinus arbor ea
in California.

Apion rostrum Say breeds in the pods of Baptisia leucantha and
B. tinctoria.

Apion varicorne Smith breeds in the flower heads of Parosdu
aurea in Texas and Oklahoma.

Apion nasutum Fall breeds in the stems of a leguminous plant
in Texas.

Apion subornatum Fall breeds in the pods of Acacia amentacea
and A. roemeriana in Texas.

Apion decoloratum Fall breeds in the pods of Meibomia pani-
culata, M. grandi flora and Gnaphalium obtusifolium.

Apion solutum Fall breeds in the stems of Sphaeralcea angusti-
folia in South Texas.

Apion graciliforme Fall breeds in the stems of Kuhnistera
obovata in Texas.

Apion aculeatum Fall breeds in the flower heads of huisache
(Vachellia farnesiana) and of a Mimosa.

Among these fourteen species of Apion are stem, root, flower,
fruit and seed weevils. These will ultimately be placed in several
very distinct genera. All species of Apion pupate in the larval
cell.

Very little is yet known of the habits of our otiorhynchid
weevils in this country. Notes on four species are presented
herewith.

Compsus auricephalus Say like many other otiorhynchid
weevils related to it, lays its eggs in a mass of gummy substance
on leaves and folds a portion of the leaf over them so that they
are perfectly concealed. It has been found ovipositing in great
numbers on cotton in south Texas. The eggs hatch in seven or
eight days and the larvae enter the ground to feed on the roots of
plants.

Achrastenus griseus Horn lays its eggs in clusters on fruit tree
leaves.

Aphrastus unicolor Horn lays its eggs in clusters on cotton and
other plants.

Pandeleteius cinereus Horn breeds in the stems of mistletoe
(Phoradendron flavescens) in Texas. The adults mature in the
spring. The entire development takes place in the larval cell.

8 ' PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Sitona flavescens Marsham breeds in the nodules on roots of
Lupinus pusillus at Dallas, Texas.

Lixus tenellus Casey breeds in the stems of an umbelliferous;
plant, causing a gall-like swelling. Like all other Lixus it pupates
in the larval cell.

Lissorhoptus simplex the rice weevil also breeds on the roots
of Echinochloa crusgalli in south Texas. The larva is an external
as well as an internal root feeder and makes a pupal cell of mud.

Hyperodes echinatus Dietz breeds in the roots of Senecio
lobatus and Plantago media in Texas and Louisiana. Hyperodes
solutus Boheman breeds in the stems and scapes of Sagittaria
latifolia at Dallas, Texas.

No records have ever been published of the supposedly rare
genus Pnigodes but the writer has several species, one bred from
Ptilimnium capillaceum, others bred from Selenia aurea, Lepid-
ium and Oenothera laciniata. They are root weevils and very
common in Texas.

Very little has been published on the habits of the genus
Otidocepjialus. It is therefore of interest to note that Otido-
cephalus arizonicus breeds in the stems of mistletoe (Phoraden-
dron flavescens) at Dallas, Texas, and also in Arizona (as hereto-
fore recorded). 0. carinicollis Horn breeds commonly at Dallas
in the twigs of Bumelia lanuginosa. The adults appear in April
and begin to mate. The immature stages require at least until
December for development. Hibernation occurs in the larval,
pupal and adult stages. It was found parasitized by Eurytoma sp.,
Ptinobius sp. nov., and Heterospilus sp. 0. chevrolati Horn
breeds in the galls of Amphibolips on live oak twigs at Victoria,
Texas. 0. dugesi Champion breeds in cynipid galls on oak at
Durango, Mexico.

Oopterinus perforatus Horn breeds in cynipid galls on roots of
oak according to Mr. Schwarz.

Orchestes pallicornis Say mines the leaves of Ulmus alata and
U. americana at Dallas, and of Alnus at Falls Church, Va. Each
larva makes a. separate mine and pupates in a cocoon in an in-
flated portion of the mine.

Prionomerus calceatus Say mines the leaves of Liriodendron
tulipifera, and Sassafras officinale around Washington, D. C.,
and in Florida mines the leaves of Magnolia. The eggs are laid
in the midrib. Several larvae feed side by side making large
mines which inflate when dry. The pupal cells are of silk and
clustered together. It has been found parasitized at Clarks-
ville, Tenn. This species was first recorded from Liriodendron
by Townend Glover.1

JRept. Dept. Agr. 1870, p. 68.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XVIII, 1916

Tylopterus pallidus LeConte breeds in the berries of Forestieria
acuminata at Victoria, Texas. It enters the ground for pupation.
Tyloptems varius breeds in the berries of Adelia pubescent at
Dallas.

Cylindrocopturus adspersus LeConte breeds in the stalks of
Helianthus multiflorus, Ambrosia trifida and Xunthium in Texas.
C. mammillatus breeds in the stems of Verbesina virginica in
Texas and Oklahoma. C. operculatus Gyllcnhal breeds in the
stems of several species of Hymenopappus at Dallas. The
species of this genus pupate in the larval cell. The larvae arc
usually found in the pith and arc characterized by the dark
spiracular areas.

Cryptorhynchus fallax LeConte breeds in the stems of Co.^in
at Victoria.

Rhyssematus lineaticollis Say breeds in the pods of Asclepiodora
viridis and Asclepias latifolia in Texas. The larvae enter the
ground for pupation. R. pruinosus breeds in the pods of Mimosa
fragans in South Texas. R. palmacollis Say breeds in the seed
pods of Ipomoea sinuata at Victoria, Texas.

Chalcodermus vittatus Champion breeds in the seed of the balloon
vine (Cardiospermum halicacabum) in south Texas. The larvae
enter the ground for pupation.

Tyloderma subpubescens Casey breeds in the stems of Poli/-
gonum punctatum and P. portoricense at Victoria, Texas.

Conotrachelus similis Boheman breeds in the berries of Bumelia
lanuginosa in south Texas. C. leucophaeatus breeds in the stems
of Euphorbia marginata. C. naso breeds in the acorns of Quercti*
virginiana. C. albicinctus was bred at Dallas from a gall on
Cornus cainH<!iasimus. The larvae of C onotrachelus enter the
ground for pupation.

Conotrachelus elegans Boheman is a very important enemy
of nuts. In Texas the first generation breeds in the petioles
and new shoots of hickory (Hicoria alba}. Later individuals
are found commonly in the leaf galls of Phylloxera devastalri.r
on pecan (Hicoria pecan). Still later in the season, the species i>
bred from nuts of various species of Hicoria. C. posticatus
Boheman and C. affinis Boheman both breed in. hickory nuts in
Louisiana.

Perigaster cretura breeds externally on the leaves and stems of
Ludwigia natans in south Texas. The larvae are yellow and
have a gliding motion. They spin a silken thread with which
they form a covering while they ('at. They work mainly under
water. The pupal cell is composed of silk and a dark substance
and is impervious to water. The adult i«s saltatory. This
genus is confined to the plant genus Lud trig/a.

Barinus squamolineatus Casey breeds in the roots of a rush

10 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

(Rynchospora) in south Texas. B. albescens LeConte breeds in
the stems of Cyperus virens at Victoria.

Trichobaris compacta breeds in pods of Datura stramonium
at Dallas. It pupates in the pods. The genus Trichobaris is
confined to solanaceous plants but the species usually breed
in the stems.

Rhinoncus pyrrhopus breeds in the stems of Polygonum pennsyl-
vanicum.

Baris cuneipennis Casey breeds under the bark of the roots of
Gaillardia pulchella, Helenium tenuifolium and H. microcephalum
in Texas. Numerous species of this genus have been bred by the
writer and all breed under the bark of the roots.

Orthoris cylindrifer Casey breeds in the stems and root crown of
Mentzelia oligosperma at Dallas. The entire genus is confined to
plants of the genus Mentzelia.

Nyssonotus seriatus Casej^ breeds in the dry stems of Agave
lecheguilla following attack by Peltophorus polymitus another
weevil, in south Texas.

Rhodobaenus 13-punctatus breeds in the stems of Xanthium
commune, Heliantims, Ambrosia trifida and Polymnia canadensis.

SOME INTERMEDIATES IN THE APHIDIDAE.

(Hemiptera.)
BY A. C. BAKER AND W. F. TURNER.

In a recent paper1 the authors discussed the intermediates so
far known to occur in the Aphididae and expressed the opinion
that they are of normal occurrence in the family and indicate the
method by which the apterous form has been derived. Inter-
mediates of several other species can now be added to the list and
it seems worth while to consider a few other points also.

If the family is at present in an unstable condition, and the
alate forms are now being eliminated, two things would be ex-
pected, first, we would expect the primitive aphids to show a very
high percentage of alate individuals and, secondly, we might ex-
pect to find alate examples of all the distinct forms of the family.

If a random collection of aphids were made today in America
a very high percentage of the specimens collected would be apter-
ous individuals and alate aphids would be few comparatively.
It is interesting to note then that among the tertiary aphids so far
as we know the American forms only one specimen is apterous.
This might possibly indicate a preponderance of alate forms at
the time these deposits were laid down.

1 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. xvu, 1915, p. 42.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 11

Alate aphids of all forms have now been recorded. Alate
sexual ovipara are rare, but alate males are of very common
occurrence. In some species two forms of males are known to
exist, alate and apterous. The males in certain other species
are, in our opinion, clearly intermediate in nature between alate
males and typically apterous males. The male of Toxoptera
mullenbergiae Davis is apterous and yet it retains many char-
acters of the typically alate male. The thorax possesses fairly
distinct alate characters. This is of such a prominent nature
that the insect suggests an alate with the wings removed. What
is even more significant is the fact that the ocelli are present.
These two characters show the undoubted intermediate char-
acter of this male. What has been said of mullenbergiae might
also be said of the male of Aphis striplex Lin. This form likewise
possesses remnants of the alate thorax and distinct ocelli, and is
undoubtedly intermediate in nature. It is interesting to note
that while in some males of atriplex the alate thoracic characters
are well retained, in others they are represented by faint markings
only. Both of these males might well be compared to the inter-
mediate vivipara of Phyllaphis fagi Lin., herein described, except-
ing that the wings in that form are not entirely reduced.

The number of species with typically apterous sexed ovipara
is very large. If the primitive aphids were sexed this condition
would be expected much sooner than species with entirely
apterous viviparae.

Of the species of which intermediates are described in the present
paper the writers have carried three throughout their entire
cycles. ( These three have annual cycles and alternate hosts.
They are Macrosiphum viticola Thos., Aphis prunifoliae Fitch (the
avenae Fab., of American authors) and Aphis malifoliae Fitch
(the sorbi Kalt. of American authors). In the first two species
the intermediates have occurred upon the summer hosts and
were intermediates between summer apterae and summer alates.
This is also true of the intermediates of another species, persicae
Sulz. Malifoliae Fitch winters upon the apple and spends the
summer months upon species of Plantago, particularly upon rib
grass. Alate forms during midsummer seem to be rare. The
intermediates of this species occurred upon apple and were
intermediates between alates which cannot live upon apple but
must fly to plantains and apterae which cannot live upon plan-
tains, but only upon apple. The intermediates lived and re-
produced upon apple, thus taking on the nature of the primary
apterous forms.

Following are descriptions of viviparous intermediates of
seven species of aphids. One character is noticeable in all of
these forms. The remnants of the wings hang drooping at the
sides of the insects. They have lost the support of the muscles.

12 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Aphis gossypii Glover.

Antennae of the same lengths as those of the apterous forms; the third
segment, however, armed with usually six sensoria which are irregular in
size, very few being large as are those of the alate; median ocellus absent,
the lateral ones, however, present in the specimens obtainable for study;
thorax with the alate characters very little, if at all developed, muscles
much reduced and some embryos visible within the thorax; wings much
reduced, being about as long as the third segment of the antennae; cor-
nicles not as short as those of the alate form, nor yet as long as those of the
apterous, slightly curved outward, but this character not as evident as in
the apterous form; cauda and anal plate similar to those of the apterous
female. Color and general appearance similar to those of the apterous
form.

Described from three examples present in a collection taken
August 9, 1912, on melon, Vienna, Va.

Phyllaphis fagi Linn.

Color nearly that of the alate. Antennae with the same measurements
as those of the aptera, and with the same characters, there being no sen-
soria on the third segment; ocelli absent; alate thoracic characters dis-
tinct, showing moderately developed lobes on the dorsum; wings very much
reduced, being small, oval, leaf like structures, with a thickening along the
costal margin; other characters usual.

Described from one specimen in a collection taken on beech,
May 12, 1914, at Washington, D. C.

This intermediate is interesting in having a fairly well developed
thorax in connection with the much reduced wings. It is more
interesting, however, in that this thorax, externally so well
developed' has lost the large alary muscles entirely. It is filled
with developing embryos and, therefore, does not agree at all
with the thorax of the alate form.

Macrosiphum viticola Thos.

Color similar to that of the apterous form; antennae with the same
measurements as those of the alate and with the third segment possessing
about six circular sensoria; vertex not extending forward to median ocellus,
but almost flat, this median ocellus being very faint in one specimen and
absent in the other; lateral ocelli present; alate thoracic characters hardly
present. Wings showing as pad-like structures not as large as the wing
pads of the pupa; wings of both specimens about equally developed, but
the great dorso-ventral muscles of the thorax somewhat more reduced in
one than in the other; cauda long and narrow, similar to that of the other
adult forms.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 13

Described from two examples, one in a collection of thin ecu
adults made May 30, 1905, at Laurel, Md., and the other in a col-
lection of seven adults, made on June 2, 1907, at Washington, !).('.,
both upon grape.

Myzus persicae Sulz.

Color green, very similar to that of the apterous form; antennae with
the same measurements as those of the alate, but without the row of promi-
nent sensoria found on the third segment of that form (the right antenna
of one individual has one sensorium) ; ocelli. absent as in the apterous fe-
male; wings reduced in one specimen to a little more than half the normal
size with indications of some of the veins, in the other specimen small pad-
like structures; alate thoracic characters absent in the specimen with the
smaller wings and but little indicated in the other; alary muscles much
reduced in both specimens, in the one, at least, showing almost the exact
condition met with in the aptera; cauda elongate like that of the alate
form.

Described from two individuals taken on cabbage in the plant
houses, Vienna, Va., February 5, 1915. One of these was isolated
and produced jroung in the normal manner. Other intermediates
of the species were observed, but were not obtained for description.

Aphis malifoliae Fitch.

General appearance, color, etc., resembling that of the apterous form.
Alate thoracic characters absent; wing represented by small pad-like
structure 0.32 mm. long in one specimen and 0.16 mm. long in the other. An-
tennae of about equal proportions in both specimens, though one is smaller
than the other. "Segment III, 0.576 mm.; IV, 0.352 mm.; V, 0.288 mm.;
VI, base 0.112 mm.; unguis 0.576 mm. One specimen has six sensoria near
distal extremity of III, fifteen on IV, and three on V. The other specimen
lias both antennae with the following sensoria, thirty- two and thirty-eight
on segment III, seventeen and twenty-one on IV, three and four onV.
Cornicles in one specimen 0.4 mm. long and in the other 0.448 mm.

Described from two specimens reared during the spring of 1914.
Aphis prunifoliae Fitch.

General appearance and color approaching that of the apterous form.
Antennae of first specimen as follows: III, 0.24 mm. long, and armed with
nine sensoria; IV, 0.112 mm. and armed with two sensoria. Segment V,
base 0.064 mm. unguis, 0.336 mm. This segmentation of the anlemr.ie
is characteristic of many of the summer apterous forms. Alate thoracic
characters absent; \\ings represented by pads about 0.3 mm. long. In
the second specimen are more typically alate being as follows: Segment
III, 0.272 mm. long and armed with eleven sensoria; segment IV, 0.1 Js

14 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

rnm. long and with five sensoria; V, about 0.125 mm. long and VI base,
0.064 mm., unguis 0.352 mm.

Described from two specimens reared during the summer of 1915.

Eriosoma sp.

In a collection of an undescribed species of Eriosoma from pears
in California made by W. M. Davidson, two intermediates are
present. These resemble the apterous forms greatly but the
eyes are composed of a large number of lenses. The apterous
forms have a very simple eye composed of three facets whereas
the eye of the alate form has many. In this intermediate nature
indicated by the eyes only, the present species resembles certain
species of Phylloxera.

In discussion, Mr. Rohwer stated that he believed the absence
of wingless aphids in fossils could be explained by the method
in which the geological formations were laid down. He did not
believe that their apparent absence from fossils should be assumed
to mean that they were not in existence at the time the deposits
were formed.

THE EUROPEAN FIR TRUNK BARK LOUSE (CHERMES (DREY-

FUSIA) PICEAE RATZ.) APPARENTLY LONG ESTABLISHED

IN THE UNITED STATES.

BY JACOB KOTINSKY,
Forest Entomology, Bureau of Entomology.

Recently the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Department
of Agriculture has received pieces of balsam fir bark rather
heavily infested with a Chermes, which careful comparison with
descriptions and figures has shown fairly conclusively to be
identical with the above named European species. The speci-
mens came from Mt. Monadnock, N. H. where, the correspondent
states, the infestation has been spreading during the past three
years and a considerable number of trees had died during the time.
This identification, when brought to Dr. Hopkins' attention,
reminded him of a Chermes he collected on bark of balsam firs
in the vicinity of Brunswick, Me., in August, 1908. A slide
preparation of this material showed it also to agree with Chervic*
piceae. The identification was based primarily on the integu-
mental structure of the 1st instar of the stem mother in which
form the insect hibernates on the bark and which presents the

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 15

most salient characters for the purpose. The absence of pores
at the bases of the anterior and posterior coxae and the larger
pores on some of the dorsal plates in this stage are some of the
characters specifically distinguishing it from others.

In Jour. Econ. Ent., in, 342-343, August, 1910, Dr. Felt reports
the discovery of a Chermes on Nordmann's firs imported from
Europe which was provisionally determined by himself and Dr.
"Hopkins as Chermes piceae Ratz. The writer examined also
this material, which consists of egg masses and old females on
the bark of a terminal shoot, and the evidence tends to show that
it is probably the young fir shoot bark louse (Chermes (Dreyfusia)
nusslini C.B.) which, biologically by Nusslin and later morpho-
logically by Bonier, has been found distinct from that living on
the trunk, the latter never going to the young growth.

The evidence, therefore, is at hand that the fir trunk bark louse
has been in this country for at least seven years; and, judging by
the location and the heaviness of the infestation of the bark
collected by Dr. Hopkins, the insect must have been in this
country a good many years, the exact or even approximate num-
ber of which we will perhaps never be able to trace. As regards
Chermes nusslini, Dr. Felt's note above referred to does not
indicate whether any action has been taken to exterminate the
colony on imported Nordmann's fir, so that we are not able to
say whether or not that introduction led to its establishment in
this country, if indeed, like Chermes piceae, it has not already
been long established here.

In Europe both these species are practically confined to fir trees,
and while they are presumed to have an alternate host, this host
i> not known. Nor are even all the generations known.

In his " Conif eren-Laiise Chermes," published in 1907, Cho-
lodkovsky records a Chermes that was sent him by Prof. Bouvier
who collected it in one of the Paris parks on an American fir
(Abies nobilis var. glauca) which Cholodkovsky designated as
Chermes piceae, var. bouvieri. The morphological reasons for
separating the variety are slight, but the fact that it produced
y,;ill-like thickenings on the bark and buds was a rather marked
biological difference. Nevertheless, in his article in the "Zool.
Anzeiger," xxxni, after describing nusslini and discussing its
relations. Bonier remarks on p. 750: "As Cholodkovsky's var.
bouvieri is identical with the true piceae (and not a hunger form
of nusslini, as I was wont to believe), we do not know whether the
European piceae attacked the American silver fir after its intro-
duction into Europe, or whether this species occurs also in North
America and there, completes its normal cycle, and must pa-
tiently await further discoveries on the geographical dislril>uii<m
of Chermes piceae.

16 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

In Europe piceae occurs on many species of fir. It hibernates
on the bark as the stem mother larva which is elongate, black,
with a double, elongate brush of wax along the medio-dorsum and
a fringe of the same substance around the base. With the in-
auguration of spring it begins to grow and molt, the waxy down
likewise growing more profuse. By April it reaches maturity
and deposits about 140 light reddish brown eggs which hatch
during May into either summer stem mother (aestivalis) or winter
stem mother (hiemalis) larvae which settle on the old bark, the lat-
ter not completing growth until next spring, thus completing the
monoeceus, monomorphic annual fir cycle. The former reach
maturity between May and July, depending on the weather, and
lay a small number of eggs, all of which hatch into winter stem
mother larvae. Part of the summer larvae develop into nymphs
which are only covered by powder. These change into winged
migrants, all of which fly about May or June and settle on young
and old needles of Picea excelsa. The 7-12 eggs which these lay
there hatch into the sexed forms. In but four instances were these
eggs observed to have hatched and partly developed. But aside
from the hiemalis larva, which fully agrees with Borner's descrip-
tion of it, we know nothing of its other forms in this country.

Economically Chermes piceae is regarded by some observers in
Europe to have been the cause of the serious injury and death
of many fir trees in a number of places. But those observations
were made prior to its differentiation from Chermes nusslini,
which is known to infest fir trees simultaneously with the othi-i .
and, the writer is inclined to agree with Niisslin that, of the two
species, the one sapping the vitality of the young growth is prob-
ably the more seriously injurious, the two together probably being
quite competent to kill good sized fir trees. Hence, if nusslini
is also found on the trees in New Hampshire reported dying,
these two species of Chermes may account for the deaths. Other-
wise, some other cause will probably be found primarily responsible.
But the heaviness of the infestation on the pieces of bark examined
would indicate that the species merits watching and further careful
study. It goes without saying that it likewise merits study from
the biological view point.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVII I, 1916 17

NOTES ON A LITTLE-KNOWN RABBIT EAR-MITE.1

(Psoroptes cuniculi Mcgnin.)

BY A. B. DUCKETT.
Truck Crop and Stored Product Insect Investigations.

Author's abstract.

During April, 1915, two rabbits used by the Bureau of Ento-
mology for experimental purposes died from the effects of rabbit
ear mange. The disease was found to be caused by this mite,
not previously recorded in America, and an autopsy showed
cerebral disturbances, the mites having penetrated to within five
millimeters of the brain. All stages of the mite were found on
waste material, such as skin, blood, and wax, and cast skin that had
accumulated near the base of the ear passage. This copious sup-
ply of organic matter undoubtedly favors development and when
once the mites gain a foothold the progeny increase at a prodigious
rate. Eggs are laid singly on waste material. The mite which
Megnin called P. longirostris var. cuniculi is said by Banks to
be a distinct species. Since rabbits afflicted with the disease-
show marked symptoms of illness, the writer is of the opinion
that this parasite can be greatly curtailed and perhaps entirely
subjugated with a little concerted effort on the part of the fanciers.

In connection with the above species of mite, the writer also
records another European mite, Listrophorus gibbus Pasquest,
found by Mr. W. H. White in the hair of rabbits. According to
Mr. Banks, who determined the species, this is the first record of
the occurrence of this mite in America.

Two HUNDRED AND NINETIETH MEETING, DECEMBER 2, 1915.

The 290th meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr. W.
D. Hunter at the Saengerbund Hall, December 2, 1915. There
were present Messrs. Abbott, Boving, Busck, Caudell, Craig-
head, Crawford, Cushman, DeGryse, Ely, Fisher, Gahan, Greene.
Heidemann, Heinrich, Hopkins, Hunter, Hutchison, Isely,
Kewley, Knab, Mclndoo, Middleton, Pierce, Quaintance, Roh-
wer, Rust, Sasscer, Schwartz, Shannon, Snyder, Townsend,
Turner, Van Dine and Walton members, and A. I. Fabis, R. M.
Garner, Max Kisliuk, Alden Speare, and K. H. Townsend visitors.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Presi-
dent, Prof. Chas. R. Ely; First Vice-President , Mr. K. R. Sasscer;

— i —
1 Published in full in Jouni. Amor. Vet. Med. Assoc. 191.?.

18 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Second Vice-President, Mr. Frederick Knab; Recording Secretary,
Mr. A. B. Gahan; Editor, Mr. J. C. Crawford; Corresponding
Secretary-Treasurer, Mr. S. A. Rohwer; members of the Execu-
tive Committee at Large, Mr. A. L. Quaintance, Mr. E. A. Schwarz
and Mr. W. D. Hunter.

For Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences Mr.
W. D. Hunter was renominated.

Under the head of Program the following papers were pre-
sented :

NON -INTENTIONAL DISPERSAL OF MUSCOID SPECIES BY MAN,
WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO TACHINID SPECIES.

BY CHARLES H. T. TOWNSEND,
Bureau of Entomology, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

Setting out with the statement that we are considering only
species which have access to ships lying in port in the country of
origin, either coming aboard by their own locomotion or being
brought aboard by man in material for shipment, we find that just
two sets of conditions are necessary for effective dispersal to new
countries :

(1) The conditions under which a given species normally breeds,
or lives in either a quiescent or active state, must be maintained
on shipboard in transit between the country of origin and the
country of introduction.

(2) The same conditions must be at hand in the country of
introduction immediately upon arrival of the species, in order that
it may establish and maintain itself.

The muscoid species whose maggots normally live in the dung
of domestic animals are easily carried to all parts of the world
where cattle and like animals are shipped. Such are Promusca
domestica, Stomoxys calcitrans, Haematobia irritans, Mnscina
stabulans, Musca vomitoria and erythrocephala, Ludlia caesar and
sericata, etc. Both sets of conditions are present in these cases.

Contrasted with these are the cases of the screw-worm fty,
Cochliomyia macellaria, whose maggots live in open sores of ani-
mals and in fresh carcases; and Cynomya mortuorum, whose mag-
gots infest older carcases. While the second set of conditions may
be present quite commonly in these cases, the first is practically
always lacking. Hence these species are not spread. The first
is confined to America, and has never been turned up elsewhere.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 19

The second is confined to Europe, and has apparently never
reached America. Such cases may be multiplied.

Just the opposite of the preceding are the cases of the parasitic
muscoid species whose larvae live in caterpillars and other insect
hosts, but whose pupae may remain for a short or long time dor-
mant, according to temperature, in earth or other material com-
monly shipped. The first set of conditions is present in these
cases; but the second is lacking, since the natural hosts do not
exist in the country of introduction. Even when such hosts do
exist in number, establishment is no easy matter for the species to
effect, unaided. And still again, even when intentionally aided
by man, establishment is a very complicated and difficult matter,
not at all easily effected. This has been well illustrated by the
work of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology with muscoid parasites
at the Gipsy Moth Laboratory in Massachusetts. Although the
natural hosts, the gipsy and browntail caterpillars, existed in
great quantity in the country of introduction, yet colonization of
over 68,000 individuals of at least 16 foreign species of the para-
sites had resulted up to the end of 1910 in the complete estab-
lishment of only two species, Compsilura concinnata Meigen and
Zyciobothriti nidicola Townsend, and that after many years of per-
si-tent effort, carried out with the utmost regard for securing
the requisite conditions at the right season. It is significant
that the first species has a much wider host-range than the others ,
except Exorista larvarum Linn, with whose establishment a closely
similar American species has interfered ; while the second species is
independent of alternate hosts, and finds practically no compe-
tition inasmuch as it is the only tachinid breeding in the hibernat-
ing browntail caterpillars.

I have repeatedly insisted that very few if any of the tachinid
species hitherto announced as common to Europe and North
America are in reality so. This is demonstrable in main" cases
by a comparative study of specimens. The reason, as above
explained, is quite readily understood, once it is pointed out.
To the cases of certain species, which appear to differ only in
physiological characters, this reason lends emphasis. For ex-
ample there is a species of Paraexorista in New England which
Mr. W. R. Thompson was unable to separate on anatomic char-
acters from the European Paraexorista cheloniae, yet he proved it
a distinct species by the fact that it would not attack the browntail
caterpillars, of which the European species is one of the most
efficient parasites. In this connection, the fact nuisi be empha-
sized that the existence of a closely similar species in ihe country
of introduction constitutes a. bar to esta.bli.-hinenl . since the foreign
species is often practically swallowed up by the native spec'n -
through interbreeding, the issue apparently inheriting the physio-
logical characters of the hitter.

20 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Again, there exist in western North America tachinid spi cies
which seem indistinguishable on external characters, both ana-
tomic and colorational, from European species. Catharosia calm
Coq., of Idaho, can not be told from C. pygmaea Fall., of Europe.
It does not occur in eastern North America so far as known.
Cases of this class may be multiplied, but this will suffice as
example. These species are evidently distinct from the European.

The purpose of this communication is to state the principles in-
volved in commercial dispersals, citing a few examples in illus-
tration; and particularly to emphasize the danger of attempting
to identify species outside their natural faunal limits. In mak-
ing determinations, for example, of European species in the
American fauna, the principles governing dispersal must be most
sr>rioiislv considered.

HORISMOLOGY OF THE HYMENOPTEROUS WING.

BY S. A. ROHWER, Forest Entomology, AND A. B. GAHAN, Cereal ami

Forage Crop Insects,

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

INTRODUCTION.

Anyone who has attempted to do serious systematic work
in the Hymenoptera cannot but have experienced difficulty in
interpreting the meaning of certain authors in their description of
wing venation. The lack of a uniform system of nomenclature,
has caused the application in many cases of several names to the
same vein or cell, while in other instances the same name has
been applied to two or more different parts of the wing. Unless
an author has indicated the authority whom he proposes to fol-
low in naming the parts of the wing or has otherwise explained his
own system it often becomes a puzzle to be certain of his meaning.

The difficulty experienced in such instances with the consequent
loss of time entailed, has caused us to feel the need of a key to the
synonym}*- of venational terms as well as a uniform set of names
to be used in our own work.

It is the intention, therefore, to here present in so far as pos-
sible a complete and uniform nomenclature for the wing veins and
wing cells of Hymenoptera, together with a synonymical index to
wing nomenclature compiled from the works of the most promi-
nent Hymenopterologists past and present. Figures illustrating
all of the more striking types of venation found in the order arc
included. From a study of these figures it will be possible, wr
hope, for the student to correctly apply the nomenclature to any
wing in the order, and also by reference 'to the synonymical list
to interpret the meaning of the terms used by others in the pa-4.

OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XVIII, 1916 21

In the nomenclature adopted in this work no attention has
been given to priority, although the intention has been to choose
those names which have, by long usage, become most familiar, and
to avoid, except where necessary or desirable, the proposal of new
names.

In the naming of the hind wings the same system has been fol-
lowed as for the front wing, in so far as practicable with the ex-
ception that to the name of each vein and cell the diminutives
"ella" and "ellan" are added in order to distinguish the parts of
the forewing from those of the hindwing and avoid the necessity
of each time stating to which wing the reference is meant .

The system of wing nomenclature proposed by Woodworth
(1906) contains some interesting features but these cannot be
considered to be of any special value to the taxonomists nor do
they enable one to understand the terminology used by previous
systematists. Woodworth's paper can only be useful to the
morphologist.

Those who advocate the advantages of the Comstock-Needham
-ystem of terminology will no doubt regret that this system has
not been used as the basic terminology here. We believe that this
system possesses no appreciable advantages to the systematist
while it does have certain disadvantages; first, that in the groups
where the venation is much reduced the formula becomes long
and cumbersome as well as meaningless (as in the Chalcids) ;
second, the system is founded on insufficient investigation and fu-
ture studies will necessitate repeated changes to agree with the
facts. We believe it is much better for taxonomic work to des-
ignate a given area by a given name and call it that regardless of
its possible homologies or analogies. As a system of designating
veins and cells for the morphologist the Comstock-Needham
system possesses certain advantages, but as a terminology to be
used in taxonomic work we do not believe it is desirable.

DEFINITION AND SYNONYMY.

In cases where a vein is divided into sections by an intersecting
vein or veins these sections are called abscissae and in longitudinal
veins are numbered from the base of the vein.

The number of abscissae of a given vein may vary in different
groups or even in the same group, their number being determined
by the number of points of intersection, e.g., in figure 1 cubitus
is divided into seven abscissae and in figure 2 into five.

A. THE FOREWINGS WITH MANY VEINS.

The nomenclature adopted for the forewing is, with a few modi-
fications and additions, that used by Oesson which has been

22 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

quite generally followed by later Hymenopterists. The principal
departures from that system are in the introduction of the terms
brachius, anal, intercalaris, intercosta and prenervulus, as names
for veins and crossveins, changing the term transverse median
nervure to nervulus and the use of the prefix "inter" instead of
transverse for the cubital and radial crossveins. Cresson's
second discoidal cell is changed to first brachial cell and his first
apical cell to second brachial.

The application in some cases of distinct names to the different
sections of longitudinal nervures (e.g., the first longitudinal vein
equals costa + stigma + metacarpus) may seem unwise at first
sight to morphologists and even to systematists but we believe
that for descriptive purposes it is desirable since it makes possible
more exactness in descriptions. The terms intercalarial cell,
prenervulus and interradius are new terms, all others having been
used before in wing nomenclature and with the same meaning
as used here except in the case of the brachius, and anal veins.

Section I. — Cells.
Costal cell. — I in all figures.

The area between costa (or in some cases intercalaris) and
subcosta, basad of stigma. In Chalastogastra often divided by
intercosta; in Clistogastra occasionally wanting.

Synonyms: Costal cell — Norton 1867, Shuckard, Cameron 1882, Marlatt
1894, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Costal area— Kirby.
Area costalis — Dahlbom 1845. Cellule costale — Lacordaire 1834, de Ro-
mand. Cellula costalis — Dahlbom 1845, -Thomson. Costalzelle — Schmie-
deknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912. Costalcelle — Neilsen and Henriksen 1915.
Areola costalis — Haliday. Cellule brachiale — Lepeletier 1825, Andre 1879.
Premier cellule brachiale — Lepeletier 1836. Areola brachialis — Andre
1879. Areola subbrachialis — Hartig. Areola submargin/alis — Foerster 1877.
Cellula inter cubitalis — Dahlbom. Intercostalfeld — Konow 1901. Areola
mediastina — -Nees. Schulterzelle- — Mayr. C-\-Sci -- Fernald 1906. C-
Bradley 1908. ScM (= 1st costal), Sci (= 2nd costal) — Comstock and
Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. Sc — (first costal) Comstock and
Needham 1898.

Intercalarial cell. — Fig. 1, X.

The area between intercalaris and costa. Present only in
Chalastogastra with generalized venation.

Synonyms: C — Comstock and Needham 1898.

Radial cell or cells. — II and supernumbers in all figures.

The area bounded posteriorly by the radius and anteriorly by
stigma, metacarpus or the margin of wing or a combination of

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916

two or all of these. In Chalastogastra often divided by one or
more cross-veins (interradii) . Where there are more than one
cell they are numbered from base of wing out.

Synonyms: Radial cell — Shuckard, Norton 1867, Cameron 1882, Cres-
son 1887, Marlatt 1894, Morley 1903, Fernald 1906. Radial areolet— Mar-
shall 1885. Radial cellule— Say 1825. Cellule radialis— Andre 1879.
Areola radialis — Haliday, Foerster 1877. Cellule radiale — Saussure 1852,
Jurine 1807, Lepeletier 1825, Lacordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Ber-
thoumieu 1904. Cellula radialis — Dahlbom 1845, Gravenhorst, Coshi.
Radialfeld—Konow 1901. Radialzelle— Ratzeburg 1848, Hartig, Zaddach,
Kohl 1896, Szeligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Dalla Torre and Kieffer
1910, Friese 1911, Enslin 1912, Kieffer 1912. Radialccllar— Nielsen and
Henriksen 1915. Marginal cellule— Say 1825. Marginal cell— Norton 1867,
Smith, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Areola
marginalis — Latreille, Thomson. Margin Cell — Shuckard. Area costalis
—Fallen. Costal area— Kirby. .4 pical cell— Morley 1903. 1st R! (= first
radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 2d Rl -
second radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. R2 -
(= third radial) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 2dRi
+#,— Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cell IIIi + 2— (as in bees) Robertson
1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 c.

Appendiculate cell. — (Not illustrated.)

The usually incomplete cell formed by the metacarpus or ante-
rior margin of wing and a spurious branch or extension of radius
beyond the end of the radial cell. Occurs in many groups but is
seldom of taxonomic importance.

Synonyms: Appendicular Cell — Cameron 1882. Areola appendicea—
Hartig, Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cellula appendicea — Costa. Cellule
appendicee — Andre 1879. Anhangszelle — Kohl 1896, Konow 1901, Enslin
1912. Vedhaengscelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Appendiculate cell—
Marlatt 1894.

Cubital cell or cells. — III and supernumbers in all figures when present.

The area between the radius and cubitus, often divided by a
number of crossveins in which case the cells are numbered from the
base of the wing to the apex. In Ichneumonidac and certain
other Clistogastra the first abscissa of cubitus is wanting and the
first cubital is confluent with the first discoidal. In Ichneu-
monidea and Cynipoidea the second cubital is greatly reduced in
size and is termed areolet.

Most writers have been consistent in designating this area and
have numbered the cells from the base outward as can be seen from
the following synonymy. In certain cases however authors have
definitely named certain cells by an additional word or prefix; :md

24 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

in these cases they are listed under the cell to which they definitely
refer.

Synonyms: Cubital cells — Ratzeburg 1848, Norton 1867, Shuckard,
Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Fernald 1906. Areola cubitalis— Foerster
1877, Andre 1879. Cubital cellule— Say 1825. Cubital areolet— Marshall
1885. Cellule cubitalc — Dahlbom 1845, Jurine 1807, Lepeletier, Lacor-
daire 1834, Wesmael, de Romand, Saussure 1852, Andre 1879, Sichel, Mor-
ley 1903, Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula cubitalis — Costa. Cubitalzelle—
Hartig, Zaddach, Mayr, Kohl 1896, Sphmiedeknecht 1907, Friese 1911,
Enslin 1912, Kieffer 1912, Konow 1901, Szepligeti 1904. Cubital/eld— Konow
1901. Cubitalcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Sub-marginal cellule-
Say 1825. Sub-marginal cells — Norton 1867, Cresson 1887, Stoiith. Areola
submarginalis- — Latreille. Cellula submarginalis — Thomson.

Synonymy of the First cubital cell: Erste cubitalzelle — Dalla Torre and
Kieffer 1910. Areola costalis — Dahlbom. Cellula cubitalis intcrna —
Gravenhorst. Middle Areole — Kirby. Areola intermedia — Fallen. R+
1st Rl— Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. R— Comstock and Needham 1898,
MacGillivray 1906.

Synonymy of the Second cubital cell: Areola intermedia — Dahlbom.
Cellula intermedia — Gravenhorst. R$ — Comstock and Needham 1898,
MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Rt+&— Bradley 1908. Cell 7776— Rob-
ertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 a, 1903 c.

Synonyms of the areolet: Areolet — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Morley
1903. Areola — Gravenhorst, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Dalla Torre and
Kieffer.

Synonymy of the Third cubital cell: Areola terminalis — Dahlbom.
Cellula externa — Gravenhorst. Dritte Cubitelzelle — Dalla Torre and Kief-
fer 1910. Rt— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald
1906. R3— Bradley 1908. Cell III,— Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b.

Synonymy of the Fourth cubital cell: Apical areole — Kirby. Ry— Com-
stock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Median cell. — IV in all figures.

The area basad of basal vein and between the subcosta (or
costa) and medius.

Synonyms: Median cell — Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906. Medial cell—
Cockerell and Robbins 1910. First medial cell — Norton 1867. Cellule
mediane—de Romand. Medialzelle — Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912,
Konow 1901. Medialfeld — Konow 1901. Aussere Mittelzelle — Mayr. Ex-
terno medial cell — Shuckard. Externo-median cell — Cresson 1887. Area
costalis — Fallen, Dahlbom. Areola costalis — Andre 1879. Cellule costale —
Andre" 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Subcostal cell— Marlatt 1894. Cellule
sous-costale — Lacordaire. Humeral cell — Cameron 1882. First humeral
cell — Ratzeburg 1848. Premiere cellule humerale — Wesmael. Areola hu-
meralis antica — Foerster 1877. Cellule humcrnlis externa — Gravenhorst.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XVIII, 19Hi 25

First brachial cell — Norton 1867. Areola bnicliitilia 'interior — Nees.
Deuxieme cellule brachiale — -Lepeletier. Praebrachial areolet — Marshall 1885.
Areola praebrachialis — Haliday. Intermediate area — Kjrby. First basal
cell—Morley 1913. M— Comstock and Ncedham 1898, Bradley 1908, Mac-
Gillivray 1906. Cell 1st IV— Robertson 1904.

Discoidal cells. — -V and supernumbers in all figures where they occur.

The area beyond basal and bounded anteriorly by the cubitus
and posteriorly by discoideus and subdiscoideus, often divided
by two cross-veins (recurrents) in which case the cells are num-
bered from the base of the wing towards the apex.

This area has been treated a number of different ways which
has been the cause of some confusion. Many authors have in-
cluded the first brachial as a discoidal and have excluded the
third discoidal numbering the three cells either right or left from
the first.

Certain authors have treated the discoidal cells as is proposed
in this paper. In the great majority of cases it is necessary,
however, to list the synonymical terms under each cell.

Synonyms: Cellula discoidale — Dahlbom 1845. Discoidal cells — Norton
1867. Areola discoidalis — Foerster 1877. Discoidalzellen — Schmiedeknecht
1907. Discoidalcellar — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.

Synonymy of the First discoidal cell: First discoidal cell — Shuckard,
Cameron 1882, Ashmead 1900, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and
Robbins 1910. Discoidal cell — Smith. Erste discoidalzelle — Ratzeburg
1848, Zaddach, Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Cellule discoidale— Andre 1879.
Areola discoidalis prima — Foerster 1877, Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis
prima — Costa. Discoidalzelle — Mayr, Konow 1901, Enslin 1912, Kieffer
1912. Premiere cellule discoidale — Lepeletier 1825. Deuxieme cellule
discoidale — de Romand. Cellula discoidalis interior — Gravcnhorst. Cell-
ule discoidale superieure externa — Wesmael. First discal cell — Marlatt
1894. Areola exterior — Haliday. Areola praediscoidalis — Haliday. Prae-
discoidal areolet— Marshall 1885. Areola costalis— Fallen. Cellula furcata
— Thomson. M4 — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacCillivray 1906, Fer-
nald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cell 2nd IV— Robertson 1904.

Synonymy of the Second discoidal cell: Second discoidal cell — Cameron
1882, Banks 1912. Cellule discoidale 2— Andre 1879. Zweite Discoidalzelle
—Zaddach, Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Areola discoidalis secunda — Foerster
1877, Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis secunda — Costa. Cellule discoidale —
Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula discoidalis — Thomson. Second discal cell—
Marlatt 1894. First discoidal cell—Morley 1903. Third discoidal cell—
Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Troi-
sieme cellule discoidale — Lepeletier 1836, de Romand. Cellule discoidale
inferiewe — Lepeletier 1825, Wesmael. Cellula discoidalis intermedia—
Gravenhorst. Areola exterior — Haliday. Areola intermedia — Graven-

26 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

horst. Areola specularis — Dahlbom, Fallen. Medialzelle — Konow 1901.
lstl/2— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernalcl 1906,
Bradley 1908. Discoidalzelle — Szepligeti 1904.

Synonymy of the Third discoidal cell: Third discoidal cell — Morley 1903.
Areola discoidalis tertia — Foerster 1877. Troisieme cellule discoidale-
Dahlbom, Sichel. Quatrieme cellule discoidale — de Romand. Areola ex-
terna media — Haliday. Premiere cellule du limbe — Lepeletier. Medial-
zellen — Konow 1901. Erste Hinterzelle — Zaddach. Second apical cell—
Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906. First posterior cell — Cameron 18S2,
Marlatt 1894. Cellule posterieiipes — Andre 1879. Areola posterior prima—
Andre 1879. Cellula postica externa — Gravenhorst. MI — Comstock and
Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908.

Discocubital cell. — Fig. 5, V1 and III1.

The combination of the first cubital and first discoidal cells
due to the loss wholly or in part of the first abscissa of cubit u>.
The usual condition in Ichneumonidae but also found in other
groups e.g., Braconidae and Sphecoidea.

Synonyms: Disco-cubital cell — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900. Cellula
discocubitalis — Schmiedeknecht 1907. First cubital cell — Morlejr 1903 but
in other works uses term discocubital. Discocubital zelle — Szepligeti 190'}.

Submedian cell. — VI, in all figures where it occurs.

The area basad of nervulus and between medius and submedius.

Synonyms: Submedian cell — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906,
Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Erste Submedialzelle — Kohl 1896. Sub-
medialzelle— Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912. Area submedialis prima—
Kohl 1896. Cellule sous-mediane — de Romand. Cellula sufimedialis [basal]
-Dahlbom 1845. Median cell— Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Cellule
mediane — Lacordaire 1834, Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Areola media-
Andre 1879. Second median cell — Norton 1867. Interno-medial cell—
Shuckard, Cresson 1887. Innere Mittelzelle — Mayr. Areola humeralis
media interna — Foerster 1877. Areola humeralis media — Hartig. Cellula
humeralis intermedia — Gravenhorst. Zweite humeralzelle — Ratzeburg 1848.
Deuxieme cellule humerale — Wesmael. Second brachia-l cell — Norton 1867.
Troisieme cellule brachiale — Lepeletier. Brachialfeld — Konow 1901. lirn-
chialcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobrachial areolet — Marshall 1885.
Second basal cell — Ashmead 1893, Morley 1903. Vordere-mittelere Schultcr-
zelle— Szepligeti 1904. Anal cell— Ashmead 1900 (p. 66). Cu+Cui— Mac-
Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Cu (first submedian)— Com-
stock and Needham 1898. Cell VI — (first and submedian) Robertson
1904. Cui (second submedian) — Comstock and Needham 1S98. Cell V-
(second submedian) Robertson 1904.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 27

Brachial cells. — VII and supernumbers in figures where they occur.

The area beyond the nervulus and bounded anteriorly by <li>-
coideus and subdiscoideus and posteriorly by brachius and the
posterior margin of the wing. Usually separated by the antero-
posterior part of discoideus, and numbered from the base of the
wing. The brachial cells as denned in this paper have been vari-
ously treated and it is necessary to list the synonjins separately.
It appears no other writers have used the same definition as the
one used here.

First brachial cell.

This cell has been commonly called second discoidal in America,
but in Europe three writers, Thomson, Schmiedeknecht and Ber-
thoumieu, have designated it as brachial.

Synonyms: Second discoidal cell — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Morley
1903, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Cellule brac/u'a/e— Ber-
thoumieu 1904. Zweite Discoidalzelle — Ratzeburg 1848, Szepligeti 1904.
Deuxieme cellule discoidale superieure — Lepeletier 1825. Area submedialis
secunda — Kohl 1896. Cellula submedialis [outer] — Dahlbom 1845. Deux-
ieme cellule discoidale — Lepeletier 1836. Zweite submedialzelle — Kohl 1896.
Areola discoidalis tertia — Andre 1879. Cellula discoidalis tertia— Costa.
Dritte Discoidalzelle — Zaddach. Cellule discoidale interne — Wesmael.
Hintere-mittlere Schulterzelle — Szepligeti 1904. Hintere Discoidalzelle-
Kieffer 1912. Cellule sous-discoidale — de Romand. Third discal cell—
Marlatt 1894. Cellula secunda brachialis — Thomson. Brachialzelle—
Szepligeti 1905, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cellule mediana [apical]— Lacor-
daire 1834. Distale Submedianzelle — Kieffer 1912. Areola humeralis
media externa — Foerster 1877. Cellula postica interna — Gravenhorst.
Areola posterior — Haliday. Podiscoidal areolet — Marshall 1885, Haliday.
Middle areole — Kirby. Analzelle— Konow 1901. Inner apical cell — Norton
1867. M3— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906,
Bradley 1908. Cell Vl— Robertson 1904.

Second brachial cell.

Synonyms: First apical ce«— Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906.
Outer apical cell — Norton 1867. Apical areole — Kirby. Cellule apicale — de
Romand. Area terminalis—Dahlbom. Cellula discoidalis externa — Grav-
enhorst. Cellule anale— Wesmael, Haliday. Cellula apicalis — Dahlbom
1845. Anal ceM— Marshall 1885, Morley 1903. Second posterior cell-
Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Areola posterior secunda— Andre 1879.
Deuxieme cellule du linibe — Lepeletier. Area specularis — Nees. Aussere
Hinterzelle— Zaddach. 2dM2— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGil-
livray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908.

28 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Anal cell or cells. — VIII and supernumbers in figures where they occur.

The area immediately behind submedius and brachius and, in
all Hymenoptera in which the anal vein is absent, bounded poste-
riorly by the hind margin of the wing; in those Chalastogastra
in which the anal vein is present it forms the posterior boundary
of the cell. In those Chalastogastra in which the anal vein is
present the anal cell is of considerable taxonomic value as it is
either open and constricted basally, or with the interanal cross-
vein present (fig. 1), or contracted and closed medially, or petio-
late (fig. 2) . This term has been used generally for the area as it
occurs in Clistogastra while the closed anal cell of the Chalasto-
gastra has been variously designated (in America usually as
lanceolate cell), but inasmuch as it is impossible to determine
whether the anal vein has faded out or has coalesced with sub-
medius and brachius we prefer the above definition.

Synonyms: Anal cell — Shuckard, Cresson 1887, Cockerell and Rob-
bins 1910, Fernald 1906. Areola analis — Andre 1879. Anal area — Kirby.
Cellula analis — Costa, Dahlbom 1845. Cellule anale — Lacordaire 1834, de
Romand, Berthoumieu 1904. Cellula humeralis interna — Gravenhorst.
Cellule humerale — Wesmael. Area humeralis lanceolata — Foerster 1877.
Humeralfeld — Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Humeralcelle — Nielsen and
Henriksen 1915. H inter Schulterzelle — Szepligeti 1904. Lanceolate cell—
Norton 1867, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Rohwer 1910. Cellule lanceolee
— Hartig, Andre 1879. Lanzettformigp Zelle — Zaddach, Konow 1901,
Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Lancetcelle — Nielson and Henriksen
1915. Third basal cell—Morley 1903. Axillary areolet— Marshall 1885.
IstA — (first anal, in Chalastogastra) Comstock and Needham 1898, Mac-
Gillivray 1906. 2dA — (second anal, in Chalastogastra) Comstock and
Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. 3dA— (in Clistogastra) Fernald 1906,
Bradley 1908.

Posterior cell. — Figs. 1, 2, IX.

The area posterior to the anal vein, when present, and bounded
posteriorly by the hind margin of the wing. Present only in cer-
tain Chalastogastra.

Synonyms: Cellula postica — Dahlbom. Area humeralis postica — Hartig,
Foerster 1877. Analfeld — Konow 1901. 3dA — Comstock and Needham
1898, MacGillivray 1906.

Section II. — Veins.
Costa.— Fig. 1, AX'B; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, AB.

The vein on the anterior margin of wing from base to stigma,
in some wings enlarging somewhat before the stigma and this en-
larged portion has been termed parastigma. In many Clisto-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, I'.U'i 29

gastra, costa and subcosta are combined, or nearly, and in these
cases the combined veins are known as costa. Most authors have
considered that the costa was the entire vein or the anterior mar-
gin of the wing (costa + stigma + metacarpus).

Synonyms of costa: Costa — Marshall 1885, Morley 1903, MacGillivray

1906. Costalader— Szepligeti 1904. Costalis— Kieffer 1912. C— Comstock
and MacGillivray 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908.

Synonyms of costa + metacarpus: Costa — Latreille, Thomson, Cameron
1882, Cresson 1887, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht

1907, Enslin 1912. Costal vein^-Norton 1867, Marlatt 1894. Costal nervnn
— Kirby, Shuckard, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervure costal — Lacor-

daire 1834, Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904. Nervure costalis — Schenck,
Fallen, Dahlbom, Haliday, Andre 1879. Costalaare — Nielsen and Hen-
riksen. Costa marginalis — Mayr. Vena marginalis — Foerster 1877. Rad-
ius — Jurine, Hartig, Saussure 1852. Radius superior — Lepeletier. Prc-
miere nervure humeralc — Wesmael. Randader — Zaddach. Randnerv- — Zad-
dach. Randrippe — Mayr. Laracinc — Tosquinet 1896. Le cote — Saussure
1852.

Intercalates. — Fig. 1, XX1.

A longitudinal vein parallel with the anterior margin of the
wing, occurring in the costal cell of some of the more generalized
wings of Chalastogastra; lying between costa and subcosta with
its basal end at the base of the wing and its apical end either on
costa or subcosta or branched, one branch terminating on costa
and the other on subcosta.

Synomyms: Vena inter calaris — Foerster 1877. Nervus intercalaris—
Andr6 1879. Nervure intercalate fourohue — Andre 1879. Inlercostalader—
Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Inttrcostalaare- — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.
Nervus mediastinus — Thomson. Sc— Gomstock and Xoedham 1898, Mac-
Gillivray 1906.

Intercosta. — Fig. 2, YY'.

A cross-vein in some Chalastogastra dividing the costal cell.
usually at about its apical fourth and having its anterior end on
costa and its posterior end on subcosta.

Synonyms: I/iti'i-coxtulm rr — Konow 1901. Inter cos talqiu r>n-rr — Enslin
1912. Intercostaltvaeraart — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. 7Vf»//.sT<r.sr coxt<il
vein — Marlatt 1894. Vena transverso-submarginalis—FoeTSteT 1877. Ner-
vus transverso-brachiatis — Andre 1879.

Subcosta.— Figs. 1, 2, EGB; tig. 7, EHB; figs. 8, 9, KB; fig. 10, EE>.

Tin- first basal longitudinal vein from cosla. (when intercalaris
is wanting) and para! lei with il , extending from b;ixe of wing to

30 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

stigma. In some Clistogastra the subcosta is combined with the
costa and is considered 'wanting, being termed costa, q. v.

Synonyms: Subcosta— Kohl 1896, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald
1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Subcostalis— Dalla Torre and
Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912. Subcostal vein— Marlatt 1894. Nervus sub-
costalis — Nees, Haliday, Andre 1879, Siibcostal nervure — Cameron 1882,
Cockerell and Bobbins 1910. Nervure sous-costale — Lacordaire 1834,
Andre 1879. Subcostalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Postcosta—
Latreille, Thomson, Kohl 1896. Postcostal nervure— Kirby, Shuckard.
Nervure post-costale — de Romand. Nervus postcostalis — Thomson. Vena
postcostalis — Dahlbom 1842. Vena submarginalis — Foerster 1877. Nervus
auxiliaris — Schenck, Fallen, Dahlbom. Costa scapularis — Mayr. Schul-
terrippe — Mayr. Unter-randnerv—Zuddach. Cubitus — Jurine, Hartig,
Say 1825, Saussure. Cubitus superieur — Lepeletier. Premiere nervure
humerale—Wesmael. Sc+R+M— MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Brad-
ley 1908. R+M— Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), MacGillivray
1906. R— Comstock and Needham 1898.

Stigma.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, BC.

The triangular, lanceolate or oval and greatly thickened por-
tion of the vein on the anterior margin of the wing and located at
or near the middle.

Synonyms: Stigma— Gravenhorst, Say 1825, Shuckard, Wesmael, Dahl-
bom, de Romand, Thomson, Nees, Norton 1867, Marshall 1885, Cresson
1887, Kohl 1896, Ashmead 1900, Konow 1901, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald
1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Friese 1911, Enslin 1912, Nielsen and Henrik-
sen 1915. Apterostigma— Wheeler 1910, Carpus— Say 1825, Zaddach,
Foerster 1877. Carpe — Lacordaire 1834. Punctum costale — Fallen. Rnml-
mal— Hartig, Szepligeti 1904. Le point— Jurine. Le point epais— Lepele-
tier. Point epais — Saussure. Vingemaerkc — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.
Ramus marginalia — Szepligeti 1904. Punctum — Say 1825. Pterostigma—
Kohl 1896. Flugelmal—Kohl 1896.

Metacarpus.— Fig. 1, CRD; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10,

The vein on the anterior margin of wing beyond the stigma.

Synonyms: Metacarpus—Marshall 1885, Morley 1903. Ramus post-
marginalis—Sztpligeti 1904. Ri— MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Radius.— Fig. l.HLD; fig^HMH1; figs. 5, 6,9,HKH'; figs. 7, S,HLH';
fig. 10, KH».

The first apical longitudinal vein from metacarpus, iisiuilly
originating from stigma, although in some Chalastogastra it origi-
nates on subcosta and in all cases oxl ending towards (sometimes
attaining) apex of wing.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 31

Synonyms: Radius — Lepeletier 1825, Say 1825, Schenck, Dahlbom,
\Vesmael, Ratzeburg, Haliday, Cresson 1887, Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1900,
Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912.
Radialis — Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912. Vena radialis — Dahl-
bom 1845, Hartig, Foerster 1877. Radial vein — Cameron 1882, Marlatt
1894. Nervus radialis — Andre 1879. Radial nervure — Shuckard. Nervure
r/idiale — Lacordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Andre 1879. Radius inferieur
— Lepeletier 1836. Radialader — Szepligeti 1904, Kohl 1896. Radialaare-
Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervus radialis — Berthoumieu 1904. Nerru*
itiin-fjinalis — Thomson. Marginal vein — Norton 1867, Cresson 1887. Mar-
ginal nervure — Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Subradialader — Zaddach.
Basix-radii — -Used by Schmeideknecht 1907 for first abscissa. Section S of
vein III— Robertson 1903 b.

Interradius, ii. — Fig. 1, QQ1 and RR1.

A cross-vein, or veins, connecting radius and stigma or radius
and metacarpus, and dividing the radial cell. Occur only in
Chalastogastra and one or two small groups of Clistogastra.

Synonyms: Vena transverso radialis — Foerster 1877. Nervi transverso-
/•fn]itilis— Andre 1879. Nervure transverso radiale — Andre 1879. Trans-
verse radial — Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Radialquernerv — Konow 1901,
Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Radialtaeraare — Nielsen and Hen-
riksen 1915. Radialschneidnerv — Zaddach. Nervures recurrences radiates
— de Romand. Transverse marginal vein — Norton 1867. r — (first inter-
radius) MacGillivray 1906. Rz — (second interradius) Comstock and
Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906. cv — (first interradius) Comstock and
Needham 1898.

Appendiculate. — (Not illustrated.)

The continuation of radius (or metacarpus?) from the posterior
apical end of radial cell towards the end of the wing, forming the
posterior boundary of the appendiculate cell.

Synonyms: Appendice de la radial — Andre'- 1879.

Cubitus.— Figs. 1, 2,6,010!; fig. 5, K'NG1; figs. 7, 10, GK1 G1 ; fig. 8.GIM1 :
fig. 9, GIK^G1.

The second apical longitudinal vein from the metacarpus and
forming the posterior boundary of the cubital cells. In Clisto-
ga>tra usually originating at basal vein (fig. 6, 8, 9, 10) and ex-
tending to near apex of wing. In Chalastogastra usually origin ;i t -
in» at subcosta (fig. 1, 2) and extending to near apex of wing.
In those Clistogasl ra in which the first al»<-i>sa of cubitu- i- want-
ing the cubitus lias its basal end at first intercubitus or the posi-
I'IOH this vein would occupy if it were present.

32 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Synonyms: Cubitus — Lepeletier 1825, Dahlbom, Wesmael, Zaddach,
Ratzeburg 1848, Haliday, Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1900, Konow 1901,
Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Enslin 1912. Cubitalis— Dalla, Torre 1910,
Kieffer 1912. Vena cubitalis — Dahlbom 1845, Hartig, Foerster 1877.
Nervus cubitalis— Andre 1879. Cubital vein — Cameron 1882, Cresson 1887,
Marlatt 1894. Cubital nervure— Shuck&Td, Cockerell and Robbins 1910.
Nervure cttfcitaZe— Laeordaire 1834, de Romand, Sichel, Andre 1879. Cubi-
taldare— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Cubitus inferieur — Lepeletier 1836.
Cubitalrippe — Mayr. Submarginal vein — Norton 1867. Vena submargin-
alis— Thomson.

Intercubiti.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, KK1, LL1, MM1.

The cross-veins connecting radius and cubitus, varying in num-
ber from one to three and numbered from the base of the wing
out.

Synonyms: Transverso-cubitalis — Foerster 1877, Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Kieffer 1912. Nervure transverso-cubitale — Andre 1879. Vena transverso-
cubitalis— Dahlbom 1845. Venuln transverso-cubitalis — Costa. Trans-
verse cubitus— Cresson 1887. Transverse cubital — Cameron 1882, Marlatt
1894, Fernald 1906. Transverso cubital nervure — Shuckard, Cockerell and
Robbins 1910. Nervus transverso cubitalis — Andre 1879. Cubitalquernerv—
Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Cubitalquerader — Kohl
1896, Sze'pligeti 1904, Friese 1911. CubitaUvacraare — Nielsen and Henrik-
sen 1915. Cubital nerves — Morice 1903. Inter cubital nervure — Marshall
1885. Cubitalscheidnerv- — Zaddach. Transverse submarginal nervures—
Norton 1867. Nervures recurrents cubitalis — de Romand. Nervi tran*-
versi — Fallen. Nervus connectus — Dahlbom. Querrippe — Mayr. Radio-
medial cross-vein — (first intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. Fifth branch of
radius — (second intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. Fourth branch of ratlin*
— (third intercubitus) MacGillivray 1906. r-m — (first intercubitus) Corn-
stock and Needham 1898, Robertson 1902 b, 1903 a, c, MacGillivray 1906.
r-m+Rs — (first intercubitus) Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Rs, — (second
intercubitus) Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald
1906, Bradley 1908. R* — (third intercubitus) Comstock and Needham
1898, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Bradley 1908. Vein Ilh— (second
intercubitus) Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1903 a. Vein Illy— (third intor-
cubitus) Robertson 1903 b.

Medius.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, FG1; fig. 9, FG; fig. 10, FF1.

The first basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the ante-
rior margin of the wing; arising at the base of the wing or from
subcosta near its base and forming the posterior boundary of the
median cell and terminating at- the basal vein. But few authors
have considered that medius terminated at basal, many have ex-
tended it to include the basal portion of discoideus. while some
have added to it subdiscoideus.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 33

Synonyms of Medius: Nervus medius — Andre 1879 (in text but not fig.).
Medialis—Kietter 1912. Median— Fernald 1906. Medialader—Friese 1911.
Externo medial nervure — -Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Cu-\-m — Mac-
Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906. Cii+Cui— Bradley 1908. Cu— Comstock
and Needham 1898.

Synonyms of medius plus base of discoideus: Vena media — Hartig.
Median vein— Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, Morley 1903. Mediana—
Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910. Nervure mediane— Lacordaire 1834, Andre
1879. Medialnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907. 'Vena externo-me'dialis — Dahl-
bom 1845. Externo-median vein — Cresson 1887. Exter no-median nervure—
Shuckard, Kirby. Nervure externo-mediane — de Romand. Deuxieme ner-
vure humerale — Wesmael. Nervus internus — Latreille. Nervure brachiale
— Jurine. Nervus anterior — -Haliday. Costa media — Mayr. Mittelrippe—
Mayr. Premiere nervure intermediate — Lepeletier. Praebrachialis- — Hali-
day. Praebrachial nervure — Marshall 1885. Nervus submedialis — Schenck.
Cubitus — Thomson, Schmiedeknecht 1907 for Ichneumonidae and Braco-
nidae. Nervus cubitalis — Thomson. Nervus radians — Dahlbom.

Synonyms of medius plus discoideus (part) plus subdiscoideus: Vena
media — Foerster 1877. Medius — Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Medialaare—
Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.

Discoideus.— Fig. 1, PTI'PS; fig. 2, JH1!!1; figs. 5, 6, 8, J'PS; fig. 7, J1?1;
fig. 9, GTFPS; fig. 10, F'PS.

Usually the continuation of medius beyond the basal to the end
of the first discoidal cell where it becomes transverse and extends
to the posterior margin of the wing. Exceptions are found in figs.
7 and 9 which will be best understood by reference to these
figures. This transverse portion has often been called a cross-
vein and has been named (2nd transverse median — Cameron 1882;
Areal nerv — Konow 1901; etc.), while the basal section has been
designated as nervure parallele by Wesmael and others. As used
here the term was first restricted by Fernald 1906.

Synonyms of discoideus: Discoidal rein — Fernald 1906.
nervure — Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Discoidalis — Kieffer 19 !'_'.

Synonyms of first portion of discoideus: Xcrrnrc parnlltli —
Nervus analis — Haliday. Nervure discoidale—de Romand. Discoidalm rv
— Zaddach. Subdiscoidal nervure — Shuckard.

Subdiscoideus.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 8, PX1?1; figs. 6, 9, 10, PP1.

The third apical longitudinal vein from metacarpus extending
from the transverse section of discoideus towards the apical mar-
gin of the wing and forming the posterior boundary of the second
and following discoidal cells, usually subparallel with cubitus.
In fig. 7 the apical part of discoideus may be homologous with
subdiscoideus, the transverse part of discoideus being wanting.

34 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Synonyms: Subdiscoidal vein — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald
1906. Subdiscoidal nervure — Shuckard. Subdiscoidal vein — Marlatt 1894.
Discoidal vein — Norton 1867. Nervus parallelus — Ratzeburg 1848, Szeligeti
1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Parallelnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Paral-
lader — Szepligeti 1904. Nervure parallele — Wesmael. Nervus posterior —
Andre 1879. Vena discoidalis — Dahlbom 1845. Anal nervure — Marshall
1885, Morley 1903. Analis— Kieffer 1912. Nervus analis— Haliday.
Medial cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906. Nervii spurii — Schmiedeknecht
1907 for second abscissa in Ichneumonidae. m — Fernald 1906. Vein m —
Robertson 1903 b.

Basal.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, JJ1; fig. 9, BG; fig. 10, JiF1.

A transverse or oblique cross-vein at or about the middle of the
wing, forming the apical boundary of the median cell and usually
with its anterior end on subcosta (figs. 2, 5, 6, 7, S, 9, 10) or
rarely on cubitus (fig. 1), and always when present with its poste-
rior end at end of medius.

Synonyms: Basal vein — Cameron 1882, Cresson 1887, Marlatt 1894, Ash-
mead 1900, Fernald 1906, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Enslin 1912. Vena
basal — Hartig, Foerster 1877. Basalis — Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910,
Kieffer 1912. Basalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Basalaare — Nielsen and
Henriksen 1915. Nervure basale — Berthoumieu 1904. Costa basalis —
Mayr. Vena transverso-medialis — Dahlbom 1845. Discoidalnerv — Konow
1901, Enslin 1912. Discoidal nerve — Morice 1903. Discoidalaare- — Nielsen
and Henriksen 1915. Nervus margino-discoidalis — Andre 1879. Po-
brachial transverse nervure — Marshall 1885. Medialqucrader — Friese 1911.
Nervus brachialis — Haliday. Grundader — Szepligeti 1904. Grundrippe—
Mayr. Ast de Middelrippc — Mayr. m-cu — Comstock and Needham 1898,
fig. 38. Vein a— Robertson 1902 b, 1903 b, 1903 c, 1904.

Recurrents.— Figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, II1 and (or) NN1.

Cross-vein or veins separating the discoidal cells, having their
anterior end on cubitus and the posterior end of the first on dis-
coide'us and the posterior end of the second on subdiscoideus. In
some groups the first recurrent curves outward and forms with
the basal abscissa of cubitus, the discocubitus, q. v. (fig. 5, 11KJ).

Synonyms: Nervures recurrentes (or recurrent veins or nerves') — Jurine,
Lepeletier, Say 1825, Wesmael, Schenck, Dahlbom, Hartig, Nees, Thom-
son, Haliday, Andre 1879, Ratzeburg 1848, Cameron 1882, Marshall 1885,
Cresson 1887, Marlatt 1894, Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903, Berthoumieu 1904,
Fernald 1906, Norton 1867, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervus recurrens—
Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Nervures recurrentes-discoidalis — de
Romand. Recurrente ordinaire — (second recurrent) Berthoumieu 1904.
Venae transvcrso-discoidalis — Dahlbom 1845. Venulac transverso-discoi-

iK — Costa. Transverso-discoidalis — Kohl 1896, Szepligeti 1904, KicfTer

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 35

1912. Transverse discoidal nervures — Norton 1867. Interior disroidal
nervure — (first recurrent) Marshall lsxf>. Di^coidalaucnicrv — Schmiedek-
necht 1907. Discoidalquerader — Kohl 1896, Friese 1911. Medial nervs—
Morice 1903. Medialnerv—Konow 1901, Enslin 1912. Anastomoses medii-
alae — Latreille. Tilbagelbeude aarer — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Ruck-
laufender — Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907. Rucklaufendadern—
Hartig. Riicklaufende — Enslin 1912. -l/3+4 — (First recurrent) Fernald
1906, Bradley 1908, MacGillivary 1906. My— (second recurrent) Fernald
1906. Vein 7 F3— (first recurrent) Robertson 1902 a, 1902 b, 1904. Vein
IVz — (second recurrent) Robertson 1902 a, 1903 b.

Discocubitus.— Fig. 5, FK1.

The vein formed by the union of the first recurrent with cubitus
when the first abscissa of cubitus is absent or obsolete, and extend-
ing usually in a curve from discoideus to the first intercubitus.
This vein normally occurs in Ichneumonidae and rarely in other
groups.

Synonyms: Disco-cubital — Ashinead 1900. Discocubilalader — Szepligeti
1905. Nervus discocubitalis — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cubito-discoidal—
Cresson 1887. Cubitus internal— Morley 1903.

Ramulus. — (Not illustrated.)

The stub of the first abscissa of cubitus projecting from the
discocubital vein into the discocubital cell of certain Hymenop-
tera in which the basal portion of cubitus is effaced.

Synonyms: Ramulus — -Morley 1903. Ramullus — Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Nervus dividens — Ratzeburg 1848. Abbreviated cubital vein — Cresson ISsT.
Stump of a vein — Cresson 1887.

Submedius.— Fig. 1, UWT1; figs. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, UT1.

The second basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the
anterior margin of the wing, originating at the base of the wing and
forming the posterior boundary of the submedian cell, being
subparallel with medius and terminating at nervulus. But very
f.'\v authors have separated submedius from brachius.

Synonyms of submedius: lstA+2dA+8dA—Yernald 1906.
+3dA+Cu2+lst+2d+3dA— Bradley 1908. 1st A— Comstock and No.-d-
ham 1898, fig. 38.

Synonyms of submedius + brachius: Nervure soiif-nn-dlane — Lacordaire
1834. Siiliiiifilfan vein — Cresson 1887. Submedialis — Kieffer 1912.
medialader — Kohl 1896. Brachium — Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Enslin 1912. AYm/x hrachialis — Thompson. Jirarln'ahn-rv — Schmiedek-
necht 1907. Brachialaare — -Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Nervure
do Romand. Anal nervure -Kirby, Shuckard.

36 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1845. Nervus an alls — Schenck, Dahlbom. Anal vein — Marlatt 1894, Fer-
nald 1906. Analader — Friese 1911. Analncrv — Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Vena postica — Hartig, Foerster 1877, Kohl 1896. Nervus posterior — Hali-
day. Hinterader—Foerster 1877. Pobrachialis — Haliday. Pobracli/nl
nervure — Marshall 1885. Innenrippe — -Mayr. Costa internomedia — ]\Iayr.
Seconde nervure intermediate — Lepeletier. Troisieme nervure humerah-
Wesmael.

Brachius.— Fig. 1, T'U'S; fig. 2, TWIT1; figs. 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, T^U1.

The continuation of submedius from nervulus to end of vein
which is usually at or near the margin of the wing, and forming
the posterior boundary of the first brachial cell. Apparently no
writers have so divided submedius.

Synonyms: M3+i+Cui+z+lstA+2dA+SdA—FeTnsild 1906.

Nervulus.— Figs. 1, 2, 9, 10, TT1; figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, J'T1.

The cross-vein connecting meclius and submedius and forming
the apical boundary of the submedian cell; in some Chalasto-
gastra there is a more or less spurious cross-vein basad of
nervulus which divides the submedian cell into two cells and
which has been termed the prenervulus q. v.

Synonyms : Nervulus — Szepligeti 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Kieffer 1912.
Transverse median — Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Trans-
verso-medial nervure — Shuckard, Cockerell and Robbins 1910. Nervure
transverso ordinaire — Tosquinet 1896, Berthoumieu 1904. First trrin*i-< rs<
median — Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894. Nervus medio-discoidalis — Andre
1879. Vena transverso-submedialis la — Dahlbom 1845. Nervure meilio-
discoidale — Andre 1879. Vena transverso-humeralis — Foerster 1877. Ner-
vus brachialis — Haliday. Nervus connectens — Dahlbom. Ncrrus trans-
versus ordinarius — -Thomson. Arealaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 191."i.
Erste areal nerv — Konow 1901. Erste arealquernerv — Enslin 1912. Areal
nerve — Morice 1903. First inner apical nervure — Norton 1867. Pobrachial
transverse-nervure — Marshall 1885. Innere Ast der Mittelrippe — Mayr.
M4+Ctti— MacGillivray 1906, Bradley 1908. Mt+Cu— Fernald !««>•;.
GUI— Comstock and Needham 1898, fig. 38, 48. Vein F2— Robertson 1903 1 >,
1903 c, 1904.

Prenervulus. — (Not illustrated.)

A more or less spurious cross-vein occurring in the submedian
cell of some Chalastogastra, usually near its middle, which li;i-
its anterior end on medius and rarely is long enough to touch
submedius.

Synonyms: Brnrhinlm'rr — Konow 1901. Bradi/nlt/in n« rr -Knslin I'.U'J.
Vena transverso-subhumeralis — Foerster 1877. C»2 — Comstock and Need-
ham 1898, Robertson 1904.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 37

Anal.— Fig. 1, UW'U1; fig. 2, WW1.

The third basal longitudinal vein which diverges from the ante-
rior margin of the wing, originating either at the base of the wing
or on submedius and joining submeclius again beyond nervulus.
Found only in some Chalastogastra. In some wings there is a
free basal portion of the anal vein which is not connected to sub-
medius and in such cases it can be assumed that the anal has co-
alesced medially with submeclius and a portion of the base has
become obsolete. In a selected series of sawfly wings it is pos-
sible to produce evidence that when the anal vein is absent it has
united with submedius, but in other sawfly wings the evidence is
quite otherwise and it would be more plausible to assume that the
anal vein has been entirely lost.

Synonyms: Humerus — Thomson, Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Schmiede-
knecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Nervus humeralis — Thomson. Humeralaare—
Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Vena accesoria— Foerster 1877. Nervus
accessorius — Andre 1879. Accessory vein — Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894.
Begeitader— Foerster (teste Andre 1879). 3d A— Comstock and Needham
1898, fig. 38.

Interanal. — Fig. 1, WW1.

A cross-vein occurring in the anal cell of Chalastogastra, its
anterior end on submedius and its posterior end on the anal vein.
In some Braconidae represented by one, or in some cases two,
stubs projecting from submedius into the anal area, fig. 6.

Synonyms: Transverse lanceolate vein — Marlatt 1894. Nervus trans-
verso-lanceolee — Andre 1879. Vena transver&o accessoria — Foerster 1877.
Axillary transverse nervure — Marshall 1885. Humeralnerv — Kofcow 1901.
Humeralquernerv — Efcslin 1912. Cross-vein of the lanceolate cell — Norton
1867. Quernerv der lanzettf arming Zelle— Ehslifc 1912. MA— Comstock
and Needham 1898, fig. 38.

B. HIND WINGS WITH MANY VEINS.

Until comparatively recently systematists have paid but little
attention to the veins and cells of the hind wing and in most cases
they have given no key to their terminology. The few authors who
have given keys to their terminology of the hind wing have at-
i cmpted to analogize the veins and cells with those of the 1'on- wing
and have made it necessary to repeatedly use the phrase "of the
hind wing" which unfortunately has in a number of cases been
omitted leaving the reader in doubt. It is, with the hope of
avoiding such uncertainty and the burdensome phrase "of the
hind wing," that we have added the diminutives "ella" and
"••Han" to the veins and cells, respectively, of the hind wing. In

38 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

using the same names (in a modified form) for the veins and cells
of the hind wing as for those of the fore wing we have had in mind
more the idea of conformity to previous nomenclature and the
avoidance of the introduction of new terms than the tracing of
analogies between the two wings. If analogy exists between the
fore and hind wings it is not always traceable, at least with our
present knowledge of wing morphology, and from a taxonomic
standpoint is not of any great importance as the taxonomist is
primarily concerned with a definite name for a definite thing.

Section I. — -Cells.

Gostellan Cell. — XI in all figures where it occurs.

The area between subcostella and costella or between sul>-
costella and the anterior margin of wing.

Synonyms: Costal cell— Cameron 1882, Morley 1903, Fernald 1906.
Costal areolet — Marshall 1885. Cellule costale — Berthoumieu 1904. Co^tul-
celle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Areola brachialis — Andre 1879. f—
MacGillivray 1906. C + Sc + Sc1— Fernald 1906.

Radiellan Cell. — XII in all figures where it occurs.

The anterior apical cell bounded posteriorly by radiella and
anteriorly by stigmella and metacarpella or the anterior margin
of wing. Occasionally in Braconidae (fig. 3) — divided by a
cross-vein (interradiella).

Synonyms: Radial cell — Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906, Cameron 18s-J.
Radial areoZef— Marshall 1885. Cellule radiale — Berthoumieu 1904. Mar-
ginal cell — Ashmead 1900. Radialzelle — Enslin 1912. Radialcelle — Nielson
and Henriksen 1915. Ri + R2— MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Appendiculatellan cell. — Not illustrated.

The usually incomplete area formed between the anterior mar-
gin of wing and a spurious branch or extension of radiella beyond
the closed apical end of radiellan. Occurs rarely in Chala-to-
gastra.

Synonyms: Appendicular cell — Cameron 1882. Anhangszelle — Enslin
1912.

Mediellan cell. — XIII, in all figures where it occurs.

The middle basal cell, bounded anteriorly by subcostella.
posteriorly by mediella and apically by basella (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and
6), or when basella is wanting it extends to intercubitella (figs. 5
and 8), and both radiella and cubitella form part of its boundaries.

Synonyms: Median cell— Ashmead 1900, Morley 1903, Fernald 1900.
First basal cell — Ashmead 1893. Cellule hrac/iiali Hcrthoumiou 190-4.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 39

Praebrachial areolel — Marshall 1885. • Praebrachialzclle — Schmiedeknecht
1907. Areola costalis— Andre 1879. M— MacGillivray— 1906, Fernald 1906.

Gubitellan cell or cells. — XIV and supernumbers in all figures where it
occurs.

The area between radiella and cubitella and bounded basall}'
by basella, or, when basella is wanting (figs. 5, 11), by intercubi-
tella. When basella is present the area may be divided by one or
two cross-veins (intercubitellae) forming two or three cubitellan
cells which are numbered from the base outward (figs. 1, 2, 3).

Synonyms: Cubital cell— Cameron 1882, Morley 1903, P'ernald 1906.
Cubital areolet — Marshall 1885. Cellule cubitale — Berthoumieu 1904. Ober
Mittelzelle— Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. [Upper] Midtceller— Niel-
sen and Henriksen 1915. R+R$ — (first cubitellan) MacGillivray 1906.
Rn — (second cubitellan) MacGillivray 1906. Rs — (third cubitellan) Mac-
Gillivray 1906. #+#3+4+5— (in wasps) Fernald 1906.

Submediellan Cell. — XV in all figures where it occurs.

The area between mediella and submediella basad of nervellus.

Synonyms: Submedian cell — Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Brachial-
r.elle — -Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobrachialzelle— Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Pobrachial areolet — Marshall 1885. Basal cell — Morley 1903. First dis-
roidal cell— Cameron 1882. M3+Ciii— MacGillivray 1906. M3+Cu + Cii)
-Fernald 1906.

Discoidellan cell or cells. — XVI and supernumbers in figures where
they occur.

The area between cubitella and discoidella. In some Chalasto-
gastra it is divided by a cross-vein (recurrentella) forming two
cells which are numbered from the base of the wing outward.

Synonyms: First discoidal cell — Morley 1903, Fernald 1906. Second
discoid al cell — -(First) Cameron 1882. First posterior cell — (Second) Cam-
eron 1882. Cellule posterieure — Berthoumieu 1904. [Unterst] Mittelzelle —
Schmiedeknecht 1907, Enslin 1912. [Lower] Midtceller — Nielsen and Hen-
riksen 1915. Mt+lstMr— (first discoidellan) MacGillivray 1906. MI—
(second discoidellan) MacGillivray 1906. ^f^+lstM2+Ml — (wasps)
Fernald 1906.

Anellan cell. — XVJI in all figures where it occurs.

The area immediately behind submediella and brachiella and in
all wings in which anella is wanting, bounded posteriorly by the
hind margin of the wing: in those Chalastogastra in which
anella is present it forms the posterior boundary of the cell.
Occasionally divided by the interanella cross-vein (fig. 6).

40 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Synonyms: Anal cell — Morley 1903. Anal areolet — Marshall 1885.
Areola analis — Andre 1879. Cellule anale — Berthoumieu 1904. Lanzett-
formige zelle — Enslin 1912. Lancetcellc — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.
Humeral/eld — Enslin 1912. Humeralcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.
IstA— MacGillivray 1906.

Brachiellan cell. — XVIII, in figures in which it occurs.
The area between discoidella and brachiella.

Synonyms:- Second posterior cell — Cameron 1882. Second discoidal cell
-Fernald 1906, Morley 1903. 2dM2— MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Postellan cell or cells.— Figs. 1, 2, XIX.

The area behind anella; usually divided by a longitudinal vein
(axilius) forming two open cells.

Synonyms: Anal cell — Cameron 1882. 2dA — (first postellan) Mac-
Gillivray 1906. 3dA— (second postellan) MacGillivray 1906.

\

Section II. — Veins.
Costella.— Fig. 1, 2, 8, 10, ab; fig. 9, ad.

The vein on the anterior margin of the wing between the wing
base and the stigmella or before any veins branch from it.

Synonyms: Costa— Morice 1903, MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906, Enslin
1912. Costal vein — Cameron 1882. Costal nervure — Marshall 1885. Costal-
aare— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. C — MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Stigmella.— Fig. 2, be.

The triangular, lanceolate or oval thickened portion of the vein
on the anterior margin of the wing located at or near the middle;
usually absent but occurring in some groups, often as a secondary
sexual character.

Synonyms: Stigma — Ashmead 1900, and some other authors.

Metacarpella.— Figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, bd; fig. 2, ch'd.

The vein along anterior margin of wing beyond stigmella or if
stigmella is wanting beyond costella.

Synonyms: Metacarpus — Marshall 1885. .Ri— Fernald 1906.

Subcostella. — Figs. 1, 8, eb; fig. 2, ejb; fig. 3, ahb, fig. 5, ab; figs. 6, 4, ajb.

The second, or when costella is wanting first, vein from the
anterior margin of wing; extending from base to stigmella, or if
stigmella is wanting then to the point where it joins the anterior
margin of wing.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 41

Synonyms— S ubcosta— Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Enslin T.ili'. Sub-
costal vein — Cameron 1882. Subcostal nervure — Marshall 1885. Subcos-
taluarc— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Cubitalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Anterior rein— Morley 1903. R+M— Fernald 1906.

Radiella.— Fig. 1, hkcl; fig. 2, hkh1; fig. 3, hkq^1; fig. 5, hkh' ; figs. 6, 4,
hh'jfig. 8, hk.

The apical longitudinal vein which originates near the middle of
the anterior margin of the wing and extends to near the apex. In
the apical portion of the wing it is the first vein from the anterior
margin.

Synonyms : fladius— Marshall 1885, Morice 1903, Fernald 1906, Schmiede-
knecht 1907, Enslin 1912. Radial vein— Morley 1903. Nervus radialis—
Andre 1879. Radialaare-J-N\e\sen and Henriksen 1915. Abscissula (in
Ichneumonidae) — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Rs+M — MacGillivray 1906.

Mediella.— Figs. 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, f j1; figs. 5, 8, fg; fig. 4, ftg.

That portion of the third, or second when costella is wanting,
longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing basad of
basella or, if basella is wanting (figs. 5, 8), basad of origin of
cubitella.

•

Synonyms: Median vein— Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. Middle vein—
A-hmead 1900. Mittelader—Szepligeti 1905. Medialaare— Nielsen and
. Henriksen 1915. Praebrachial nervure— Marshall 1885. Brachialncrv-
Schmiedeknecht 1907. CM— MacGillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Cubitella.— Figs. 1, 2, gik'g1; fig. 3, j'k'g1; fig. 5, gk'g1; figs. 6, 4, gg';
fig. S, gk'.

The second (from anterior margin) longitudinal vein in the
apical part of the wing, originating either at the basal or from
mediella in close proximity to nervellus.

Synonyms: Cubitus— Marshall 1885, Ashmead 1898, etc., Morice 1903,
Fernald 1906, Enslin. Cubitalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915.

Intercubitella.— Figs, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, kk1.

A cross-vein between radiella and cubitella. In most wings
tin-re is only one intercubitella 1ml in certain Chalastogastra two
or three are present.

Synonyms: Transverse ruhilnl — Cameron 1882. Cubital n< -Morice
1003. Cubitalquerncri'cn — Enslin 1912. Nervus recurrens — Schmiede-
knecht 1907 (Ichneumonidae). Nervus transverso-discoidalis — Andre 1879.
Fifth branch of radius— (first intercubitella) MacGillivray 1906. Fourth

inch <>f r't'liu." -(second intercubitelbi ! M.-ic* lillivray 1906. 7?o—i first

42 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

intercubitella) MacGillivray 1906. R* (second)— MacGillivray 1906. M-—
Fernald 1906.

Interradiella. — Fig. 3, bq1.

A cross-vein between radiella and metacarpella. Rarely
present.

Synonym: Transverse nervure of marginal cell — Ashmead 1900.
Basella.— Fig. 1, hgj1; fig. 2, jhgj1; fig. 3, hj1; fig. 6, jgj1; fig. 7, jj1 ; fig. 4, jg.

A cross-vein situated at about the anterior middle of the wing,
having its origin from subcosta or stigmella and terminating at
mediella. Present in Chalastogastra, Braconidae and a few other
groups. When the cross-vein is well towards apex of wings as in
figs. 5 and 8 it is considered to be intercubitella. It is not likely
that basella (jgj1, fig. 6) is homologous with intercubitella (kk\
fig. 5).

Synonyms: Basal nervure — Ashmead 1900, Enslin 1912. Discoidal nerve
— Morice 1903. Discoidalnerv — Enslin 1912. Praebrachial transverse
nervure — Marshall 1885.

Submediella.— Figs. 1, 3, 5, 4, 8, ut1; fig. 2, uwH1; fig. 6, umt1.

•

The portion of the fourth (or third when costella is wanting)
longitudinal vein from the anterior margin of the wing basad of
nervellus.

Synonyms: Brachius — Enslin 1912. Brachium — Schmiedeknecht 1907
(Ichneumonidae). Brachialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Pobra-
chial nervure — Marshall 1885. Posterior vein — Morley 1903. M4+Ctti+2
+lstA— Fernald 1906.

Discoidella. — Figs. 1, 2, jlts; fig. 5, ts; fig. 8, gs.

The third apical longitudinal vein from the anterior margin
of the wing; often absent (figs. 3, 4, 6, 9, 11), but when present,
either forming a continuation of mediella from basella to the wing
margin (figs. 1, 2), or in the absence of basella beginning at ner-
vellus (fig. 8), or, in some instances, originating at a point on
nervellus (fig. 5).

Synonyms: Discoidal vein — Fernald 1906. Subdiscoidal nervure— Ash-
mead 1900. Medial cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906. Nervellus — Morley
1903. m+M2— Fernald 1906.

Nervellus.— Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, tt1; figs. 6, 7, j't1; fig. 8, gt1; fig. 5, gtt1.

A transverse, oblique or broken cross-vein connecting mediella
and submediella, or in some wings (figs. 1, 2) connecting discoid-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 43

ella and submediella and forming the apical boundary of the sub-
mediellan cell. This term is now in general use especially by
Ichneumonologists.

Synonyms: Nervellus — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Areal nervure- — Moricc

1903. Arealquernerv — Enslin 1912. Transverse median — Cameron 1882,
Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906. First transverse median vein — Marlatt 1894.
Humeral crossnervure — Davis 1897. Transverse discoidal — Cameron 1882.
Transuerso-humeralis — Kohl 1896. First recurrent — Morley 1903. Po-
brachial nervure — -Marshall 1885. Nervure transversale anale — Berthoumieu

1904. Tilbagelbeude aarer — Nielsen and Henriksen' 1915. Submedial-
querader — Kohl 1896. Nervus medio-discoidalis — Andre 1879. M3 — Mac-
Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Brachiella.— Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, thi1.
Submediella beyond nervellus.

Synonyms: M,+4+Cui+t+lstA+8dA— Fernald 1906.

Anella. — Figs. 1, uu1; 2, uw1.

The fifth (or fourth when costella is wanting) longitudinal vein
from the anterior margin of the wing, originating at the base of
wing and usually joining with submediella apically. Usually
developed in Chalastogastra, rarely- in Clistogastra.

Synonyms: Second anal vein — MacGillivray 1906. Humerus- — -Morice
1903, Enslin 1912. Humeralaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915. Accessory
—Cameron 1882. Axillary— Fernald 1906. 2dA— MacGillivray 1906.

Axillus. — Figs. 1, 2, un.

The sixth (or fifth when costella is wanting) basal longitudinal
vein, usually nearly parallel with the basal part of the hind mar-
gin of the wing and present only in Chalastogastra.

Synonyms: Axillus — Konow 1901, Morice 1903, Enslin 1912. Axillary
vein — Marlatt 1894. Neri'us n.rillaris — Andre 1879. Axillaraare — Nielsen
and Henriksen 1915. Tkinl mini vein — MacGillivray 1906. 3d A — Mac-
Gillivray 1906, Fernald 1906.

Recurrentella. — Figs. 1, 2, ii1.

The cross-vein connecting cubitella and discoidella; usually
present in Chalastogastra but wanting in Clistogastra.

Synonyms: Recurrent vein — Cameron 1882. Medial nerves — Morice
1903. Medialnerven — Enslin 1912. Rucklaufende nerv — Enslin 1912.

Interanella. — Fig. 6, mm1.

A cross-vein originating from submediella and dividing the
anellan cell in some Braconidae.

Synonym: Annl nervurt Marshall 1885.

44 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Postnervellus. — Fig. 4, gz.

A cross-vein extending from mediella or cubitella towards the
posterior margin of the wing in certain Braconidae.

Synonym: Postnervellus — Gahan 1915.

C. THE WINGS WITH FEW VEINS.

In the Chalcidoidea and certain other groups the venation is so
greatly reduced as to cause systematists to use a different termi-
nology. ' To explain this terminology, which is certainly most
convenient to the systematist, it is desirable to consider these
wings separately. Under the term "nervure sous costale" Andre
1879 classifies the entire normal Chalcidid venation, but he also
explains and synonymizes the terms for the various parts used.
However, the terminology proposed by Howard in 1881 has been
more generally used by systematists and is adopted here.

Submarginal.— Fig. 11, AB.

The basal portion of the longitudinal vein posterior to the ante-
rior margin of the wing in Hymenoptera in which the venation is
reduced to one longitudinal vein. This vein occupies the same
position as the subcosta of ^the more generalized wings and is
perhaps homologous with it.

Synonyms: Submarginal vein — Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead
1904. Nervus subcostalis — Ratzeburg 1848. Humerus — Haliday. Abscissa
humeralis — Foerster 1877. Ramus humeralis — Foerster 1856. Rameau
humeral — Andre 1879. Schulter struck — Andre 1879. Schulterast — Andre
1879.

Marginal.— Fig. 11, BC.

That portion of the longitudinal vein which lies along the ante-
rior margin of the wing, basad of the branch (stigmal) which
extends obliquely into the body of the wing from the anterior mar-
gin in the Hymenoptera in which the venation is reduced to a
longitudinal vein. This vein occupies the same position as the
stigma in the more generalized wings and is perhaps homologous
with it.

Synonyms: Marginal vein— Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904.
Ramus marginalis — Foerster 1856. Rameau marginal— Andre 1879. Ab-
scissa marginalis^-Foerster 1877. Marginalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907.
Nervus duplex — Ratzeburg 1848. Ulma — Haliday. Randast — Andre 1879.

Postmarginal.— Fig. 11, CD.

That portion of the longitudinal vein which lies along the
anterior margin of the wing beyond the branch vein (stigmal) in

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 45

Hymenoptera in which the venation is reduced to one longitu-
dinal vein. This vein occupies the same position as the metacar-
pus of the more generalized wing and is perhaps homologous
with it.

Synonyms: Postmarginul rein — Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmeacl
1904. Ramus post-marginalis — Foerster 1856. Rameau postmarginal—
Andre 1879. Postmarginalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907. Abscissa postmar-
ginalis — Foerster 1877. Radius — Haliday. Nervu* costa. — Ratzeburg 1848.
Hinterandast — Andre, 1879.

Stigmal.— Fig. 11, CH.

A stump of a vein which projects more or less obliquely from the
anterior margin into the body of the wing in Hymenoptera which
have the venation reduced to one longitudinal vein. This vein
occupies the position of the radius of the more generalized wing
and is perhaps homologous with it.

Synonyms: Stigmal vein — Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904.
Ramus stigmaticus — Foerster 1856. Rumulus stigmalicus — Nees. Rain«m
stigmatical — Andre 1879. Nervus radialis — Ratzeburg 1848. Radius —
Schmiedeknecht 1907. Abscissa radialis — Foerster 1877. Subcosta—
Schmiedeknecht 1907. Cubitus — Haliday. Zweig — Andre 1879.

Submarginella. — Fig. 11, ab.

The portion of the longitudinal vein in the hind wing lying
posterior to the anterior margin of the wing.

Marginella. — Fig. 11, be.

The portion of the longitudinal vein in the hind wing lying on
the anterior margin.

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SYNONYMS.

EXPLANATORY NOTE.

Throughout this list the words "first," "cell," "area," "cellule,"
"nervus," "erste," "vena," etc., when used as a part of any cell or vein
have either been dropped or placed after the name of the vein or cell,
e.g., First recurrent will be found under Recurrent [1st] etc. It has been
found advisable to make a separate list (see p. 62) of synonyms for those
systems which make extensive use of symbols.

Abbreviated cubital vein — Cresson 1887 == rn/tni.lus.
Abscissa humeralis- Foerster 1877 == subni<ir<iin<il.
Abscissa marginalis — Foerster 1877 == marginal .
Abscissa postmarginalis— Foerster 1877 ==
Abscissa radialis — Fnerstcr 1877 == stiynnil.
Abscissula— Schmiedeknechl L907 (Ichneumonid) == ra<ti<ll<t.

46 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Accessoria, ire, ius, y [nervure, nervus, vein] — Andre 1879, Cameron

1882, Foerster 1877, Marlatt 1S94 == anal vein.
Acessory vein — Cameron 1882 = anella
Analader — Friese 1911 = submedius + brachius.
Anal, e, is [area, areola, cell or cellule] — Berthoumieu 1904, Costa,

Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Kirby, Lacor-

daire 1834, de Romand, Shuckard = anal cell.
Anal, e [areolet, cell, cellule]— Berthoumieu 1904, Marshall 1885, Morley

1903 = anellan.
Anal, is, e [areola, cell, cellule] — Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Marlatt

1894 = posterior.
Anal, is, e [areola, cell, cellule] — Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Marlatt

1894 == postellan.

Anale [cellule] — Haliday, Wesmael = 2d brachial cell.
Anal, e [cell, cellule]— Haliday, Marshall 1885, Morley 1903, Wesmael

= 2d brachial.

Analfeld — Konow 1901 = 2d brachial + posterior.
Anal, e, is [nervure, nervus, vein] — Andre 1879, Dahlbom, Cameron 1882,

Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Kirby, Mar-
latt 1894, Norton 1867, de Romand, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Shuckard =

submedius + brachius.

Anal, is [nervus] — Haliday, Morice 1903 = basal section of discoideus.
Anal, is [nervus]— Haliday, Marshall 1885, Morley 1903 = subdiscoideus .
Anal nervure — Marshall 1885 = anella.
Anal, e, is [nervure, nervus, vein] — Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904,

Cameron 1882, Fernald 1906 = submediella + brachiella.
Anal vein [2d] — MacGillivray 1906 = interanal.
Anal vein [2d] — MacGillivray 1906 = anella.
Anal vein [3d] — MacGillivray 1906 = basal part of anal vein.
Anal vein [3d] — MacGillivray 1906 = axillus.
Analis — Kieffer 1912 = subdiscoideus.
Analzelle — Konow 1901 == 1st brachial.
Analzelle — Szepligeti 1904 == anal cell.
Anastomoses medii alae — Latreille = recur rents.

Anhangszelle — Enslin 1912, Kohl 1896, Konow 1901 == «i>i» -ndiculate cell.
Anhangszelle — Enslin 1912 = appendiculatellan.
Anterior vein — Morley 1903 = subcostella.
Anterior nervus — Haliday == medius + base of discoideus .
Apical areola — Kirby = 4th cubital or 2nd brachial.
Apical cell — Morley 1903 = radial.

Apical cell [1st] — Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Shuckard = 2d brachial.
Apical cell [2d]— Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Shuckard = 3d discoidal .
Apicale [cellule] — de Romand = 2d bra-chin I.
Appendice de la radiale — -Andre 1879 = ainn-inlicnlun- vein.
Appendicular, ate, icea, icee [areola, cell, cellula, cellule] — Andre 1879,

Cameron 1882, Costa, Foerstor 1*77, Hartiy;, Marlatt 1894 == np-

pendiculate cell.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 47

Appendicular cell — Cameron 1882 = appendiculalellan.

Apterostigma — Wheeler 1910 = stigma.

Arealaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == nervulus.

Areal nerve — Morice 1903 = nervulus.

Areal nerve — Morice 1903 = nervellus.

Arealnerv — Konow 1901 == nervellus.

Arealnerv [1st] — Konow 1901 == nervulus.

Arealnerv [2d] — Konow 1901 == transverse part of discoideus.

Arealquernerv — Enslin 1912 nervellus.

Arealquernerv [1st] — Enslin 1912 = nervulus.

Arealquernerv [2d] — Enslin 1912 = transverse part of discoideus.

Areola, e. et — Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Cresson 1887, Graven-

horst, Dalla and Kieffer 1910, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1904,

Tosquinet 1896 = areolet.
Areola exterior — Haliday = 2d discoidal.
Ast de Mittelrippe — Mayr = basal.
Aussere Ast der Cubitalrippe — Mayr = cubitus.
Ausser Hinterzelle — Zaddach = 2d brachial.
Ausser Mittelzelle — Mayr = median.

Auxiliaris [nervus] — Dahlbom, Fallen, Schenck = subcosta.
Axillaraare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = axillus.
Axillary areolet — Marshall 1885 = anal cell.
Axillary, aris, ius [nervure, nervus, vein] — Andre 1879, Enslin 1912,

Konow 1901, Marlatt 1894, Morice 1903 = axillus.
Axillary [vein]— Fernald 1906 = anella.
Axillary transverse nervure — Marshall 1885 = 1st interanal.

Basal cell— Ashmead 1900 = mediellan.

Basal cell — Morley 1903 = submediellan .

Basal cell [1st]— Morley 1903 = median,

Basal cell [1st] — Ashmead 1893 = mediellan .

Basal cell [2d]— Ashmead 1893, Morley 1903 = siibmedia-n.

Basal cell [3d]— Morley 1903 = anal cell.

Basal, e [nervure, nervus, vein] — Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904,
Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Enslin 1912,
Fernald 1906, Foerster 1877, Hartig, Marlatt 1894, Thomson = basnl.

Basal [nervure, vein]— Ashmead 1900, Enslin 1912 = baselln.

Basal vein— Morley 1903 = basal + nervulus.

Basalaare— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = basal.

Basalader — Kohl 1896 = basal + nervulus.

Basalis— Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Kieffer 1912 = b<i*<il.

Basalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == basal.

Basis radii — Schmiedeknecht = 1st abscissa of radius.

Begeitader — Foerster 1877 = anal vein.

Brachial cell [1st] — Norton 1867 == median.

Brachial cell [2d] — Norton 1867 =

48 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Brachialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = submedius + brachius.

Brachialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = submediella.

Brachialcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = submedian.

Brachialcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = submediellan.

Brachiale, is [areola, cellule] — Andre 1879, Lepeletier 1825 = costal.

Brachiale, is [areola, cellule] — Andre 1879 = castellan.

Brachiale cellule [1st] — Lepetelier 1836 = costal.

Brachiale cellule [2d] — Lepetelier 1836 = median.

Brachiale cellule [3d] — Lepetelier 1836 = submedian.

Brachiale cellule [4th] — Lepetelier 1836 = anal cell.

Brachiale cellule — Berthoumieu 1904 == 1st brachial.

Brachialfeld — Konow 1901 = submedian.

Brachiale cellule — Berthoumieu 1904 == mediellan.

Brachialis, areola [anterior] — Nees = median.

Brachialis, cellule [2nd] — Thomson == 1st brachial.

Brachial nervures — Say 1825 = all longitudinal veins behind subcosta

cubitus but usually used for medius + discoideus + subdiscoideus..
Brachialnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == submedius + brachius.
Brachialnerv — Konow 1901 = prenervulus.
Brachialnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 := mediella discoidello.
Brachialquernerv — Enslin 1912 = prenervulus.

Brachialzelle — Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1905 = 1st brachial.
Brachiale [nervure] — Jurine = medius + base of discoideus.
Brachialis [nervus] — Haliday = basal + nervulus.
Brachius, um [nervure] — Berthoumieu 1904, Enslin 1912, Konow 1901,

Morice 1903, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Thomson = submedius + bnu-i-
Brachius, um — Enslin 1912, Morice 1903, Schmiedeknecht 1907 =

mediella + brachiella.
Brachium [nervure] — Berthoumieu 1904 == nn il'nlla -\- cub i tell a.

Carpe, us— Foerster 1877, Lacordaire 1834, Say 1825, Zaddach == stirji»<i.

Cell — See explanatory note.

Cellula — See explanatory note.

Cellule — See explanatory note.

Cellule du disque — Saussure 1852 == 1st + 2d discoidal + 1st bracli'>»l.

Cellule du limbe [1st] — Saussure 1852 = 3d discoidal.

Cellule du limbe [2d]— Saussure 1852 = 2d brachial.

Connectens [nervus] — Dahlbom == nervulus or rarely intercubiti.

Costa, lis— Fernakl 1906, MacGillivray 1906, Marshall 1885, Kii
1912 = costa.

Costa, 1, lis [nervure, nervus, vena] — Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1004.
Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Dahlbom,
Enslin 1912, Fallen, Fernald 1906, Holiday. Ivirby, Konow 1901, La-
cordaire 1834, Latreille, Marlatt 1894, Morice 1903, Norton 1S07. Say
1825, Schenck, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Shuokard, Thomson = i-n?t<i —
metacarpus.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 49

Costa, 1, is [nervure, nervus] — Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Enslin 1912,
Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903 =costella.

Costa Basalis — Mayr = banal.

Costa Marginalis — Mayr = costa + metacarpus.

Costa Media — Mayr = medius + basal section of disco ideus.

Costa Internomedia — Mayr = submedius + brachiu*.

Costal Scapularis — Mayr = subcosta.

Costal [nervus] — Ratzeburg 18-48 == postmarginal.

Costal, e, is [area, areolet, cell, cellula, cellule] — Cameron 1882, Cock-
erell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Dahlbom, Fernald 1906, Hali-
day, Kirby, Lacordaire 1834, Marlatt IS94, Norton 1867, de Romand,
Shuckard, Thomson = costal.

Costal, e [areolet, cell, cellule] — Bcrthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Fer-
nald 1906, Marshall 1885, Morley 1903 = costellan.

Costal [area] — Kirby == radial cells.

Costal, e, is [area, areola, callule] — Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904,
Fallen = median .

Costal, e, is [areola, cellule] — Andre 1879 = medieUmi.

Costalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = costa.

Costalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = costelln.

Costalader — Szepligeti 1905 = costa.

Costalcelle — Neilsen and Henriksen 1915 = costal.

Costalcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = costellan.

Costalzelle — Kieffer 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == costal.

Cross-vein of lanceolate cell — Norton 1867 == inter anal.

Cubit, al, ale, alis, us [nervure, nervus, vein, vena] — Andre 1879,
Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Dahlbom,
Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Enslin 1912, Fernald 1906, Foerster
1877, Haliday, Hartig, Kieffer 1912, Konow 1901, Lacordaire 1834,
Lepeletier, Marlatt 1894, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903, Ratzeburg 1848,
de Romand, Shuckard, Sichel, Wesmael, Zaddach = cubitus.

Cubital, e, is [area, areola, areolet, cell, cellula, cellule] — Andre 1879,
Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Costa, Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910,
Fernald 1906, Foerster 1877, Jurine, Lacordaire 1834, Lepeletier, Mar-
latt 1894, Marshall 1SS5, Morley I'.I03. Norton 1867, de Romand, Saus-
sure 1852, Say lM'5. Slmrkanl, Siclicl, Wrsmael = cubital cells.

Cubital, e, is [areolet, cell, cellule] — Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882,
Fernald 1906, Marshall 1885, Morley 1903 = cubitellan.

Cubital cell [1st] — Morley 1903 = discocubital.

Cubital (external) — Morley 1903 = 3d abscissa of cubitus.

Cubital (internal)- -Morley 1903 = discocubitus .

Cubital nerves — Morice 1903 = intercubiti.

Cubital nerves — Morice 1903"= intercubitellae.

Cubital vein — Cameron 1882 = mo/it llu 4- <lixc<>iil<ll<i .

Cubitalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = cubitus.

Gubitalaare— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 =

50 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Gubitalcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 191.5 = cubital.

Cubitalf eld— Konow 1901 == cubital.

Gubitalis interna [cellula] — Gravenhorst = 1st cubital.

Cubitalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 = subcostella.

Cubitalquerader — Friese 1911, Kohl 1896, Szepligeti 1904 = intercubili.

Cubitalquernerv — Enslin 1912, Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907 = in-
ter'cubiti .

Cubitalquernerv — Enslin 1912 = inter cubitella .

Cubit»lrippe — Mayr = cubitus.

Gubitalscheidnerv — Zaddach = intercubiti.

Gubitalvaeraare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = intercubiti.

Gubitalzelle— Dalla Torre 1910, Enslin 1912, Friese 1911, Hartig, Kieffer
1912, Kohl 1896, Mayr, Ratzeburg 1848, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepli-
geti 1904, Zaddach = cubital.

Gubito-discoidal — Cresson 1887 == discocubitus.

Cubitus— Enslin 1912, Fernald 1906, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903 = cubi-
tella.

Gubitus — Berthoumieu 1904, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Thomson == medius -f
base of discoideus.

Gubitus — Haliday = stigmal.

Gubitus — Hartig, Jurine, Saussure, Say 1825 = subcosta.

Gubitus — Berthoumieu 1904 = subcostella + radieUa.

Gubitus inferieure — Lepeletier 1836 = cubitus.

Gubitus superieur — Lepeletier = subcoRtn.

Deuxieme — See explanatory note.

Deuxieme cellule du limbe — Lepeletier = 2d brachial.

Discal cell, 1st— Marlatt 1894 == 1st discoidal.

Discal cell, 2d— Marlatt 1896 = 2d discoidal.

Discal cell, 3d— Marlatt 1894 == 1st brachial.

Discocubital, is [cell, cellula] — Ashmead 1900, Schmiedeknecht 1907 =
discocubital cell.

Discocubital, is [nervures, nervus] — Ashrnead 1900, Schmiedeknecht 1907
= discocubitus.

Discocubitalader — Szepligeti 1905 = discocubitus.

Discocubitalzelle — Szepligeti 1905 = discocubital cell.

Discoidal cell — Smith == 1st discoidal.

Discoidal cell — Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Thomson = 2d discoidal.

Discoidal, e, is fareola, cell, cellula, cellule] 1st — Andre 1879, Ash-
mead 1900, Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Costa, Cres-
son 1887, Fernald 1906, Foerster 1877, Lcpeletier, Norton 1867, Ratze-
burg 1848, Shuckard == 1st discoidal.

Discoidal [cell]— Morley 1903 = 2d discoidal.

Discoidal [cell] 1st— Fernald 1906, Morley 1903 = discoidcilan .

Discoidal [cell] 1st — Cameron 1882 = submediellan.

Discoidale [cellule] 2d — de Romand == 1st discoidal.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME] XVIII, 1916 51

Discoidal, e, is lareola, cell, cellula, cellule) 2d— Andre 1879, Banks 1912,

Cameron 1882, Costa, Foerster 1887, Norton 1867 == 3d discoidal.

Discoidal, e, is lareola, cell, cellula, cellule] 2d — Ashmead 1900, Cocker-
ell and Rohbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Lepeletier 1830,
Moriey 1903, Ratzeburg 1848 == 1st. brachial.

Discoidal [cell] 2d — Cameron 1882 == 1st discoidellu H .

Discoidal [cell] 2d— Fernald 1906, Moriey 1903 = brachiellan.

Discoidal, e, is [areola, cell, cellule] 3d — Cockerell and Robbins 1910,
Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Lepeletier 1836, do Romand, Shuckard
= 2d discuidal.

Discoidal, e, is [areola, cell, cellula, cellule] 3d — Dahlbom, Foerster
1877, Moriey 1903, Norton 1867, Sichel = 3d discoidal.

Discoidale, is [cellula, cellule] 3d— Costa, Andre 1879 == 1st brachial.

Discoidale [cellule] 4th — de Romand = 3d discoidal.

Discoidalis externa [cellula] — Gravenhorst == %d brachial.

Discoidalis intermedia [cellula] — Gravenhorst = 2d discoidal.

Discoidale inferieure [cellule] — Lepeletier 1825, Wesmael == 2d discoidal.

Discoidalis interior [cellula] — Gravenhorsl -= 1st discoidal.

Discoidale interne [cellule] — Wesmael == 1st brachial.

Discoidale superieure [cellule] 2d — Lepeletier 1825 == 1st brachial.

Discoidale superieure externa [cellule] — Wesmael == 1st discoidal.

Discoidal, is [nervure] — Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Fernald 1906,
Kieffer 1912 = discoideus.

Discoidal nerve — Morice 1903 = basal.

Discoidal nerve — Morice 1903 = basclla .

Discoidal — Fernald 1906 = discoiddla.

Discoidal vein — Norton 1867 == subdiscoidens.

Discoidal nervure — Ashmead 1900 = transrcrsc /mrl of discoidi-its.

Discoidalis [nervus] — Andre 1879 (text) == basal section of discoideus.

Discoidalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = basal.

Discoidalceller [1-2-3] — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = /*/, id, .id discoidul .

Discoidalnerv — Enslin 1912, Konow 1901 == basal.

Discoidalnerv — Enslin 1912 = basclla.

Discoidalnerv — Zaddach == first section of discnidcus.

Discodialquerader — Fricsc Kill, Kohl 1896 = recurrent*.

Discoidalquernerv— Schmiedeknecht 1907 == rccun-cnts.

Discoidalzelle Knslin 1912, Konow 1901, Kieffer 1912. Mnyr < 1st dis-
coidal.

Discoidalzelle S/epliget i 1905 = 2d discuidal.

Discoidalzelle list | Zaddach == 1st discoidal .

Discoidalzelle [2d| Szeplinel i 1004 == 1st brai-h/nl .

Discoidalzelle [2d] Zaddach = 3<l <lixr//itl<i/ .

Discoidalzelle [3d] — Zaddach == 1st bracfiial.

Discoidalzelle [hinterj — Kieffer l'.U2 -= 1st linic/iinl .

Dividens [nervus] Hal /,cl>ur-i 1S4S = ram u I us.

Discoidalzellen [1st, 2d, 3d) Fnr-r l!»ll. Kohl is'.iii. Si-limiedekncchi
1907 = discoidal rrlls 1 2 3.

52 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Distale Submedianzelle — Kieffer 1912 == 1st brachial.

Du disque [cellule] — Saussure 1952 == 1st + 2/1 dixcuidal + 1st brachinl.

Du limbe [2d cellule] — -Lepeletier == 2d brachial.

Du limbe [cellule] — Saussure 1852 = 3d dixcnidal + 2<l brachial.

Duplex [nervusf — Ratzeburg 1848 == tnari/inal.

Erste — See explanatory note.
Externa [cellule] — Gravenhorst == 3/1 cubital.
Externa media [areola] — Haliday == 3d discoidal.
Externo-median, 1 [cell] — Cresson 1887, Shuckard == median cell.
Externo medial [vein] — Cockerell and Robbing 1915 == medius.
Externo-median, e [nervure or vein] — Cresson 1887, Kirby, Norton isil",
de Romand, Shuckard == medius + 1st section of discoideus.

Fifth — See explanatory note.

First — See explanatory note.

Flugemal— Kohl 1896 = stigma.

Fourth — See explanatory note.

Furcata [cellula] — Thomson == 1st discoidal.

Grundader— Szc'pligeti 1904, 1905 = basal.
Grundrippe — Mayr == basal.

Hinterader — Foerster 1877 == submedius + brachius.

Hintere-mittlere Schulterzelle — Szepligeti 1904 == 1st brachial.

Hintere Discoidalzelle — Kieffer 1912 == 1st brachial.

Hintere Schulterzelle — Szepligeti 1904 == anal cell.

Hinterrandast — Andre 1879 == postmarginal .

Hinterzelle [1st] — Zaddach == 3d discoidal.

Humeral cell — Cameron 1882 == median.

Humeral, e [cell, cellule] 1st — Ratzeburg 1848, Wesmael == median.

Humeral, e [cell, cellule] 2d— Ratzeburg 1848, Wesmael = xubmaliuti .

Humerale [cellule] 3d. — Wesmael == anal cell.

Humer, ale, alis, us [nervus, vein] — Enslin 1912, Konow 1901, Morioe

1903, Schmiedekuecht 1907, Thomson == anal rein.
Humeralaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = anal rein.
Humeralaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = anella.
Humeralcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = anal cell.
Humeralcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = am /I/in.
Humeral cross -vein — Davis 1897 == nervellus.
Humeralfeld— Enslin 1912, Konow 1901 == anal cell.
Humeralfeld — Enslin 1910 = anellan.
Humerale [nervure] 1st — Wesmael == costa or subcosta.
Humerale [nervure] 2d— Wesmael == medius + baxc of dixcoideus.
Humerale [nervure] 3d — Wesmael = submedius +
Humeralis antice [area] — Foerster 1877 == median.
Humeralis externa [cellula] — Gravenhorst ==

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 53

Humeralis intermedia [cellula] — Gravenhorst =: submedi<m.

Humeralis interna [cellula] — Gravenhorst == anal cell.

Humeralis lanceolata [area] — Foerster 1877 == anal cell.

Humeralis media [areola] — Hartig = submedian.

Humeralis media externa [areola] — Foerster 1877 == 1st brachial.

Humeralis media interna [areolaj — Foerster 1877 == submedian.

Humeralis postica [area, areola] — Foerster 1877, Hartig = posterior cell.

Humeralnerv — Konow 1901 == inter anal.

Humeralquernerv — Enslin 1912 = interanal.

Humerus— Enslin 1912, Morice 1903 = anelhi.

Humerus — Haliday == submarginal.

Inferi, eure, or [nervure, nervus] — Andre 1879 = thickened hi ml man/in

a f fore icing.

Iniienrippe — Mayr = submedius + brachius.
Inner apical [cell] — Norton 1867 == 1st brachial.
Inner apical [nervure] 1st — Norton 1867 == nervulus.
Inner apical [nervure] 2d — Norton 1867 == transverse part of discoidcn*.
Innere Ast der Cubitalrippe — Mayr = cubit us.
Innere Ast der Mittelrippe — Mayr = nervulus.
Innere Mittelzelle — Mayr == submedian.
Intercalarie, s [nervure, nervus, vena]— Andre 1879, Foerster 1S77 :

intercalaris.

Intercostalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == intercalaris.
Intercostalader— Enslin 1912, Konow 1901 == intercalaris
Intercostalfeld — Konow 1901 == costal.
Intercostalnerv — Konow 1901 == irttercosta.
Intercostalquernerv — Enslin 1912 = intercosta.
Intercostaltvaeraare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == intcrcosta.
Intercubital [nervures] — Marshall 1885 = intercubiti.
Intercubitalis [cellula] — Dahlbom = costal.
Interior discoidal [nervure] — Marshall 1885 == 1st rec urn-nl.
Intermedia [areola] — Fallen == 1st cubital.

Intermedia [areola, cellula] — Dahlbom, Gravenhorst == 2d cubital.
Intermedia [areola] — Gravenhorst == 2d discoidal.

Intermediate [nervure] 1st — Lepeletier == nn-dius + base of discnidi •><••<.
Intermediate [nervure] 2d — Lepeletier =: submedius + bracliin*.
Intermediate [area] — Kirby == tni'dinx.

Interno-medial [cell]— Cresson 1887, Shuckard == submedian.
Internus [nervure] — Latreille = w<W/'//.s + base of discoideus.
lunctura— Ratzeburg = junction of submarginal ami marginal.

La cote — Saussure 1852 = costa + metacarpus.
La racine — Tosquinet 1886 = costa + metacarpus.

Lanceolee, ate [areola, cell, cellule]— Andre 1879, Cameron issj, Hurt i^,
M:irl:itl 1S94, Norton 1867, Thomson == anal cell.

54 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Lancetcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = ancllan.

Lance tcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = anal cell.

Lanzettformige Zelle — Knslin 1912 = nnellan.

Lanzettformige Zelle — Knslin 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Zaddach =

anal cell.

Le Point — Jurine = stigma.
Le Point epais — Lepeletier = stigma.

Margin [cell] — Shuckard == radial cell as in wasps.

Marginal, e, is [areola, cell, cellule] — Ashmead 1900, Cockerell and

Robbins 1910, Cress'on 1887, Latreille, Norton 1867, Say 1825, Smith,

Thomson == radial.

Marginal [cell] — Ashmead 1900 = rndiellan.

Marginal [vein] — Howard 1881, Cresson 1887, Ashmead 1904 = marginal.
Marginal, is [nervus, vein] — Cockerell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887,

Norton 1867, Thomson == radius.

Marginalis [vena] — Foerster 1877 == custa + metacarpus.
Marginalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == marginal.
Margino-discoidalis [nervus] — Andre 1878 = basal.
Media, n, ne [areola, cell, cellule] — Andre 1879, Berthoumieu 1904,

Cameron 1882, Lacordairc, Marlatt 1894 == submedinn.
Media [areola] Andre 1879 = submediellan.
Medial [cell] 1st — Norton. 1867 = median.
Medial [cell] 2d — Norton 1867 == submedian.
Media, n [nervus, nervure] — Andre 1879 text, Cresson 1887, Fernald

1906 = medius.
Media, n [nervus, nervure] — Andre 1879, Morley 1903 = mediella -f-

cubitella.
Media, n, na, ne [nervure, vena] — Andre 1879 fig., Cameron 1882, Dalla

Torre and Kieffer 1910, Hartig, Lacordaire, Marlatt 1894, Morley

1903 = medius + base of discoideus.
Media, us [vena]— Enslin 1912, Foerster 1877, Konow 1901, Moriee 1908,

= medium + discoideus + subdiscuidciis.
Medial cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906 = discoidella.
Medial cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906 = subdiscoideus .
Medial nerve— Moricc 1903 = recurrent.
Medial nerve — Moriee 1903 = recurrentella.

Medialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = medius + discoideus + sub-
discoideus.

Medialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == mediella + discoidella.
Medialader — Friese 1912 =' medius.
Medialfeld — Konow 1901 == media n.
Medialis — Kieffer 1912 = medius.
Medialnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == medius -f d
Medialnerv — Knslin 1912, Konow 1901 == recurrent.
Medialnerv — Knslin 1912 = recurrentella.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 55

Medialquerader — Friese 1912 = basal.

Medialzelle— Kieffer 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == median.

Medialzelle — Konow 1901 == 2d + 3d discoidal.

Medialzelle — Konow 1901 = 1st discoidellan.

Medial, n, ne [cell, cellule]— Ashmead 1900, Cockerell and Robbins 1910,
Fernald 1906, de Romand = median.

Medial [cell]— Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906, Morley 1903 = mediellan .

Medial [vein]— Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906 = medielln.

Mediane [cellule], apicule — Lacordaire 1834 == 1st brachial.

Mediastina [areola] — Nees = costal.

Mediastinus [nervus] — Thomson = intercalaris .

Medio-cubital cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906 = bamil or in some cases
posterior abscissa of basal.

Medio-cubital cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906 = basella or in some cases
posterior abscissa of basella.

Medio-discoidale, is [nervure, nervus] — Andre 1879 = nervulus.

Medio-discoidale, is [nervure, nervus] — Andre 1879 = nervellus.

Medius — Enslin 1912 = mediella + discoidella.

Metacarpus — Marshall 1885, Morley 1903 = tnctnctn-pn-s.

Metacarpus — Marshall 1885 = metacarpella.

Middle vein — Ashmead 1900 = mediella.

Midtceller [anterior] — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == 1st cubitellan.

Midtceller [posterior]— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == 1st discoideUnn .

Mittelader — Szepligeti 1905 = mediella.

Mittelrippe — Mayr = medius + 1st section of discoideus.

Mittelzelle [anterior]— Knslin 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 = 1st cubitellan.

Mittelzelle [posterior]— Enslin 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == 1st discoi-
dellan .

Mittlere Schulterzelle— Szepligeti 1904 == sub-median + 1st brachinl.

Nervellus -Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1905 == nervellus.

Nervellus — Morley 1903 = discoidella.

Nervi, nervure, nervus — see explanatory note.

Nervi spurii — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == 2d (tltscixsu of subdiscoideus .

Nervi transversi — Fallen == inter c ubiti.

Nervulus— Kieffer 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907, S/epligeti 1904 and 1905

= nervulus.
Nervulus — Szepligeti 1905 (error) == nerrcltus.

Ober Mittelzelle — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == 1st i-uhitcll/ui.
Outer apical cell — Norton 1867 == 2d hrnchial.

Parallelader — Szepligeti 1904 = subdiscoideus.
Parallelnerv — Schniiodeknocht 1907 == subdiscoideus.
Parallele — Wesmael == /»/.se of discoideus + subdiscoideus.
Parallelus— Ratzeburg 1S4S, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1904
subdiscoideus.

56 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Parallelus — Schmiedeknecht 1907 (Ichneumonidae) == 1st abscissa of
subdiscoideus.

Parastigma— Friese 1911, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == parastigma.

Pobrachial areolet — Marshall 1885 = submedinn.

Pobrachial areolet — Marshall 1885 = submediellan .

Pobrachial nervure — Marshall 1885 = submedius + brachius.

Pobrachial nervure — Marshall 1885 = submediella.

Pobrachialis — Haliday == submedius + brachius.

Pobrachial transverse nervure — Marshall 1885 = nervellus.

Pobrachialzelle — Schmiedeknecht = submediellan.

Podiscoidal areolet — Haliday, Marshall 1885 == 1st brachial.

Point epais — Saussure 1852 = stigma.

Post costa — Kohl 1896, Latreille, Thomson == subcosta.

Post costal, e, is — Kirby, de Romand, Shuckard, Thomson == subcosta.

Posterior [areola] — Haliday == 1st brachial cell.

Posterior, ieures [1st]— Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894 == 3d
discoidal cell.

Posterior, ieures [2dJ = = Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894 = = 2d
brachial cell.

Posterior, ieure — Andre 1879 = subdiscoideus.

Posterior [1st] — Cameron 1882 = Id discoidellan cell.

Posterior [2d] — Cameron 1882 = brachiellan cell.

Poster ieure — Berthoumieu 1904 == discoidellan.

Posterior vein — Foerster 1877, Haliday, Morley 1903 = submedius +
brachius.

Posterior vein — Morley 1903 = submediella.

Postica [cellule] — Dahlbom == posterior cell.

Postica [vena] — Foerster 1877, Hartig, Kohl 1896 = submedius + brachius.

Postica externa — Gravenhorst = 3d discoidal cell.

Postica interna — Gravenhorst = 1st brachial cell.

Postmarginal vein — Ashmead 1904, Cresson 1887, Howard 1881 == post-
marginal.

Postmarginalnerv — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == postmarginal .

Prabrachialzelle — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == mediellan.

Praebrachial, is [areolet] — Haliday, Marshall 1885 = median.

Praebrachial areolet — Marshall 1885 = mediellan.

Praebrachialis — Haliday == medius + base o$ discoideus.

Praebrachial nervure — Marshall 1885 = medius + base of discoideus.

Praebrachial nervure — Marshall 1885 = mediella.

Praebrachial transverse nervure — Marshall 1885 = basal.

Praebrachial transverse nervure — Marshall 1885 = basella.

Praediscoidal, is [areolet] — Haliday, Marshall 1885 == 1st discoidal.

Pterostigma — Kohl 1896 = stigma.

Punctum — Say 1825 = stigma.

Punctum costale — Fallen = stigma.

OF WASHINGTON7, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 57

Quernerv der lanzettformige zelle— Knslin 1912 == intfrnnnl.
Querrippe — Mayr = inter cubit i .

Radialaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = radius.

Radialaare — Xielsen and Henriksen 1915 = radieWi .

Radialader— Kohl 1896, Szepligeti 1904 == radius.

Radial, e, is [areola, areolet, cellula, cellule, cell] — Andre 1879, Ber-
rhoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Costa, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1900,
Foerster 1877, Gravenhorst, Haliday, Morley 1903, Jurine, Lacordahv,
Lepeletier, Marshall 1885, Norton 1867, Ratzeburg 1848, de Romand,
Say 1825, Saussure 1852, Shuckard, Sichel == radial cell or cells.

Radial, e [areola, areolet, cellule or cell] — Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron
1882, Fernald 1906, Marshall 1885 = radiellan cell.

Radial, ale, alls, us [nervi, nervure, nervus, vena, nervure, vein]
Andre 1879, Ashmead 1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Cresson
1887. Dahlbom, Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Enslin 1912, Fernald
1906, Foerster 1877, Haliday, Hartig, Kieffer 1912, Konow 1901, Lacor-
daire, Lepeletier 1825, Marlatt 1904, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903,
Ratzeburg 1848, de Romand, Say 1825, Schenck, Schmiedekneeht 1907,
Shuckard, Sichel, Szepligeti 1904, Wesmael == radius.

Radial, ale, alis, us [nervus, nervure, vein] — Andre 1879, Enslin 1912,
Fernald 1906, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Mor-
Icy 1903 = radiella.

Radialis [nervus] — Ratzeburg 1848 = stigma I vein (Chalcid).

Radial cellule appendiculated — Say 1825 == 1st + 2d rail in I.

Radialcelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = radiellan.

Radialceller— Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = radial.

Radialfeld — Konow 1901 == median cell or cells.

Radians [nervus]— Dahlbom == mcdius + base of discoideus.

Radialquernerv — Enslin 1912, Konow 1901, Schmiedeknecht 1907 •
inter r<nl i us.

Radial-scheidnerv — Zaddach == intcrnidii .

Radialtvaeraare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 == interradiux.

Radialzelle— Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Enslin 1912, Friese 1911, Hartig,
Kieffer 1912, Kohl 1896, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Szepligeti 1904, Zad-
daeh = radial cell or cells.

Radialzelle — Enslin 1912 = radiellan.

Radio-medial cross-vein — MacGillivray 1906 == 1st intercubitus.

Radius— Hartig. Jurine, Saussure 1852 = costn + nniacar pu*.

Radius — Haliday -•= postmarginal.

Radius — Schmiedeknecht 1907 (Chalcid' xtii/»i<il.

Radius, 1st branch of — MacGillivray 1906 = ///• lacarpiis.

Radius, 2d branch of — MacGillivray 1906 = 2d interradius .

Radius, 3d branch of — MacGillivray 1906 = apical abscissa «( rod in*.

Radius, 4th branch of — MacGillivray 1906 = 3d inter cubit n^ .

Radius, 4th branch of — MacGillivray 1906 == 2d i nicr<-nl,it,'H,i .

58 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Radius, 5th branch of — MacGillivray 1906 = 2d intercubitus.

Radius, 5th branch of — MacGillivray 1906 == 1st intercubitella.

Radius inferior — Lepeletier = radius.

Radius superior — Lepeletier = costa + metacarpus.

Ramellus — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == ramulus.

Ramus [eau] marginal, is — Andre 1879, Foerster 1856 = marginal rein
(Chalcid).

Ramus marginalis — Szepligeti 1904 == stigma.

Ramus [eau] humeral, alis — Andre 1879, Foerster 1856 == submarginal
rein (Chalcid).

Ramus [eau] postmarginalis, al — Andre 1879, Foerster 1856 == /<••,«-/-
marginal vein (Chalcid).

Ramus postmarginalis — Szepligeti 1904 == metacarpus.

Ramus [eau, ulus) stigmaticus, al — Andre 1879, Foerster 1856, Nees =
stigmal vein (Chalcid).

Randader — Zaddach = costa + metacarpus.

Randast — Andre 1879 = marginal.

Randmal — Hartig, Szcplegeti 1904, 1905 = stigma.

Randnerv — Zaddach = costa + metacarpus.

Randrippe — Mayr = costa + metacarpus.

Recurrens — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == 1st intercubitella.

Recurrens [1st] — Ratzeburg 1848 tab. fig. 3,= 2d abscissa of discoideuf.

Recurrens — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == recurrents.

Recurrens — Szeplegeti 1904 == 1st recurrent.

Recurrent, e, es [nervi, nervure, nervus, vein] — Andre 1879, Ashmead
1900, Berthoumieu 1904, Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins 1910,
Cresson 1887,Dahlbom, Fernald 1906, Haliday, Hartig, Jurine, Lepele-
tier, Marshall 1885, Marlatt 1894, Morley 1903, Nees, Norton 1867,
Ratzeburg 1848, Say 1825, Schenck, Thomson, Wesmael == recurrent
nerrures (I, 2).

Recurrent [1st] — Cresson 1887 (figure) == 2d abscissa of dixc<ii<h't<* by
typographical error.

Recurrent [1st] — Morley 1903 = transverse part of discoideus.

Recurrent [1st]— Morley 1903 = nerrellus.

Recurrent [2d]— Morley 1903 = inter cubitelln .

Recurrent — Cameron 1882 = rccurrentella.

Recurrentes cubitales — de Romand = intereuliiti.

Recurrentes discoidales — de Romand == re currents.

Recurrente ordinaire — Berthoumieu 1904 = 2d recurrent.

Recurrentes radiales — de Romand == intcrradii .

Rucklaufendader, ern — Hartig, Szepligeti 1904 == recurrents.

Rucklaufende — Enslin 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == recurrents.

Rucklaufende — Enslin 1912 = rccurrentella.

Schulterast— Andre 1879 = submarainal \( 'halcidl.
Schulterrippe — Mayr = subcosta.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 59

Schultersteck — Andre 1879 = subtnar<jittal.
Schulterzelle— Mayr = costal cell.
Sous-costale — Lacordaire = median cell.
Sous-costale — Andre 1879, Lacordaire = subcosta.
Sous-costale — Andre 1879 = entire C haloid venation.
Sous-discoidale — de Romand == 1st brnchial cell.
Sous-mediane — de Romand = submedian cell.
Sous-mediane — Lacordaire = submedius + brachius.
Specularis [areola] — Dahlbom, Fallen = 2d discoidal cell.
Specularis [area] — Nees = 2dbrachial.
Second, secunda etc. — See explanatory note.

Stem of subcosta — MacGillivray 1906 = intercalaris exct /it, jork*.
Stigma— Andre 1879, Ashmead 1900, Dahlbom, Enslin 1912, Fernald 1906,
Friese 1911, Gravenhorst, Kohl 1896, MacGillivray 1906, Marshall
1885, Nees, Nielsen and Henriksen 1915, de Romand, Say 1825, Srhenrk ,
Schmiedeknecht 1907, Thomson, Wesmael = stig»m.
Stigma — Ashmead and other authors = stigmclla.
Stigmal — Ashmead 1904, Cresson 1887, How'asrd 1881 == xtiymal vein.
Subcosta, al, alis— Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Cockerell and Robbins
1910, Dalla Torre and Kieffer 1910, Enslin 1912, Fernald 1906, Haliday,
Kit-ffer 1912, Kohl 1896, Konow 1901, Marlatt 1894, Morice 1903, Nees,
Schmiedeknecht 1907 == subcosta.
Subcosta, 1st branch of — MacGillavray 1906= iutermnta or ii./i/xr

branch of intercalaris .

Subcosta — Schmiedeknecht 1907 == sub marginal (Chalcid).
Subcosta, al, alis— Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Enslin 1912, Fernald

1906, Marshall 1885, Morice 1903 = subcostella.
Subcostal — Marlatt 1894 == median cell.
Subcostalis — Ratzeburg 1848 = xubmarginal (Chalcid).
Subcostalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915, = subcosta.
Subcostalaare — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = xubcostellu .
Subdiscoidal — Marlatt 1894 == subdiscoideus .

Subdiscoidal — Ashmead 1900, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906 = xuh<lit«-ni<l, us.
Subdiscoidal — Shuckard == base of discoideus I * n.h<l fxr<> i>\< a*.
Subdiscoidal — Ashmead 1900 = discoidella.
Submarginal, alis — Cresson 1887, Cockerell and Hobbins 1910, Latreille,

Xortoii 1867, Say 1825, Smith, Thomson = cubital cell* fl. 2, 3. 4].
Submarginalis [areolal — Foerster 1877 ;= costal cell.
Submarginal, alis — Norton 1867, Thomson = mln'tux.
Submarginal [vena] — Foerster 1X77 = xnl>roxta.
Submarginal — Ashmead 1904, Cresson 1887, Howard Issi = x,it>iti<ir</t /ml

(Chalcid) .

Submedialader - Kohl 1896 = s n.l»n eiliu-s + brachius.
Submedian— Ashmoad 1900, C'ockcrell and Rohbins IdlO- Cresson 1S.S7.

Fernald 1906 = *nhnn iliun cell.
Submedialis [basal or 1st] Dalilbnm ]M,"i, Kohl 189(1 = suhnieilian <(//.

60 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Submedialis [outer or 2d] — Dahlbom 1845, Kohl 1896 == 1st brachial cell.
Submedialis, an — Cresson 1887, Kieffer 1912 = submediiis + brachius.
Submedialis — Schenck = inedius + base of discoideus.
Submedian — Ashmead 1900, Fernald 1906 = submediellan.
Submedialquerade [1st] — Friese 1911 == nervulus.
Submedialquerade [2d] — Friese 1911 == transverse part of discoideus.
Submedialquerader — Kohl 1896 == nervellus.
Submedialzelle [1st] — Kohl 1896 = submedian.
Submedialzelle [2d]— Kohl 1896 == 1st brachial cell.
Submedialzelle — Kieffer 1912, Schmiedeknecht 1907 == submedian cell.
Subradialader — Zaddach = radius.
Subradialis [areola] — Hartig = costal cell.

Terminalis [area, areola] — Dahlbom = 3d cubital or 2d brachial.

Third — See explanatory note.

Tilbagelobeude aarer — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = recurrents.

Tilbagelobeude aarer — Nielsen and Henriksen == nervellus.

Transverse -accessor ia — Foerster 1879 = inter anal.

Transverse anal. — Berthoumieu 1904, Tosquinet == transverse part of
discmdeus .

Transverso-brachiale, is — Andre 1879 = inter costa.

Transverse costal — Marlatt 1894 == intercostal.

Transverse [o] cubital, e, is — Andre 1879, Cameron 1882, Cockerell and
Robbins 1910, Costa, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Foerster 1877, Kieffer
1912, Marlatt 1894, Schmiedeknecht 1907, Shuckard == intercubitus
or inter cubiti (1, 2, 3).

Transverse cubital — Cameron 1882 == inter cubitella.

Transverse [o] discoidal, is— Costa, Foerster 1877, Kieffer 1912, Kohl 1896,
Norton 1867, Szepligeti 1904 == recurrents.

Transverse discoidal — Cameron 1882 = nervellus.

Transverse-discoidale — Andre 1879 = transverse part of discoideus.

Transverse-discoidalis — Andre 1879 = inter cubit ellne.

Transverse externo-medial — Shuckard = basal vein.

Transverse-humeralis — Foerster 1877 == nervulus.

Transverso-humeralis — Kohl 1896 = nervellus.

Transverse [o] lanceolate, ee — Andre 1879, Marlatt 1894 == inlvranal.

Transverse marginal — Norton 1867 = interradius.

Transverse median [or 1st tr. m.] — Ashmead 1900, Cameron 1882, Cock-
erell and Robbins 1910, Cresson 1887, Fernald 1906, Marlatt 1894,
Shuckard == nervulus.

Transverse median [2d]— Cameron 1882, Marlatt 1894, = = transverse
part of discoideus.

Transverse median— Ashmead 1900, Cameron 1882, Fernald 1906. Mar-
latt 1894 == nervellus.

Transversale [e, us] ordinaire, arius — Berthoumieu 1904, Thomson
Tosquinet 1896 = nervulus.

OP WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 61

Transverse [o] radial, e, is— Andre 1X79, Cameron lXx-_>, Foerster IN??,

Marlatt 1894 == interradius.

Transverso-subhumeralis — Foerster 1S77 prenervulus.
Transverse submarginal — Norton 1867 == intercubiti.
Transverso-submarginalis — Foerster 1877 == ii/lcrmsta.

Ulna — 'Haliday == marginal vein .

Unter-randnerv — Zaddach == siibcuxt<i.

Upper Mittelzelle— Enslin 1912 == 1st c it.bil.nl cell.

Vedhaengscelle — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = appendiculah .
Vingemaerke — Nielsen and Henriksen 1915 = stiyma.
Vordere-mittelere Schultezelle— Szepligeti 1904 =

Zweig — Andre 1879 = stigmal vein (Chalcid).
Zweite — See explanatory note.

LIST OF SYNONYMICAL SYMBOLS.

In this list such terms as "1st A," etc., can be found either under the
letter or under the first figure in the symbol. Terms like "Cell III4"
can be found either under "Cell" or under the roman numeral.
a— Robertson 1902b, 1903b, 1903o, 1904 == basal.
IstA— Comstock and Needham 1898, Mart iillivray 1906 =
IstA— -MacGillivray == aitcllan.
IstA — Comstock and Needham 1898 =
lstA+2dA— Fernald 1906 = anellan.
lstA+2dA+3dA— Fcrnald 1906 =
lst+2d+3dA+Cu2+lst+2d+3dA— Bradley 1908 =
2dA— Comstock and Needham 1898, MaoGillivray 1906 =
2dA— MacGillivray 1906 = postellan.
2dA — Comstock and Needham 1S9.S = intcnnuil .
2dA— MacGillivray 1906 = anella.
3dA— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 19()<i.

posterior.

3dA— Bradley 1903, Fernald 1906 = anal. cell.
3d A — Comstock and Needham 1898 = annl i>.
3dA--Fernald 1906, MacC.illivray 1906 = axilla*.
c-v — Comstock and Needham 1s<i,s = 1st interradius.
C— Bradley 1908 = costal.
C— Comstock and Needham 1898 = inten:<ilarial ; Mart iillivray 1906 =

intercalarial or coxtal .
C — MacGillivray 1906 = c<>xlfll<ui .
C— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906. Mac< .illivray

1!"()6 = costa.

G— Fernald 1908, MacGillivray 1906 =
G+Sc— Fernald 1906 = c»*tal.

H2 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

C+Sc+Sci— Fernald 1906 = castellan.

Cu— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, == 1st st

Cu— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 =
medius.

Cu^Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = mediellu.

IstA— Comstock and Needham 1906, MacGillivray 1906 == 2d anal cell.

IstA — MacGillivray 1906 = anellan.

IstA — Comstock and Needham 1898 fig. 48 = sub-median.

lstA+2dA— Fernald 1906 = anellan.

lstA+2dA+3dA — Fernald 1906 = submedius.

lst+2d+3dA+Cu, + lst+2d+3dA— Bradley 1908 = submedius.

lstM2— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mac-
Gillivray 1906 = 2d disco-idol.

IstRi— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st radial.

IstIV — Robertson 1904 = median.

2dA— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st anal cell.

2d A— MacGillivray 1906 = postellan.

2dA — Comstock and Needham 1898 = inter anal.

2dA— MacGillivray 1906 = anella.

2dM2— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mac-
Gillivray 1906 = 2dbrachial.

2dM2— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = brachiellan.

2dRi— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == ..></ radial.

2dR,-r-R2— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 = radial.

2ndIV— Robertson 1904 == 1st discmdal.

3dA— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906, =
posterior.

3dA — Comstock and Needham 1898 = anal vein.

3dA— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = axillus.

3dA— Bradley 1903, Fernald 1906 = anal cell. .

GUI — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 — i<l *«.l>mfdi<in.

GUI — Comstock and Needham 1898 = nervulus.

Cuj — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == j>rencn<ttln.x.

Cu-fCui— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = submedimi .

Gu+Gu,— Bradley 1908 = medium.

m— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 =
1st abscissa of subdiscoideus .

m — Fernald 1906, Robertson 19031) = subdiscoideus.

m — MacGillivray 1906 = basul ulixcixso of iliscniili-lln.

mi — -Fernald 1906 = 1st inter cabi tell a .

m-cu~Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1S9S iH... tSi, lA-rnai.l l<ii!r,.
MacGillivray 1906 = posterior abscissa afhasal.

m-cu— Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 3S), MacGillivray 1906 mi S..IIK-
figs.) == Ixisal.

m-cu — Fernald 1906 = basal abscissa of culiilclln.

m-cu — MacGillivray 1906 = posterior nb.^cissa of hasclla.

m+m2 — Fernald 1906 = discoidellu .

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 63

M— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 =
median.

M— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = mvdidlau.

M— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 4.S), Kernald 1906 =
anterior abscissa of basal + base of cubitus.

M— Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 38), MacGillivray 190f> fin SOUK-
cases) = base of cubitus .

M — MacGillivray 1906 = anterior abscissa of basella -\-base of cubitella.

Mi— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGil-
livray 1906 = 3ddiscoidal.

Mt— MacGillivray 1906 = 2d discoidellan.

MI — Comstock and Needham 1898 = apical portion of cubit UK.

lstM2— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mac-
Gillivray 1906 = 2d discoidal.

2dM —Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 190ft, Mac-
Gillivray 1906 = Mbrachial.

2dM —Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = brachidla,,.

M2 — Fernald 1906 = 2d recurrent.

M2— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 =
~2d recurrent -\- second abscissa of subdiscoideus.

M2 — MacGillivray 1906 = recurrentella + apical abscissa of li/scoiiiclla.

Mi+2 — Bradley 1908 = 2d abscissa of cubitus.

Mi+2— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = 3d abscisxsa <>f cubit H*.

M,— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, Mar-
Gillivray 1906 == 1st brac/u'al.

M3 — Bradley 1908 = 2d abscissa of discoideus.

Ms — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = .id absrissa of
discoideus.

M:t— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = nervellnx.

M.^,— Bradley 1908, Fer,nald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st recurrent.

Mj+Cui — MacGillivray 1906 = submediellan.

Mj-f-Cu+Cu,— Fernald 1906 = submit icllai, .

M3+4+CuH-24-lstA+2dA— Fernald 1906 = brachiella.

M,+4+Gui+2+lstA+2d+3dA— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 = brachius.

M,— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Ner-dham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli-
vray 1906 = 1st disco i da I .

M4— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), Fernald 1906 =
1st abscissa of discoideus .

M,— Comstock and Needham 1,S!»S i fi». H,s, , Mac( lilli v-ray 1906 = Mabscissa
of discoideus.

M4+Cu— Fernald 1906 = nerviilux.

M4+Gui— Bradley 1908, -MacGillivray 1906 = nervn-litx.

M4+lstM2— MacGillivray 1906 == 1st dixmnLllm, .

M4-(-lstM,-(-Mi— Fernald 1906 = disroiili-ll,n, .

M,-Cu1+, + lstA— Fernald 1906 = .^ihtm^ln'lhn, .

M4+Cu!.f,-|-lst-|-2d-|-3dA— Bradley 1908 == 1st abs,-.iss,i of brachius.

r— Hradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st abscissa of ratlins.

64 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

r — MacGillivray 1906 == 1st interradius.

r-m— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906, Robertson 1902b,
1903a, 1903c = 1st inter cubitus.

r-m+Rs— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st intercubitus.

R — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st cubital.

R — Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 38) == subcosta.

R+M— Comstock and Needham 1898 (fig. 48), MacGillivray 1906 =
costa.

R+M— Fernald 1906 = subcostella.

R+M — MacGillivray 1906 = basal part of subcosta.

R+Rs+4+5— Fernald 1906 = cubitellan.

R+RB— MacGillivray 1906 == 1st cubitellan.

R+lstRi— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 == 1st cubital.

R+Sco — MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of subcosta in wings like Xyela.

RI — Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = metacarpus.

RI — Fernald 1906 = metacarpella.

RI — Comstock and Needham 1898 fig. 38 = loircr margin of stigma.

RI — Comstock and Needham 1898 fig. 48 = radius causing truncating of
radial .

IstRi — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 1st radial.

2dRi— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 == 2d radial.

RI +2— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = radiellan.

2dRi+R,— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1906 = radial.

Ri + Sc2 — MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of subcostella.

R2 — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 3d radial.

R2 — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 2d interradius.

R3— Bradley 1908 = 3d cubital.

R3— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1908, MacGillivray 1906 =
4th cubital.

Rs— MacGillivray 1906 = 3d cubitellan.

R3— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli-
vray 1906 = apical abscissa of radius.

R3 — Fernald 1906 = apical abscissa ofradiella.

Rs+4 — Bradley 1908 = middle portion of radius.

R3+4 — MacGillivray 1906 = 5th abscissa of radius.

R3_)_4+6 — MacGillivray 1906 = 4th abscissa of radius.

R4— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1900 =
3d cubital.

R4 — MacGillivray 1906 = 2d cubitellan.

R4— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGilli-
vray 1906 = 3d intercubitus.

R4 — MacGillivray 1906 = intercubitella.

R4+5— Bradley 1908 = 2d cubital.

R4+s+Mi — Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 = apical portion of citbituv.

Rj+s+Mi — Fernald 1906 = apical abscissa of cubitella.

R5— Comstock and Needham 1898, Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 =
2d cubital.

OF WASHINGTON", VOLUME XVIII, 10 Hi 65

R5— Bradley 1908, Comstock and Needham IS! IS, Fernald 1906, MacGilli-
vray 1906 = 2d intercubitus .

R5 — MacGillivray 1906 == 1st inter cub i tell a .

R5-|- Mi— Fernald 1906, MacGillivray 1906 == 5th nhsrissa of cub it. n*.

R5+Mi+2 — Fernald 1906 == 4th abscissa of cubitns.

RS — Comstock and Needham 1898 = basal abscissa of rail in*.

Rs — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = base of ratlin*.

Rs — Fernald 1906 = 2d abscissa of rail ins.

Rs+M — Fernald 1906 == Isl abscissa of radiclla.

Rs+M— MacGillivray 1906 = ran" i< I la.

S — Comstock and Needham 1898 = st.ii//nn.

Sc — Comstock and Needham 1898 == 1st costal.

Sc — Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 =

Sci— Comstock and Needham 1898, MacGillivray 1906 = 2d costal.

Set— MacGillivray 1906 = anterior branch of intercalaris, or in some wiim-
intercosta.

Sc2 — MacGillivray 190(1 == posterior liranc/i of intcrcalaris, or in some wings
part of stigma.

Sc+R+M— Bradley 1908, Fernald 1908, MacGillivray 1906 =

ScM— MacGillivray 1906 == 1st costal.

IIIi — Robertson 1903b = apical end of stigma.

Ill, +2— Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903c ••= racial.

Ill, section 2 of — Robertson 1903b — poxtfrinr basnl inari/in <>f

III, section 3 of — Robertson 1903b = radius.
IIIi— Robertson 1902a, 1902b = 3d cubital.
Ill 4 — Robertson 1903b = 3d inter cubitus.

Ills— Robertson inoi'a. l!)02b, 1903a, 1903c == U cubital.
Ills— Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903a = 2d intrrcnbitns.

IV, 1st — Rolid-lson I'.IOl --= media a.

IV, section 1 of — Hohcrtson 1904 == anterior abscissa of basnl.

IV, 2d— Robertson 1904 == 1st discoidal.

I Vn— Robertson 1902a, 1903b = 2d recurrent.

I V3— Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1904 == 1st recurrent.

V — -Robertson 1904 = ,?</ subit/ciliiin .

V— Robertson 1904 == 1st brachial.

V, section 2 of — Robertson 1903b = first section of <lixi;>i<lt us.
V2— Robertson 1903b, 1903c, 1904 = nervulus.

VI — Robertson 1904 == 1st sab median.

Cell 1st IV — Robertson 1904 = median.

Cell 2d IV— Robcrlson 1904 == 1st discoidal.

Cell IIIi+..— Robertson I902a, I!i(i2b, 1903c = radial.

Cell III4— R.)l»-rts..ii l'.K)-_>:i, 1902b = 3d cubital.

Cell III5— liolxTtson l!l()2:i. !!MI2l>, l!»03a, 19(i:!r

Cell IV (1st)— Hobci-tson 1904 --= median.

Cell IV (2d)— Robertson 1904 == 1st discoidal.

Cell V — Robertson 1904 = 3d submedian.

Cell Vi— Robertson I'.KM = /.-•/. brachial.

66 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Cell VI— Robertson 1904 == 1st sub median.

Section 2 of vein III — Robertson 1903b = lower boundary of stigma.

Section 3 of vein III — Robertson 1903b = radius.

Section 1 of vein IV— Robertson 1904 = anterior abscissa of basal (JG

fig. 8).
Section 2 of vein V — Robertson 1903b = longitudinal portion of dis-

coideus (J1!1 fig. 8).

Vein a— Robertson 1902b, 1903b, 1903c, 1904 = basal.
Vein Gu2 — Robertson 1904 = prenervulus.
Vein m— Robertson 1903b = subdiscoideus.
Vein r-ni— Robertson 1902b, 1903a, 1903c = 1st intercubitus .
Vein IIIi — Robertson 1903b = apical end of stigma.
Vein III4 — Robertson 1903b = 3d intercubitus.
Vein III5— Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1903a = 2d intercubitus.
Vein IV2— Robertson 1902a, 1903b = 2d recurrent.
Vein I V3— Robertson 1902a, 1902b, 1904 = 1st recurrent.
Vein V2— Robertson 1903b, 1903c, 1904 == nervulus.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

In case of most of the older writers the terms used for the vari-
ous veins and cells have been catalogued from Andre 1879 and
in such cases there is no year after the author's name.

ANDR£, ED.

1879 — Species des Hymenopteres d'Europe et d'Algerie, vol. 1.
ASHMEAD, W. H.

1893 — A Monograph of the North American Proctrotrypidae.
Bull. 45 U. S. Nat. Mus.

1900 — Classification of the Ichneumon flies, or the superfamily
Ichneumonoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, pp.
1-220.

[In this paper Ashmead follows, in the main, the termin-
ology used by Cresson 1887, but in some cases where the
tables are translated directly from Foerster he uses the
English equivalent of Foerster's terminology and does
not change it to be in accord with the terminology used
in the main part of the paper.]

1904 — Classification of the Chalcid flies or the superfamily Chal-
cidoidea with descriptions of new species in the Carnegie
Museum.— Memoirs, Carnegie Museum, vol. I no. 4,
Pittsburg.
BANKS, NATHAN.

1912 (1911) — Psammocharidae : Classification and descriptions.
Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 19, p. 219-237. [Uses the
terminology of Cresson 1887 except in the numbering of
the discoidal cells.]

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 191t> 67

BERTHOUMIEU, V.

1904 — Ichneumoninae — Genera Insectorum Fasc. 18c.
BRADLEY, J. CHESTER.

1908 — The Evaniidae, Ensign flies, an archaic family of Hymen-

optera. Trans. Amer. Ent. iSoc., vol. 27, pp. 101-194.
CAMERON, PETER.

1882— A Monograph of the British Phytophagous Hymenoptera,
vol. 1, Ray Society London.

COCKERELL, T. D. A. AND ROBBINS, W. W.

1910 — An Introduction to the Study of Rocky Mountain Bees.
Univ. Colo. Studies, vol. 7, no. 3.

COMSTOCK, J. H. AND NfiEDHAM, J. G.

1898 — The wings of Insects IX — The Venation of the Wings of

Hymenoptera. Amer. Nat., vol. 32, pp. 413^124.
COSTA, A.

1867-1871 — Prospetto sistematico degli Imenotteri Italiani. Cata-
logued from Andre.
CRESSON, E. T.

1887 — -Synopsis of the Families and Genera of the Hymenoptera
of America, North of Mexico. Supplementary volume of
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
DAHLBOM, A. G.

Some works catalogued by Andre, and 1845 — Hymenoptera Euro-

paea, vol. 1.
DALLA TORRE, K. W. AND KIEFFER, J. J.

1910 — Cynipidae — Das Tierreich — Berlin.
DAVIS, G. C.

1897 — A Review of the Ichneumonid subfamily Tryphoninae.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., pp. 193-348. [Follows Cresson
1887.]
ENSLIN, E.

1912 — Die Tenthredinoidea Mitteleuropas I. Deutsch. Ent.

Zeitschr. Beiheft.
FALLEN, C. F.

Catalogued from Andre.
FENCER, W. H.

1862 — Allgemeine Orismologie der Ameisen, mit besondeivi
Berucksichtigung des Werther der Classifications^
merkmale. Archiv. Naturges., col. 28, p. 282-352. [This
paper came into our hands too late to be included in the
text, but most of the terms are the same as those used by
Mayr.]
FERNALD, HENRY T.

1906 — The Digger Wasps of North America and the West Indies
belonging to the subfamily Chlorioninae. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 31, pp. 91-423. [Gives figures of wings of
Animobia ichneumonia with the usual American nomon-

68 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

clature, "but drawings have been included which name
the parts according to the Comstock system, these having
been obtained through the kind assistance of A. D. Mac-
Gillivray."]

FOERSTER, A.

1877 — Ueber den systematischen Berth des Fliigelginders die den

Hymenopteren.
FRIESE, H.

1911 — Apidae I, Megachilinae, Das Tierreich — Berlin.
GAHAN, A. B.

1915 — A revision of the North American Ichneumon-flies of the
subfamily Opiinae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49,
p. 63-95.
HALIDAY, A. H.

Catalogued from Andre.
HARTIG, T.

Catalogued from Andre.
HOWARD, LELAND O.

1881 — Report on the parasites of Coccidae in the Collection of the
U. S. Department of Agriculture. — Ann. Kept. Entom.
for 1880, p. 352.
JTJRINE, L.

1807 — Nouvelle methode, de classer les Hymenopteres et les

Dipteres. Catalogued from Andre and verified.
KIEFFER, J. J.

1912 — Evanidae — Das Tierriech — Berlin.

KlRBY == KlRBY AND SPENCE.

Catalogued from Andre.
KIRBY, W. F.

1882 — List of Hymenoptera with descriptions and figures of the
typical specimens in the British Museum. — London.
[Uses same terminology as Cresson and not listed.]
KOHL, FRANZ FRIEDR.

1896 — Die Gattungen der Sphegiden — Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hof-

mus.
LACORDAIRE, M. TH.

1834— Introduction a 1'Entomologie — Paris.
LATREILLE, P. A.

Various works catalogued from Andre.
LEPELETIER, A. L. M.

1825 — Encyclopedic Methodique.
1836— Hist. Nat. Ins. Hymen.

Both catalogued from Andre and when the terminology in both
works is the same the date is omitted.

MAcGlLLIVRAY,. A. D.

1906 — A study of the wings of the Tenthredinoidea, a superfamily
of Hymenoptera. Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus., vol. 29, No. 14:<s.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 69

MARLATT, C. L.

1894 — Neuration of the wings of Tenthredinidae. Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash., vol. 3, p. 79-82.
MARSHALL, T. A.

1885 — Monograph of British Braconidae. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
MAYR, G.

Catalogued from Andre.
MORICE, F. D.

1903 — Help-Notes towards the Determination of British Tenthred-
inidae, 2 Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 2, vol. 14, p. 47-54.
MORLBY, CLAUDE.

1903 — Ichneumonologia Britannica, vol. 1, London.
NEES VON ESENBECK, C. G.

Listed as Nees and catalogued from Andre.
NIELSEN, J. C. AND HENRIKSEN, K.

1915 — Trae — og Bladhvespe — Danmarks Fauna — Copenhagen.
NORTON, EDWARD.

1867 (to 1869) — Catalogue of the Tenthredinidae and Uroceridae

of North America. — Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
RATZEBURG, J. TH. C.

1848 — Die Ichneumonen die Forstinsecten. Berlin.
ROBERTSON, CHARLES.

1902 a — Synospis of Andreninae — Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 27,
p~ 187-194.

1902 b— Synopsis of Halictinae— Can. Ent., vol. 34. p. 243-250.

1903 a — Synopsis of Sphecoidinae — Ent. News, p. 103-106.

1903 b — Synopsis of Megachilidae and Bombinae — Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc., vol. 29, p. 163-178.

1903 c— Synopsis of Nornadinae— Can. Ent., vol. 35, p. 172-179.
1904— Synopsis of Anthophila— Can. Ent., vol. 36, p. 37-43.
ROMANO, DE, B. E.

Catalogued from Andre.
SAY, THOMAS.

1825 — Explanation of terms used in Entomology, p. 1-34. Leconte

Say, vol. 1, p. 123-160.
SAUSSURE, HENRI.

1852 — Monographic des Grupes Solitares, vol. 1.
SCHENCK, C. F.

Catalogued from Andr6.

SCHMIEDEKNECHT, OTTO.

1907 — Die Hymenopteren Mitteleuropas — Jean.
SHUCKARD, W. E.

Catalogued from Andre".
SICHEL, JULES.

Catalogued from Andro.
SMITH, F.

Catalogued from Andre'.

70 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

SzEPLIGETI, GY. V.

1904 — Family Braconidae — Genera Insectorum, fas. 22a.

1905 — Gruppe Ophionoidae — Genera Insectorum fas. 34 me.
THOMSON, C. G.

Catalogued from Andre.
TOSOUINET, J.

1896 — Ichneumonides d'Afrique — Mem. Soc. Entoin. Belgique,

vol. 5, p. 1-430.
WESMAEL, CONSTANTIN.

Catalogued from Andre.
WHEELER, W. M.

1910 — Ants — Cambridge Press. [Follows Cresson 1887 except in

apterostigma and not listed.]
WOODWORTH, C. W.

1906 — The wings veins of Insects. Tech. Bui., vol. 6, no. 1, Agric.

Expm. Stat. Univ. Calif., p. 1-152.
ZADDACH, E. G.

Catalogued from Andre.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Drawings made by Miss Mary Carmody, Forest Entomology .

CELLS.

Roman numerals are used to designate the wing areas and, in cases where
an area is divided into two or more cells, arabic supernumbers are used to
indicate the number of the cell (e.g., C3 = third cubital cell). The number-
ing of the cells corresponds in all figures.

I = Costal cell or cells. X = Intercalarial cell.

II = Radial cell or cells. XI = Costellan cell.

III = Cubital cell or cells. XII = Radiellan cell or cells.

IV = Median cell. XIII = Mediellan cell.

V = Discoidal cell or cells. XIV = Cubitellan cell or cells.

V' + IIF = Discocubital cell. XV = Submediellan cell.

VI = Submedian cell. XVI = Discoidellan cell or cells.

VII = Brachial cell or cells. XVII = Anellan cell.

VIII : = Anal cell or cells. XVIII = Brachiellan cell.

IX = : Posterior cell. XIX = Postellan.

VEINS.

It was found impracticable to use the same lettering in all cases for
corresponding veins in the various figures and consequently it is necessary
to give a separate key to the veins for each figure. Capital letters are
used for the veins of the forewing and small letters for those of the hindwing .

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 71

Fig. 1. Xyela julli Dalman.

XX1 = Intercalaris. MM1 = 3d Intercubitus.

AX'B = Costa. II1 = 1st Recurrent.

BC = Stigma. NN1 = 2d Recurrent.

CRD =• Metacarpus. TT1 = Nervulus.

KGB = Subcosta. WW1 = Interanal.

HLD = Radius. ab = Costella.

GIG1 = Cubitus. bd = Metacarpella.

FJ1 = Medius. eb = Subcostella.

jiTPPS = Discoideus. hkd = Radiella.

I>\ipi = Subdiscoideus. gig1 = Cubitella.

UWT1 = Submedius. fj1 = Mediella.

'HIPS = Brachius. j'ts = Discoidella.

UWMJ1 = Anal. uu1 = Anella.

JJ1 = Basal. un = Axillus.

QQ1 = 1st Interradius. hgj1 = Basella.

RR1 = 2d Interradius. kk1 = Intercubitella.

KK1 = 1st Intercubitus. ii1 = Recurrentella.

LL1 = = 2d Intercubitus. tt1 = Nervellus.

Fig. 2. E-uuni macgillivrayi Rohwer.

AB = Costa. TT1 = Nervulus.

BC = Stigma. ab = Costella.

CrPD = Metacarpus. be = Stigmella.

EGB = Subcosta. ch'd = Metacarpella.

HMH1 = Radius. ejb = Subcostella.

GIG1 = Cubitus. hkh1 = Radiella.

FJ = Medius. gig1 = Cubitella.

.PPU1 = Discoideus. fj1 = = Mediella.

PN1?1 = Subdiscodeus. j'ts = Discoidella.

UT1 = Submedius. wwH1 = Submediella.

TWIT1 = Brachius.. t'w1 = Brachiella.

WW1 = Anal. uw1 = Anella,

YY1 = Intercosta. un = Axillus.

JJ1 = Basal. jhgj1 = Basella.

HK1 = 1st Intercubitus. kk1 = Intercubitella.

MM1 = 3d Intercubitus. ii1 = Recurrentella.

II1 = 1st Recurrent. tt1 = = Nervellus.
NN1 = 2d Recurrent.

Fig. 3. Microplitus croceipes Cresson.

ab = Subcostella. t^u1 = Brachiella.

bd = Metacarpella. lij1 = Basella.

hkh1 = Radiella. bq1 = Interradiella.

jigi = Cubitella. kk1 = Intercubitella.

fj1 = Mediella. tt1 = Nervellus.
ut1 = Submediella.

72

PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Fig. 4. Opius sanguineus Ashmead.

ajb = Subcostella.
be = Metacarpella.
hh1 = Radiella.
gg1 = Cubitella.
ftg = Mediella.

ut1 = Submediella.
tiu1 = Brachiella.
jg = Basella.
tt1 = Nervellus.
gz = Postnervellus.

Fig. 5. Labenn species.

AB = Costa.
BC == Stigma.
CTPD = = Metacarpus.
HKH1 = = Radius.
FJ1 = = Medius.
.PFS = Discoideus.
PN1?1 == Subdiscoideus.
JJ1 = = Basal.
UT1 == Submedius.
I1!!1 = = Brachius.
FK1 = Discocubitus.
K'NG1 == Cubitus.
KK1 = 1st Intercubitus.
LL1 = 2d Intercubitus.

AB = Costa.

BC == Stigma.

CHXD = = Metacarpa.

HKH1 = Radius.

GIG1 == Cubitus.

FJ1 = = Medius.

J1I1S = Discoideus.

PP1 = Subdiscoideus.

UT1 == Submedius.

•FU1 = = Brachius.

JJ1 = Basal.

KK1 = 1st Intercubitus.

LL1 = 2d Intercubitus.

2d Recurrent (called Re-
current).

.PT1 = Nervulus.
ab = Subcostella.
bd = Metacarpella.
hh1 = : Radiella.
fg == Mediella.
gg1 = Cubitella.
ts = Discoidella.
ut1 = Submediella.
t1!!1 = Brachiella.
kkl = Intercubitella.
gtt1 = Nervellus.

Fig. 6. Helcon species.

.PT1 = : Nervulus.
W = 1st Interanal.
W1 = = 2d Interanal.
ab = Subcostella.
bd = Metacarpella.
hh1 = ' Radiella.
gg1 = Cubitella.
fj1 = = Mediella.
ut1 = Submediella.
tHi1 = Brachiella.
jgj1 = Basella.
H1 = Nervellus.

II1 = 1st Recurrent (called Re- mm1 = Interanella.
current).

Fig. 7. Disholocaspis species.

LL1 = = 2d Intercubitus.
.PT1 = : Nervulus.
eb = = Subcostella.
jj1 = ' Basella.
fj1 = : Mediella.
j1!1 = Nervellus.

EHB = Subcosta.
HLH1 = Radius.
GI^G1 == Cubitus.
FJ1 = = Medius.
Jipi = Discoideus.
JJ1 = Basal.

KK1' = 1st Intercubitus.

PBOC. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE I.

XI7J-

PL.VTE II.

I'ROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

7

74

I'HOC. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PI.ATh 111

76 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Fig. 8. Philanthus jimu-tfidix Say.

AB == Costa. II1 = 1st Recurrent.

BC == Stigma. NN1 == 2d Recurrent.

CH'D = • Metacarpa. J'T1 = Nervulus.

EB == Subcosta. al> == Costella.

HLH1 = Radius. bd : : Metacarpella.

GIM1 == Cubitus. eb == Subcostella.

FJ1 = = Medius. hk = Radiella.

J'FS = Discoideus. gkl = = Cubitella.

PN1?1 = = Subdiscoideus. fg = Mediella.

rT1 == Submedius. gs = Discoidella.

T1!!1 •• •• Brachius. et1 == Submediella.

JJ1 = ' Basal. tki1 = : Brachiella.

KK1 = 1st Intercubitus. kk1 = Intercubitella.

LL1 = = 2d Intercubitus. gt1 : Xorvellus.
AIM1 == 3d Intercubitus.

Fig. 9. Foenm species.

\\'y -- Costa. PP1 == Subdiscoideus.

BC = = Stigma. UT1 = = Submedius.

CH!D = : Metacarpus. T1!!1 = ' Brachius.

EB = = Subcosta. BG = : Basal.

HKH1 = Radius. KK1 = •• Intercubitus.

CIK'G1 == Cubitus. II1 •- •• 1st Recurrent.

FG = : Medius. TT1 = = Nervulus.

GTIiPS1 •• •• Discoideus. ad == Costella + Metacarpella.

Fig. 10. Serphus caudatus (Say).

AB == Costa. PP1 == Subdiscoideus.

BC == Stigma. UT1 == Submedius.

CH1!) = = Metacarpus. T1!!1 = = Brachius.

EE1 == Subcosta. JF1 -. •• Basal.

KH1 : Radius. KK1 : Intercubitus.

(IK'G == Cubitus. TT1 •• •• Nervulus.

FF1 == Medius. al> == Costella.
F!PS = Discoideus.

Fig. 11. ('halcix orata Say.

AB ---- Submarginal. <'ll = Stigmal.

BC : Marginal. al> Submargiiu-lla.

('I) Post marginal. be =: Marginclla.

nf /i//lil ii'iil/nti, A/ir/'l 5, H>/>;

ANNOUNCEMENT

Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED-
INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num-
ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per
page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply-
ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society,
U. S. National Museum.. Washington, D. C. No receipt will be
mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested.

OF SPECIAL INTEREST

BUSCK, AUGUST. A New Tineid Genus from Arizona 10

" " A Revision of the American Moths of the Family

Glechiidae with Descriptions of New Species... 1.00
" " A Review of the American Moths of the Genus Cos-

mopteryx Hubner 15

" " A Review of the American Moths of the Genus De-

pressaria Howarth, with Descriptions of New

Species

" " Descriptions of North American Tineina 30

" ' • New American Tineina 10

" " New Microlepidoptera from Mexico. 1C

'• New Species of Moths of the Super-family Tineina

from Florida 20

" " Notes on Breckenridge Clements Types of Tineinae. .15
11 " Tineid Moths from British Columbia with Descrip-
tions of New Species 25

Tineid Moths from Southern Texas with Descrip-
tions of New Species 10

" Two Microlepidoptera Injurious to Chestnut 10

'• " Three short systematic papers 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER

BAKER, A. C., and TURNER, W. F.: Some intermediates in the

Aphididae c. 10

DUCKETT, A. B.: Notes on a little-known rabbit ear-mite 17

KOTINSKY, J.: The European fir trunk bark louse (Chermes piceae

Ratz.) apparently long established in the United States 14

OBITUARIES :

FABRE, JEAN HENRI 2

RUSSELL, H. M 3

PIERCE, W. D. : Notes on the habits of weevils. . 6

QUAINTANCE, A. L., HTSLOP, J. A., and WALTON, W. R.: The life and

works of H. M. Russell 3

ROHWER, S. A., and GAHAN, A. B.: Horismology of the hymen-

opterous wing , 20

TOWNSEND, C. H. T.: Non-intentional disposal of muscoid species
by man, with particular reference to tachinid species 18

PROCEEDINGS

OF THK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VOLUME XVIII, No 2
JUNE, 1916

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY

OFFICE OF PUBLICATION

2419-21 GREENMOUNT AVB.

BALTIMORE. MD.

EDITORIAL OFFICE

WASHINGTON. D. C.

Entered M ««oond-ol*i« matter at the poatoffice at Baltimore, Md . February 28. Iftll,
under the Act of Aueuit 24, 1913

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of
each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00;
initiation fee (for active members only), $1.00.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916.

Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ

President C. R. ELY

First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER

Second Vice-President FREDERICK KN AB

Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer .S. A. ROHWER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Editor J. C. CRAWFORD

Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the

Washington Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER

Executive Committee.

THE OFFICERS.
A. N. CAUDELL. A. L. QTTAINTANCE. W. D. HUNTER.

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published quarterly bythe Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash-
ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum;
foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign
postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the
Entomological Society of Washington.

Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25
separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti-
fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be bad at rates
fixed by the Society.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. XVIII.

PLATE IV.

Francis Marion Webster.

M916
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 2

A joint meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington
and employees of the Bureau of Entomology was held in mem-
ory of Francis Marion Webster on January 14, 1916, at which
more than 60 persons were present. The resolutions adopted are
printed on a following page.

Reminiscences were given by Messrs. Walton, Hunter, Schwarz^
Sasscer, Howard, Marlatt, Currie and Banks illustrating the many-
sided character of Professor Webster and showing the prominent
part he played in the development of economic entomology in the
United States.

77

78 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Jfranctg Jflanon Siebster

WHEREAS, the long and useful life of our colleague and friend,
Professor Francis Marion Webster, was ended on January 3,
1916; and

WHEREAS, by his highly intelligent and successful work in Illi-
nois, in Ohio, and in the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture at Washington, he had done much for
agriculture in the United States and for the promotion of the
science of economic entomology; and

WHEREAS, at the same time, by his helpful interest in the work
of others and by the cordial impetus which he gave to his own
assistants, inspiring lasting friendship and respect; and

WHEREAS, by his blameless and irreproachable life he stood
always as an example of the things that are good and fine;

Therefore be it resolved, That the scientific employees of the
Bureau of Entomology and the members of the Entomological
Society of Washington feel that his death, though crowning a full
and well-rounded career, leaves a great gap which, on account of
his unique and lovable personality, can never be filled; that he
will be remembered by all of us with feelings of admiration and
respect, and that the recollection of his qualities will for many
years help to strengthen our interest in the cause of entomological
science.

Further be it resolved, That the warm sympathy of these organi-
zations is extended to his family, and that copies of these resolu-
tions be forwarded to Mrs. Webster and their children.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 79

FRANCIS MARION WEBSTER.

BY L. O. HOWARD.

Francis Marion Webster was born at* Lebanon, New Hamp-
shire, August 2, 1849. He was son of J. S. and Betty A. (Riddle)
Webster. He married Maria A. Potter, of Sandwich, Illinois,
August 21, 1870. He was Assistant State Entomologist of
Illinois, 1882-4; Special Agent, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, 1884-1892; Entomologist of the Ohio Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, 1891-1902; an assistant on the Biological Survey
of Illinois, 1903-4; after which he was appointed to a position
in the Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
in charge of Cereal and Forage Crop Insect Investigations.
He was Professor of Economic Entomology in Purdue Univer-
sity 1885-88, and Consulting Entomologist of the Indiana Ex-
periment Station 1888-1891. He was sent on a mission to the
Melbourne, Australia, International Exposition by the U. S.
Departments of State and Agriculture in 1888, visiting other
portions of Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, returning in
1889. He was engaged during part of the years 1886-1899 in the
solution of the problem of the suppression of the buffalo gnat
in the valley of the lower Mississippi River. He was a Fellow
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
and of the Indiana Academy of Science. He was a member and
ex-president of the Ohio Academy of Science, the American
Association of Economic Entomologists and the Entomological
Society of Washington. He was a member of the Biological
Society of Washington, the National Geographic Society, the
American Society of Naturalists, and the Geological Society of
Iowa. He was an honorary member of the Entomological So-
ciety of Ontario and a corresponding member of the Cambridge
Entomological Club and the New York Entomological Society.

This is the brief statement, practically as it appears in Who's
Who in America, concerning the career of our fellow member,
who died at Columbus, Ohio, January 3, 1916. Since his death
three biographical sketches have been published; the first by
Mr. W. II. Walton, one of his principal assistants, in Science,
February 4, 1916 (Vol. XLIII, No. 1101), the second by Prof.
S. A. Forbes, with whom he was formerly associated in entomo-
logical work, published in the Journal of Economic Entomology
for February, 1916 (Vol. 9, No. 1), and the third by Dr. C. Gor-
don Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist of Canada, in the Canadian
Entomologist for March, 1911).

The writer was so close to Webster, who has left us so recently,
that it is difficult to view his life in perspective, yet it is per-

80 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

fectly obvious that his career was so useful and so well rounded
that many important lessons can be learned from a study of its
steps and from a general consideration of his character.

In the first place he was a farmer's boy, and not trained in the
schools, yet, by his ability and originality and his clear, practical
mind, he accomplished work of the highest character, organized
a strong branch of the government service, directed the investi-
gations of men of the highest college training, had strong clear
ideas as to the direction and aim of college courses in science as
applied to agriculture, and was often consulted by teachers in
arranging and developing such courses. This statement alone
indicates that we are dealing with a most unusual character.

It is probably the fact that he was a farmer's boy that ac-
counts for the turning of his mind to entomological study, and
the practical side immediately appealed to him from the fact
that his father died when he was fifteen years of age. He mar-
ried at twenty-one, and a few years later bought a farm in his
home county in Illinois (Dekalb County). On his farm he
studied the injurious insects and began to collect beetles.

His first published articles appeared in the Chicago Weekly
Inter ocean for 1874 and consisted of six weekly installments of
notes on some of the common injurious and beneficial insects,
under the general heading "Entomology and Agriculture." His
more serious publishing career, however, began in 1879, in the
columns of the Prairie Farmer. His earliest papers relate to the
herbivorous habits of certain carabids, and, after several notes
on this subject published in different issues of the journal, he
brought out, in Bulletin No. 3 of the Illinois State Laboratory
of Natural History (November, 1880), a paper entitled "Notes
upon the Food of Predaceous Beetles," which attracted very gen-
eral attention and indicated quite plainly to the few of us who were
then interested in such studies that a new and very careful ento-
mological observer had entered the field. This paper showed care
in the search of the literature, admirable powers of observation,
familiarity with the insects studied, and an unusually strong
literary style.

From this time on until the time of his death Webster's bib-
liography covers rather more than six hundred titles.1 It is
true that very many of these titles are short newspaper articles
published in the Ohio Farmer, the American Agriculturist and
other agricultural journals, but it is also true that very many
others contain the results of original observations and many of
them have a broad character.

1 See Bibliography of the more important contributions to N. A. Ento-
mology, S. Henshavv, Nathan Banks, U. 8. Department of Agriculture,
parts IV-VIII, et seq.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 81

Webster, so far as the writer can find, described only one
species Pteromalus gelechiae. In one of his pape 'S he refers
to the taxonomists as the pioneers attached to an army corps,
who blaze the way, make the roads, build the bridges, and
thus enable the army of biological and economic workers to fol-
low more smoothly and to realize the direction in which they
are going. He, by the way, instances the quarrels of species
makers as likely to bring about the same confusion as though the
pioneers differed as to the proper construction of a bridge along
the path of the army.

He had a philosophical mind, and many of his papers showed
this trend. It is not necessary to recall the titles of these papers
to those who read this. Perhaps he sometimes went too far,
as in his writing on the trend of insect diffusion in the United
States, but it goes to show the breadth of his mind.

We have referred to the fact that so many of his titles are
those of newspaper publications. He defends this manner of
publication in his annual address as President of the Association
of Economic Entomologists delivered at Detroit August 12, 1837,
and he argues that the daily and weekly press form better con-
veyances for placing the results of studies and investigations be-
fore the public. "The daily press," he says, "can scatter infor-
mation broadcast over the land within the space of twenty-four
hours and, within a week, place it in the hands of every person
who takes even the most isolated weekly paper." He then refers
to the unfortunate reputation of the daily press for unreliability
of statement, and further s'ates that the agricultural press, while
affected in this way to a far less degree, still offers a wide field for
improvement.

This address as a whole is one of the best things Webster
ever wrote. It is entitled "The Present and Future of Applied
Entomology in America;" and it if sound, while containing
many of his characteristic metaphors and similes. He was
always a good writer.

His best work, on the whole, was done with insects that affect
cereal and forage crops, the very field in which he built up his
branch of the federal entomological service. His early investi-
gations of the Hessian fly and the chinch bug started him on ;i
long and comprehensive study of 'hese two insects which continued
until the day of his death. His joint-worm investigation- opened
up a field of much biological as well as economic importance, and
he deserves the credit of establishing, not only parthenogenesis
in the genus Isosoma, but a dimorphism and alternation of genera-
tions which holds in a perfectly fixed way for one of the important
crop pests of this genus, Isosoma grande. For nnny years in
Ohio he made notes and careful biological observations upon all

82 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

insects affecting this class of crops, and the results of his work
down to 1903 are admirably displayed in Bulletin No. 42 of the
Division of Entomology, entitled "Some Insects Attacking the
Stems of 'Growing Wheat, Rye, Barley, and Oats, with Methods
of Prevention and Suppression." In this admirable bulletin,
which contains a very large amount of matter of biological and
practical interest, he told for the first time over his own signa-
ture the story of the discovery of dimorphism and alternation of
generations in Isosoma. He also in this paper gives much atten-
tion to the Dipterous enemies of the stems of grains, and years
afterwrards was able to station Dr. J. M. Aldrich, as a part of his
force, in a field near the place of his old observations, to attempt
to follow out life histories which he himself had been obliged to
leave incomplete. In fact, it may safely be said that cereal and
forage crop insects was Webster's own field.

Aside from work in this direction, perhaps the most notice-
able work which he did was that upon Simulium in the Missis-
sippi bottomlands, and, in a paper which he read at the twenty-
fifth annual meeting of the Society for the Promotion of Agricul-
tural Science, he covered in a very excellent way a field well
expressed in the title of his paper, " The Suppression and Control
of the Plague of Buffalo Gnats in the Valley of the Lower Mis-
sissippi River and the Relations Thereto of the Present Levee
System, Irrigation in the Arid West and Tile Drainage in the
Middle West."

Webster was instrumental in the calling of the first convention
for the consideration of a national horticultural quarantine law,
and in fact was the originator and promoter of the movement
which resulted in the convention of nursery-men, horticulturists,
entomologists, and plant pathologists which was held in Wash-
ington, D. C., March 5 and 6, 1897. Although no legislation fol-
lowed this convention, yet as a direct result the original bill was
framed and introduced into both branches of Congress, and after
a prolonged effort of nearly fifteen years resulted in the final
passage of the Federal Horticultural Law in August, 1912.

All the time that Webster was working on these intensely prac-
tical questions he carried in the back of his head an intense
interest in insect life entirely aside from its economic aspects,
and the latest paper which he wrote (not yet pir lished) dealt
with the interesting topic of ethno-entomology, which was read
in part at Columbus by Doctor Felt the morning aft CM- its author
was stricken with the fatal attack of pneumonia which resulted
in his death four days later. This manuscript, the hundred or
more entomologists who were present at that Hireling may be
interested to know, has been offered to the Bureau of American
Ethnology, and, if they find it impossible to publish it, it will be

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 83

sent to his son, R. L. Webster, at the Iowa Agricultural College,
who will doubtless find some place where it will be printed.

Webster was a man who had many friends. He was especially
liked by our Canadian colleagues, made frequent visits to Canada,
lectured before the Ontario Entomological Society, published
many notes in the Canadian Entomologist and in the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Ontario, and held the warm
friendship of the late Dr. James Fletcher and his successor, Dr.
C. Gordon Hewitt, Doctor Bethune, the late William Saunders
and others. In the States he was regarded with warm friendship
and affection by a very large class of farmers, fruit-growers,
scientific men, and especially by his entomological colleagues.
As has been pointed out in two of the biographical sketches cited
in an earlier paragraph, he had the respect and affection of his
official assistants in the degree that a kind and wise father might
have had.

He died at the end of a long and useful career, actively in the
harness, but with a most useful life work accomplished, with his
children grown up and practically established in life, and after all
it was a good way to die.

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-FIRST MEETING,
JANUARY 6, 1916.

The 291st meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr. C. L.
Marlatt at the Saengerbund Hall January 6, 1916. There were
present Messrs. Abbott, G. G. Ainslie, C. N. Ainslie, Barber,
Borden, Boving, Busck, Caudell, Craighead, Crawford, Cushman,
DeGryse, Duckett, Ely, Fink, Fisher, Gahan, Greene, Hunter,
Hutchinson, Hyslop, Kewley, Knab, Kotinsky, Mclndoo, Paine,
Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Simanton, Snyder,
Turner, Walton, White and Wood, members and Messrs. C. T.
Brues, H. G. Ferguson, H. H. Knight, Frank E. Lutz, C. M.
Packard, H. K. Plank, and H. L. Viereck, visitors.

The following new members were elected: Messrs. Arthur N.
Borden, G. H. Paine, and R. M. Garner, active members and
A. I. Fabis, corresponding member.

The following amendment to the constitution was adopted.

ARTICLE IV. Add Section 2 as follows:

Section 2. The Society may elect, at any regular meeting, by three-
fourths majority of the active members present, an Honorary President.

84 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The Honorary President shall hold office until recalled by the Society at
any regular meeting through recommendations of the Executive Com-
mittee and by vote of three-fourths of the active members present.

ARTICLE V. Add Section 6 as follows:

Section 6. The Honorary President shall be exempt from dues and shall
have no specific duties, but he shall be ex-officio a member of the Executive
Committee.

Following the adoption of this amendment, Mr. E. A. Schwarz
was unanimously elected Honorary President.

At the conclusion of the Presidential address, a vote of thanks
was tendered Mr. Caudell for his excellent address.

At the end of the regular program Dr. F. E. Lutz and Dr.
C. T. Braes were called on and responded with appropriate re-
marks.

The following program was presented:

ADDRESS OF RETIRING PRESIDENT.

AN ECONOMIC CONSIDERATION OF ORTHOPTERA DIRECTLY

AFFECTING MAN.

BY A. N. CAUDELL.

At first glance the subject I have chosen may seem one of little
scope, scarcely broad enough for a paper such as the present one.
As a matter of fact, however, it is necessary to treat it in a very
concise manner in order to keep it within desirable bounds.
Therefore the following considerations are condensed as much as
is conveniently possible.

Orthoptera directly concerning man, either beneficially or in-
juriously, affect him either physically or psychically, that is his
physical person, externally or internally, or his spiritual or emo-
tional nature. Orthoptera may, to the uninitiated, appear
scarcely worth mentioning as directly affecting man injuriously
but literature contains a number of incidents of sufficient interest
to merit brief reference. Forms injuriously affecting man's person
externally is a subject dealing mostly with injuries inflicted by
biting. In dealing with this and allied subjects it is not easy to
separate popular superstitions from actualities and when the
evidence rests upon the observations of laymen it is often more or
less faulty. Actual incidents are evidently sometimes exagger-
ated by recognized observers and more popular and less scrupu-
lous writers often go still further. Inexperienced or ignorant
people misconstrue facts and thus our literature teems with ques-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 85

tionable statements. This was especially true in times far past
but continues true, unfortunately, to a considerable extent even
yet.

A superstition long prevailed in Maryland that if a black beetle,
that is a cockroach, enters your room, or flies against you, severe
illness, or perhaps even death, follows.1 . As a recent example of
evident error in observation I may mention a letter from a
physician in New Mexico relating how a boy was bitten on the toe
by a Stenopelmalus and, though the toe was immediately incised
by a doctor, severe results followed, the boy being in a critical
condition for some days and nearly losing his life. While it is
very doubtful if the insect was the real cause of the boy's ailment,
it is undoubtedly true that at least quite severe mechanical in-
jury and pain may be caused by the bite of orthopterous insects.
I have myself been bitten in the palm of the hand bv a native
Orchelimum, an insect scarcely exceeding an inch in length, so
severely as to almost draw blood and similar bites on the finger
or back of the hand by some of our larger and more powerful
Orthoptera would easily pierce the skin. Davis states that Belo-
cephalus bites severely2 and Bernard records natives sleeping in
vineyards in France as being bitten by Ephippigera.3 Brunner
lost a piece of flesh, bitten out by the powerful jaws of Saga,*
and Wellman writes that Brachytrupes, a large cricket, can draw
blood with its strong jaws.5 Cockroaches are known to bite off
the eyelashes and nibble the toe nails of children in South Amer-
ica6 and in addition they scratch the faces of men, bite the greasy
fingers of sleeping children7 and even eat the toe nails of sailors.8
And not only do roaches bite man but they annoy him in other
ways. Thus, Rev. Laock, an early Swedish clergyman in Penn-
sylvania, had a roach enter his ear, causing intense pain until
drowned out with water like a rat from its hole.9 There are
other similar incidents recorded and the name " earwig" was
given the Forficulidae by reason of the widespread belief that
they habitually enter the ears of man.

Orthoptera directly injuring man's person internally is a sub-
ject pertaining mostly to their causing disease and the dissemi-
nation of the same. This phase of orthopterous economy is

1 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 82 (1865).

2 Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. xx, p. 305 (1912).

3 Tech. trait. Vigne (1914).

4 Burr, Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (11) (1900).

5 Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 29 1908).

; II. II. Smith, In Circular, 2 ser., No. 51, Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Auric.,
p. 6 footnote (1902).

'Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, vol. ii, p. 10 (17 IN..
'Gates, U. S. NavM Mod. Hull., vol. vi, p. 212 214 (1912).
9 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 79 (1865).

86 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

closely connected with that dealing with external injuries by the
entrance of the ear by roaches, etc., as mentioned above, and
especially by injuries to the skin by secretions given off by cer-
tain species. Thus an African katydid exudes a clear yellowish
fluid from pores in the side of the body near the junction of the
thorax and abdomen which causes a quite severe eruption if it
comes into direct contact with the skin. The natives appreciate
and fear this property and its potency was verified experimentally
by Dr. H. Stannus,10 who thinks extensive ulcerations of various
parts of the body may sometimes result from this cause when
proper medical advise is lacking. Certain earwigs are reported
by Dr. Wellman to be considered poisonous by the natives of
Angola, and Wellman himself thinks it possible that septic matter
may be introduced by a 'bite' from the powerful forceps of the
forficulid in question.11 Hasselfc has written on an affection of the
lips of persons to whose mouths roaches are attracted for food or
drink.12

There are few Orthoptera recorded as the direct cause of disease
in man. In 1872 there was published in Philadelphia an eight
paged pamphlet which reads like a production of pre-Plinyan
days.13 The writer contends that locusts and grasshoppers are
the prime cause of the eruptive diseases of living things. He
proves his assertions by biblical quotations and qualifies as a
learned scientist by various interesting statements, such as that
houseflies originate from the intestinal worms of man. A more
recent charge against Orthoptera as a direct cause of disease in
man was brought to the attention of this Society a year ago by
Dr. Howard. This was a letter from a correspondent who drank
a bottle of soda water and found a decayed roach in the bottom
which he considered the cause of Bright's disease, a malady with
which he was soon afterwards stricken. While the instances cited
above involve elements liable to just criticism, there are others
which are at least plausible and some doubtlessly well founded.
Thus literature records several cases where grasshoppers, during
great invasions, fell into the sea to be later cast ashore in such
immense numbers that the air was polluted by the decaying mass,
resulting in pestilential conditions costing the lives of many
people. Also in times of grasshopper invasions the insects be-
foul the roofs of houses with their excrement and the rain water
drained into cisterns from such roofs is defiled14 and dysentery

10 Bull. Ent. Research, Lond., vol. ii, p. 180 (1911).

11 Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 32 (1908).

12 Tidschr. voor Erit., vol. viii, p. 98-99 (1865).

3 Rilcy, \V. D., Locusts and Grasshoppers. The beginning and the
end of the febrile or eruptive diseases in living things.

14 Bull. Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric., No. 22, p. 106 (1900).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 87

results from mechanical irritation by particles contained in such
polluted water.15

However few or doubtful the records of Orthoptera directly
causing disease in mankind, their instrumentality in the dissemi-
nation of disease organisms is a matter well worth consideration.
Their importance in this respect is, of course, slight as compared
with some other groups, especially the Diptera, and this phase
of the subject is insignificant as compared with the general
subject of medical entomology. But that certain Orthoptera,
especially the Blatticlae, may yet prove of real importance as dis-
seminators of disease is not to be doubted. That they are well
qualified for playing such parts is certain. Many published
articles show cockroaches to be veritable hotbeds of various kinds
of germs and that they fairly teem with bacterial organisms both
inside and out.16 Their eggs are covered with bacteria when de-
posited17 and their feces show micrococci in abundance.18 They
may carry the hypopus stage of the cheese mite19 and common
cosmopolitan species in Denmark have been proven to act as
secondary host to a bacillus which produces cancer in rats.20
Morrell concludes that the common croton bug, by contamination
with its feces, is able to, and may possibly, play a small part in
the dissemination of tuberculosis and in the transmission of polo-
genie organisms,21 also that they are in all probabilities an active
agent in the souring of milk kept in kitchens and that they are
undoubtedly a very important factor in the distribution of molds
to foods, etc., in cupboards and cellars. Gates states that roaches
may spread typhoid on ships and carry in their intestines and on
their feet the organisms of diphtheria, tonsillitis and tuberculosis,22
and some writers consider them fully as dangerous as houseflies
as the virility of bacterial organisms is not diminished by passing
through their alimentary tract.23 A Danish professor claims that
cancer is caused by drinking water in which cockroaches have ovi-
posited24 and roaches have been mentioned as possible transmit-

I5Prout, Journ. Trop. Med. and Hygiene, p. 137-139 (1908).

16 Herms and Nelson, Amer. Journ. Pub. Health, vol. iii, p. 229 C1913),
Sartpry and Clerc, C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. Ixiv, p. 545 (1908), and Barber,
Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. vii, p. 521-524 (1912).

17 Petri, Mem. d. R. Stazionc di Palol. Vegetale, Rome (1909).
>» Northrup, Tech. Bull. Mich. Kxp. Stat., No. 18, p. 25 H914).

19 Ealand, Ins. and Man, p. 244 (1915).

20 Fibigcr, Berliner Klin. Wochcnschr., vol. 1, p. 2S9-298 (l'Jl3), Fibige '
Hospitalstid, Copenhagen, vol. Ivii, p. 1049-1112 (1914), and Fibiger ar
Ditlevsen, Contr. liiol. morph. Spirnplera (1914).

21 British Med. Journ., p. 1531 '1911).

2U. S. Naval Med. Bull., vol. vi. p. 212 C1912).

:s Longfellow, Amer. Journ. Pub. Health, vol. iii, p. 58-61 (1913).

24 Nordlyset, New York, Febr. 20, p. 8 (1913).

88 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ters of the tropical disease beri-beri.25 Roaches have also been
considered in connection with the carrying of the vibrios of Asiatic
Cholera26 and, in common with many other insects, they have been
investigated as possible factors in the cause and spread of pella-
gra, but with negative results.27

There are few published references of Orthoptera, other than the
roaches, as disease carriers, the only one now recalled being the
spread of cholera for long distances by migratory locusts in Africa.28
It is recorded that grasshoppers in times of invasions leave a
cholera-like pestilence in their w ke and they are also accused of
carrving into uninfested regions the foot and mouth disease of
cattle.29

Aside from physical effects, either external or internal as dis-
cussed above, man is injuriously affected directly by orthopterous
insects scarcely at all. Aside from disagreeable odors of such spe-
cies as cockroaches, etc., that offend his olfactory sense, his
psychic nature is practically unaffected. True, his nervous sys-
tem may now and then be more or less shocked from fright,
as in the case recently recorded of terror caused in a Philadelphia
school by the issuance of yo ng mantids from the ootheca.30
A heroic janitor with a irop handle came to the rescue in this
case. It reminds me of the first mole cricket I ever saw and of
how gleefully I carried my wonderful prize home, only to have it
killed 'good and dead' by mv frightened mother.

Orthoptera beneficially related to man directly may be divided,
like those injuriously affecting him, into those affecting him physi-
cally and those influencing him psychically. The first group com-
prises species used in medicine and those eaten as food. The
former, I believe, is a matter based almost entirely on pristine
beliefs and popular fallacies. A common European katydid is
given the common name "wartbiter" from the belief prevalent
in Swe ien that its bite removes warts.31 Burr remarks that it is
possible that the wound caused by the insect, together with the
action of formic acid often exuded from the jaws of angrv Orthop-
tera, and a goodly amount of faith on the part of the wart-stricken
individual might indeed cause these mysterious growths to dis-
appear. Ancient lore is replete with all kinds of cures attributed
to various insects. The following recorded instances may be

25 yan der Scheer, Journ. Trop. Med., vol. iii, p. 96-97 (1900); Manson,
Tropical Diseases 4 edit.), p. 370 t!907).

:; Barber, Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. ix, p. 1-4 (1914).
27 Jennings, Amer. Journ. Med. Sci., vol. cxlvi, p. 418 ,1913).
8 Riley, Ref. Handb. Med. Sci., vol. v, p. 75 (18S7).
29 Kannemeyer, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc , vol viii, p. 84-85 (1893).
s°Ent. News, vol. xvi, p. 292 1905).
31 Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (11) (1900).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 89

mentioned as pertaining to the Orthoptera. A leg of Gryllus
boiled in water prevents retention of urine by man and animal.32
Cockroaches bruised and mixed with sugar cure ulcers and cancers
and kill worms in children; the ashes of burned roaches are an
effective physic33 and the inner viscera of roaches boiled in oil
cure earache.34 Cockroaches are made into tea and formed into
pills for various ailments of man and powdered and extracted in
alcohol they are a remedy for dropsy/5 Oil of forficulids rubbed
on the temples, wrists and nostrils strengthens the nerves; ashes
of house crickets cure weak sight and enlarged tonsils and tritu-
rated bodies of migratory locusts, with proof spirits, cure haemor-
rhoids and quench thirst.56 There are many more such records of
the remarkable medicinal properties of Orthoptera but no more
need be repeated here.

As an article of food the Orthoptera are of real importance and
the general use of insects as food for man is not only a matter of
ancient history but of the present times as well. Dr. Howard
has but recently urged experiments along this line" and man of
many climes annually consume considerable quantities of insects
and insect products. Were the present paper one dealing with
insects in general this one topic of their use as food would be quite
enough for one evening's discussion. Confined to the Orthoptera
it is limited mostly to a consideration of the edibility of locusts,
or grasshoppers. Other families of Orthoptera however enter
somewhat into the diet of man and even the unsavory cockroach,
when properly salted, is said to have an agreeable flavor for those
fond of highly flavored dishes.28 Personally, however, I have
formed no liking for roaches as food, in spite of the fact that on a
trip through the west I had them served to me alive in straw-
berries, a la carte with fried fish, and baked in biscuits/9

At least one genus of Phasmidae serve as food for man, the
natives of Woodlark Island eating a species of Karabidion*0
Gryllidae, too, are eaten, field crickets being an article of diet in
Jamaica when that island was first discovered,41 and the natives
of Africa eat quantities of Brachytrupes, which they dig from their
burrows and prepare for the pot by removing the legs and wings.42
The Orthoptera most extensively used as food are, as stated above,

32 Sanchez, Datos para la Mcdica Mexicana (1893).

33 Sloane, Hist. Jamaica, vol. ii, p. 204 (1707-25).

34 Cowan's Curious Facts, p. 82 (1865).

35 Bogomolow, St. Petcrsb. Mod. Wochenschr. (1884).
3"' Ealand, Insects and Man, p. 217 (1915).

"Monthly Letter, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric., No. 18, p. 1 (1915).

38 Lugger, 3 Repts. Minn. Exp. Sta., p. 36 (1898).

39 Ent. News, vol. xv, p. 63 '1904).

40 Montrouzier, Fauna Woodlark, p. 82 (1855).

41 Sloane, Hist, of Jamaica, vol. ii, p. 204 Q707-25).
«Wellman. Ent. News, vol. xix, p. 29 (1908).

90 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

locusts, or grasshoppers. There is no doubt but that wholesome
and palatable dishes may be prepared from the bodies of these
insects and a somewhat extensive use is now made of them for
this purpose by the natives of many regions. Ansorge says
that John the Baptist needs no pity by reason of his entomo-
logical diet as he should tire of honey sooner than of locusts.41
That the flavor of well cooked locusts is not distasteful is vouched
for by no less an authority than Dr. C. V. Riley. A somewhat
extensive experiment was seriously carried out by Dr. Riley and
others and the results summed up in his candid statement that,
from personal experience, he considered our common locust more
palatable when cooked than some animals commonly served on
our tables.44 In this experiment, which was given considerable
newspaper notoriety at the time, locusts were prepared in various
ways, all proving satisfactory. Ancient and recent literature is
rich in reference to this subject and an interesting compilation of
older accounts may be found in Cowan's Curious Facts, pages
120-131. I wish here to refer to but one of these ancient items, a
poetic inventory of the larder of a poor Athenian family. The
writer, Alexis, says:

For our best and daintiest cheer,
Through the bright half of the year,
Is but acorns, onions, peas,
Ochros, Lupines, radishes,
Vetches, wild pears nine or ten,
With a locust now and then.

Under the title "Why not eat insects?" Vincent M. Holt has
published an undated booklet of 99 pages treating of insects as
food and, while the menus suggested seem ludicrous, he is evi-
dently sincere in his arguments. Recipes are given for the prep-
aration of locusts and the writer attests their palatability from
personal experience and the testimony of others. I quote a
menu from this work as a matter of interest, though locusts do not
happen to be included in it:

Snail Soup.
Fried soles, with Woodlouse Sauce.

Curried Cockchafers.

Fricassee of Chicken with Chrysalids.

Boiled leg of mutton with Wire-worm sauce.

Ducklings, with Green Peas.

Cauliflowers garnished with Caterpillars.

Moths on toast.

43 From Under the African Sun (1900).

44Proc. Amer. Assoo. Adv. Sci., p. 208-214 (1S75).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 91

The above menu, of course, sounds absurd, but is a raw oyster
more attractive, gastronomically, than a well prepared locust?
I say 'well prepared locust/ for nothing favorable can be said of
illy prepared concoctions such as an unauthenticated account
credits certain Indians with using, that is, fatty juices dipped
from decayed masses of locusts and eaten as a salad. There is a
justified vagueness as to the details of this practice but such salads
need not be compared with the undoubtedly tasty and nutritious
preparations civilized man might enjoy could he only overcome
prejudices and eat insects. Chemical analysis shows locusts to
possess a high nutritive value,45 we have divine permission from
the Bible to use them as food,46 and they are admittedly tasty
morsels, therefore why, indeed, not eat them?

My final topic, Orthoptera directly affecting man's psychic
nature beneficially, is one of some importance. Man's aesthetic
nature is appealed to by the beauty of many forms, his music-
loving soul is soothed by their song and his sporting proclivi-
ties are gratified by contests of strength and valor between pug-
nacious males of certain species.

As objects of beauty a considerable number of Orthoptera are
rivaled only by the most brilliantly colored butterflies. For ex-
ample, certain giant lobe-crested grasshoppers of South America
have the under wings brilliant with various hued tints, so blended
as to incite the admiration of the most stolid observer. Certain
mantids of the Old World are so constructed in form and color
as to resemble brightly colored orchids. There are also many
Orthoptera of more somber hues which are objects of admiration
by reason of their wonderful forms, some exhibiting a marvellous
array of spines and flanges, and others are so constructed as to
perfectly mimic in form or color certain objects, as bark, twigs,
etc. Our common walking stick insect resembles, when at rest,
the twigs among which it lives so perfectly as to merit our appre-
ciation. Still other Orthoptera, which are neither brilliant in
color nor striking in structure, are objects of interest by reason
of their gracefulness of form or agility of motion.

The songs of insects has been enjoyed and applauded by man
since the dawn of history and among our musical insects the
Orthoptera are dominant. So musical are the notes of some of
our orthopterous songsters that it is difficult to express their
melody. The rhythmic beat of the tree-cricket has been termed
by Burroughs as a "slumberous breathing," while Hawthorne
describes it an "audible silliness" and declares that "if moon-
light could be heard it would sound like that."47

45 Howard, 1st Kept. Locust Bur., p. 63-69 (1907).
'•Leviticus, Chapter xi, p:ir. l_':_>.
17 McNeill, Ent. Anier., vol. v, p. 103 (1889).

92 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Various efforts have been made to set to music the notes of
Orthoptera. Scudder made the attempt with the songs of a
number of species48 and Regen has attempted it with the notes
of Thamnotrizon.^ The results of these efforts look interesting
but a lack of musical training prohibits my judging their merit.

A species of large katydid is kept captive by natives in South
America for the sake of its song50 and the natives of Africa are
lulled to sleep by the song of caged crickets.81 Some species, in-
deed, are objects of barter in some regions. Thus gryllids are
sold in little cages in the streets of Florence on Ascension day as
songsters52 and caged crickets are sold in Portugal for their song
and for the good luck which they are supposed to bring their
owner.55

Considerable use is made of Orthoptera in sport, especially in
China and Japan. The Chinese are much given to gambling and
will bet on anything and are said to win and lose fortunes on
cricket fights as American sportsmen win or lose at horse races.
In China the fighting crickets are trained and cared for as care-
fully as if they were blooded horses. They are given a fixed diet,
partly of honey and boiled chestnuts, and if one falls ill it is fed
on mosquitoes. A good cricket fight will last half an hour and,
to win, one of the combatants must slay his adversary or throw
him bodily over the six-inch wall inclosing the arena. These
fighting crickets, which are all males, are bought and sold like
horses, one with a good record bringing five or ten dollars, while
a champion often sells for as much as fifty dollars.

My initial plans for the present discussion included the con-
sideration of the economic relations of the Orthoptera to man
both directly and indirectly. But I soon decided that the first,
and by far the smaller, phase of this general subject would suf-
fice even when discussed as briefly as above. The second phase,
even if treated as briefly as I have covered my subject this eve-
ning, would form a paper far too long for such an occasion. Even
the one subject of injurious locusts and the havoc they play with
vegetation would require a paper as long, if not longer, than that
which I have presented this evening, and I therefore leave the
consideration of their indirect relations for some future time.

48 Hitchcock's Kept. Geol. N. Hampshire, vol. 1, p. 362-380 (1874);
twenty-third Ann. Kept. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1892, p. 62-78 (1893).

49 Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math. — Nat. Klasse, vol. x^vii, p. 487-
488 (1908).

60 Bates, Journ. Ent., vol. i, p. 474-477 (1863).
51Moufet, Ins. Theatr., p. 136 (1634).

52 Burr, Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. (12-13) (1900).

53 Bather, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. viii, p. 56 (1913).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 93

In discussing the address Mr. Schwarz stated that during the
great grasshopper invasion of the western states, some of the
residents had been compelled by lack of other food to eat grass-
hoppers. He spoke of having once sampled grasshopper soup
and pronounced it excellent in taste.

Mr. Hunter congratulated Mr. Caudell on his address and re-
gretted that more attention was not given to references to insects
in classical literature and folk lore. Mr. Hunter also stated that
the disease Beriberi occurred in various parts of the United States.

A NEW SPECIES OF AGROMYZA DESTRUCTIVE TO BEANS IN

THE PHILIPPINES.

BY J. R. MALLOCH, Urbana, Illinois.

This species was sent me by Professor Baker with the informa-
tion that it is very destructive to beans in the Philippines. It
works in the stems of young plants and sometimes destroys whole
fields. In a later letter he adds the information that it "often
causes extensive damage in planting of cowpeas, mungo, and
beans." The following description is printed as a name is de-
sired for the species.

Agromyza destructor new species.

Female. — Shining black. Head entirely black, center stripe opaque,
orbits and frontal triangle glossy black, with a bluish tinge. Thorax
and abdomen with a slight tinge of blue. Legs entirely black. Wings
clear, veins black-brown. Halteres black.

Frons slightly over one-third the head-width, sides distinctly converg-
ent anteriorly, the anterior width little more than half the posterior width;
triangle very long and slender, its length about twice its posterior width,
reaching almost to anterior margin of frons; orbital bristles 4 in number,
decreasing slightly in length towards front; orbits narrow, distinctly dif-
ferentiated from center stripe, without distinct hairs; third antenna!
joint small, round; arista bare; cheek short, not over one-sixth the eye-
height, not produced anteriorly, marginal hairs normal. Mesonotum with
2 pairs of dorso-centrals, discal setulae not numerous. Costa to end of
fourth vein; inner cross-vein below end of first, and at two-fifths from
apex of discal "cell; last section of fourth vein about five times as long as
preceding section; last section of fifth about two-thirds as long as pre-
ceding section.

Length, 0.5-0.75 mm.

Type locality: Los Banos, Philippine Islands (C. F. Baker).

94 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

NEW TACHINIDAE FROM NORTH AMERICA.

BY HARRISON E. SMITH.
Bureau of Entomology, Cereal and Forage Insect Investigations.

Following are the descriptions of one new genus and five new
species of Tachinidae taken in the United States, with several
notes upon species belonging to this family heretofore described.

Hypochaeta eudryae, new species.

Length 5 to 7 mm. ; black, bronzy gray pollinose species. Front in
each sex distinctly wider than either eye, frontal vitta varying from
faintly yellowish to golden gray pollinose, about three times as wide
as sides of front. Ocellar bristles reclinate, frontal bristles descending
nearly to the base of the third antennal joint, the sides of the front bear-
ing a few scattered bristly black hairs outside of each frontal row. Eyes
hairy. First two antennal joints yellowish, the third joint from four to
five times as long as the second. Arista thickened on the basal fourth to
one-third, the penultimate joint as broad as long. Sides of face about
one-fifth as wide as the facial depression, bristles on the facial ridges
ascending three-fifths of the distance from the vibrissae to the base of the
antennae. Vibrissae inserted on a level with the front edge of the oral
margin, palpi and tip of probosis yellow.

Dorsum of the thorax bronzy gray pollinose, the vittae indistinct.
Three dorso-central and two sternopleural macrochaetae. Scutellum
bearing a discal pair of macrochaetae, three pairs of marginals and a
longer cruciate apical pair. Tibiate yellowish, the middle tibiae on the
outer side bearing two or more strong bristles near the middle.

Hairs of the abdomen depressed, the second segment bearing a pair of
median discal and marginal macrochaetae, the third segment a discal
pair and a marginal row and the fourth a discal and marginal row.

Wings hyaline, the apical cell ending but little before the extreme
wing tip, the first longitudinal vein bristly almost to the tip, the third
vein bearing two or three bristles at its base. Calypteres whitish.

Described from one male and one female taken at Oswego,
New York, June 11, 1897, one female from the White Mountains
(Morrison) and one female (Holotype) reared from Eudryas
grata, April 12, 1911, from a larva taken at Newton, Mass. All
of the material placed in the collection of the U. S. N. M. from
which it was kindly loaned to me by Mr. Frederick Knab, with
the exception of the holotype which was reared at the Gypsy
Moth Laboratory.

Holotype: Cat. No. 20175 U. S. N. M.

Hypochaeta townsendi, new species.

Differs from //. eudryae as follows: Length 6 to 7 mm. Abdomen coxae,
femora and tibiae reddish yellow, first two joints of the antennae, palpi

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 95

and tip of probosis yellow. Front nearly as wide as either eye, outside of
the frontal row, a row of weaker bristles, the three uppermost simulating
orbital bristles. Frontal vitta, sides of front and the parafacials gray
pollinose, faintly tinged with yellow, as viewed from above. Thorax and
scutellum black, bronzy gray pollinose, thoracic vittae indistinct. Median
abdominal vitta blackish, middle tibiae on the outer side bearing a single
bristle near the middle. Apical cell ending in the costa close to the extreme
wing tip.

Described from a single male specimen taken at Miami, Flor-
ida, October 27th, by Dr. C. H. T. Townsend, after whom the
species is named.

Holotype: Cat. No. 20176 U. S. N. M.

Winthemia okefenokeensis, new species.

Length 8 mm. Black, gray pollinose. Front in male about three-fifths
as wide as either eye, frontal vitta opaque brownish black, wider than
either side of front. Frontal row of bristles descending to base of third
antennal joint, outside of these scattered bristly black hairs. Para-
frontals and sides of face silvery gray pollinose, the bristly hairs on lower
half of parafacials irregularly disposed. Cheeks about one-fifth the eye
height, palpi yellow. The third antennal joint faintly tinged with rufous
at its base, about two and one-fourth times as long as the second.

Thorax black, golden gray pollinose, marked with four broad black vit-
tae. Four postsutural and three sternopleural macrochaetae. Scutel-
lum wholly black, bearing three pairs of long marginal macrochaetae and a
shorter -cruciate apical pair. Discal scutellar bristles present. Legs
black, the hind tibiae ciliate with bristles of equal length, middle tibiae
bearing a single bristle on the outer side near the middle. Front tarsi
greatly dilated, the pulvilli longer than the last tarsal joint.

Sides of the first three abdominal segments and the fourth segment
reddish yellow. Abdominal macrochaetae confined to a marginal row upon
the third and fourth segments. Hairs of abdomen long, depressed. Venter
of the third and fourth segments beset with a distinct patch of long bristly
hairs, on either side of the median.

Base of wings and along the costa to the tip of the first longitudinal
vein tinged with yellowish. Apical cell open, the third longitudinal vein
bearing one or two bristles at its base.

Described from a single male specimen taken in June, 1912, on
Billy's Island, in the Okeefenokee Swamp, Georgia, by Mr. J.
Chester Bradley.

Holotype: Cat, No. 20054 U. S. N. M.

Amobia utahensis, new species.

Length 13 to 14 mm. Silvery gray pnllinose species, head slightly
wider than thorax, front at base of the antennae, as vk-wed from the

96 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

side, projects nearly four-fifths the horizontal diameter of the eye. An-
tennae black, not reaching below the middle of the face, the second and
third joints of nearly equal length. Arista thickened on at least the
basal two-fifths, the penultimate joint as broad as long. Frontal bristles
not descending below the base of antennae, outside of these numerous
bristly black hairs. Eyes bare, sides of front and the parafacials con-
colorous, densely silvery gray pollinose, the sides of face bearing many
irregularly disposed bristly black hairs. Vibrissae inserted far above
the level of the front edge of the oral margin, proboscis short, the palpi black.
Genae a rich velvet reddish brown. Cheeks broad, weir" covered with
bristly black hairs. Facial plate deeply concave, hardly wider than the
sides of face.

Thorax densely gray pollinose, marked with three wide black dorsal
vittae, either side of the wide median vitta an indistinct narrow vitta
which gradually disappears just beyond the transverse suture. Post-
sutural macrochaetae four, sternopleura bearing two strong bristles with
many long bristly hairs between, several of which approximate the true
macrochaetae. Scutellum bearing three pairs of strong marginal and
several discal macrochaetae. Legs including the coxae black, the tarsal
claws elongate.

Abdomen elongate conical, gray pollinose, marked with three rows of
semi-triangular contiguous black spots. First and second abdominal
segments bearing a median marginal pair of macrochaetae, the third a
marginal row and the fourth a marginal row and sub-marginal pair.

Wings hyaline, the third longitudinal vein bearing two or three bristles
at its base, calypteres milky white faintly tinted with yellow along the
borders.

Described from a single male specimen taken in the Logan
Canon, Utah, by Mr. E. P. Hoff. (The date of collection upon
the locality label, pinned beneath the specimen is not plainly
descernible, but is apparently July 4, 1909.)

Holotype: Cat. No. 20055 U. S. N. M.

Parkeriellus, new genus.

Genotype: Parkeriellus flavipalpis new species.

Head wider than the thorax, sides of face on the lower half bare, front. -i
bristles in a single row, descending to the base of the third antennal joint,
frontal vitta opaque brownish black, not as wide as the sides of front.
Ocellar bristles directed forward. Vibrissae cruciate, placed on a level
with the front edge of the oral margin. Facial ridges bristly on the lowest
fourth to one-third. Parafacials less than one-third as wide as the facial
depression. Eyes bearing short scattered hairs, penultimate joint of arista
as broad as long. Cheeks about one-fifth as wide as the eye height. Ab-
domen short conical, bearing discal and marginal macrochaetae. Ovi-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 97

positor broad, nearly one-half as wide as its length, shining black, some-
what sickle shape. (This type of ovipositor is unique in character, and
of a type not previously noted by the writer.) Wings hyaline, the apical
cell ending in the costa but slightly before the extreme wing tip.

Parkeriellus flavipalpis, new species.

Length 7 mm. Front about one and one-fifth times as wide as either
eye. Paraf rentals gray pollinose; as viewed from above, faintly tinged
a golden hue, sides of face, genae and facial depression silvery gray pol-
linose. Antennae black, extending nearly to the oral margin, the third
joint two and one-half times as long as the second, arista thickened nearly
to the middle. Palpi yellow. Two pairs of strong proclinate orbital
bristles in the female, sides of front bearing a few weak scattered hairs
outside of the frontal row.

Thorax and scutellum concolorous, dull bronzy gray pollinose, four
indistinct black vittae, gradually disappearing toward the- posterior
margin. Three postsutural and three sternopleural macrochaetae. Scu-
tellum bearing a discal pair, three pairs of long marginals axid a shorter
cruciate apical pair of macrochaetae. Legs black, the middle tibiae each
bearing a single bristle on the outer side near the middle, hind tibiae
sub-ciliate.

Abdominal segments except the first, grayish pollinose on the basal
two-thirds, the first segment bearing a pair of median marginal macro-
chaetae, the second a discal and marginal pair, the third a discal pair and a
marginal row and the fourth segment a discal pair and a sub-marginal
row. Hairs of abdomen depressed

Posterior end of the hind cross-vein ending nearer to the bend of the
fourth longitudinal vein than to the small cross-vein, the third longitu-
dinal vein bearing two or three bristles at its base.

Described from a female specimen taken at Laurel, Montana,
August 9, 1914, by Dr. R. R. Parker, in honor of whom the generic
name has been proposed.

Holotype: Cat. No. 20053 U. S. N. M.

Neodichocera tridens, Walton.

A male specimen of this species taken on the Gallatin Moun-
tain, Montana, June 30, 1914, by Dr. Ralph R. Parker, thus
adding a new locality record for this most interesting species, but
recently described.

Paradmontia brevis Coq.

I also have two male specimens of this species which were
taken at Laurel, Montana, July 9, 1914, by Dr. R. R. Parker.

98 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Neophorichaeta johnsoni Smith.1

I am under obligations to Dr. C. H. T. Townsend in kindly
calling my attention to the possible synonymy of the above spe-
cies with that of Tricogena setipennis Coq.2 Mr. W. R. Walton
has graciously compared the paratype of N. johnsoni with Coquil-
lett's holotype of setipennis and finds them identical. Coquil-
lett had the female and the specimens from which N. johnsoni
were described were the males. Thus, N. johnsoni becomes a
synonym of Tricogena setipennis Coq.

Twp HUNDRED AND NINETY-SECOND MEETING, FEBRUARY 6,

1916.

The 292nd meeting of the Society was entertained by Dr.
L. O. Howard at the Saengerbund Hall, February 3, 1916. There
were present Messrs. Ainslie, C. N. Ainslie, C. G. Baker, Barber,
Borden, Boving, Busck, Caudell, Craighead, Crawford, Gush-
man, DeGryse, Ely, Fink, Fisher, Gahan, Garner, Greene, Hein-
rick, Heidemann, Howard, Isely, Kewley, Knab, Kotinsky, Mid- .
dleton, Paine, Pierce, Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Schwarz,
Shannon, Simanton, Snyder, Turner, Walton, Webb, and Wood,
members, and H. A. Ingerson and T. D. Urbahns, visitors.

The following program was presented :

A new Interpretation of the Relationships of Temperature and Hu-
midity to Insect Development. By W. Dwight Pierce.3

MORE LIGHT ON MYIOPHASIA.1

(Diptera, Tachinidae.)

BY J. M. ALDRICH.

Cereal and Forage Crop Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology.

After reading with much interest the analysis of this group
published in the September number of the Proceedings (vol.
xvii, pp. 107-114), the thought occurred to me that it might be
possible to get additional information about Wiedemann's Mon-
tevideo specimen, type of aenea and this species the type of Myio-
phasia. I accordingly addressed a letter to the well-known Vienna

1 Psyche, vol. xxii, No. 3.

2 Revis. Tach., p. 130.

3 Withdrawn for publication in Journ. Agr. Research.

4 Published by permission of Chief of Bureau.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916

99

dipterist Friedrich Henclel, asking him to look at the type and
answer certain specific questions about it, also to send sketch of
head profile and wing.

Owing to the absence of Hendel, the latter was answered by
Dr. Zerny, Custodian of Diptera, giving the following information:

Wiedemann's type is a male in pretty poor condition. The
eyes are naked; I enclose a diagrammatic drawing of the head in
profile. The bristling of the abdomen is for the most part lost
by abrasion; but it can be seen that on the first and second seg-
ments macrochaetse are wholly wanting; on the third and fourth
the scars of a row of marginal bristles are present on each. A
sketch of the wing-venation is also enclosed.

The three specimens from Georgia (2cf cf, 1 ) 9 agree perfectly
with the type; the eyes are naked in both sexes, the apical cell
open.

The part of the work of Brauer and Bergenstamm in which
Myiophasia was published, appeared at the latest in November
1891; Myiophasia therefore has priority over Townsend's name,
which was published in December.

The accompanying pencil sketches, copied by me with the
utmost care, are submitted herewith.

Fig. 1. Myiophasia aenea, type,' from sketches by Dr. H. Zerny.

The letter and wing figure appear to settle beyond all further
question that Mr. Townsend's Phasioclista metallica is a synonym
of Myiophasia aenea.

Incidentally, the establishment of this fact has some bearing
on Mr. Townsend's theory that the various forms of Myiophaxni.
are each closely associated with a certain ecological environment.
Aenea, it appears, occurs from Montevideo to Maryland and
Illinois; I have it also from New Bedford, Mass., and Fort Col-
lins, Colo. Townsend recognizes seven principal life zones, of
which this form has been collected in five. Referring to his tabu-
lation (op. cit., p. Ill), it appears that setigera has been collected

100 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

twice, in two zones; setigera oregonensis twice, in two zones;
clistoides twice, in two zones; mesensis once, necessarily in one zone;
sierricola twice, in one zone; robusta once, necessarily in one
zone; ruficornis twice, in two zones; nigrifrons several times,
through a range of five zones; globosa several times, through a
range of five zones. Looking at the facts from this point of
view, one would hesitate to say, "The impress of the environ-
ment is upon each of them."

In discussion of this paper Dr. Townsend presented the fol-
lowing :

NOTE ON MYIOPHASIA AENEA WD.

BY CHARLES H. T. TOWNSEND.

Dr. Aldrich has kindly sent me letter received from Dr. H.
Zerny, of the Vienna Museum, giving certain structural details
of the holotype of this species, together with a drawing show-
ing venation and side view of head. The holotype is a male.
In my synopsis of the Myiophasia group published in the Pro-
ceedings of the Society last year, the characters furnished by
Zerny lead unmistakably to couplet 11, and there agrees with
Phasiodista in the absence of median marginal macrochaetae on
second abdominal segment. But otherwise they agree with
Myiophasia and not with Phasiodista. Males of the form given
as Phasiodista metallica in my synopsis, from the Atlantic coast
region, show the front not produced in profile and the hind cross-
vein normally in middle between small crossvein and bend of
fourth vein. The drawing by Zerny shows the front well pro-
duced and the hind crossvein nearer to bend of fourth vein (20
mm. from small crossvein and 13 mm. from bend), agreeing per-
fectly with males of Myiophasia setigera from the western moun-
tain region (New Mexico).

The information supplied by Zerny is thankfully received, but
does not decide the matter. The lack of bristles on second seg-
ment of Wiedemann's holotype may be abnormal. A good series
of specimens from Montevideo, the holotype locality, as well as
further study of the holotype in connection with same, will be
absolutely necessary to decide the question. In any event, the
characters furnished by Zerny show that aenea Wd. is not con-
specific with metallica Towns., and hence will need a new name,
as it is preoccupied by Tachina aenea Mg. (1824).

In this connection, I note that my original description of
Phasiodista metallica does not agree fully with the specimens of
the form given under that name in the above-mentioned synopsis.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 101

Either there is some variation yet unaccounted for or two forms
have been confused. The holotype of mztallicT, and a series from
the holotype locality must be studied to decide this point.

NOTES ON SOME GENERA OF SYRPHIDAE WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF NEW SPECIES.

BY R. C. SHANNON, Bureau of Entomology.

This paper includes synopses of the genera Chrysogaster and
Caliprobola, the latter genus in this country hitherto included un-
der Brachypalpus. The kind interest and assistance which Dr. Al-
drich and Messrs. Knab, Crawford and Barber have taken in
various ways has had much to do with its preparation. The
material used is from Dr. Aldrich, Mr. Banks, the Biological
Survey and the National Collection.

Genus CHRYSOGASTER Meigen.

The genus Chrysogaster in North America can be divided into
four distinct groups, as is shown below in the table. Verrall,1 in
his British Syrphidae, has a table which separates the British
species into three groups which he designates by their subgeneric
names, but the comparison of these groups with our species shows
intergrading differences and affinities. Although our groups are
distinct, their species are, as a rule, closely allied to each other.

Loew2 has described a species, nigrovittata, which has the third
antennal joint almost three times as long as broad. This species
belongs to the group of which stigmata Will, is typical, as is indi-
cated by the wing venation and color of the legs. The writer
has seen only one species in this group with antennae as long as
Loew described for nigrovittata and this is stigmata (see table).
Specimens now in the National Collection which were determined
by Williston and recorded in his synopsis of the Syrphidae as
nigrovittata are placed by the writer under other species, sinuosa
and p'irva, n. sp. Paul R. Jones' records two females of nigrovittata
from Idaho.4 He states that the antennae are a trifle longer than
indicated in Loew's description.

1 Brit. Flies, VIII, p. 186, 1901.

2 Zeitschr. fur Naturw. XLVIII, No. 14, p. 323, 1876.

3 Ent. News, 18, p. 238, 1907.
4Ent. News, XVIII, p. 238, 1907.

102 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1. At least first two tarsal joints yellow or yellowish red. Antennae

elongate; apical cross vein rectangular or directed slightly inwards;
stigma about as long as distance between the tips of second and

third vein; mesonotum with coppery vittae. (Group 1) 2

Legs entirely dark 5

2. Eyes with several linear markings 3

Eyes with only a faint median transverse stripe 4

3. Vertical markings on eyes very labyrinthine, last section of fourth

vein at the middle with an inward angulation which bears a stump
and terminating beyond tip of the second vein; wings with blackish

markings on the outer cells nitida Wied.

The vertical markings on the eyes fairly regular; last section of fourth
vein without the angulation and stump; wings with spot only at tip
of second vein and sometimes one at tip of fourth vein, .bellula Will.

4. Cross veins with brownish clouds pictipennis Loew.

Wings entirely hyaline pulchella Will.

5. Last section of fourth vein (apical cross vein) recurrent on its distal

half; stigma only about as long as distance between the tips of
second and third veins; antennae not very small, sometimes elon-
gate; a whitish pollinose band extends across face just below anten-
nae, except in stigmata and possibly in nigrovittata, and below this

band the face is rugulose. (Group 2) 6

Last section of fourth vein directed obliquely outward in its distal
portion • 13

6. Third antennal joint approximately three times as long as broad. . 7
Third joint less elongate 8

7. Pile on frons and ocellar triangle black nigrovittata Lw., d"

Pile on frons and ocellar triangle whitish stigmata Will., d"

8. Squamae and halteres darkened 11

Squamae and halteres whitish 9

9. The transverse pollinose band below antennae reduced almost to two

spots at the eye margins; frons black; arista a little shorter than the

antennae • stigmata Will., 9

The pollinose facial band complete and distinct; frons greenish
metallic 10

10. The vittae on the mesonotum very faint, paler than rest of dorsum;

arista a little longer than the antennae; rather large, robust species.

robusta n. sp.

Vittae on mesonotum coppery colored; arista a little shorter than
antennae; small species parva n. sp.

11. Dark, greenish black species; pile on ocellar triangle and frons rather

long and dark pacifica n. sp.

Dark steel blue species with very short whitish pile on frons and ocellar
triangle 12

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 103

12. Entire abdomen unicolorous with thorax and as distinctly punctured.

unicolor n. sp.
Disc of abdomen subopaque sinuosa Bigot.

13. Stigma only about as long as distance between the tips of second and

third veins; frons in the female with nearly parallel sides and with
two slightly rugulose, longitudinal stripes; antennae small; squamae
and halteres pale; disc of abdomen shining. (Group 3). . .lata Lw., 9
The stigma elongate, much longer than the distance between the tips
of the second and third veins; the penultimate section of the fifth
vein a little bowed downwards; a transverse whitish pollinose band
just below the antennae; antennae very small; disc of abdomen
subopaque. (Group 4) 14

14. Frons in the male but little inflated; in the female the width of the

eyes at mouth margin but little greater than at vertex; both sexes

with rather faint vittae on mesonotum; small species. . . .nigripes Lw.

Thorax without vittae; frons of the males much puffed out; larger

species 15

15. Squamae with a darkened tinge; pile on the frons rather long.

inflatifrons n. sp.
Squamae whitish; pile on the frons in male rather short. . texana n. sp.

Chrysogaster stigmata Will.

The description of this species was based upon specimens from
California. Three specimens, two males and one female, from
Moscow, Idaho, sent by Professor Aldrich, agree with the types
except that they are somewhat blacker in color, but this is not a
sufficient difference to separate them. The antennae of the fe-
male are less elongate, the third joint being only a little more
than one and a half times as long as broad; the third joint dif-
fers further from that of the male in being broadly reddish on
the lower margin.

Chrysogaster robusta, new species.

A rather large, robust species for this genus; dark greenish bronze.

Male: Ocellar triangle and frons bronzy green, with conspicuous,
pale brownish pile. Antennae blackish, reddish on under side of third
joint, which is a little longer than broad; arista dark, very minutely
pubescent and but little longer than antennae. Face greenish black,
with short white pile, rather gently excavated, mouth margin reaching
forward as far as antennal prominence; a distinct whitish pollinose band
extending across to the eyes and below this the face is broadly, faintly
rugulose. Thorax with very short, pale brownish pile; mesonotum with
two median, very faint stripes. Disc of abdomen subopaque, shining
at the sides. Hypopygium rather large, with abundant, short, whitish pile.
Wings slightly smoky. Squamae whitish and halteres yellowish. The first

104 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

tarsal joint of the hind legs somewhat swollen. Length, 7.5 mm.; wing
5 mm.

Allot ype Female: Differs from the male as follows: Frons rather smoothly,
transversely rugose, interrupted medianly by a very shallow longitudinal
furrow, the pile short, yellowish brown. Stripes on the mesonotum more
distinct, silvery green. Abdomen nearly as broad as long. Length about
6.5 mm.; wing 5 mm.

Pacific Grove, California, two males and two females, May 9,
1906, wet meadows in woods (J. M. Aldrich).

Type: Cat. No. 20279 U. S. N. M.

This species appears to be closely related to C. stigmata Will.,
but this latter species has elongate antennae, shorter pile on the
frons and the pollinose band below the antennae is represented
by only two silvery spots at the sides.

Chrysogaster parva, new species.

Small, light greenish bronze species.

Male: With whitish, short pile on ocellar triangle and frons, shorter
on the frons. Antennae fulvous, darker on tipper margin, third joint a
little longer than broad, arista dark, a little shorter than antennae and
without perceptible pubescence. Face greenish black, with whitish pol-
linose band below the antennae and beneath this broadly, faintly rugulose;
the pile white, very short and scattered. Thorax with very short brown-
ish pile; mesonotum with four faint copper-colored vittae. The sub-
opaque disc of the abdomen surrounded by shining sides. Hypopygium
large, with inconspicuous, white pile. Wings somewhat smoky. Squa-
mae whitish; halteres yellowish. First tarsal joint of the hind legs not
swollen. Length: 5 mm.; wing about 4 mm.

Allotype Female: Frons greenish black, with transverse rugose ridges,
interrupted medianly by a longitudinal, very shallow depression and with
very short, whitish pile which is longer on ocellar triangle. The vittae
on the mesonotum more distinct than in the male. Abdomen broad and
oval. Length about 5.5 mm.; wing about 4.75 mm.

Colorado, nine females, one male (four of these were placed by
Williston under C. nigrovittata) ; Lake Tahoe, California, one male
and one female; Ormsby, Nevada, one 9 , July 6 (C. F. Baker);
Reno, Nevada, one 9 (H. F. Wickham); Garland, Colorado, a
pair in copulation, June 18.

The four specimens mentioned last are larger than the others.

Type: Cat. No. 20280 U. S. N. M.

The types are labeled only "Colorado."

This species is very closely related to robusta, but is smaller
and much less robust, the pile on the frons is shorter, the arista
shorter and apparently entirely without pubescence, while there

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 105

are four vittae on the thorax instead of two, and these are coppery
colored. The first joint of the male hind tarsi is also noticeably
more slender.

Chrysogaster pacifica, new species.

Large, robust, dark, greenish bronzy black species, the largest of this
group.

Male: Ocellar triangle and frons with rather long blackish hairs.
Frons shining black, noticeably inflated. Antennae reddish brown, third
joint twice as long as broad; arista darker, a little longer than antennae.
Face shining, black, with short whitish pile, not excavated and the mouth
margin but little produced and not reaching as far forward .as antennal
prominence. A whitish pollinose stripe extends across to the eyes just
below the antennae and below this the face is broadly, faintly rugulose.
Thorax with very short, whitish pile. Mesonotum with four da.rk vittae.
Disc of abdomen subopaque. Wings somewhat smoky. Squamae blackish,
the halteres darker. Length 8.5 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Type: Cat. No. 20281 U. S. Nat. Mus.

Described from two males without locality labels but labelled
"Collection Coquillett" and determined by Coquillett as C. nigro-
vittata, which is a Californian species (the different length of
antennae distinguishes it at once from nigrovittata) . Since much
of Coquillett 's early material was from California and since he
determined it as a species described from California, the surmise
that California is the habitat for this species would seem justified.

This species is easily recognized by its large size, rather long,
dark pile on the frons and the straight face with the mouth margin
but slightly produced. It resembles Chryscgaster robusta some-
what in general appearance, but its longer antennae and the
color of the squamae and halteres at once distinguish it.

Ghrysogaster sinuosa Bigot.

Medium sized, dark, steel blue species.

Mule: Frons and ocellar triangle bluish black, with blackish hairs.
Antennae reddish yellow, darker on upper margin, third joint about one
and one-half times as long as broad; arista darkened at the base, yellowish
towards the tip, a little longer than the antennae. Face shining bluish
black, entirely" bare but for a few hairs along the eyes; just below the an-
tennae, a whitish pollinose cross band extends to the eyes, the face faintly
rugulo.se lielow this. Face receding, the mouth margin but little produced.
Thorax with minute whitish pubescence. Mesonotum with four distinct
blackish vittae. Disc of abdomen subopqauc, the rest of the dorsum
shining. Hypopygium prominent, with whitish pile. Wings with a black-
ish tinge. Squamae and halteres blackish. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5 mm.

Female: Frons with very short pile, longer on the vortex, with the

106 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

transverse rugosity interrupted down the middle. The frons widens rather
gradually toward the antennae. Wings, squamae and halteres paler than
in the male.

Four males and two females: "Washington Territory;" Seattle,
Washington, May 22, 1897; Moscow, Idaho, June 2, 1908 (J.
M. Aldrich); Moscow Mountain, Idaho (J. M. Aldrich); Oregon,
(Koebele) ; Mono Lake, California, July 23, 1911 (J. M. Aldrich).

The specimens, now in the National Collection, four from Colo-
rado and one from Washington Territory, which Williston re-
corded as nigrovittata Loew in his "Synopsis of North American
Syrphidae" do not fit the description that Loew gave for the
length of the third antennal joint. The four specimens he had
from Colorado now form part of the material of C. parva, a new
species described in this paper; his other specimen, from Wash-
ington Territory, except for a few minor points, fits the descrip-
tion of Bigot's C. sinuosa, which Williston had placed as a syn-
onym of C. stigmata.

C. sinuosa may be recognized by its dark steel blue color, the
fulvous antennae, darkened squamae, halteres and wings, and the
microscopic pubescence on the body. The third antennal joint
varies somewhat in size in the male. In the Oregon specimen it
is a little longer than in the others, while in the specimen from
Moscow Mountain, Idaho, it is nearly as broad as long.

Chrysogaster unicolor, new species.

Medium sized, dark steel blue species; the entire dorsum of the abdomen
unicolorous with the thorax.

Female: Frons shining, bluish black, with the transverse ridges more
broadly separated and the longitudinal, median dividing ridge broader
than in the other species of this group; pile short and pale. Antennae
elongate, first and second joints darkened, third reddish brown, darker
on the upper margin and about two and one-half times as long as broad;
arista darkened at the base, becoming lighter towards the tip. Face dark
steel blue., with a pollinose, whitish band extending across to the eyes
just below the antennae and below this broadly, faintly rugulose; a tubercle
or swelling on each side of the face below near the eyes. Thorax with mi-
croscopic pile; mesonotum with four blackish vittae, the outer ones very
faint. Abdomen entirely dark steel blue, the same as the thorax. Wings,
squamae and halteres darkened. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5.25 mm.

Two females from Ormsby County, Nevada (type locality) , July
6 (C. F. Baker); Reno, Nevada (H. F. Wickham).

Type: Cat. No. 20282 U. S. N. M.

This is the only species of this group in which the disc of the
abdomen is not subopaque, but unicolorous with the mesonotum.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 107

Chrysogaster nigripes Loew.

Rather small, dark species. The apical cross vein is bent inward
to join the third vein. Stigma much longer than the distance from the
tip of the second vein to tip of the third. Legs entirely black.

Male: Ocellar triangle raised and with rather short black pile. Frons
but little inflated, shining bluish-greenish black, the pile black, longer
than on the ocellar triangle. Antennae quite small, third joint ovate,
yellowish brown, the arista darker. Below the antennae a transverse
whitish pollinose band extends to the eyes. Face colored as the frons,
with a small tubercle. Thorax velvet black with numerous irregular me-
tallic greenish spots enclosing punctures, more or less confluent at the
sides, and a pair of rather ill-defined stripes of the same color on the
dorsum midway of the middle and the sides; pile short and rather dense,
blackish. Scutellum concolorous with mesonotal punctures. Dorsum of
abdomen opaque, the sides shining, dark metallic green. Wings with a
distinct blackish tinge. Squamae and halteres darkened. Length: about
6 mm.; wing about 4.5 mm.

Female: More bluish or greenish than the males, immature specimens
purplish. The pile everywhere shorter, being hardly noticeable. Frons
transversely rugose, interrupted at the middle by a longitudinal ridge,
above the antennae smoothed, with depression in the middle and some-
what produced forward. The eye margins but little wider below than at
vertex. Antennae noticeably larger than in the male, yellow, somewhat
darkened. Below the antennae a whitish, pollinose band extends across
to the eyes. Mesonotum and scutellum dark metallic blue, unspotted and
without stripes. Wings a little clearer, in immature specimens hyaline,
and the squamae paler than in the male. Length: about 5.5 mm.; wing
about 4.5 mm.

Specimens from Ontario, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachu-
setts, Connecticut, New York, Maryland, Virginia, North Caro-.
lina, Georgia.

Chrysogaster inflatifrons, new species.

Large species, color dark greenish black. The apical cross vein not
recurrent, stigma much longer than the distance between the tips of the
third and fourth vein. Legs entirely black.

Male: Ocellar triangle prominent, with black pile. The frons well
puffed out, shining, with rather long, black hairs. Antennae reddish yel-
low, the arista blackish; third joint ovate, nearly as broad as long. Be-
low the antennae a whitish pollinose band extends across to the eyes.
Face with large rugulose spots on the sides above and with a small tubercle.
Mesonotum velvety black and with many punctures which are enclosed by
metallic greenish spots and with dense, short, blackish pile; scutellum
unicolorous with the spots on thorax. Dorsum of abdomen subopaque,

108 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

the sides shining, dark greenish black. Wings and squamae slightly
blackish, the halteres darker. Length: about 8 mm.; wing about 6 mm.

North Carolina, four males (Morrison).

Type: Cat. No. 20283 U. S. N. M.

This species is closely related to C. nigripes. The larger size,
the greater swelling of the frons in the male, which also has no-
ticeably longer pile, the longer pile on the thorax and scutellum
and the absence of the stripes on the mesonotum distinguish it
from nigripes. The antennae are also larger.

Chrysogaster texana, new species.

Male: Bright steely blue. Ocellar triangle prominent, with black
pile. Frons well puffed out, highly polished, steel blue, with rather
short black pile. Antennae yellowish, the third joint darkened above,
ovate, nearly as broad as long, arista blackish. A whitish pollinose band
below the antennae extends to the eyes. Face with arcuate rugulose spots
directed toward the antennae and with rather poorly defined tubercle.
Thorax with short dark pile; mesonotum without stripes. Dorsum of
abdomen subopaque, the sides bright steel blue. Legs entirely dark.
Wings hyaline; squamae whitish; halteres dark. Length: 6.5 mm.; wing
6 mm.

Female: Shining, metallic blue. Frons transversely rugose, with a
longitudinal ridge down the middle, above the antennae smooth and pro-
duced forward. Antennae reddish, arista blackish. Below the antennae
a rather broad band extends across to the eyes; margin of the eyes notice-
ably wider below than at vertex. Thorax shining metallic blue, with very
short pile, the mesonotum without vittae. Wings hyaline; squamae
tinged very slightly; halteres dark. Length: 7 mm.; wing 5.5 mm.

Willis, Texas, one male and one female.

Type: Cat. No. 20284 U. S. N. M.

This species is separated from C. nigripes by the absence of
the vittae on the mesonotum and the pale wings and squamae;
the male differs in the greater inflation of the frons, the female
by the eyes more widely separated below.

Genus CALIPROBOLA Rondani.

Brachypalpus pulcher and sorosis were described by Williston
in his Synopsis of the Syrphidae in the genus Brachypalpus,
although, in his table of species he separated them off under a
subgenus, Caliprobola, a genus which Rondani1 established in
1844 for Milesia speciosa. Verrall2 in his British Syrphidae re-

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologn. (ser. 2) II, p. 455.

2 Brit. Flies, VIII, p. 627, fig. 430.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 109

describes this genus and species, detailing characters which he
considers distinguish it from the closely allied genera Cytt'irrhina,
Milesia, Spilomyia, and Temnostoma. Pulcher and sorosis must
be referred to Caliprobola, since they agree in all generic charac-
ters except that they possess small spines on the lower margin of
the hind femora; the absence of these spines or bristle-; Verrall
claims to be an essential character for the typical European
species. Verrall states that the subgenus which Williston
used in his table is not the true Caliprobola, as it has bristles
present on the hind femora. But even C. speciosn has "tiny
bristles beneath the hind femora," as is stated by Yerrall him-
self in his description of this species. The material before me
tends to show that this is a specific rather than a generic char-
acter. C. aldrichi, new species, has the spines very minute, in
this respect agreeing closely with C. speciosa. A character
seemingly of more importance is the brilliant bronze aeneous color
of the abdomen which is similar to our Chrysochlamys croesus
O.S., and even more so to CaU/c.'m aenea Fabr. of Europe. At
the present time the catalogues list only two species under this
genus; speciosa from Europe and cimbiciformis Portsch, from
Siberia. Sack has described a species C.aurea from Transcaspia
(Beil. Progr. Gymn. Wohler, vol. 42, p. 28, 1910).
Brachijpalpus and Caliprobola may be distinguished as follows:

Head noticeably triangular shaped, face entirely dark, abdomen dark,
thorax with longitudinal vittae, hind femora with1 short bristles
behnv Brachiii)nli>nx

Head not not iceably triangular shaped, face largely yellow, abdomen
bright aeneous with opaque cross bands; thorax without vittae,2
hind femora with .short bristles beneath, sometimes very small

< '<i!i pruhola.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1. Dorsum of thorax dull black, with nearly all black pile; female without

opaque cross bands on fourth abdominal segment :i 2

Dorsum of thorax brassy aeneous, with pile all yellow; female wit h
opaque cross band on fourth abdominal segment 4

2. A deep infuscation on anterior border of wing which extends into the

first and second basal cells; anterior cross-vein joins the middle of
discal cell; firsl abdominal segment entirely aeneous except for an
opaque spot on anterior margin 3

/ In Williston's table, the true nnifli</i>ul />ns are said not <<> have short

bristles below.

-With proper reflection two median ones are scarcely perceptible on
individual specimens.

3 One 9 specimen of pulcher has a faint band.

110 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Wings slightly infuscated, first and second basal cells hyaline; anterior
cross-vein very oblique, joining discal cell noticeably beyond the
middle; first abdominal segment opaque, its anterior angles aeneous

pulcher Will.

3. Abdomen bright metallic green, meso-pleurae with black hairs inter-

mixed with the yellow pile; hind tibiae of female nearly as thick as

hind femora opacus n. sp.

Abdomen shining bronze; meso-pleurae with only yellow pile; hind
femora of female noticeably thicker than tibiae aldrichi n. sp.

4. Legs almost entirely yellow, sometimes a reddish brown and on fe-

mora; only the tips of tarsi blackish; anterior cross-vein joins discal

cell at middle sorosis Will.

All the femora blackish, yellowish at tips and bases; cross-vein joins
discal cell a short distance beyond middle crawfordi n. sp.

Caliprobola pulcher Will.1

Head distinctly broader than high. Frons in male yellow, with mi-
croscopic pubescence which is longer along the eyes. Arista dark, more
than twice the length of antennae, and with minute pubescence along
entire length. Frons in female black with yellowish, pollinose sides and
short fuscous pile. Wings hyaline, darkened somewhat along veins.
Length: Male 14-17 mm., wing 11-13 mm.; female 13 mm., wing 11 mm.

Five males and two females: "Washington Territory" (type
specimen) ; Mt. Hood, Ore., d" and 9 . The following is material
loaned by Mr. Banks: Marys Peak, Ore., July 18, 1914 (L. G.
Centner), Pamelia, about 3000 ft, alt., Mt. Jefferson, July 27,
1907, and Mt. Jefferson, July 15, 1907 (J. C. BridwcU Coll.) :
Corvallis, Ore., Sept. 20, 1914 (A. F. Barss Coll.). This last
specimen is the female which unlike the others of this sex has a
narrow, interrupted opaque band on the fourth abdominal seg-
ment. The band on this segment is characteristic of the females
of sorosis and its ally crawford: but not of pulcher and its allies,
aldrichi and opacus. The antennae are missing in this specimen
but it agrees otherwise with C. pulcher female.

Caliprobola opacus, new species.

Rather slender, with head but little broader than high; dorsurn of thorax
entirely subopaque black; abdomen bright metallic green with several
opaque cross-bands; wings strongly infuscated anteriorly.

Male: Frons reddish brown, silvery pollinose along sides; no pile.
Antennae reddish yellow; third joint broader than long, darkens I an-
teriorly; arista brownish, less than twice the length of antennae. Ocellar
triangle black and with blackish pile. Pile of thorax deep brown, yellow

1 Syn. Syr., U. S.N.M. Bull. 31, 1886, p. 223, pi. X, fig. 9a, b, c.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 111

along posterior margin of scutellum and on post-alar calli. Abdomen
bright metallic green; second segment with two opaque black cross-bands,
the first one on the anterior margin; third segment similarly ornamented,
but with the second opaque band very narrow; fourth segment entirely
metallic green, longer than broad. Femora of the front and middle legs
brownish black exteriorly, reddish brown on inner sides, yellow at bases
and tips; hind femora blackish on more than basal half, yellow distally.
All the tibiae and first three joints of tarsi yellow, the other tarsal joints
black. Length : Body about 15 mm. ; wing 10 mm.

Female: Frons aeneous black, reddish brown above antennae, with very
narrow whitish pollinose stripes along eyes and with a flat surface, not
depressed. Legs as in male, except that hind femora are yellow at base;
hind tibiae, except at base, nearly as thick as femora. Scutellum with
almost entirely black pile. Length about 12 mm.; wing 11 mm.

Kanaka Bay, San Juan Islands, Washington, one male, type,
May 31, 1906 (J. M. Aldrich); Ft. Wrangel, Alaska, one female
allotype (Wickham).

Type: Cat. No. 20287 U. S. N. M.

Caliprobola aldrichi, new species.

Very similar to opacus but more robust, head obviously broader than
high; abdomen brilliant bronze, with the pile more golden.

Female: Frons depressed, dull aeneous black, somewhat reddish above
antennae, with dark brown pile and very narrow whitish pollinose stripes
along eyes. Dorsum of thorax sub-shining black, with dark brown pile;
meso-pleurae with rather long golden pile; posterior margin of scutellum
and post-alar calli with yellow pile. Abdomen banded similarly to opacus.
Fore femora dark on outer side, yellow on inner side; middle femora al-
most entirely yellow; hind femora yellow, a dark band around the middle;
the rest of legs yellow, except the last two joints of all the tarsi. Wings
infuscated anteriorly, darkest along the veins. Length: Body about 12-
14 mm., wing 11-12 mm.

Described from three females: Mt. Rainier, Washington, above
Longmires, 5000 ft,, Aug. 3, 1905 (J. M. Aldrich).

Type: Cat. No. 20288 U. S. N. M.

I have great pleasure in naming this species in honor of Pro-
fessor J. M. Aldrich, who very generously sent me certain new
species of Syrphidae in order that I might describe .them.

Caliprobola sorosis Will.

Williston described this species only from the male; characters
for the female follows:

Female: Frons dull darkaeneous, yellowish above antennae, with whitish
pollinose stripes along the eyes and with short brownish yellow pile.

112 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Color of the legs, thorax, abdomen, and pile as in the male. Wings also
the same. Fourth abdominal segment with a narrow, interrupted cross-
band. Length: Body about 11.5 mm., wing 9.5 mm.

Mr. Banks has loaned me a male and female; on the latter the
above description of the female is based. Southern Pines, N. C.,
March 29, 1910 (A. H. Manee). The male is smaller and some-
what darker than the type specimen.

Galiprobola crawfordi, new species.

All the femora blackish, yellowish at tips and bases; the cross-vein
joins the discal cell beyond the middle.

Male: Frons reddish brown or yellowish, silvery pollinose along sides.
Antennae and arista reddish yellow; third joint nearly quadrate. Meso-
notum and scutellum shining metallic bronze, with abundant yellow pile ;
meso-pleurae and sternopleurae same as dorsum of thorax, the other parts
of the pleurae black and bare. Dorsum of abdomen the same color as dorsum
of thorax, with opaque bands; second segment with two opaque bands, the
first on anterior margin; third segment similar to the second; fourth
entirely aeneous. Fore and middle femora entirely black except tips;
hind femora black, yellow at tips and bases. Tibiae and first two tarsal
joints of the front and middle legs yellow, the other tarsal joints blackish.
Tibiae of hind legs reddish yellow with a little black; first two tarsal joints
yellowish, the rest blackish. Wings infuscated, quite pale posteriorly.
Anterior cross-veins joins discal cell a short distance beyond the middle.
Length: Body about 11.5-13 mm.; wing 10-11 mm.

Female: Frons blackish, reddish brown above antennae, and with short
yellowish pile. Second and third abdominal segments banded as in male;
fourth segment with a band on anterior margin, partly concealed by the
overlapping of the third segment, and with a narrow interrupted band
across the middle. Coxae of all the legs black, trochanters reddish yellow;
bases and tips of femora of the front and middle legs yellow, the rest
blackish. Femora of hind legs largely reddish brown, tibiae reddish yel-
low; the tarsal joints darkening posteriorly. Wings as in the male.
Length: 11 mm.; wing 10 mm.

Seattle, Washington, May 15, 1898 (Male type, female allo-
type, J. M. Aldrich).

Type: Cat. No. 20289 U. S. N. M.

Described from six specimens; paratypes from Potlatch, Idaho,
June 20, 1907, J. M. Aldrich Coll: and one specimen "Washington
Territory." (This latter specimen was part of Williston's type
material of Brachypalpus pulcher.)

This species is closely allied to Caliprobola sorosis Will. Ad-
ditional characters that should aid in distinguishing them are as
follows: In sorosis the spiracle below the humerus is surrounded

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 113

by short bright yellow pile, the wing bases are a deep yellow, the
wing roots are reddish brown with short, yellow bristles and the
base of the costa has short, bright yellow bristles.

In crawfordi the spiracle below the humerus is surrounded by
short, brown pile, the wing bases are brownish yellow, the wing
roots blackish, with short, black bristles and the bristles on the
base of the costa are black and yellow.

Mr. Crawford has helped me considerably in working up the
material of this group and it is with great pleasure that I name
this species in his honor.

Besides the above specimens the National Collection contains the
following specimens of doubtful specific position:- One female speci-
men from Lake Co., Cal., (D. W. Coquillett Coll.), which differs in
having the frons yellow above the antennae, the pile on thorax and
abdomen more golden and the wings lighter at base; another
female from Kaslo, B. C., June 12, (R. P. Currie Coll ) differs in
having the third antennal joint obviously broader than long; the
anterior cross vein joins the discal cell at the middle and the hind
femora are almost entirely yellowish red.

A REVIEW OF NORTH AMERICAN TORTOISE BEETLES.

(Chrysomelidae; Cassidinae.)
BY H. S. BARBER, Bureau of Entomology.

The writer recently rearranged the National Collection of North
American species of cassidids according to the catalogue of this
group by Spaeth 1914 (Junk's Coleopt. Catal., pt. 62) and was
much surprised at the result, for the six genera and twenty spe-
cies of the Henshaw list and supplement have now become six-
teen genera and twenty-eight species with several additional sub-
species, varieties and aberrations. Of our fauna as here treated
five genera and eleven species are tropical, entering our south-
ern limits at only one or two points, while two or three European
species are reported to have become established; a few of the
species listed below do not deserve continued space in our lists.
Only seven of our species appear to be known exclusively from
the United States and we have no genus peculiar to our fauna.

For our few species we have heretofore gotten along very well
with but few genera. Yet when our forms, which are in reality
only the northern fringe of a great tropical fauna, are studied in
connection with their closest relatives of other regions, finer
generic distinctions are demanded and new generic terms are forced
upon the unwilling local collectors. Our own systematic litera-
ture is, as might be expected, comparatively meager and it is

114 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

necessary for the student to consult foreign works which are
available in but few entomological centers in America. The
principal American papers are, Riley 1870 (2nd Ann. Rep. Nox.
Ins. Missouri, pp. 56-64) who mentions eight species in five genera
illustrating adults, pupae, larvae and an egg; Crotch 1873 (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1873, pp. 76-79) who treats eighteen species
in five genera; and Blatchley 1910 (Coleop. of Indiana, pp.
1228-1233) who tabulates twelve species in four genera as
occurring in his state.

Our ignorance of our fauna is perhaps most apparent when one
spots the exact locality records of specimens before him on a
base map, and begins to wonder at the enormous areas in which a
certain species (or its close relatives) probably occurs but from
which no material is available. No satisfactory way of indicat-
ing the overlapping distribution of a number of forms on a single
map has been devised, but three maps are here introduced, from
which it is hoped the reader may, with a little study, get a clearer
idea of the distribution of most of the species than by much read-
ing of locality records. A short explanation of their preparation
is perhaps necessary to avoid mistaken deductions. Each lo-
cality has been found by the use of an atlas and spotted on the
base map, numbering the spot according to the numerical posi-
tion of the species in the appended list, circles being used to indi-
cate inexact records such as state labels or localities which could
not be exactly located. All spots bearing a certain number are
then connected by straight lines to some central point where the
number may be conspicuous, but the placing of these centers
must be well considered to prevent their systems becoming too
complex, and the reader must be warned against considering
them as centers of dispersal. There is a limit to the possibilities
of this, as of other methods, and to avoid confusion in the maps
here given, certain of the common, widely-distributed species
(Cassida bivittata, Chirida guttata and Metriona bicolor) have
been omitted. To use the map the number assigned in this paper
to the species sought for should be found, from Avhich the radiat-
ing straight lines lead to all its localities as represented by speci-
mens before the writer, localities mentioned in the literature
being only rarely added.

The writer's specific concept is quite conservative, and as this
has gradually come to be regarded as almost a term of reproach it
may be pertinent to review our fundamentals. He regards sys-
tematics and nomenclature as a means and not an object, the suc-
cess and only reasonable purpose of either being their usefulness
to other students in any part of the world. Nomenclature is
supposed to furnish the means of cataloging and correlating the
biological or economic observations that .are made by all work-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE V.

Locality records of Tortoise Beetles (Cassidinse) in National
Collection (for species numbers see pages 118 to 125.)

115

116 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ers, and systematics supplies the means of identification of the
objects upon which the observations have been made. Both are
merely helps towards our understanding of the living forms, but
most systematists seem to forget this and work as though the
ultimate acceptance of their ideas would depend only on
their particular, preserved specimens. A species, in the writer's
opinion, is composed of a vast number of living ^ individuals re-
producing their kind from generation to generation, usually dis-
tributed over a rather large area and tending to differ more or less
in the extremes of its range, according to environmental differ-
ences and to the migratory habits of its individuals before ovi-
position. An infinitesimally small sample of a species is pre-
served in all the collections in the world, and under existing
conditions, no systematist can study very much of this sample.

It is probable that the confusion of forms mentioned below
under Metriona bicolor is the direct result of the early descrip-
tion as distinct species of insufficient samples from widely sepa-
rated local races, which not only blend in intermediate localities
but attain greater divergence in localities then unknown. The
only solution of such cases may be through such field studies and
breeding projects as have been undertaken by Tower on Lepti no-
tar sa.

Until material many times greater than that now available
is at hand and is accompanied by biological data and specimens
of immature stages, the writer thinks it unwise to argue about the
specific, subspecific, varietal or aberrational status of the forms
in such composite species as Chelymorpha cassidea, Physonota
unipunctata, Jonthonota nigripes or Metriona bicolor. According
to the standards of many workers he would probably be justified
in proposing a dozen or two new names for forms that differ
more or less in habitus, and further data on them might or might
not justify this course but he prefers to await justification of
such procedure than to anticipate it. The temptation to as-
sume that our material comes from isolated colonies which there-
fore represent "species," "subspecies," "incipient species" "va-
rieties" or whatever we are in the habit of calling them, is very
great, and it may seem a duty to propose new names for them if
possible. But when some other student of the group, wlu.x1
locality records would fall in regions intermediate to the spots
on our map, tries to apply such subdivision to his material, he
is apt to experience serious trouble in deciding the affinities of
his forms. The writer believes that most species are composites
of separable units but that the piecemeal segregation of some of
these units as "species" of the same rank as the original composite,
complicates rather than simplifies future work. Usable subdi-
vision of a recognized compound unit can only be done from a

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 117

very extensive study of a series of specimens from each of a large
number of localities well distributed throughout its entire range.

The adoption of the recent generic combinations will be quite
confusing at first and to aid American students who may have to
use these names, a list of the species in their new form is appended.
One generic name at least is improperly applied in Spaeth's
catalogue and must be used in a different sense. Deloyala Red-
tenbacher 1858 (a subgenus of Cassida) is preoccupied by Chevro-
lat 1834 (Dejean Cat., p. 371 and "3rd ed." 1837, p. 395) who
prepared the Chrysomelidae in the Dejean Catalogue and the
species listed under this name in the earlier work include the
names since designated as the types of at least three subsequent
genera (Aspidomorpha Hope 1840, Chirida Chapuis 1875, and
Metriona Weise 1896), the suppression of any one of which, would
surely be resented by some. The best solution of the difficulty
is to designate clavata Fabr. as type of Deloyola Chev., and leave
the suppression of Metriona Weise, the last segregate (under
which this species has been listed) to the judgment of others.

The genera established by Chevrolat 1834 in the Dejean Cata-
logue, seem to be entirely disregarded by Spaeth and their resur-
rection will cause increased annoyance the longer it is postponed.

The writer also objects strongly to the omission of one of our
best-known and oldest specific names through what appearsto
be very faulty nomenclatorial selections. Cassida guttata Olivier
1790 (Enc. Meth. Ins. vol. 5, pp. 383-384) does not appear in
Spaeth's catalogue except as we recognize it under the name
Chirida signifera Herbst 1799, among whose synonyms we find
"guttata Boh. — 1855 — (nee. 01. 0-" After a long search the writer
believes he has found the reason for this omission to be that many
workers have considered the species as founded in Olivier's second
great work, 1808 (Ent., vol. 6, p. 956) which is antedated by
Herbst's name. Champion 1894 (Biol. Cent.-Amer. Colcop.,
vol. 6, pt. 2, p. 195) believed he had Olivier's two original examples
in the Banks cabinet (mentioned in 1808 work) and identified one
with the Mexican Coptocycla extensa Boh. and the other with the
oriental sexguttata Boisd. 1835, designating the latter specimen as
the true guttata Ol. Spaeth 1903 (Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., vol. 1,
p. 122) vigorously objects to Champion's findings for what seems
to the writer to be untenable reasons, and says the name should be
dropped "as a mixed name" (als Mischname). Apparently it is
for this reason that he has omitted it in his catalogue in 1914.
Unfortunately, neither of these authorities allude to Olivier's
1790 description, where no mention of the Hanks cabinet is made
and where the locality is given as North America instead of
Tropical America as in his 1808 work.

Hoping to settle the question with some degree of finality the

118 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

writer sent specimens of our species to Mr. Lesne of the National
Museum in Paris, explaining the above conditions, but in spite of
his careful research he failed to find the original Olivier type. It
may be preserved elsewhere but there is little chance that it is
other than our common mottled tortoise-beetle. Mr. Lesne
found a specimen however, received at the Paris Museum in 1798
which is labelled "C. guttata Oliv." in an ancient handwriting not
that of Olivier, and which he believes was probably determined
by comparison with the type. This specimen was collected in
Saint-Thomas W.I. by Mauge about 1797 and agrees well with a
South Carolina specimen sent to Mr. Lesne for comparison, ex-
cept in the size of the yellow spots. The writer believes there-
fore, that we must readopt guttata Oliv. and suppress signifera
Hbst.

The economic literature contains much information about these
beetles but has been, for the most part, neglected in preparing this
paper. Those interested can find many references in the various
parts of the Bibliography of Economic Entomology published by
the Department of Agriculture, but as usual, care must be used in
accepting the determinations.

The species reported from America north of Mexico are as fol-
lows, but certain of them should be dropped from our lists :

1. Porphyraspis cyanea (Say) occurs in Florida and Georgia.
As the species develops exclusively upon palmetto, the locality
Kentucky cited by Spaeth must be incorrect. Larvae found by
Hubbard and Schwarz in May 1875 differ but little from the
figures of the two species of this genus by Candeze 1861, and
Olliff 1884.

2. Mesomphalia ephippium (Licht), described from North
America is believed to have been wrongly labelled (cf . Melsheimer
Cat. 1853, p. 119) and has justly been omitted from our lists
since 1853.

3. Mesomphalia chevrolati Boh. has appeared in our lists
since Crotch 1874 and the only basis the writer has found for its
inclusion is the allusions to the genus by Crotch 1873 (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. PhiL, 1873, p. 76) and by Le Conte and Horn 1883
(Class. Coleop. N. A., p. 356). In the Spaeth catalogue the name
appears as Pseudomesomphaliapunicea var. chevrolati Boh. Noth-
ing in its recorded distribution seems to warrant its continued
appearance in our lists.

4. Hilarocassis exclamationis (Linn.) of the tropics from
Brazil to the West Indies and Mexico is reported by Horn 1894
(Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), vol. 4, p. 344) from El Chinche, Lower Cali-
fornia.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 119

5. Chelymorpha cassidea (Fabr.) is considered a composite
of a number of local races, four of which (lewisi Cr., phytophagica
Cr.l7-punctata Say and geniculata'Boh.) are indicated in the Spaeth
catalogue and occurs from Canada to Cuba and west to Winnipeg,
Washington, Utah and Arizona. As is to be expected the forms
differ in the extremes of their ranges, but probably no collection
contains representative series from enough intermediate locali-
ties to justify a statement of their relationship. Many food
plants have been named for this beetle and its larvae: milkweed
(Riley 1870, 2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 58), wild morning-glory,
raspberry, cabbage, plantain and corn (Lintner 1887, Cultivator
and Country Gentl., vol. 52, p. 673), sweet potato, milkweed and
wild morning-glory (Chittenden 1897, U. S. Dept. Agri. Div. Ins.,
Bull. 9 n. s., p. 23), strawberry vines (Webster and Mally 1898,
U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ins., Bull. 17, n. s., p. 99), Solanum (Fall
and Cockerell 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, p. 200),
"Convolvulus," "Asclepias" and sometimes raspberries (Chitten-
den 1910 in Smith's List Insects of New Jersey, Rep. N. J. State
Mus. 1909, p. 356) but Mr. Knab tells me he believes that the
only native host-plant is wild morning-glory, and explains the
other records by the habit displayed by the full fed larva of mi-
grating to other plants for pupation. Subspecies geniculata Boh.
has been taken abundantly on a coarse convolvulaceous plant,
Ipomoea biloba, at Marathon Key and Key West, Fla., by Knab,
who informs me also, that the larvae differ from those of the
Massachusetts form. Knab 1909 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol.
11, p. 152) mentions the color changes between hibernating and
sexually mature adults and alludes to a pale race found at
Winnipeg.

6. Eurypepla jamaicensis (Linn.) was recorded by Schwarz
1904 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 6, p. 7) as established at Key
West, Fla. where it lived, as Boheman has already recorded, on
the leaves of the "geiger tree," Cordia sebestana; and Dr. Chit-
tenden has just received a specimen found on the same species of
tree by S. H. Richmond at Cutler, Fla., July 1, 1915. E. brevi-
lineata Boh. from Yucatan may not be distinct from this species.

7. Physonota alutacea Boh. is reported to range from Vene-
zuela to our southern boundary. Horn 1884 (Cal. Acad. Sci. (2),
vol. 4, p. 344) has reported var. cyrtodes Boh. from El Taste, Lower
Cal. and Mr. Schaeffer has taken it in July at Brownsville, Tex.
on Cordia boissieri and has kindly deposited an adult and two
larvae in the National Collection.

8. Physonota unipunctata (Say) is variable, probably divis-
able into a number of more or less distinct forms which may be
restricted to certain food-plants, but is distributed from Montreal
and North Carolina to Montana and Arizona. The National

120 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Collection contains, among other specimens, a series of a small
form from Pine Ridge, Nebr. received from Prof. Bruner as feed-
ing on Monarda, and two specimens of a large form, doubtfully
belonging to this species, taken on Gaertneria xanthocarpa in the
Santa Catalina Mts., Ariz, by Pierce. A specimen labelled
Tucson, Ariz., sent me under the name picticollis Boh. by Mr.
Schaeffer differs slightly in form from the two latter specimens
although it is undoubtedly the same species, but all differ in
habitus from a Guatemalan specimen of picticollis received from
the Biologia collection. Popenoe 1877 (Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci.,
vol. 5, p. 36) records it on Vernonia while Walsh and Riley 1879
(Amer. Ent., vol. 2, p. 4) state that its larvae feed on Sonchus.
Hamilton 1884 (Can. Ent., vol. 16, pp. 134-5) reports a form
breeding on a mint Monarda fistulosa, at Allegheny, Pa. (which
seems to be different from the Pine Ridge form on Monarda)
and cities Randall's and Walsh and Riley's forms as breeding on
Helianthus. Caulfield 1884, 1886 and 1887 (Can. Ent., vol. 16,
p. 227; vol. 18, pp. 40-45; and vol. 19, pp. 73-76) gives three
accounts of a form on Helianthus decapetalus near Montreal, and
Hamilton 1886 (Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 113) insists on the distinct-
ness of unipunctata and 5-punctata. Knab 1909 (Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., vol. 11, p. 151) reviews Caulfield's notes in regard to
nuptial colors.

9. Cassida nebulosa. This European species is said to be de-
structive to cultivated beets and if the three records cited below
are correct, it is strange that it has not received more attention
in our literature. Horn 1894 (Ent. News, vol. 5, p. 146) records
its capture by Bolter near the Santa Ana River in Southern
California and Schaeffer 1901 and 1902 (Proc. X. Y. Ent. Soc.,
vol. 9, p. 94, and vol. 10, p. 170) mentions its occurrence at
Suffern, N. Y.1

10. Cassida rubiginosa Mull. The extensive synonymy in
this genus has made recognition of forms by name very uncertain
and our records of the capture of this species in America are mostly
under the specific names viridis and thoracica. Three citations to
its occurrence on burdock at Levis, Quebec are as follows: Fyles
1902 (Can. Ent,, vol. 34, pp. 273-4), Roy 1902 (Nat, Can., vol.
29, pp. 145-149, figs. 1-6) and Fyles 1903 (Nat, Can., vol. 30,
p. 22). Schaeffer 1903 and 1904 (Journ. N. Y. Ent, Soc., vol.
11, p. 113; vol. 12, p. 60 and p. 258) has mentioned the species
on three occasions, on the last of which he gave the above name
for the insect on the authority of Weise.

1 These latter notes may, however, have been based upon the specimen
herein mentioned under the name Cassida flaveola.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 121

11. Cassida sp. (possibly panzeri? — Schwarz determ.)- A
single specimen somewhat resembling the last species is in the
National Collection labelled "Victoria Tex. May 19, 1907 J. D.
Mitchell" and the determination is given with much doubt.
It is doubtless introduced and is not known to be established.

12. Cassida flaveola Thunb. Six American specimens of what
appear to be this European species are before the writer from the
following sources: Rigaud, Quebec, May 24, 1902, Chagnon (in
National Collection from F. Knab) Suffern, N. Y.1 (Schaeffer
Collection), Beaver Dam, Wis., Apr. 20, 1896 and Apr. 9, 1911,
Snyder (the latter in the Dury Collection and the former in the
National Collection), Duluth, Minn. (Fall Collection), and Mora,
Minn., June 27, 1907 ,Vickery (in National Collection from F.
Knab). The species is said to live in Europe upon certain
"chickweeds," Stellaria holostea, S. graminea and Spergula
arvensis. The specimen reported by Mannerheim 1853 (Bull.
Naturforsch. Gesellsch. Moscou, vol. 26, p. 260) and cited by
Hamilton 1894 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 21, p. 32) under the
name Cassida nobilis Linn, may possibly have been this species
but their record is based upon a single specimen supposed to
have been introduced on horticultural importations into Sitka,
Alaska.

13. Cassida bivittata Say occurs from Massachusetts and
Florida to Nebraska and Arizona but its locality records are
omitted from the map. Riley 1870 (2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., pp.
57 and 61) illustrates and describes its biology but mentions only
sweet-potato as its host-plant. Knab has collected the species
on wild morning-glory at Springfield, Mass. It is remarkable
that the toothed claws have not tempted someone to make a
different generic assignment for this species.

14. Jonthonota mexicana (Champ.) has been recorded by
Schaeffer 1905 (Sci. Bull. Mus. Brook. Inst., vol. 1, p. 173) from a
single example on live oak in the Huachuca Mts., Ariz, and another
single example from an unknown source is in the National Col-
lection labelled Nogales. Mr. Schaeffer informs me that he also
has specimens from Prescott and Phoenix, Ariz.

15. Jonthonota nigripes (Oliv.) is another species apparent-
ly divisible into local races to which the correct application of
the specific and varietal names are at present uncertain. The
extremes of habitat of this complex are, according to labels on
specimens before the writer, New Jersey, Florida, Michigan,
Texas and Nevada, but the material is very insufficient. Riley
1870 (2nd Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 63) figured larva, pupa and

1 Possibly the specimen upon which Schaeffer's records of Cassida neb-
ulosa are based.

122 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

adult from sweet-potato in Missouri. Popenoe's 1878 (Trans.
Kans. Acad. Sci., vol. 6, p. 84) allusion to Cassida sexpunctata as
frequent on Ipomoea leptophylla in western Kansas may refer to
this species or to the form mentioned here as possibly distinct
from Metriona bicolor. Baker 1895 (Ent. News., vol. 6, p. 28) men-
tions larvae bred on Convolvulus saepium at Ft. Collins, Colo, and
Cockerell 1903 (Ent. News, vol. 14, p. 207) records adults from
Convolvulus incanus at Las Vegas, N. M., alluding to the species
as a sweet-potato pest and citing his former reference (Bull. 35,
N. M. Exp. Sta.). The Calif ornian material is regarded as the
following species.

16. Jonthonota novemmaculata (Mann.) is represented in
the National Collection by a series from Los Angeles and San
Francisco, Cal., taken by Koebele, but the species is omitted in
the local list by Fall, 1901 (Occ. Papers Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 8).
A specimen from Dunsmuir, Cal. (H. C. Fall) loaned me by Mr.
Schaeffer, seems to be intermediate between nigripes and this
species.

17. Gratiana pallidula (Boh.) (more familiar as Cassida
texana) has been recorded by Riley 1882 and 1883 (Amer. Nat.,
vol. 16, p. 679, and vol. 17, p. 1070) on the leaves of Solanum
elaeagnifolium in Texas and as injuring egg-plant on Wilmington
Island near Savannah, Ga., citing also its capture on Solanum
carolinense at Washington, D. C. Coquillet 1892 (Ins. Life, vol.
4, p. 262) records its occurrence on Solanum xanti near Los Angeles,
Cal., this record being copied by Fall 1901 (Occ. Papers Cal. Acad.
Sci., vol. 8, p. 160). The National Collection contains also a.
set found breeding on S. carolinense at Washington, D. C. about
1909, donated by Knab, and representatives from Kirkwood,
Mo. (also on S. carolinense)1 Wellington, Kans., Tulsa, Okla.,
Mansfield, La., fourteen localities in Texas, Las Cruces and
Albuquerque, N. M., and Santa Rita Mts., Ariz.

18. Orectis callosa (Boh.) from Texas (Dallas, Sharpsburg,
San Diego, Corpus Christi and Brownsville) is labelled as found
on Solanum and Physalis, and there are two slightly different
specimens in the National Collection from Crescent City, Fla.,
collected by H. G. Hubbard. Mr. Knab has just donated a
specimen from Swansea, S. C., taken Aug. 12, 1911, which is larger
than any of the others.

19. Coptocycla repudiata Suffr. 1868 (Archiv fur Naturg.,
vol. 34, pp. 249-251— translated by Gundlach 1891 (?), Contrib.

1 Somes' notes (Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 9, 1916, p. 42) on his transfer-
ence, in Missouri, of larvae of this beetle from colonies on S. carolinense
to caged plants of tomato and potato, and their successful development
and reproduction on these plants, has since come to the writer's attention.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 123

Ent. Cubana, vol. 3, p. 398), described from a single example sent
by Dr. Gundlach in Cuba (exact locality unknown), has ap-
parently not been recognized since, but a series of eleven speci-
mens from Florida in the Hubbard and Schwarz Collection (Haw
Creek June 10, Crescent City, Lake Poinsett May l,andCocoanut
Grove May 24) agrees well with Suffrian's description, except
that the specimens differ slightly from the description in the
hind angles and margin of the thorax, and in the size. The
size given, "Long. H'"; Lat. I'".," is the same as that stated for
Porphyraspis fallax, a specimen of which, in the National Col-
lection measures 5 mm., while the specimens under consideration
measure 5| to 6 mm. in length. The species is not congeneric
with any other cassidid in our fauna, and not having been re-
ported since its original description, still is listed under the genus
Coptocycla, the type of which does not appear to have been fixed.
An anomalous specimen from Piney Branch, D. C., May 27,
1906, collected by the late Mr. C. E. Burden seems very closely
related to this species but may be distinct. Another specimen
also from the vicinity of Washington (taken at Fourmile Run,
Va., May 30, 1910 by Knab) is superficially very similar but
has toothed instead of simple claws throughout. It is thought
best to await more data before attempting to attach a name to
either.

20. Chirida guttata (Oliv.) As stated above signifera Hbst.
is antedated by Olivier's name and the available evidence indi-
cates their synonymy. Spaeth's Catalogue includes under this
name two subspecies and five aberrations bearing distinctive
names, two of which are there proposed as new (pennsylvanica
n. nov., for trabiata var. a Boh., and bohemani n. nov., for "gut-
tata Boh. (nee Ol.)")- The pale variety is frequently confused
with other species but is easily distinguished from all except ex-
tensa by the 3rd antennal joint being twice as long as the second
and by the sharp carina on the outer edge of a narrow groove in
which antennal joints 2, 3 and 4 lie when at rest. The species
occurs from Massachusetts and Montana to South America but
our locality records are not indicated on the accompanying maps.
The forms of this variable species are worthy of an extended
study on a very large scale but it may be well to call particular
attention to subspecies lecontei.

21. Ghirida guttata lecontei (Cr.) is so strikingly different
in outline that, until sufficient evidence of its union with guttata
is obtainable, the name should be given greater prominence.
Of four specimens in the National Collection, one was collected
by Morrison in Arizona, another from the same state came from
the Belfrage Collection, the third is from Mesilla, N. M., July
15, 1897 (Cockerell) and the fourth is from the Huachuca Mts.,

124 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Ariz., July 25, 1905 (Schaeffer). Another specimen is in the
Dury Collection from the Santa Rita Mts., Ariz. July 1915.
Three nearly similar specimens, but having a black venter, are
from uncertain Mexican sources.

22. Chirida extensa Boh. I am indebted to Mr. Schaeffer
for the identification of this species which had been confused
among the pale specimens of C. guttata. Five specimens from
Brownsville, Tex. are in the National Collection, three of which
were taken June 9, 1895 by Mr. Schwarz, the other two having
been received from Schaeffer.

23. Psalidonota leprosa (Boh.) or marmorata Champ. Seven
specimens from Brownsville, and one from the Guadalupe River,
Texas (Townsend, Wickham, Dury, Schaeffer and Mitchell,
collectors) are smaller than our more tropical specimens of
leprosa but. do not quite agree with marmorata.

24. Deloyala clavata (Fabr). As above stated this species is
hereby chosen as the type of Chevrolat's long neglected genus,
and this combination was used in the Melsheimer catalogue 1853,
and by Riley 1870 and others, who allude to the species as an
enemy of the white potato. Pierce has found the species in Texas,
breeding on Physalis cornuta and Knab informs me that larvae
and adults occur on both white potatoes and bitter-sweet (Sola-
num dulcamara) in Massachusetts. Dr. Chittenden has a speci-
men labelled "on Solatium nigrum, Glen Echo, Md." Speci-
mens from Texas, New Mexico and Arizona are larger, paler and
less tuberculate posteriorly but are not regarded as specifically
distinct. They are believed to represent intergrades between
our eastern form and the Central American testudinaria, but I
am dissatisfied as to the strict application of Fabricius' name.

25. Metriona bicolor (Fabr.) This, familiar to most of us
under the name Coptocycla aurichalcea, is apparently a composite
of ill-expressed local forms distributed throughout the United
States. Champion 1894 (Biol. Cent.-Amer. Coleop., vol. 6, pi.
2, p. 212) applies this name to a smaller and quite distinct form,
varieties of which he admits merge with a series of varietal forms
which he treats under the name trisignata and it seems certain to
the writer that in Texas, these latter merge with the series of
forms we have known as bicolor Fabr., aurichalcea Fabr., auri-
splendens Mann, and marylandica Hbst. with which Champion
thinks bis-tripunctata Hbst. may not be strictly synonymous.
Until their status can be better determined, further nomrnrlu-
torial changes would be unwise. The localities for this ubi-
quitous species are not indicated on the appended maps. Riley
1870 (2nd Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Mo., p. 62, figs. 33 and 34) cites
sweet-potato, morning-glory and bittersweet as hosts, but adults
are found evidently at home on a large number of plants, and

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 125

breeding observations on colonies of larvae as well as adults are
needed. One of the better marked forms which is probably spe-
cifically distinct but which is assigned here awaiting more data, is
more convex than the common form, has a narrower more decli-
vous and opaque expanded margin, usually displays one or three
maculae on each elytron and has coarser elytral sculpture. A
Cincinnati specimen in the Dury collection was- determined by
Dr. Geo. Horn as C. bisignata Boh. but the description does not
quite fit the series examined by me, the localities of which are,
Chicopee and West Springfield, Mass. (Apr. 1884 and June 1898,
Knab, 4 examples), Dayton, Ohio (July 22, 1905, Dury), Douglas
Co., Kans. (Snow, 8 examples), Onaga, Kans. (Crevecoeur, 2
examples) and Texas (Belfrage). The anterior claw of the
middle feet in the male lacks the basal tooth and is more strongly
asymmetrical than in the other forms I have left under the name
bicolor.

26. Metriona emarginata (Boh.) is recorded from Arizona
but without definite locality indicated. Three specimens in the
Knab collection were received from Schaeffer labelled Huachuca
Mts., Ariz., July 25, 1905.

27. Metriona purpurata (Boh.) represented in the National
Collection by specimens from Maine to Montana, Utah and
Texas, seems to have been neglected biologically, for no record of
host plant is at hand, except that the writer is informed by Mr.
Knab that it breeds on wild morning-glory in Massachusetts. A
specimen of very different habitus, labelled "Fla., Coll. O. Dietz"
is in the Schaeffer Collection. It is larger, more depressed and
more highly colored than the northern specimens and if the lo-
cality is authentic it must represent a distinct local race which
greatly extends the habitat of the species.

28. Metriona profligata (Boh.) has been cited by Schaeffer
1905 (Sci. Bull. Brook. Mus., vol. I, p. 174) from Arizona as occur-
ring commonly on low weeds and branches of various trees. Speci-
mens kindly given to the National Collection by him are labelled
Huachuca Mts. June 16 and 27. Other specimens are from the
Chiricahua and Santa Rita Mts., Arizona (May 20, June 13
and July 3, Hubbard and Schwarz) and Las Vegas Hot Springs,
N. M. (Aug. 11, 1901 Schwarz).

29. Ctenochira bonvouloiri (Boh). This Mexican species is
mentioned by Horn 1894 (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2), vol. 4, p. 344)
from two localities in Lower California and three examples are
in the National Collection from Brownsville, Texas.

The following admittedly imperfect key to our species does not
emphasize the recently proposed generic characters but is added
in the hope that it will be of assistance to some who have not
access to large collections or to better literature.

126 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1. Head visible from above, pronotal front margin straight or emar-

ginate 2

Head covered by the arcuate front margin of the pronotum 5

2. Smaller species (5 mm.), metallic blue, shining, coarsely seriately

punctured (Florida) Porphyraspis cyanea

Larger (10 mm. or more) 3

3. Metallic green with red or yellow elytral spots (tropical)

Pseudomesomphalia spp.
Red or yellow 4

4. Elytra each with two narrow longitudinal black vittae. (Tro'pical)

Hilarocassis exclamationis
Elytra and pronotum spotted Chelymorpha cassidea

5. Claws simple : 6

Claws angularly dilated at base 18

Claws pectinate 26

6. Outline deeply and broadly notched between humeri and pronotum,

expanded margins broad translucent, length about 10 mm. (Florida)

Eurypepla jamaicensis
Outline nearly continuous 7

7. Size larger (10 mm. or more), form elongate oval 8

Size smaller, form oval or circular 9

8. Elytra tumid. (Tropical) Physonola alutacea

Dorsum evenly rounded Physonota unipunctafa

9. Form oval 10

Form more circular 14

10. Form strongly convex, color red 11

Form depressed 15

11. Elytra unmarked, expanded elytral margins strongly descending

(Florida) Coptycycla repudiata

Elytra with infuscate markings • 12

12. Elytra obsoletely vittate. (Arizona) Jonthonola mexicana

Elytra maculate , 13

13. Elytral margin opaque, spots less evident. (Middle States)

Jonlhonota nigripes
Elytral margin translucent, spots more evident. (Pacific coast).

Jonthonola 9-maculata

14. Size large (9 mm.) dorsum gibbous, margins translucent (Brownsville,

Texas) Psalidonota leprosa

Size small (5-6 mm.), elytra multituberculate, margins maculate

Oreclis callosa

15. Sculpture coarse, elytra usually tessellate, color reddish or yellowish 16
Sculpture finer, elytra not costate, color green 17

16. Size larger (8 mm.), elytral sculpture very coarse and reticulate

Cassida nebulosa
Size smaller (5 mm.), elytra coarsely punctate and subcostate

Cassida flaveola

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 127

17. More depressed, unicolorous. (Quebec) Cassida rubiginosa

More convex, sutural and scutellar region fuscous. (Texas)

Cassida panzeri (?)

18. Elytra with sutural and two lateral black vittae . . . . Cassida bivittata
Elytra not vittate 19

19. Depressed, pale, coarsely punctate Gratiana pallidula

Convex, maculate or golden, punctures usually fine 20

20. Antennal joints 2, 3 and 4 lying at rest in groove whose outer edge is

produced into a sharp carina, 3rd joint twice as long as 2nd 21

No antennal groove, joint 3 but slightly longer than 2nd 22

21. Elytral margin black or clouded at humerus, elytra usually macu-

late Chirida guttata

Elytral margin translucent at humerus, elytra usually immaculate
(Tropical) Chirida exlensa

22. Elytra gibbous, rugose and irregularly reticulate Deloyala clavala

Elytra smooth, evenly convex 23

23. Elyeral margin entirely translucent Metriona bi.colorf

Elytral margin clouded opposite humeri 24

24. Transparent lateral area of expanded margin bordered internally with

narrow black band. (Arizona) Metriona emarginata

No black markings 25

25. Outline nearly circular, opaque part of elytra darker at sides, size

larger Metriona purpurata

Outline more elongate, color uniform, size smaller. (Arizona)

Metriona profligata

26. Outline nearly circular, disc with large black ring containing three

minute black points on yellow ground. (Tropical)

Ctenochira bonvouloiri

The following has been accepted for publication:

SOME AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA.

BY J. C. CRAWFORD.
Alcidamea colei, n. sp.

Male. Length about 5 mm. Black; head and thorax clothed with
dense white pubescence; head closely strongly punctured, punctures sepa-
rated by about a puncture width; on mesonotum the punctures similar,
closer laterally and slightly sparser in middle; antennae short, brown,
flagellar joints subquadrate, first slightly longer than broad, last slightly
longer than first; wings almost hyaline, first and second cubital cells along
radius subequal in length; legs dark brown, tarsi more reddish, pubes-
cence on legs sparse, white; abdomen black, shiny, the apical margins
broadly testaceous, margin of 6th segment including lateral teeth, almost
colorless; segments 1-5 with apical bands of appressed white pubescence;
7th dorsal segment pointed at apex the produced portion hardly as long

128 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

as its width at base; first three segments sparsely finely punctured, seg-
ments 4-6 with punctures closer and somewhat coarser; second ventral
with a transverse ridge the medial portion of which is triangularly
elevated.

Described from one specimen from Redlands, Calif. F. R.
Cole, collector.

Type: Cat, No. 20402, U. S. N. M.

This species has the apical segments of the abdomen shaped
about as in uvulalis, producta and pilosifrons,- all of which are
much larger and more robust; uvulalis and producta have a great
projection in the second ventral segment.

Protandrena bishoppi, n. sp.

Female. Length about 7 mm. Head and thorax black, abdomen with
the three basal segments rufous, the following ones dark brown, segment
one brown at base, segments two and three with a brown stripe near apex ;
face with the punctures rather coarse and not very close, those on clypeus
somewhat larger and more scattered; the following parts yellow; dog's ear
marks, supraclypeal area but this so deeply indented above as to make it
almost two triangular marks, a median mark on clypeus not reaching apical
margin, tubercles and front and middle tibiae at base; antennae dark
brown; process of lab rum smooth, truncate apically; mesonotum shiny,
with sparse punctures; scutellum closely punctured, the punctures laterad
large, punctures medially, finer and crowded; wings dusky, stigma and
veins almost honey color; legs brown, the tibiae more reddish; the tarsi
rufous; first abdominal segment shiny, sparsely, finely punctured, the punc-
tures closer towards base, following segments closely punctured; de-
pressed apical margins of segments with fine crowded punctures.

Described from one specimen from Hetty, Texas, July 10,
1904, F. C. Bishopp, collector.

Type: Cat. No. 20403, U. S. N. M.

Easily separated from heteromorpha Ckll. the other small spe-
cies with light tarsi, by the truncate, non-carinate process of
labrum, the scattered punctures of mesonotum and the rufous
abdominal segments.

Actual date of publication, August 4, 1916

ANNOUNCEMENT

Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED-
INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num-
ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per
page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply-
ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society,
U. S. National Museum. Washington, D. C. No receipt will be
mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested.

OF SPECIAL INTEREST

ATVERIKOV, S. S. Lepidopteres receuillon par I'Expeditiou de

B. M. Zhitkov, dans presqueille de Jaminen

—1908 $0.10

BEUTENMULLER, WM. Synopsis of the Food Habits of the Larvae of

Sesiidae 10

GARY, M. On the Diurnal Lepidpptera of the Atha-

baska and MacKenzie Region of British

Columbia 15

CHITTENDEN, F. H. Four Economic Papers 25

DUZ.EE, E. P. VAN List of the Macrolepidoptera of Buffalo and

Vicinity. 10

DYAR, H. C. The Life Histories of the New York Slug

Caterpillars, 1895-1899 (Complete) 1 .50

Life Histories of North American Geometri-

dae (Sixty-three parts, complete except

Part 20) 75

A List of the American Cochlidian Moths

with Descriptions of New Genera and

Species ; . . .20

Descriptions of New Species of Moths of the

Family Cochlidiidae 10

A Generic Revision of the Hipocritidae

(Arctiidae) 10

Lepidoptera from the Harriman Alaska""*

Expedition .15

A Generic Revision of the Lachneidae

(Lasiocampa) 10

A Review of the North American Chrysangi-

nae . .10

A Review of the Hesperidae of the United

States 15

A Descriptive List of a Collection of Early

Stages of Japanese Lepidoptera — 1905.. .15
Life Histories of Some North American

Moths— 1900 .15

Preliminary Notes on the Larvae of the

Genus Arctia 10

Descriptions of North American Moths and

Larvae— 1906 10.

The Life History of Ersides amyntas 10

A New Form of Clisioeampa from Colorado .10
A New Genus of South American Moths .... .10
A Note on the Head Setae of Lepidopterous

Larvae with Special Reference to the

Appendages of Perophora melsheimerii. .. .10
Descriptions of Larvae of Some Moths from

Colorado 15

Notes on Some Species of Xotodontidar in

the Collection of the U. S. National Mu-
seum with Descriptions of Now GomT:i..and

Species 15

TABLE QT CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER

ALDBICH, J. M. : More light on Myiophasia . . t : 98

BARBER, H. S. : A review of North American Tortoise beetles 113

CAUDELL, A. N., Presidential Address: An economic consideration

of Orthoptera directly affecting man 84

CRAWFORD, J. C. : Some American Hymenoptive 127

HOWARD, L. O. : Francis Marion Webster 79

MALLOCH, J. R. : A new species of Agromyza destructive to beans in the

Philippines. 93

Obituary: Webster, Francis Marion 78

SHANNON, R. C. : Notes on some genera of Syrphidae with descriptions

of new species , 101

SMITH, H. E. : New Tachinidae from North America 94

TOWNSEND, C. H. T. : Note on Myiophasia aenea Wd 100

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

VOLUME XVIII, No. 3
SEPTEMBER, 1916

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY

OFFICE OF PUBLICATION

2419-21 GHEENMOUNT Ava.

BALTIMORE, MD.

EDITORIAL OFFICE
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-clou matter at the postoffice at Baltimore, Md., February 28, 1913,

under the Act of August 24, 1912

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

t
ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of
each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues of active members, S3. 00; of corresponding members $2.00;
fnitiation fee (for active members only), $1.00.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916.

Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ

President,. C. R. ELY

First Vice-President. . . E. R. SASSCER

Second Vice-President . . ... FREDERICK KNAB

Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . .S. A. ROHWER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Editor. . J. C. CRAWFORD

Representing the Society as a Vice-President 6f the

Washington Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER

Executive Committee.

THE OFFICERS.
A. N. CATJDELL. A. L. QXTAINTANCB. W. D. HUNTER.

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash-
ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum;
foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign
postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the
Entomological Society of Washington.

Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25
separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti-
fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rates
fixed by the Society.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON
VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 3

TWO HUNDRED AND NiNJKTY-THIRD MEKTING,
MARCH 2, 1916.

The 293d regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
President C. R. Ely at the Saengerbund Hall, March 2, 1916.
There were present Messrs. Baker, Borden, Boving, Craighead,
Cushman, DeGryse, Ety, Fisher, Gahun, Greene, Heinrich,
Holloway. Hopkins, Isely, Knab, Middleton, Pierce, Rohwer,
Schwarz, Shannon, Snj'der, Turner and Walton, members, and
E. H. Gibson, H. G. Ingerson and A. T. Speare visitors.

The Corresponding-secretary announced the election of Mr.
A. N. Caudell to the vacancy on the Executive Committee.

Dr. J. M. Aldrich, and Messrs. T. W. McGehee and R, W.
Moreland were elected as corresponding members.

The following program was presented:

THE DETERMINATION OF THE ABDOMINAL AND THORACIC
AREAS OF THE CERAMBYCID LARVAE AS BASED ON A
STUDY OF THE MUSCLES.1

BY F. C. CRAIGHEAD.
INTRODUCTION.

The purpose of this paper is to establish a foundation for the
subsequent description and classification of the North American
cerambycid larvae (of which one part has already been published) .2

1 Contribution from the Branch of Forest Insects, Bureau of Entomology.

2 Craighead, F. C., Larvae of the Prioninae, Kept. No. 107, U. S. Depti
Agr., June 25, 1915.

129

130 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

In the following papers on these larvae the terminology given
here will be adopted. From an anatomical study of the ceram-
bycids alone, it was found inadvisable to draw conclusions,
consequently the larvae of some eight or ten other Coleopterous
families have been studied more or less thoroughly. The general
areas as defined here have been found to conform very well, but
as to the terminology of some parts and the importance or sig-
nificance given to certain areas, this paper is provisional and will
be followed by another discussing a series of larval types.

Before the 274th meeting of this society Dr. Adam Boving
presented a paper on the abdominal structure of certain Coleopter-
ous larvae as based on the muscular anatomy.1 This he stated
was a continuation of Dr. Hopkins' study of the structure of the
scolytid larvae.

The writer fully adopted this nomenclature in a paper on the
larvae of the Prioninae2 and found it adaptable to the abdominal
structure which only was there discussed. But this paper in
which a further study and correlation of both the abdominal
and the thoracic structures of the cerambycid larvae is carried
out, certain modifications of Dr. Boving's terminology are sug-
gested as more generally applicable.

Dr. Boving further mentions that he believes the characters
which he describes can also be used for larvae of other family or
ordinal rank. I can, in this connection, state that this has
been found the case in several Coleopterous families (beside those
here discussed) in which the anatomy has been studied. Especi-
ally applicable is his description of the intersegment al skin, the
muscles from its cunea as well , as the mechanical principles
involved, in the whole arrangement of folds, areas and muscles
pertaining to what he calls the lateral zone.

A study of the principle of the primary segmental divisions, as
represented by Dr. Hopkins3 in his study of the scolytid beetle,
Dendroctonus, and the above discussed principle of Dr. Boving
it is evident that these principles are identical, but that different
terms have been used to designate the homologous areas. Thus
Dr. Hopkins has shown that the pleurum is the main lateral
region, divided into two pleurites, the epimeron and episternum
of the adult, wrhich he says are undoubtedly homologous to the
epipleurum and hypopleurum of the larvae, and that between

1 Boving, A. G., On the Abdominal Structure of Certain Beetle Larvae
of the Campodeiform Type. Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVI, No. 2.
June, 1914, p. 55-60.

2 Craighead, F. C., Larvae of the Prioninae, Rept. No. 107, U. S. Dept.
Agr., June 25, 1915.

3 Hopkins, A. D., Contribution Toward a Monograph of the Scolytid
Beetles. Technical Series, No. 17, Part 1., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1911.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1016 131

these areas lies the pleural suture. This pleurum of Hopkins
is homologous to the lateral zone of Boving, but the line which
corresponds to his pleural suture in the adult is in the cleridand
cerambycid larvae a somewhat oblique line, less distinct than the
sutures above and below the pleurum or lateral zone. Snod-
grass1 (page 537) has shown that in the nymphs and immature
stages, that line is often indistinct, which corresponds to the
pleural suture of the adults. This is considered the case in the
clerid and cerambycid larvse.

Thus the principal changes in this paper will be to adopt the
term pleurum for Dr. Boving's lateral zone, and for the prominent'
larval lines above and below pleurum (which Dr. Hopkins has
not named) adopt Wallengreen2 names of tergopleural3 and sterno-
pleural suture for Dr. Boving's terms antipleural and pleural
suture. Dr. Boving's name for hypopleurum (which name has
been used as a part of pleurum) will have to be changed and the
name postcoxal (PoCx) is here adopted. These are the principal
alterations to be made in this paper to bring about a homology
of the names and to adopt terms in more general use for areas
which are here considered the same.

Above the pleurum is the tergum, its divisions are called ter-
gites; below the pleurum is the sternum, its divisions are called
sternites.

THE ABDOMINAL STRUCTURE.

The following discussion and figures are based on the anatomy
of the cerambycids. Not all the muscles to be found in the seg-
ments are illustrated, but the longitudinal muscles between the
cunea are here omitted for the sake of clearness. One plate
(Plate 9) shows these longitudinal abdominal muscles essentially
like those of the clerid. These longitudinal muscles are attached
to the posterior edge of one cunea extending to and attaching
on the posterior edge of the cunea behind. The longitudinal
muscles which extend backward determining folds within the
segment, are always attached to the anterior edge of the cunea.
Thus the cunea can always be defined by longitudinal muscles.
Also the superior cunea can be indicated l>\ iln> two fascia of the
muscle s-pn- from the posterior cuneal notch. One fascia of
this muscle attaches to the anterior and one to the posterior
edge.

1 Snodgrass, H. K., The Thorax of Insects and the Articulation of the
Wings, Proc. I". S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 36, p. 511-595, 1909.

Wallengreen, H., Physiologisch-Biologische Sludien i':l>er Die Atniunv
Bei Den Arthropoden, Lands University s Arssknft, N. I-'., Vol. 10, 191 I

; Uimmock, Geo., Primer Informc Annul de la Estacion Central Agro-
mica de Cuba, 1906. On page 295, canal lateral, lateral furrow. i< u-ed,
equivalent to tergo-pleural.

132 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Starting with an abdominal segment of a Lepturinae larva
(Plate 6) the homologies will be pointed out comparing it with a
clerid, as illustrated by Boving.1 First will be noticed a con-
siderable reduction both in size and number of the perpendicular
muscles, except those between the pleural sutures (tp-sp). This
pleurum is strongly protuberant in this form, produced by the
numerous short muscle bands from the tergopleural to the sterno-
pleural (tp-sp) and postcoxal line [hypopleural line of Boving]
(tp-pcx). These tergopleural-sternopleural muscles are absent
in clerid forms as well as several fascia of the tergopleural-post-
coxal muscles. The tergopleural suture is defined as in the clerid,
by two sets of perpendicular muscles extending downward, one
from its anterior extremity below spiracle to the posterior cuneal
notch (tp-pn), the other from its posterior extremity to the post-
coxal suture (tp-pcx). The sternopleural suture (s.p.) defined
by three (in the clerid) large muscles, from its middle extending
dorsad, is here represented by a single band of several fibres
(pasc-sp). These last muscles define the ventral limit of the
parascutum (PaSc) and the dorsal limit of the spiracular area
(SpA) in the clerid. So do they also in the cerambycid. A
longitudinal band of muscles (e-s) attached along a perpendicular
median line [the parascutal divisor (e)] on the lower half of the
parascutum and upper half of spiracular area extends posteri-
orly to the superior cunea. These muscles seem to be of little
value as determining any abdominal area. In the cerambycids
this parascutal area extends over the back of the larvae around a
well defined plate, the scutum (Sc). The parascutum and the
notal subdivisions are more or less protuberant forming the
ambulatory ampullae. The writer believes the parascutum is
nothing more than a portion of the notal areas as will be shown
later in the thorax, but since it is of value for descriptive purposes
the name should be retained. Of these notal divisions only the
scutum (Sc) (or more correctly, the scutal plate) is well defined,
first by two lateral sutures, the scutal lines (s.c.) defined by the
large muscles (pn-sc), also by two transverse sutures (a.sc and
p.sc) connecting the scutal lines, defined by muscles extending
from the anterior line to the superior cunea behind the segment
and from the posterior line to the superior cunea in front, on the
same segment; also muscles from each of these lines extending
in the opposite direction. These muscles defining scutum in the
cerambycid and clerid cannot be absolutely homologized. In
the clerid, prescutum arid postscutellum are defined by muscles
s-pn (s-pn? of Cerambycidae) and pscl-hypl. These muscles

1 1. c., Plates III and IV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 133

have dropped further down in these forms and do not produce a
fold defining these areas. Hence the region in front of scutum
which is considered prescutum and that just behind scutum
which is considered scutellum, are both indistinct. The post-
scutellum is wanting.

Anteriorly beneath the sternopleural suture is a small triangle
PrSt, which is considered the presternum. In most cerambycids
it is formed more by the ampullar protuberance than by special
muscles, and by this same protuberance crowded to the side,
but in the thorax the ventral extremities often meet or fuse.
In one subfamily, the Aseminte, it is definied by a muscle ps-i
[represented in the Cerambyciriae figure (Plate 8)] and in the
clerid and many other Coleoptera, it is well defined by two mus-
cles dpl-s and dpl-i (of Boving) one extending to the superior
and one to the inferior cunea. In the clerid the deuteropleurite
and presternum are considered as fused together. Behind the
presternum and below the sterno pleural suture lies the post-
coxal area (PoCx), limited below by the postcoxal line which is
defined by (Boving's hypopleurum) perpendicular muscles
(tp-pcx) (anti-hypl) of Boving) from the postcoxal line (p.cx)
to the posterior end of the tergopleural suture; and I may add
this postcoxal line is (in the cerambycids) also defined by one or
several muscles (s-pcx) to the superior cunea (probably hypl-tepl
of the clerid.} This postcoxal area is usually more or less trian-
gular in shape. Beneath the postcoxal area lies the coxal lobo
(CxL). This is a conspicuous area in some cerambycid larvae,
lying between the postcoxal and sternal lines. It can always be
determined by two points of muscular attachments. One on the
sternal line having two or three muscles (tp-si) to the tergo-
pleural suture, the posterior of which represents Boving's pscl-
hypl; the other point is on the postcoxal line defined by the
muscles tp-pcx (clerid muscles a,nti-hypl). From the position of
these muscles in the clerid, figure 4, it will be seen that the coxal
lobe is inconspicuous, the muscle almost lying on the same line,
nevertheless a very small triangle can be seen on the larvae. This
is almost the case in the Cerambyciriae.

In the clerid just beneath the postcoxal and coxal areas lies
the parasternum. The broken line ventrally limiting it is con-
sidered the sternal line defined by muscles s-st and cm-st. This
area is not present in the cerambycids and only the posterior
part of the line defined by muscles pn-st (an-st of the clerid) is
considered as really the sternal line. The other muscles s-st of
the clerid are only present in Leptura forms (s-st). Their posi-
tion in these larvae and in many other Coleoptera is so variable
that for the present their significance cannot be determined.
However in the clerid, elaterid and trogositid they define an

134 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

area which may well be called the parasternum for descriptive
purposes. Between the sternal lines extends a transverse line,
the eusterno-sternellar line (est.stl), separating the eusternum
from the sternellum. In some larvae it is continuous with the
sternal line, in others perpendicular to it, and probably more or
less represents the same line, but for the sake of the discussion
it is considered separately. It is defined by muscles to the pos-
terior notch pn-est.stl. That part of eusternum extending dor-
sad to the sternopleural suture in front of the coxal lobe often
becomes a separate area in the thorax.

All the ventral areas like the corresponding dorsal ones, are
protuberant ventrally, forming the ampulla. Several muscles
(i-est) extending from the eusternal region posteriorly to the
inferior cunea and several (i-stl) from the sternellar region ante-
riorly to the inferior cunea are not considered as defining any
definite areas or regions, but are of importance in contracting the
ampullae and producing its bilobed form in many larvae.

A comparison of two other types of larvae, the Cerambycinae
and the Prioninae, with that of the Lepturinae shows that in both
these forms the pleurum is not protuberant and only one of the
short tergopleural-sternopleural muscles (tp-sp) is present. Like-
wise the tergopleural suture is very indistinct, especially in Cer-
ambycinae forms. By the stress being removed from this suture
and distributed more generally over the spiracular area the
region around the spiracle has assumed on ellipitical form, lying
partly in the pleural zone and partly in the spiracular area. This
to some extent acts as a substitute for the elastic effect of the
pleural lobe which is very prominent in Leptura forms, indistinct
on Prioninae larvae and still less evident on Cerambycinae types.
Thus this tubercle or lobe becomes distinct or obsolete according
to the position and strength of the sternopleural-tergopleural
and other pleural muscles. In the last three abdominal segments
of the Cerambycinae and Prioninae larvae the same development of
pleural region and lobe is present as in all segments of the Lep-
tura abdomen. Again in Prioninae the postcoxal line pushes
downward shortening coxal lobe which is entirely lost in the
Cerambycinae as the muscles indicate; those which define the
postcoxal line (tp-pcx and s-pcx) having nearly the same attach-
ment as those defining the coxal lobe. In the Cerambycinae
the sternopleural suture is not defined anteriorly, thus presternum
and pleurum are fused.

THE THORACIC STRUCTURE

The transition from the abdominal to the thoracic segments is
a gradual one and can best be seen by comparing the integument
from which all the muscles have been removed with another
specimen with all the muscles in situ.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 135

First taking a prionine larva such a comparison will show that
the anterior and posterior cuneal notches gradually separate as
they approach the thorax. The former pushes dorsad, the latter
ventrad. This produces a lengthening of the muscles s-pn2
between them, together with a gradual reduction in the number of
fibers until in the metathorax but two remain. Muscle band
s-pn becomes more horizontal and in the first abdominal segment
extends entirely across the segment (s-s-pri), to a point on the
superior cunae. This muscle is retained in the thoracic segments.
The muscle defining the scutal line (sc.-pn) loses many fibers as
it approaches the thorax and suddenly disappears in these seg-
ments. It is also absent in the abdomen of some other families.

Now if the integument free of muscles is studied it will be seen
that between the cuneal wedges a gradual reduction of the con-
necting portion of the intersegmental skin (Is.S) takes place
towards the thorax; so that between the metathorax and the
first abdominal segment the anterior and posterior notches lie
nearly in the same line, and the intervening skin is very short.
These wedges and notches actually come into the same plane
between the first and second, and second and third thoracic
segments.

This construction necessarily prohibits the telescopic movements
of the abdominal segments. The longitudinal muscles between
these cunea are gradually collected and narrowed into a dorsal
and ventral wedge-shaped band which becomes respectively
the superior (s-rt) and inferior retractor (i-rt) muscles of the
head. The dorsal are attached to a point at the fusion of the
posterior limit of front and the epicranial halves, the ventral
at the point of fusion of the collar of prothorax, and the hypostoma.
Several other lateral longitudinal muscle bands (c-l) are attached
to the collar or skin connection between head and prothornx
around the occipital foramen.

With the widening movement of the cuneal notches the par-
ascutal line is gradually lowered but the muscle (pasc-sp) which
defines this line gradually, approaching the thorax, moves its
attachment dorsally forward until it is attached in the thorax on
the anterior notch of the superior cunea (s-sp). In some Cer-
:mibycinae larvae this muscle moves posteriorly upward and be-
comes attached to the cunea behind [see broken muscles of Cer-
ambycinse figure (Plate 8).] In some Asemiinae it is attached
along the scutal line and does not reach the cunea. Suddenly
in the mesothorax the abdominal muscles from tergopleural
suture to postcoxal area and coxal lobe or sternal line (tp-pcx.
tp,st) have extended their dorsal attachment to the parascutal
(now called scutal line). These muscles are collectively c.-illed

136 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

the wing leg muscles and their dorsal attachment marks the
dorsal limit of alar area (.4 .A.) and the ventral limit of scutum.
This alar area (so called because in abnormal larvae and also in
the pupa the wing evaginates from this region) is triangular
vith its apex pointing downward nearly bisecting the pleurum
(P). The sutures defining this apex are indicated by oblique
muscles (tp-pnl 2) one set extending forward to the posterior
notch of the inferior cunea the other backward to a corresponding
point behind. The anterior band (tp-pn1} evidently is the ab-
dominal muscles, tp-pn. The posterior cannot be compared
with any abdominal set in the cerambycids but occur in other
forms. This v-shaped suture below the alar area is considered
the tergopleural (t.p) suture. The thoracic pleurum is usually
divided into an anterior and posterior part by an oblique suture
p.s. which is considered the pleural suture. It extends downward
from the alar area and upward from the coxal lobe. It is much
more prominent in some other larvae. The sternopleural suture
retains its same relative position as in the abdomen. It is de-
fined by two muscles from near its middle, one set s-sp already
described, the other sc-sp, extends dorsad to the scutum repre-
senting abdominal muscle tp-sp. Thus the pleurum assumes a
more or less crescent shape having its anterior portion truncated
by the triangle bearing the spiracle while its posterior extends
far dorsad. Across the alar area extends a band of muscles a-a,
which may represent some modification of the abdominal band
d-s.

In the Lepturinae and Priononae just in front and above the alar
area is a small triangular lobe. It is formed by the wide points
of attachments of the wing leg muscles and a shortening of some
of the muscles a -a from their anterior attachment on the superior
cunea. This (from its position) might belong to either alar
area or scutum but is regarded as a part of the latter.

In the Cerambycinae it will be seen that the sternopleural
suture is not complete anteriorly but merges with that line
below it defining the posterior limit of presternum. Also the
muscle s-sp often moves down along this line. Thus pleurum
and presternum are not distinctly separated (a dotted line is
indicated between them) which condition will later be remarked
upon in discussing the prothorax.

It will be noticed that in the Cerambycinae and Prioninae the
abdominal spiracle lies in an elliptical region the lower part of
which was before mentioned as part of the pleurum. Just in
front of this ellipsoid is the intersegmental skin (Is.S.). Also
in the abdomen one muscle (spi-pn) is attached to the spiracle
itself, and often extends to the parascutal line. Several others
(tp-pn) define the tergopleural suture just below it. Synchro-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 137

noniously with the pushing clown of the spiracular area to form
the thoracic alar area, the muscles (t/>-pn) have become strength-
ened and retain their same relative position (tp-pn1) but the
spiracle has moved below the tergopleural suture as the muscle
(*l>i-pn) shows, which moves with it. Thus the spiracle has
moved into the pleural region. This muscle is small in the meta-
thorax with the rudimentary spiracle, but large in the mesothorax.
It is of great importance in deciding the segment to which the
spiracle belongs when it has apparently moved from mesothorax
to the prothorax, as in some Lamiinae and other larvae.

The rudiments of the lines defining the spiracular ellipsoid can
still be seen in the metathorax (especially the Cerambycinse)
but it is debatable whether to consider this region into which the
spiracle has moved in the thorax as part of pleurun which it
evidently was in the abdomen or to consider this spiracular
triangle, as fused with the narrow piece of intersegmental skin
and thus a part of it instead of the pleurum. In the mesothorax
of Prioninae and Lepturinae this triangle is very sharply defined.
For the sake of comparison in larva? of other families the latter
view is adopted, for the present, i.e., that the spiracle lies in the
intersegmental skin of the pleurum. In another subfamily of
cerambycids, Aseminae, the spiracle in the first abdominal seg-
ment has moved forward out of the ellipsoid past the line a.*./.
(Plate 8) into the intersegmental skin, thus giving more evidence
for the latter theory.

To consider the formation of the notal subdivisions it may bo
well to start with the clerid in which form Dr. Boving has shown
that the large muscle s-pn (attached very high) and the muscle
pscl-hypl behind, cause elliptical constrictions, the prescutum
and postscutellum. In the cerambycid it has been shown that
the postscutellum is absent. Now from the lowered attach-
ment of the muscle s-pn2 and greater protuberance of the ampullae
with its many muscles, the preponderance of stress in this region
is determined by the latter, forming curved lines as the limit of
the parascutum. Therefore the presternurn cannot take its
triangular form. But in the thoracic segments, the muscles
s-pn- have pushed their upper attachment dorsad and by the
loss of the large muscles sc-pn a poorly developed ampulla results
with the consequential forming of a triangular prescutum and
scutellum. Whether new sutures are formed in the thorax or
the old ones modified is questionable, probably either alternative
occurs in different forms of larvae. It is assumed as the muscles
seem to indicate that the anterior and posterior sutures defining
abdominal scutum a.sc and p.sc., have fused medianly and diverged
laterally, thus opening scutum which fuses with parascutum to
form what is collectively called in the thorax, scutum (Sc).

138 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

From this modification and that in other larvae evidence is
suggested that the abdominal parascutum is in fact scutum
crossing the dorsal part of the segment, in the median dorsal
part of which a more or less rectangular plate, the scutal plate,
is often defined by muscles for mechanical purposes. This of
course would only be true in those forms where prescutum and
scutellum are absent or do not meet medianly. For when these
are developed as in the thorax of cerambycids and the abdomen of
clerids it more or less dorsally restricts the scutum, but still in
some forms is not entirely divided. It is believed that these
notal subdivisions in various larvae cannot be definately homo-
logized by the muscles and that the transition from the abdomen
to the thorax is brought about through different alterations in
different larvae.

Just in front of the mesothoracic prescutum in Prioninae and
Cerambycinae is found a narrow transverse fold (Pn.F) extending
between the dorsal attachments of muscle s-sp. This fold is
considered intersegmental skin, and as it is of value in descrip-
tions is named the postnotal fold.

Beneath the anterior extremity sternopleural suture will be
noticed a triangle with its apex extending ventrad. This is the
presternum (PrSt) homologous to that of the abdomen. It
sometimes fuses medianly or has a median portion. The suture
posteriorly limiting it is defined by three muscles (p-cx) to the
anterior dorsal point of coxal and by several muscles (?>?) extend-
ing backwards to the inferior cunea. Beneath the posterior
half of the sternopleural suture lies the postcoxal area, (PoCx)
surrounding the coxa. Its posterior ventral limit is weakly
defined in the Prioninae but strongly so in the Lepturinae. Just
in front of the coxa and behind the presternum the lateral ex-
tremity of the eusternum is constricted off in the Priorinat and
Lepturinae. This constriction is called the precoxal area (P.Cx).
In many larvae this area becomes strongly chitinized acting as
a brace in front of the coxa corresponding to the postcoxal area
behind. These two areas dorsally surround the coxa and in the
ceramlycids are usually fused and continuous but in many larvae
are distinct and divided by a strong chitinization (often internally
an appodeme). This fusion of the two areas is collectively called
the epicoxal area (PCx-\-PoCx). The coxa is defined by four
points, one dorsal more or less separating the precoxal and epi-
coxal areas, but having no muscle attachments, one posterior
dorsad, one anterior ventral and one anterior dorsad. The pos-
terior or often somewhat dorsal is defined by muscles, sc-cx, two
diverging bands to the scutal line, and one tp-cx to the tergo-
pleural suture. This point corresponds to that of the abdomen
made by muscle tp-pcx on the postcoxal line. The anterioi

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 139

ventral point is at the beginning of the eusterno-sternellar line
and is defined by muscle sc-cx-st, to the scutal line, homologous
to muscle tp-st of the abdomen. The anterior is defined by muscles
p-cx, described before. From this lobe considered to be the coxa
projects the trochanter which is moved by a muscle (sp-i) at-
tached to its lower surface and to sternopleural suture. Thus
that region in the abdomen called the coxal lobe can be sho \vn
to have developed the leg in the thorax. The eusterno-sternellar
line extending between the coxa divides the eusternum (ESt)
from the sternellum (Stl). Muscles (e-s-i) run anteriorly and
posteriorly from it to the respective inferior cunea. The poste-
rior of these may be considered as abdominal muscles pn-st and
e-s-i. It will be seen that the abdominal muscles i-est and /-*//
of the abdomen are retained in the thorax.

In the Lepturinae it was stated, in discussing the abdomen
that the coxal lobe was large and the postcoxal area relatively
much smaller. In the thoracic segments the coxa is also corre-
spondingly large so that in the prothorax they meet medianly.
Also the postcoxal area is practically divided into an anterior
and posterior half. In the Cerambycinae these coxae are still
smaller, and the legs are often absent, corresponding to an indis-
tinguishable abdominal coxal lobe. Parenthetically it might
be remarked that the adults of Prioninae and Lepturinae are
characterized by large conical coxae.

Again comparing the Cerambycinae it will be seen that the
pleural suture of meso and metathorax does not extend forward
to the inferior cunea but anteriorly the pleurum and presternum
are fused. This corresponds to a similar modification in the
prothorax where the pleural zone, presternum and eusternum are
all fused, and the postcoxal area has been crowded back with
the sternellum.

In the prothorax a lengthening of all the anterior regions has
taken place to accommodate the attachments of the many muscles
for moving the head. These muscles are not drawn but their
prothoracic attachments are represented by dots in the figure.
They occupy practically all the space not utilized by other
muscles. These are all attached to the collar and none to the
head proper except the inferior and superior retractor muscles.
Likewise for mechanical reasons a solidification and chitiniza-
tion of many of the areas has taken place. All the notal sub-
divisions above the alar ;in>;i have been fused into the larue
rectangular pronotum (PN). In the Lepturinae this fusion often
includes the alar area and is then spoken of as the protergum
(PrTg). Beneath the pronotum, in turn, lies the alara area,
the pleurum and epicoxal and precoxal areas surrounding the
coxa. The muscles between these ,-ireas can readilv be homolo-

140 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

gized with those of the other thoracic segments, and are lettered
similarly. One muscle sc-cx-st from the lower limit of scutum
to the ventral point of coxa has not been found in the prothorax.
Anteriorly beneath the pleurum the presternum (PrSt) has
become very large and extends entirely across the sternum. In
Lepturinae it still consists of two lobes. Behind it and between
the coxa lies the triangular eusternum. The anterior curved
suture is defined by muscles (e-c) to the collar.

In the Cerambycinae some trouble may be experienced in ho-
mologizing the prothoracic areas below the alar area. As noted
before the pleurum and presternum are partly fused in the meso
and metathorax. This same fusion is evident anteriorly in the
prothorax but posteriorly the pleural suture is usually impressed.
(In some forms it is entirely absent or in others entirely present) .
The postcoxal area and small coxa have both been crowded
back fusing with sternellum to form a narrow transverse fold.
The point marked .r on the sternopleural suture in the Prioninse
projects in an appodeme. Just above it extends two muscles
to the pronotum and from it extends the muscle to the trochanter.
At the inner point of the coxal lobe (xx) is a smaller appodeme.
These two appodemes have become much extended and meet
in a fine ligament inclined posteriorly over the coxa. Above this
superior appodeme (x) extends the two muscles to protergum
and from it the muscle to the leg, from the connecting ligament,
extends the muscles p-i back to inferior cunea. In this sub-
family the proeusternum is rarely distinct.

The other subfamilies of the cerambycids, Aseminae, Lamiinae
and Disteniinae can be easily homologized from the types which
have been described.

TECHNIC

In dissecting the muscles of these larvae the most essential
factor is to be certain of the attachment of each muscle in re-
lation to the others. Ordinarily pickled larvae are so contracted
that this is difficult. A number of methods of preservation were
tried but by far the most satisfactory found was to inject the
living larva? with absolute alcohol. This distends the specimen,
and (except in prepupal larvae) disintegrates the fat, also preserves
the muscle in a tough, elastic condition. The alcohol is injected
through the anus into the body cavity with a small hypodermic
syringe. The pressure created inside closes the puncture when
the needle is withdrawn. Specimens killed in boiling water
plus a few drops of acetic acid, then injected with equal parts of
4 per cent formalin and 95 per cent alcohol, give good material
from which the muscles can all be readily removed and the skin

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 141

showing the muscle attachments studied. Comparing such a
skin and a specimen with the muscles intact gives a correct in-
terpretation of their attachment and position.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

y

These plates were drawn by Miss Mary Carmody from sketches by the
author. They are somewhat diagrammatic for the sake of clearness. In
no segment are all the muscles drawn but are placed in two segments to
avoid confusion. For the same reason several muscles are drawn with
angles. The lettering is not present on every muscle on every plate but
when not-present it can be easily located on another plate where lettered.
A few unimportant muscles are not shown in all the figures.

Capital letters represent areas; small letters separated by a dash rep-
resent muscles, by a period lines or sutures.

These figures were drawn from the internal right side of the larvae so
that looking at the lines they will represent the external left side and the
muscle can be imagined to be just beneath the skin on that side.

Plate VI. Lepturinae larvae (principally from Leptura nitens).

Plate Vll. Prioninae larvae (principally from Orthosoma).

Plate VIII. Oerambycinae larvae (principally from Chum and Kin-
phidion).

Plate IX. More important longitudinal muscles.

LETTERING ON PLATES.

IA — first abdominal segment; HA — second abdominal segment; IIIA-
third abdominal segment; A A — alar area; a-a — muscles across alar area
(thorax); a.sc — line forming anterior boundary of scutum or scutal plate;
a. s.l. — line forming anterior boundary of spiracular ellipse; a-sp — muscle
from mesothoracic spiracle to the center of the prothoracic alar area;
c-l — longitudinal muscles from cunea to collar of head; Cx — coxa; d — para-
scutal divisor line; d-s — muscles from parascutal divisor to cunea behind;
e-c — prothoracic muscles from eusternum to collar; e-x-i — sternal thoracic
muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to cunea in front and behind; ESI
eusternum ; rxl.stl — eusterno-sternellar line between eusternum and slerneU
him; i-esl — muscles from centra! part of eusternum to cunea behind;
i-est.stl — muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to inferior cunea behind;
i-rt — inferior retractor muscle of the head; /.s-.S — Intersegmental skin;
i-stl — muscles from central part of sternellum to cunea in front; l-/>/,-*
longitudinal abdominal muscles from posterior notch to superior cunea
behind; MxTh— Mesothorax; MtTh— Metal In >ra\; P — pleurum; PuS<-
parascutal area; ixt.xc — parascutal line bounding this area below; pnxc-s/i
muscle from parascutal line to sternopleural suture, defining the ventral
limit of parascutiim and the dorsal of the spiracular area; /V.c — precoxal
area; p.cjc — postcoxal line; p-c.r — the muscle from posterior margin of
prestermun to coxa; p-i — muscles from posterior margin of prestermuu

142 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

to inferior cunea behind; PI — pleura! lobe; PN — pronotum; pn-est.stl—
abdominal muscles from eusterno-sternellar line to posterior notch behind;
PnF — postnotal fold behind prothorax; pn-sc — muscles denning scutal
plate or scutum from posterior notch to scutal line; pn-st — muscle from
sternal line to posterior notch behind; PoCx — postcoxal area; PrSc — pre-
scutum; PrSt — presternum; PrTg — protergum; PrTh — Prothorax; p.s—
pleural suture; p.sc — line defining posterior boundary of scutal plate;
ps-i — abdominal muscle from posterior line of prescutum to inferior cunea
behind. This muscle is only present in one subfamily of Cerambycidae;
S — sternum; Sc — scutum of thorax and scutal plate of abdomen; s.c—
scutal line, defining lateral limit of abdominal scutal plate and thoracic
scutum. This line in the thorax is the same as the abdominal parascutal
line; sc-cx — muscles from scutal line to posterior point of coxa; sc-cx-st—
muscles from scutum to anterior ventral point of coxa near sternal line;
Scl — scutellum; sc-sp — thoracic muscle from scutual line to sternopleural
suture; s.p. — sternopleural suture; SpA — spiracular area; sp-c — prothorac
muscle from sternopleural suture to ventral boundary of coxa; s-pcx —
muscles from post coxal line to superior cunea behind; spi-pn — muscles
from posterior notch to spiracle; s-pn1 — lower band of muscles from pos-
terior notch to superior cunea in front ; s-pn- — upper band of muscles from
posterior notch to superior cunea in front; sp-t — thoracic muscle from sterno-
pleural suture to trochanter; *->•/ — superior retractor muscles of head;
s-sc — muscle of the Prioninae from the scutal line to superior cunea in
front — also muscles from the anterior and posterior boundaries of scutal
plate to superior cunea; s-sp — thoracic muscle from sternopleural suture
or occasionally posterior boundary of presternum line to superior cunea
in front or rarely behind (Plate 8 dotted muscle); s-s-sp — first abdominal
muscle from posterior notch of second segment across first to superior
cunea — a continuation of muscle s-pn1, s-st — several muscles from superior
cunea to a point in front of post coxal area. They may be considered as
forming the anterior limit of this area or a continuation of sternal line as
found in the clerids; s.t — sternal line perpendicular to eusternal-sternellar
line; Stl — sternellum; T — tergum; t.p — tergopleural suture; tp-cx — muscle
from tergopleural suture to posterior point of coxa; tp-pcx — muscle from
tergopleural suture to postcoxal line; tp-pn — abdominal muscles from
posterior notch to tergopleural suture; tp-pn1 — thoracic muscles homol-
ogous to tp-pn; tp-pn2 — thoracic muscles on posterior half of segment
from tergopleural suture to posterior notch. These two sets pull down
the alar area; tp-sp — muscles between tergopleural and sternopleural
sutures; Ip-st — muscles from tergopleural suture to sternal line; x—
appodeme on sternopleural suture; xx — appodeme on eusterno-sternellai
line.

PROC ENT. 80C. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE VI.

143

PHOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVHI.

PLATE

144

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE VIIJ.

145

PROC. BNT. 80C. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE IX.

146

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 147

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH AMERICAN
MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

Hv ArcrsT
Duvita, new genus.

Labial palpi long recurved; second joint thickened with smoothly ap-
plied scales, abruptly cut off at apex; terminal joint about as long as second
joint, somewhat thickened with scales, smooth, acute. Antennae 4, simple,
basal joint without pecten. Forewings elongate ovate, apex bluntly
pointed; 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked to costa; rest separate; 2, 3, 4, and 5
equidistant, nearly parallel; Ib furcate at base. Hindwings nearly as
broad as the forewings, trapezoidal, apex somewhat produced, termen
slightly sinuatcd below apex; tornus rounded; 8 veins; 6 and 7 stalked;
3 and 4 connate; 5 parallel to 4; lower part of cell below the fold open.

Type; Duvita vitella Busck.

This genus is allied to Aproaerema Dun-ant, differing mainly
in the shorter palpi with the sharply cut off second joint and the
thickened terminal joint. Aproearema also has the apex of the
hindwings much more produced and termen emarginate. Nigra-
tomella Chambers and concinusella Chambers, hitherto placed in
Aproaetema are referable to Duvita.

Conclusella Walker, hitherto placed in Gelechia, is also better
placed in this genus, though it does not have veins 6 and 7 of
hindwings as long stalked as the type of the genus.

Duvita vittella, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi blackish brown exteriorly, light ochreous
fuscous on the inner side, with the edge of the abruptly cut off apex white;
terminal joint whitish with a broad black annulation before the apex.
Face whitish. Head and thorax whitish fuscous. Forewings light deer-
brown with white markings strongly mottled with steelgray; basal half of
costal edge dark brown; a broad ring of mottled white touching the base
of the wing and the costal and dorsal margin encloses a spot of the ground
color; from the middle of the costa runs an outwardly oblique white mot-
tled fascia across the wing; this fascia is sharply denned toward the base
of the wing, but is somewhat diffused exteriorly; from apical third of costa
runs a parallel thin line of mottled white to tornus; a broad area of the
same color along the terminal edge and including apex contains a conspicu-
ous small deep black dash on the middle of termen; a thin black white-
edged marginal line at base of the steelgray white tipped cilia. Hindwings
dark fuscous. Abdomen blackish fuscous above with ligher underside.
Legs blackish brown with narrow white annulations on the tarsal joints.
Alar expanse: 10-11 mm.

Habitat: Long Island, N. Y., HYinrirk, coll.; ( 'lirvy ( 'li.-isc. Md.
Hopkins, coll.; Piney Point, Md. PergMiidc, coll.

148 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Type: Cat. No. 20206 U. S. N. M.

Bred by Mr. Heinrick from stunted cones of Scotch and Aus-
trian pine; by Mr. Pergande from cecid gall on Pinna taeda.

A pretty species, very similar in color and pattern to the well-
known pine-needle miner Paralechia pinifoliella Chambers, but
larger and without scale tufts and at once recognized by the black
tornal dash.

Gnorimoschema chenopodiella, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi and brush exteriorly mottled with dark
fuscous on ochreous ground color; inner side light ochreous; terminal
joint dark fuscous with a faint broad ochreous annulation in the middle.
Face light iridescent fuscous. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Fore-
wings dark fuscous, faintly mottled with white, black and brown scales,
the last most prominent on apical half of the wing and tending to form
indistinct longitudinal brown lines; black scales form small illdefined
spots on the cell and more prominently on costal edge just before apex;
cilia ochreous fuscous. Hindwings light fuscous with light ochreous
fuscous cilia. Abdomen fuscous with light ochreous underside. Legs dark
fuscous with narrow ochreous annulation at the joints. Alar expanse:
12-14 mm.

Habitat: Springfield, Mass.

Type: Cat. No. 20203, U. S. N. M.

Bred by Mr. H. E. Smith from pigweed.

A small inconspicuous species closely allied to G. artimisieUa
Kearfott and lavernella Chambers, but darker in color and less
conspicuously mottled.

Gelechia puertella, new species.

Labial palpi long slender with small divided brush on second joint;
litjht ochreous dusted with black. Head light ochreous; face with large
central horny pointed prominence. Thorax light ochreous; base of pa-
tagia black. ForeAvings light ochreous, costa more or less dusted with black
and with a black spot just beyond the middle; from this spot runs an
indistinct darker ochreous shade across the wings, which at the end of
the cell contains a small round black spot; on the middle of the cell is a
larger black spot more or less connected with a similar spot on the fold
below, which reaches to the dorsal edge; around the apical and terminal
edges is a series of illdefined black spots. In some specimens the entire
wing is more or less dusted with black scales; cilia light ochreous. Hind-
wings light fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen light ochre-
ous. Legs light ochreous with black annulations. Alnr expanse: 18-20 mm.

Habitat: La Puerta, Cal.

Type: Cat. No. 20062, U. S. N. M.

OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XVIII, 1916 149

An easily distinguished species of the group barnesiellae Busck
and like this species with the horny prominence on the face, which
presumably indicates that the species are internal feeders. Other
closely allied species, G. variabilis Busck and texanella Chambers,
do not possess this structure. The venation approaches that of
Gnorimoschema with 6 and 7 of hindwings nearly parallel.

Gelechia paralogella, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi light ochreous above, with large, deep
black, divided brush; terminal joint black with ochreous apex. Antennae
black. Face pearly white, irridescent. Head and thorax black. Fore-
wings blackish brown, nearly black; from the base below costa runs a
short deep black line dotted with single bright ochreous scales; an indis-
tinct longitudinal row of black dots from the middle to beyond the end of
the cell, each black dot edged exteriorly with a few light ochreous scales;
a few similarly edged black dots on the fold. Cilia dark brown, dusted
with white atoms. Hindwings light fuscous. Abdomen blackish brown.
Legs black with ochreous annulations. Alar expanse: 17 mm.

Habitat: San Diego, Cal., W. S. Wright, collector.

Type: Cat. No. 20070, U. S. N. M.

Nearest to the eastern Gelechia trialbamaculeUa Chambers.

Gelechia diversella, new species.

Labial palpi long slender with short furrowed tuft on second joint ;
whitish fuscous mottled with black. • Face and head light ochreous fus-
cous. Thorax darker fuscous. Forewings narrow, pointed; the whitish
ground color is closely overlaid with reddish fuscous scales, which denote
the general color of the insect; a large illdefined reddish brown spot on the
cell; a similar spot at the end of the cell, above and below which is a black
costal and dorsal spot; a small black streak on the fold; a series of illde-
fined black spots around the apical and terminal margin. Cilia light
ochreous. Hindwings light fuscous with ochreous cilia. Abdomen ochre-
ous fuscous. Legs with,broad black annulations. Alar expanse: 15-17 mm.

Habitat: San Diego, Cal., W. S. Wright, collector.

Type: Cat. No. 20069, U. S. N. M.

Closely allied to Gelechia puertella Busck and barnesiella Busck,
but smaller and without the facial horny prominence found in these
species.

Gelechia tiotandella, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi with large divided brush, which become-
gradually shorter towards apex; white strongly mottled with black and
brown scales; terminal joint white with black apex. Face light fuscous,
iridescent white in center. Head and thorax light fuscous. Kan-wings
dark fuscous, longitudinally streaked with whitish fuscous, except on

150 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

extreme tip of the wing which is unicolored, dark fuscous; just beyond the
middle of the cell is a black spot and at the end of the cell is a similar
spot, both are slightly edged with white scales so as to be indistinct ocel-
late; around the apical edge is a series of illdefined black dots. Cilia
fuscous mixed with white. Hindwings dark fuscous with lighter ochreous
fuscous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous with two longitudinal black streaks
on the under side. Legs blackish fuscous with narrow ochreous annu-
aticns at the end of the joints. Alar expanse: 24mm.

Habitat: San Diego, 'Cal., W. S. Wright, collector.
Type: Cat, No. 20071, U. S. N. M.

A striking species allied to Gelechia biannulella Chambers, but
larger and at once distinguished by the different labial brush.

Batrachedra mathesoni, new species.

Labial palpi yellowish with four conspicuous broad black bars on the
outer side, two on second joint and two on third; inner side yellowish
strongly mottled and suffused with black, especially on the third joint;
extreme tip light, second joint nearly smooth with but slightly projecting
scales at apex. Face light ochreous. Head light ochreous on the sides
with a broad violaceous black central longitudinal streak, which is con-
tinued on thorax, which also has the sides and patagia ochreous. Anten-
na; light ochreous with narrow black annulations, and with two or three
broad black annulations before the tip. Forewings light ochreous dusted
with violaceous black especially below the fold; on the fold below the
middle of the cell an alongate conspicuous black spot. Cilia yellowish
fuscous. Hindwings linear dark fuscous with yellowish fuscous cilia.
Abdomen dark fuscous above with yellowish underside; male genetalia
yellowish; female with a short protruding horny, hairy ovipositor. Legs
light ochreous, mottled with black exteriorly. Venation typical, 7 and 8
stalked, 7 to termen (These are the veins designated as 6 and 7 by Meyrick)
Alar expanse: 10-15 mm.

Habitat: Cocoanut Grove, Fla.

Type: Cat. No. 20336, U. S. N. M.

Bred in long series from blossoms of Cocos nucifera received
from Mr. H. M. Matheson, Cocoanut Grove, Fla.

The species appears to be the primary cause of considerable
damage to the flower clusters and to seriously influence the crop
of nuts.

The full grown larva is 8 mm. long; head and thoracic shield
dark brown, nearly black; anal plate light brown; body whitish
with faint and ill-defined purple, longitudinal lines, it spins a
flimsy, white, oval, flattened cocoon; pupa light brown; pupa
stage lasts from 5 to 7 days; imago issuing during latter part of
May.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1910 151

Olethreutes piceae, new species.

Labial palpi dusky white on the inner side, dark fuscous exteriorly.
Face whitish fuscous. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings black-
ish fuscous with a greenish tint and white transverse markings as follows :
near base is a small diffused whitish area not clearly defined from the
groundcolor; on the costal edge a five geminate white dashes, the first of
which at basal third is continued into an undulating transverse fascia
the next two dashes on and beyond the middle of costa are united by a
similar white transverse undulating fascia, which forks just below costa.
The outermost geminate dash is continued into an irregular and sometimes
broken undulating fascia just within terminal edge, and this fascia has
in some specimens the tendency to fork near the costa, the fork running
to the penultimate geminate costal dash. Cilia fuscous with a black
basal line along the edge of the wing, followed by a diffused white basal line.

Hindwings dark fuscous. Cilia fuscous with white tips and a white
basal line. Abdomen dark fuscous with lighter underside and anal tuft.
Legs blackish fuscous with narrow yellowish bars and tarsal annulations.
Alar expanse: 13-16 mm.

Habitat: Colorado Springs, Colorado.

Type: Cat. No. 20337, U. S. N. M.

Bred during May and July in the Forest Insect Division from
Picea parvyana and Picea engelmanni, collected by Messrs. J. H.
Polloch and B. T Harvey.

The species is allied to 0. fuscalbana Zeller and 0. campestrana
Zeller, but easily differentiated by the wing pattern.

Laspeyresia populana, new species.

Face and labial palpi light ochreous. Head ochreous with dark brown
side tufts. Thorax blackish with posterior tip and the tips of patagia
light ochreous. Forewings blackish brown with light ochreous markings;
basal patch dark brown, sharply angulated outwardly and strongly mot-
tled with ochreous on the dorsal edge; three large and three smaller ochre-
ous geminate dashes occupy most of the costal edge; a large ochreous spot
on the middle of dorsum; ocellus indicated merely by a broad transverse
bluish metallic streak before and after its normal place; a deep black
marginal line around apex and term en is broken below apex by t\vo short
ochreous dashes and at tornus by two broad ochreous dashes; apical part
of the wing finely irrorated with ochreous scales; cilia coppery brown.
Hindwings light fuscous with whitish cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous with
light ochreous underside. Legs light ochreous shaded externally \vitb
il.-irk fuscous. Alar expanse: 13-14 mm,

Habitat: Missoula, Mont.
Foodplant: Popolus trichocarpa.
Type: Cat, No. 20338, U. S. N. M.

152 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Reared by Mr. J. Brunner.

Allied to L. gallae-saliciana Riley, from which it is at once dis-
tinguished by the dark basal patch of the fore wings.

Laspeyresia leucobasis, new species.

Labial palpi and face light ochreous gray. Head and thorax darkei
gray. Forewings with basal patch gray concolorous with thorax, out-
wardly angulated on the middle and edged by .a broad transverse out-
wardly angulated ochreous white fascia, which is but slightly mottled
with gray on the costal and dorsal edges; outer half of the wing dark brown
with four pairs of short whitish ochreous costal streaks and two short
whitish ochreous terminal streaks, one below the apex and the other above
tornus; irregular interrupted transverse bluish metallic lines form an
illdefmed ocellus, which contains faint short black lines; on the fold ad-
joining the light transverse fascia is a large deep black illdefined spot and
on the end of the cell is a round black spot. Cilia coppery brown. Hind-
wings blackish brown. Abdomen dark brown. Legs light ochreous brown
with dark brown tarsal annulations. Alar expanse: 12-13 mm.

Habitat: Evaro and Missoula, Mont.

Foodplant: Larix occidentalis and Picea engelmanni.

Type: Cat. No. 20339, U. S. N. M.

Bred by Mr. J. Brunner from the former tree and by Mr. B.
T. Harvey from Picea.

A very distinct species nearest to L. tana Kearfott, but differ-
ing in the light basal part and the much darker apical half; L. tana
is also at once distinguished by the whitish cilia of the hindwings.
Laspeyresia fletcherana is also closely allied, but is a lighter species,
with the basal light part of the forewings much less sharply de-
fined from the darker apical part of the wing.

Laspeyresia laricana, new species.

Labial palpi blackish fuscous. Face, head and thorax blackish fuscous.
Forewings blackish fuscous with white and silvery transverse pattern and
indistinctly dusted with light yellow scales; five white, geminate costal
dashes; the first just before the middle, the second just beyond the middle
and the three outer ones on apical third of costa; from the first of these
geminate dashes runs an outwardly angulated, white, double fascia to the
middle of dorsum, containing a narrow black central line and some metallic
scales on the middle of the wing; from the second geminate spot runs a
similar fascia, which, however, does not reach dorsum, but forms the inner
•edge of the ocellus; the lower part of this fascia is strongly overlaid with
metallic scales; from the penultimate costal dash runs a broken irregular,
metallic white transverse line along the outer side of the ocellus; this
latter contains three parallel, longitudinal black lines; cilia dark bronzy
with a black basal, marginal line. Hindwings and abdomen blackish
fuscus. Alar expanse: 14-17 mm.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 153

Habitat: Evaro, Mont.

Type: Cat. No. 20340, U. S. N. M.

Bred by Mr. Brunner from Larix occidentalis.

Argyresthia eugeniella, new species.

Labial palpi and face golden. Head white. Antennae dusky without
darker annulation. Thorax white; patagia dark golden brown. Fore-
wing dark golden brown with a violet sheen and with darker grown trans-
verse reticulation; the dorsal part below the fold is white, slightly mottled
with dark brown and with a large illdefined brown spot on the edge just
beyond the middle; cilia dark brown at apex; whitish outside the white
dorsal area. Hindwings light silvery fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia.
Abdomen dark fuscous with white underside. Legs golden with indistinct
dark brown annulations at the joints. Venation typical: Veins 7 and 8
in the forewings stalked. Alar expanse: 7-8 mm.

Habitat: Key West, Fla.

Foodplant: Eugenia buxifolia.

Type: Cat. No. 20209, U. S. N. M.

Collected and bred by Mr. E. A. Schwarz in March 1912. The
smallest described American species of the genus, very close to
A. deletella Zeller, but smaller and darker in color. The white
cocoon is double with an open network outer layer and a tough
closely woven inner cocoon.

Argyresthia arceuthobiella, new species.

Labial palpi golden. Face silvery white. Antennae golden with sharp
black annulations. Tuft on head and thorax white; patagia golden yellow.
Forewings golden yellow with a narrow leadcolored costal edge; a narrow
longitudinal central white streak and a narrow white dorsal edge; apical
third of wing overlaid with leadcolored scales; cilia golden with silvery
costal and dorsal tufts; extreme apex black, edged on both sides with
white scales. Hindwinps light silvery fuscous. Abdomen white. Legs
white with dusky, faintly annulated tarsi. Alar expanse: 7 mm.

Habitat: Mistletoe, Oregon.

Foodplant: Libocedrus decurrens.

Type: Cat. No. 20208, U. S. N. M.

A very striking little species, reminding of the larger Zelleria
haimbachi Busck in color and pattern. Venation typical: Fore-
wings with veins 7 and 8 stalked.

Argyresthia libocedrella, new species.

Labial palpi, face and head light lemon yellow. Antennae silvery white
with blackish brown annulations and with basal joint golden. Thorax
and forewings dark golden yellow with two conspicuous dark brown dorsal
spots, one on the middle of the dorsal edge and one at the basal fourth;

154 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

faint traces of slightly darker lines crossing the wing from these dorsal
spots can with difficulty be discerned in certain lights. Ciiia dark golden
yellow. Hindwings light fuscous with ochreous fuscous cilia. Abdomen
dark fuscous above golden yellow on the underside. Legs golden yellow.
Venation typical: Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked. Alar expanse: 13-14
mm.

Habitat: Ashland, Ore., P. D. Serpent, collector.

Type: Cat. No. 20114, U. S. N. M.

Bred from Incense Cedar, Libocedrus decurrens.

Nearest to the Eastern A. alternatella Kearfott, but larger and
deeper in color and without the conspicuous mottling of that
species.

Argyresthia f urcatella, new species.

Palpi, face, head and thorax white. Forewings white, sprinkled w'th
dark brown transverse reticulations especially toward the apex; from the
middle of the dorsum runs an illdefined outwardly oblique, dark brown
fascia to beyond the end of the cell, but does not quite attain ccsta; on the
fold between this and the base is a small round dark brown spot; a series of
dark brown marginal spots begin on the middle of costa and reach round to
tornus. Veins 7 and 8 stalked. Cilia dark ochreous fuscous. Hindwings
ochreous fuscous. Abdomen silvery fuscous. Legs white with dark brown
annulaticns at the tip of all the joints. Venation typical. Alar expanse:
12-13 mm.

Habitat: Cheyenne Canon, Colo.

Type: Cat. No. 20207, U. S. N. M.

Bred by Mr. A. B. Champlain from cynipid gall on Oak.

Nearest to Argyresthia pedmontella Chambers and rileiella
Busck, differing in details of ornamentation, especially by the
presence of the round dark spot on the fold, and by having veins
7 and 8 in the forewings stalked.

ON THE TAXONOMIC VALUE OF SOME LARVAL CHARACTERS

IN THE LEPIDOPTERA.i

BY CARL HEINRICH, Specialist in Forest Lepidoptera.

It is not proposed in this paper to enter upon a discussion of
all the characters that have been used to distinguish larvae, but
merely to consider certain head characters which are particularly
valuable for defining generic limits and determining immediate
family relationships within the so-called Microlepidoptera.

1 Contribution from the Division of Forest Insects, Bureau of Ento-
mology.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 155

In studying the head we find that while under different condi-
tions of environment it assumes a multitude of different shapes
and is variously modified in the proportionate development of
its organs and parts, that such changes are frequently more super-
ficial than fundamental. Certain characters still persist in their
typical form through most of the changes. Even when there is
a radical and fundamental alteration in structure due to the same
environmental stimulus the forms differ in groups of different
origin. The best examples of this are found among the leaf and
bark mining larvae that have become adapted to sap-feeding
(Comp. Tragardh (8) ). The flat heads of all the Gracelariidae
conform to one general family type while those of Phyllocnistis
modified in the same organs and to the same purpose, exhibit a
quite different form. Among the tissue feeding miners the dif-
ferences are also striking. Ectoedemia and Opostega, for example,
inhabit flat serpentine mines and have the head similarly de-
pressed but differ in fundamental structure.

The generic and larger group characters of the head are found
in the shape and proportions of the head capsules, the character
of the frons, the setae and the trophi. Color and color markings
are at most of specific importance. Very often they vary in
individuals, or in different stages of the same larva. The shape
and intensity of pigmentation in the ocellar area is also variable,
being often unevenly distributed on opposite sides of the same
head.

HEAD CAPSULE.

The general shape of the head capsule is a character that must
be used with considerable caution. By itself and unsupported by
other characters it is worthless in many groups. In certain spe-
cialized families and subfamilies it is diagnostic. The rounded,
caudally-extended and widely separated blade-like dorsal hind
margins of the epicranium are typical of the Nepticulidse. Mne-
monica and Dorata have projections resembling these but much
longer, differently shaped and closer at the extremities. The
horse-shoe shaped head of Tischeria and the wedge-like heads of
the flat gracilariids are characteristic. On the other hand, the
free-feeding Micros have much the same type of head. There is,
for example, little or nothing in the general shape to distinguish ;i
gelechiid from a tortricid or a phycid. Taken together with other
characters, however, peculiarities of shape are significant and con-
stant within a genus. The general shape and proportions of the
head capsule should be noted in larval descriptions. In our joint
paper (7) on A. xtrnjijinihUn, Fr. Dc( iry.se and the writer have
designated the line of greatest width as the norm of comparison
in expressing proportions of the head capsule. This is a purely

156 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

arbitrary method but it has the advantage that, by stating where
the greatest width lies and then defining other dimensions in its
terms, one is able to describe the shape and proportions in brief
formula.

THE FRONS.

The shape and dimensions of the frons and its adfrontal margins
are characters of greater value and have been extensively used by
Dyar in his numerous descriptions, and by both Forbes (5) and
Fracker (6) in their diagnosis of families. The frons and adfrons
are usually treated as separate sclerites. In reality frons and ad-
frons are, as has been shown by Dampf (2), one piece, the only
suture being between the adfrons and epicranium, the line mark-
ing the division of frons and adfrons being merely an infolding.
The extent of this infolding varies considerably in different forms.
In the normal head of free-feeding larvae the external portion of
the adfrons is appreciable, and narrowly borders the frons, the
greater portion being folded in to form a strong chitinous, caudal-
ly pointed arch within the head. The points (Plate X, fig. 1)
where the frontal margins begin to converge sharply to make the
V-like line, indicate the attachment of the tentorial arms. In
sap-feeding larvae the frons is considerably widened and extends
back to the vertex of the head with little or no narrowing. In
these forms the infolding is greatly reduced and the adfrontal
margins absent. The points of attachment of the tentorial arms
are thrust correspondingly far back with a bridge between them,
connecting the dorsal hind margins of the epicranium. In
Mnemonica [Comp. Busck and Boring (1) ], on the other hand,
there is but a slight infolding to mark the lines of a rather normal
frons, and little or no reduction of the sclerite., the adfrontal mar-
gins being extended until they form a half circle covering a greater
part of the anterior dorsal surface of the head capsule. Such
skeletal modifications are necessitated by the environment and
biology of the larvae. Their degree would indicate therefor, the
extent to which any particular form had developed to meet a given
condition, but in spite of the fact that a similar biology will pro-
duce similar modifications, the different fundamental form of the
head structure remains distinguishable.

A Cameraria and a Phyllocnistis rise to practically the same
level of development from different starting places. Their en-
vironment has caused similar modifications, but the type form
remains different.

There is an internal cause for certain changes in the frontal
sclerite as well as the external one of alteration to accommodati
the larva to any particular mining habit, and that is the increase
or decrease of muscular tension at their points of attachment.'

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 157

The frons, with its strong infolding*, forms a bridge supporting
the head against the thrust of the mandibles and the pull of the
strong adductor mandibular muscles attached to the infolded
portions of the epicranium forming the adfrontal suture (the
straight line of the Y). In the forms which have only to tear
delicate leaf-tissue to get the sap nourishment, and also in those
nibbling the thin surface cuticle of the leaf, there is much less
muscular tension and consequently less need of a strong buttress
between mandible thrust and its muscle pull. Hence the frontal
surface area is widened and the depth of the infolded adfrons
proportionally reduced. When considered in comparison with
the line of the epicranial suture and the character of the mandible,
the proportions of the frons are good taxonomic characters. We
find the shortest frons, the heaviest infolding of the adfrons, the
longest epicranial suture associated with strongest mandible,
possessed- by the larvae which feed on the edges of the tougher and
more fibrous leaves. In the biologically diversified Micro group
these structures indicate generic and larger divisions.

THE SETAE.

The setae of the epicranium are considered by Dampf of even
more significance than the body setae and to him belongs the
credit of giving them proper place in larval descriptions. Dyar
in 1896 (4) designated a set of Roman numerals to distinguish
the eleven primaries visible from the dorsal side of the head,
numbering them from the hind margins forward.

Forbes and Fracker have used these numerals in their references
to head setae. Dampf (2), however, has shown that the setae
form natural groups within certain areas and has named these
groups after the areas upon which they are found. He counts
as primaries besides the eleven given by Dyar and Forbes, one
seta in the ocellar region, two on the hind part of the gena, and
several, generally unhaired tubercles, or "punctures." His sys-
tem with slight alterations and the addition of a set of symbols
to designate the individual seta, is the one adopted here. The
following table shows the homology of the system proposed with
Dyar's numerals.

In my opinion the 3rd seta described by Dampf among his
Dorsolaterals (Dyar's II) does not properly belong there, but
should be associated with the small seta near the epicranial suture
(Dampf 's "vertical" seta), the unhaired tubercle or tubercles be-
tween them and the several secondary setae or punctures near
the dorsal hind margins. They form a natural and easily dis-
tinguished group from the others and, considered apart, give a
clearer understanding of the differing setae arrangements. I have

158

PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Homology of Epicranial Setae.

AREAS

SETAE

DYAR
NUMERALS

r

Ad-1

IX

•» Anterodorsal \

Ad-2.

VU1

Ad-2a (puncture)

'(

Ad-3

IV

\
Ocellar..

0-1
la (puncture1)

O-2
O-3

V
VII

f

•SO-1

XI

Subocellar {

SO-2

VI

SO-2a (puncture)

[

Oo-3

X

Lateral N

L-l

III

L-la (puncture)

f

Pd-1.

II

Pd-la (puncture)

Posterodorsal

Pd-2

I

Pd-2a (puncture)

I

Numerous secondary punctures

Genal

G-l

G-la (puncture)

designated them as the Posterodorsal group, and the 3 forward
setae and puncture as the Anterodorsal group. I also place the
most lateral of Dampf's Dorso-laterals (Dyar's III) and the
puncture (L-la) on the side of the head near it, in a group by them-
selves, calling them the lateral group. I think this is justified
by the "migration" of the group, whch is of great significance;
for the approximate distance of L-l from Ad-3, (as compared
with distances separating the different Anterodorsals) in heads
superficially alike (tortricid, gelechiid. or oecophorid), not only
aids in the separation of such groups, but indicates a different
scheme of head development in this particular region. In study-
ing the heads of the Cossidae it was also found that there is a dis-
tinct chitinization marking the areas of Anterodorsal, Ocellar
and Subocellar groups. That the Lateral seta and puncture fall

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 159

behind this chitinization is added indication that they do not be-
long with the Anterodorsals.

The practically constant proportional differences in length of
the epicranial setae in all but the most specialized leaf-mining
species coupled with their arrangement into easily definable
groups, make it possible for us to homologize the setae and to
correlate even the most trifling differences in their positions.

An important fact which is not brought out by Dampf, is that
changes in position of the setae are due to modifications by growth
or contraction of the chitinous areas upon which they occur.
This is shown by the fact that the setae of any given group always
remain in that group, and by the relative position of the groups
themselves under obviously different and easily recognized changes
in the head areas. For example, where there is an enlargement
of the head surface there is not a corresponding spreading out of
all the head setae, but only of those comprising the Posterodorsal
group. We find also in several normally round heads (among
most of the free-feeding Micros) a crowding forward of the setae,
indicating an enlargement of the posterior part of the head at the
expense of the frontal area. The most numerous changes in fact
are due to modifications of the epicranium back of the area occu-
pied by the Anterodorsal, Ocellar and Subocellar setae. And
consequently, changes in the relative position of the Posterodorsal
and Lateral setae are more frequent and striking than among the
other groups. In the round feeding larvae of the Lithocolletinae,
however, the development is more in the opposite direction, the
Anterodorsal, Ocellar, and Subocellar areas are larger in propor-
tion to the Posterodorsal, and there is a consequent spreading out
of the setae of the former, the Lateral group is thrust further
back and the Posterodorsal group is restricted to a smaller area.

All changes, however, are not confined to group movements.
There are also differences in the relative position of the setae
within a given group, chiefly differences in distance, but also,
among the Anterodorsals especially, in the alignment of the setae.
In both the most striking changes are noted among the genera of
any given family, but here again we find certain tendencies which
aid in the identification of larger groups; for example, Ad-2 and
Ad-3 are rather closely approximate in Stenomidae or Oecopho-
ridae, and in the Tortricoidea the three Anterodorsal setae form
a very obtuse triangle often, in fact, lying in almost a straight line
with L-l, while in other families their alignment tends more to-
wards a right angle.

The positions of the punctures appear at first hand much less
constant within families than those of the setae, and offer greater
difficulties, for they are often invisible except under the highest

160 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

power of a compound microscope. Ad-2a revolves almost com-
pletely around seta Ad-2 in the Gelechiidae, and Pd-2a is equally
migratory in many groups. I have found, however, no very strik-
ing differences among species of the same genus and within fam-
ilies even the tendencies of migration are limited in certain direc-
tions. It is never a serious problem to homologize these punc-
tures. The one I have designated as Pel-la offers the most diffi-
culty on account of its frequent proximity to L-l and Ad-3. That
it really belongs with the Posterodorsals and indicates the devel-
opment of that group is shown in Gnorrimoschema and Nealyda
where it is closely approximate to Pd-2a, lying almost midway
between the two primary Posterodorsal setae.

Changes in position of setae and punctures within the setae
groups in any given family are most frequent with Ad-2, Ad-2a,
0-1, Pd-la and Pd-2a and less frequent with Ad-3, L-la, 6-2, and
3, and the Posterodorsal and Subocellar setae. In fact, no group
is so nearly uniform in the arrangement and the position of its
individual setae throughout the Micros as the Subocellar group.1

The secondary tubercles of the Posterodorsal area vary greatly
in number and character. In many cases they differ on the two
epicranial lobes of the same head and are frequently undistinguish-
able even under high magnification.

. THE TROPHI.

Among the trophi we find our best characters on the labrum
and the so-called maxillulae and in the arrangement of the ocelli.
On its upper surface the labrum bears twelve primary setae ar-
ranged in two symmetrically paired groups of three each (Fig. 1).
The outer three are always located upon the area represented on
the ventral side of the labrum by the epipharyngial rods (Fig. 2) .
The development of these rods determining the relative position
of the setae, the foremost seta being always at the front extrem-
ity. These three setae also have a common nerve connection
near the base of the labrum. The three medial setae also form a
natural group with separate nerve connections from the laterals.
As Forbes' (5) numbering of these setae contradicts their mor-
phology I am proposing the symbols M 1-2-3- for the medial
group and L 1-2-3- for the lateral, numbering from the base of
the labrum forward. The punctures are treated as subprimaries
of the medial group. Fig. 1 shows the homology with Forbes'

1 Dampf's division of the setae within and below the area occupied
by the ocelli into two groups is a convenient one for purposes of descrip-
tion and identification but the name ocellar and Subocellar are somewhat
misleading as 0.1 often falls well below the ocelli and SO-2 as frequently
within the ocellar area.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916

161

numerals. Changes in the larum itself, especially the depth of
the median incision, have much to do with alterations in the rela-
tive position of the setae, particularly those of the medial group,
but in spite of this a characteristic alignment prevails in certain
families regardless of the shape of the labrum. This is well illus-
trated in the Gracilariidae where the arrangement shown in Fig.
1 persists even through the flat stages and in spite of the most
radical alterations in the form of the labrum itself. The more
common grouping among the Micros is with M-2 laterad and
slightly back of M-l.

Fig. 1 Dorsal view of a Micro Labrum (Family Gracilariidae) M-l, M-2,
M-S — Medial setae; L-l, L-2, L-3 — Lateral setae (Roman numerals show
Forbes' numbering of the setae).

Fig. 2 Epipharynx of a Micro Larva; ER — Epipharyngeal Rod; ES—
Epipharyngeal Shield; ET — Epipharyngeal Setae.

Among the Micros the general alignment of the two groups is
at least of family significance while slight differences in propor-
tionate distances between setae, and differences in the relative
position of the individual setae are of generic value.

Besides the dorsal setae there are two other characters of im-
portance on the labrum; the chitinized epipharyngeal shield in
the notch and three pairs of modified setae near the anterior-
lateral margin. The shield itself is often quite variable in dif-
ferent species of the same genus and only seems to be generally
consistent in the leaf-miners. The epipharyngeal setae are so

PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE X.

*'..

£o*

&,*•'--

^>V

F,

162

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 163

uniform throughout the order that it is hard to see and more diffi-
cult to describe their differences in different groups. They are
mainly differences in length and in shape. In the Gracilariidae
they are like saw teeth, tapering sharply and broad at the base.
In some of the gelechiids they are wider in the middle. In
Mnemonica they look like flat plates bluntly pointed at each end.
That they are really flattened setae and not plates or "sensory
cones" is realized from a study of them in Gelechia cercericella
and G. gossypiella where their tubercle-like sockets are quite plain.

Since the publication of Fr. DgGryse's paper on the "maxil-
lulae" we have been able to study these organs in several more
forms and in all where the plates are developed it is easy to iden-
tify genera by this character. One can place a species of Parec-
topa, of Gracilaria, or Ornix, or Cremastobombycia, or Ectoedemia
in its proper genus by the labial parts of the larva alone. In
Ectoedemia there are slight differences between the species but
they do not obscure the generic character. The maxillulae
however, are extremely difficult to describe in such a way as to
convey as accurate an idea of their structure, and for that rea-
son will probably not be as useful in tables or keys. To be really
intelligible they must be drawn.

The ocelli are more easily handled and as Fracker observes (6)
offer valuable characters for the determination of genera. Occa-
sionally (as in Sesiidae and Tineidae) their arrangement is suffi-
cient to fix the family of a larva whose other body and head char-
acters have been obliterated; but normally they are useful more
as supplementary than diagnostic characters and should always
be considered in connection with the setae associated with them.

The setae are after all the best guide to a study of larval origin
and development, showing not only the extent of separation be-
tween species through environment, but their affinities as well by
the manner in which each has reacted to the stimulus.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) BUSCK and BOVING: On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVI, No. 4, 1914.

(2) DAMPF A.: Zur Kenntnis Gehausetragender Lepldoptoronlarven

Zoologischen Jahrbuchen, 1910.

(3) DeGryse, J. J: Some Modifications of the Hypopharynx in Lepidopter-

ous Larvae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVII, No. 4, 1915.

(4) DYAR, H. G. : Note on the Head Setae of Perophora melsheimerii. Jn.

N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. IV, 1896.

(5) FORBES, W. T. M. : A Structural Study of Some Caterpillars I. Ann.

Ent. Soc. Am., Vol. Ill, No. 2, 1910.
FORBES, W. T. M. : 11 (The Sphingidae) Vol. IV, No. 3, 1911.

164 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

(6) P'RACKER, S. B. : The Classification of Lepidopterous Larvae. 111.

Biological Monographs, Vol. II, No. 1, 1915.

(7) HEINRICH and DEGRYSE: On Acrocercops strigifinitella Clemens.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XV11, No. 1, 1915.

(8) TRAGARDH, I: Contributions towards the Comparative Morphology

of the Trophi of the Lepidopterous Leaf-miners. Arkir. f. Zoologi.,
Bd. 8, No. 9., Stockholm 1913.

(9) Contribution to the Knowledge of the Enemies of the Pine and Spruce

amongst the Micro-Lepidoptera. Skogsvitrdsofreningens Tid-
skrift 1915. (Meddelandap Fran Statens Skogsfor.soksanstalt,
No. 12.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE x.

(Schematic drawings).

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Head Capsule showing a typical Micro arrange-
ment of setae and punctures. EP. — Epistoma; Ep-1, Ep-2 — Epistomal
setae; FR — Frons; Fr-l.Fr-a — Frontal setae and punctures; ADF — Ad-
frontal area of Frons; Adf-1, Adf-2, Adf-a — Adf rental setae and puncture.
X — Bend indicating forward attachment of Tenitorial Arms. 0 — Ocellar
area of Epicranium; AD — Anterodorsal area of Epicranium; Ad-1, Ad-2,
Ad2a, Ad-3 — Seta and, puncture of Enterodorsal area. L — Lateral area of
Epicranium; L-l, L-la — Lateral seta and puncture; PD — Posterodorsal
area of Epicranium; Pd-1, Pd-la, Pd-2, Pd-2a — Posterodorsal seta and
punctures.

Fig. 2. Side view of same head showing all Epicranial areas, setae,
and punctures. Areas marked by dotted lines. The following seta are
not indicated in figure 1 : O-l, Ola, 0-2, 0-3 — Setae and puncture of Ocellar
area; So-1, So-2, So-2a, So-3 — Setae and puncture of Subocellar area;
G-l, G-la — Genal seta and puncture.

Fig. 3 Anterior ventral view of left Epicranial lobe showing typical
arrangement of Seta 0-1 and the Subocellar group.

THE HYPERMETAMORPHISM OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS

SAPFEEDERS.

BY REV. J. J. DEGRYSE, Staunton, Va.

The habits and the structure of lepidopterpus sapfeeding larvae
have for many years attracted the attention of Entomologists.
Excellent studies on these subjects were published by Chambers,
Dimmock, Chapman and more recently by Tragardh. The trans-
formations of the sapfeeding larvae strikingly exemplify the ef-
fects of environmental influences, of changes in habit and conse-
quent use and disuse of organs. In their order of appearance
they constitute a noteworthy exception to the famous "recapit-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 165

ulation" theories. For detailed study the reader is referred to
the able dissertations of the above mentioned authors. A synop-
sis of the most salient features in the development of these larvae
will suffice for our present purpose.

To obtain their food, the sapfeeders burrow in leaves, stems, or
twigs. By means of a narrow slit they separate the epidermis
from the parenchyma and thus cause a flow of the plantsaps.
This habit necessarily involves profound structural modifications.
The head-capsule takes the form of a wedge. The mandibles
are flattened into thin blades with small teeth and a serrate cut-
ting edge. Becoming greatly enlarged, the hypopharnyx forms
an ideal receptacle for the flowing saps. The spinneret is either
absent or so greatly reduced as to be functionless. In some
cases, the labial palps appear to be missing whilst in others they
are merely rudimentary. The maxillar\r palps are very incon-
spicuous. It is readily seen why all these appendages of the lower
lip should undergo such reduction. Their presence in the normal
form would indeed prove very cumbersome to the larva in the
making of its peculiar mine. The body also undergoes a general
flattening and becomes moniliform. Legs and prolegs are rudi-
mentary or absent.

The sapfeeding habit is a very high specialization and must be
considered as a comparatively recent acquisition in the Lepi-
doptera. It has been found only in two families, the Phylloc-
nistidae and the Gracilariidae. There is, however, a great dif-
ference in this respect between the two families. As far as we
know, the Phyllocnistidae feed on plantsaps exclusively through-
out their whole larval existence. Such is not the case in the
Gracilariidae. Here we have every indication of a gradual evo-
lution tending to establish the sapfeeding habit as yet not fully
acquired in many genera. In their early instars all gracilariids
are sapfeeders and present as such the typical form induced by
this habit. The larvae of many genera become external feeders
or tissue feeding leaf miners in their later instars. On changing
their habit they change their form and return to the normal type
of lepidopterous larvae. This return occurs at different periods of
larval life. Thus, Gracilaria and Ornix have only two flat instars.
Acrocercops strigifcnitella has two and a partial one. Phyllono-
rycter has three. With Marmara and Cameraria, on the other
hand, the sapfeeding habit persists throughout the entire feeding
period. That the early stages should specialize rather than the
later ones is in itself a most remarkable feature. Chapman calls
especial attention to this fact and advances the theory that
"There is a tendency of a peculiarity acquired at any stage to be
passed to the preceding or following stage. Hence that the young

166 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

.

larva is just as liable to specialize in view of changed conditions
as the adult one is." Dr. Chapman is of the opinion that where
the sapfeeding habit has actually been acquired in two or three
instars only, it will not continue to encroach on later instars.
His idea that "Any larval instar may undergo changes without neces-
sarily involving any other instar" may be true generally speak-
ing, but in the Gracilariidae, in as far as the sapfeeding habit is
concerned, it does not seem to hold, if any significance is to be at-
tached to the existence of intermediate forms. Thus, Acrocercops
strigifi.nitella, in its third instar has the head and mouthparts prac-
tically normal, but the body is absolutely legless. In the so-
called round stages of Parectopa, Phy Honor ycter, Cremastobomby-
cia and Porphyrosela a marked tendency towards the flat type is
exhibited in the shape of the head-capsule. To justify his con-
tention, Dr. Chapman found it convenient to consider each larval
molt as "A separate stage of development, as distinct as is the
larva state from the pupa." This radical departure from all ac-
cepted views seems unnecessary. There is a real subdivision of
the larval life of the sapfeeders into distinct supernumerary stages,
but it is established on other grounds. The most important
modification induced by sapfeeding, consists in the atrophy of
the spinning apparatus. Whenever the habit persists through-
out the entire feeding period, this atrophy necessitates a special
stage, in which by a regeneration of the spinning organs the larva
is enabled to construct its cocoon. The spinning stage is as
highly specialized as the feeding stage. The spinneret is now the
organ "par excellence." In most cases maxillary and labial palps
are also highly developed. As the larva never feeds in this stage,
the mandibles become reduced. In nearly all cases, this reduc-
tion produces the complete inability to leave the mine for pupa-
tion. Various degrees of advancement in this direction may be
observed. Marmara has flat functioning mandibles which cross
each other like the blades of a pair of scissors. They are used by
the larva to cut its way through the epidermis of the foodplant
when leaving the mine and also to perforate the outer layers of
its cocoon to adorn it with characteristic globules in the manner
observed and described by Mr. Busck. Cameraria has the man-
dibles of a normal tissue-feeding larva, but they are much re-
duced and so placed as to be functionless. The mandibles of an
unidentified phyllocnistid (?) erroneously described as the larva
of Meiriochroa are merely small, shapeless chitinizations. The
mandibles of P.iyllocnistis seem to be completely lost. In Phyl-
locnistidae and Gracilariidae we thus find a series of molts so
specialized as to accomplish ultimately the complete separation
in time of two vital functions of the larva, namely that of feeding

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 167

and that of spinning the cocoon. We think, therefore, that this
series of molts, whenever it occurs, should be considered as a dis-
tinct hypermetamorphic stage. In other words the flat sapfeed-
ing type should be accorded the same rank of distinction as that
attributed, in the Meloidae for instance, to the campodeiform
larva. The cases are, of course, not strictly parallel. The tri-
ungulin owes its present existence to the preservation of a primi-
tive form, whilst the sapf ceding larval type is the effect of the
preponderance of a new form developed at the expense of a pre-
existing type. But the preservation of the primitive form in
Meolidae is due to biological factors of the same nature as those
tending to establish the new modification in Gracilariidae. These
assertions are based especially on recent studies of the transfor-
mations of the genus Marmara. Between the feeding and spin-
ning stages of this genus there is a period of quiescence. This
period, it was found, is marked by a special stage similar to the
pseudo-pupal stage of the Meloidae. This intermediate stage is
coarctate throughout its existence. Shortly before the complete
transformation of the spinning larva, the larval heads of the
pseudo-pupal and spinning stages may be seen enclosed within
the skin of the last feeding stage. Upon emergence, the last larva
casts the skins of both preceding stages at the same time. The
pseudo-pupa bears the same relation to the prepupal larva as the
pupa bears to the imago. It is, essentially, a stage of disintegra-
tion and reconstruction of tissues incidental to the profound alter-
ations in the organs of the larva. All appendages are merely
outlined in the external pellicle, nevertheless, the parts are dis-
tinct and are easily homologized. The characters of the feeding
type are lost, those of the spinning type are foreshadowed, espe-
cially in the labrum and labium. The maxillae and mandibles ex-
hibit in their general appearance a more distinct return to the
form of the primitive Gracilariid larva. This applies also, in a
measure, to the general outline of the head-capsule. Only few
data concerning the duration of the pseudo-pupal stage have
been obtained. One specimen of Marmara fulgidella was observed
on April 19 and 20 of this year. Feeding stopped on April 19
about 3 p.m. The larva remained motionless for several hours.
The heart-action was regular and occasionally there was a slight
jerking of the mandibles. About 8 p.m. the heart-action was
considerably slower and the larva was opening and closing its
mandibles vigorously. At 12 p.m. the heart-action had stopped
almost completely and the larva appeared to be dying. On
April 20 at 8 p.m. the pseudopupa was well dovelopecl, th:? only
sign of life was a slow pulsation in the region of the ninth abdom-
inal segment. The larva remained in the same condition until 11

168 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

a.m. after which observations had to be discontinued. A more
detailed study of this state will be the subject of a future paper.
The full significance of the pseudo-pupa remains shrouded in
mystery. A superficial inquiry into the developmental history
of Cameraria failed to reveal the existence of any such intermediate
stage. Whatever the case may be in Cameraria or in Pkyllocnistis,
our present knowledge of the metamorphosis of Marmara suffi-
ciently warrants the sharp line of distinction to be drawn between
the early sapfeeding stages and the later normal or spinning stages
in all Gracilariidae and Phyllocnistidae.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

FABRE, J. : Memoire sur I'hypermetamorphose et les moeurs des Meloides.

Ann. Sc. nat. Zool., ser. 4, t. 7, 1857.
CHAMBERS, V. T. : Notes upon the American Species of Lithocolletis,

Psyche. Vol. 2, 1877-78.
DIMMOCK, G. : The Trophi and the Chitinous Supports in Gracilaria.

Ibidem, Vol. 3, 1880.
CHAPMAN, T. A. : The Classification of Gracilaria and Allied Genera. The

Entomologist, Vol. 35, No. 467-469, 1902.
TRAGARDH, 1.: Contributions towards the comparative morphology of the

Trophi- of the Lep. Leafminers. Arkiv fur Zoologi., Band 8, No.

9, 1913.

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-FOURTH MEETING,
APRIL 6, 1916.

The 294th regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
Mr. E. A. Schwarz at the Saengerbund Hall, April 6, 1916. There
were present Messrs, Abbott, Back, Baker, Barber, Boving,
Caudell, Crawford, Cushman, Duckett, Ely, Fisher, Gahan,
Garner, Greene, Hutchison, Isely, Knab, Mclndoo, Middleton,
Paine, Pierce, Popenoe, Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer,
Schwarz, Shannon, Snyder, Speare, and Townsend, members;
and Robert Fouts, visitor.

The corresponding-secretary announced that the Executive
Committee had voted to raise the price for single numbers of the
Proceedings from $.50 per number, the present price, to $.75
per number.

The corresponding-secretary also announced the death of Mr.
Theodore Pergande, a former member of the Society, and stated

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 169

that a committee consisting of Messrs. Howard, Schwarz and
Barber had been appointed to prepare a biographical sketch for
the Proceedings.

Dr. A. T. Speare and Mr. H. L. Viereck were elected active
members.

The following program was presented :

PRISTOGERA ARMIFERA (SAY) PARASITIC ON LIMONIUS

AGONUS (SAY).

BY J. A. HYSLOP, Bureau of Entomology.

References to the rearing of parasitic Hymenoptera from Ela-
teridae are very rare in Entomological literature. In 1860 Curtis1
recorded the rearing of a Proctrotrupes from an elaterid larva in
England, and in 1898 Dr. -S. A. Forbes2 mentions rearing a para-
sitic fly (?) from an elaterid larva. The writer has recorded3 the
rinding of a Tiphia like cocoon with an elaterid skin firmly woven
into it from which the adult parasite had emerged. And Mr. J.
J. Davis has made an identical observation in Indiana.

Late in July, 1915 the writer investigated a serious wireworm
infested region near Brattleboro, Vermont. Limonius agonus
(Say) was doing very serious damage to corn, in the narrow val-
leys in this region, especially in the more poorly drained fields.
While digging in one of these fields, a larva was found which was
at first thought to have been disemboweled in digging. On closer
examination, however, it was found to have a Hymenopterous
larva firmly affixed to its ventral surface. The wireworm was
still alive and quite active, although the parasite was nearly one-
third as long as its host and quite as stout. The host was about
six inches below the surface of the ground and about eighteen
inches from the nearest corn hill. The wireworms had for the
most part ceased feeding in this field. This host and its parasite
with several other wireworms was placed in a tin box filled with
moist sphagnum moss and brought into the Laboratory. Three
days later the box was examined and all but one wireworm be-
sides the host removed. On the following day the parasite aban-
doned its original host, which it had reduced to a mere empty
skin, and attached itself to the ventral surface of the other wire-
worm in the same cage. The parasitic fixed itself to the host by

1 Curtis, John, Farm Insects, p. 181, 1860.

* Forbes, Dr. S. A., 111. Agri. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 44, p. 228, 1896.

3 U. S. D. A. Bull. 156, p. 29, 1915.

170 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

inserting the mouthparts in the sternum of the third abdominal
segment and lay appressed to the ventron of the host with the
head directed caudad (Plate 11, fig. 2). That the parasite was
actively feeding was evidenced by the rhythmic pulsations of its
body. The parasite larva was 5 mm. long and 2 mm. in diameter,
nearly cylindrical and glaborous; the head was pale buff and the
body translucent with many floculent bodies visible through the
transparent skin. The lateral trachae were very distinctly vis-
ible. On the terminal dorsal segment was an irregular shield of
rugose lemon yellow skin bearing two short hairs. A more de-
tailed description was impossible on account of the danger of
injuring the parasite by exposure to light and air. On July 29,
six days after finding the larva in the field, the parasite left its
second host, which it had entirely consumed except a small
amount of tissue in the anterior end and the skin. It spun a
silken cocoon (Plate 11, fig. 1) on the surface of the soil in the rear-
ing cage. In texture this cocoon was tough and leathery, very
much like that of Myzina (Elis) 5-cincta (Fab), with some loose
strands of silk thrown irregularly about it. When first spun, this
cocoon was a rich reddish brown, but in the course of a couple of
days it assumed a light tan color. The cocoon is cylindrical and
somewhat truncate at each end, measuring 9 mm. long and 3.5
mm. in diameter. On August 30, thirty-three days after spin-
ning its cocoon, the adult parasite emerged and was determined
by Mr. S. A. Rohwer as Pristocera armifera (Say) <? (Plate II,
fig. 3). This insect belongs to the Bethylidae, an aberrant group
of vespoids formerly classed with the Proctrotrypoidea. The de-
scriptions of the male and female by Ashmead are to be found in
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 45, p. 34, 1893.

The adult emerged by gnawing an irregular circular hole in
one end of the cocoon. It did not cut off a little cap, as do many
Hymenopterous adults on emerging, but reduced the material
from the opening to very fine fragments. It returned to the co-
coon whenever exposed to the bright light, evidently for conceal-
ment, and is very likely nocturnal in its habits.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE xi.

Fig. 1. Pristocera armifera (Say) cocoon and remains of two host larvae.
Fig. 2. Limonius agonus (Say) larva with mature larva of Pristocera
armifera (Say) in feeding position.

Fig. 3. Pristocera armifera (Say) adult cf dorsal and lateral aspect.

ROC. ENT. 8OC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE XI

a.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 171

NOTES ON THE LARVAE OF EUXESTA NOTATA WIED.

BY R. H. HUTCHISON, Bureau of Entomology.

Regular periodic collections of common Diptera were made on
the experiment farm at Bethesda, Md. beginning about April 1,
1915. The adults of Euxesta notata Wied. (Ortalidae) were first
taken on April 30, and were seen during May, June, and July,
but were very rare during August and September. They were
never taken in or around horse stables nor accumulations of horse
manure. They did, however, frequent pig pens and piles of pig
manure nearby. These accumulations were made up largely of
bran and other wastes from the feed troughs, as well as of dung.
In fact, the bran usually exceeded the actual amount of dung,
and the whole mixture was very moist and in an active state of
fermentation Large numbers of the larvae of this species were
found in this bran-manure mixture during June and July. They
were also found in moist bran alone. One June 9 two wire basket
maggot traps were started, one containing about one bushel of
fresh horse manure, and the other an equal quantity of bran well
moistened. The larvae of Euxesta notata were first taken from
the bran trap on June 21, and continued to appear until July 1.
None were taken from the horse manure under the same condi-
tions. On August 25, a similar maggot trap experiment was
started using fresh horse manure on one, and bran-pig manure
mixture in the other. Daily collections of the larvae were made
until the third week in September, but no larvae of this species
were taken at this season of the year, although they had been
found breeding abundantly on the bran-manure mixture during
July.

Larvae of this species selected on June 25 were put in a breed-
ing jar with some moist bran which had been previously exam-
ined to make sure that no other larvae were present. They
pupated during the next day or two and adults emerged between
July 3 and 8. I am indebted to Mr. Knab for the determination
of the adults. The following description of the full grown, third
stage maggot is made from a study of alcoholic specimens taken
both from bran and from the bran-manure mixture.

Larva. (Plate Xll, fig. 1.) Average length about 7 mm. Pseudocepha-
lon bilobed, each lobe bearing two small papillae. Two comparatively
large mandibular hooks, the tips of which are visible on the exterior when
in repose. Each mandibular sclerite shows a small opening in its broadest
part near the base, and on the dorsal side is a distinct recurved spur. Two
hypostornal sclerites, which are long and rod like, somewhat widely sepa-
rated and diverging slightly posteriorly where they fit into deep incisions
in the lateral plates. They are more heavily chitinized at the anterior

172 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ends. The pharyngeal sclerites or lateral plates are not heavily chitinized,
light brown in color and fading out in certain areas to a rather translucent
membrane. Longitudinal folds evident in the ventral wall. (Plate 1,
figs. 2 and 3.)

Anterior spiracles 10 lobed. Twelve visible body segments. Lateral
fusiform areas from the 6th to the 12th segments, rather faint and not
spiniferous. Ventral fusiform areas present from the 5th to the 12th seg-
ments. These pads bear rows of minute close set spinules (Plate 1, fig. 4),
and the arrangement of these rows varies slightly from pad to pad. On
the ventral side of the terminal segment, in addition to the spiniferous
pad, is seen the diamond shaped anal area, around the margin of which is
a fringe of close set spinules. No spinules on any part of the body except
the ventral fusiform areas and the margin of the anal field. All spinules
concolorous with the body. Caudal end of the body somewhat truncated.
No marginal tubercles about stigmal field. Stigmata are elevated on dis-
tinct stalks which project backwards and slightly upwards and diverge a
little from each other. The stigmata (Plate L, Fig. 5) are about 0.07 mm.
in diameter and about 0.13 mm. apart. Three spiracles in each stigmal
plate, oval in shape and radiately arranged. A button appears as a small
clear spot on the upper inner side of the stigmal plate.

The accompanying figures (Plate XII, figs. 2 and 3) of the
cephalopharyngeal skeleton differ in some details from the figure
given by Mr. Banks.1 His figure represents the appearance of
this structure when viewed through the body wall without dis-
section, and was probably drawn from a specimen mounted in
balsam and sent in from California by Mr. Coquillett. When
the anterior end of the body is cut off and treated with potash,
and the body wall dissected away, there are certain details, espe-
cially the more transparent parts of the pharyngeal skeleton,
which are not otherwise visible.

A study of the larval food of this species reveals no highly
specialized habit. In Doctor Howard's paper on the insect
fauna of human excrement (p. 585) the rearing of the species from
human feces is recorded as well from onions, cotton balls, osage,
orange fruit and apples previously injured by the codling moth
and it was suggested that in all cases the insect appeared to fol-
low the work of other species. The only other published note
on the larval food we have found is one by Drs. Riley and Howard
in Insect Life, Vol. VI, p. 270, in which they list the following
rearings in addition to those just mentioned; sumach fruit from
Virignia, bolls of Solanum carolinense from the District of Colum-
bia. The following additional records are to be found in the

1 Banks, N., U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. of Ent., Tech. Series 22, Plate VII,
Fig. 121.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 173

Bureau files and labels of Museum specimens; from the rotting
parts of root of a melon which had previously been killed by a
fungoid disease, from Ohio; from pieces of roots of Astrai/ulii*
molissimus from Colorado. Puparia of this species were collected
by Mr. Schwarz at Jackson, Miss., under the bark of dead and
dying pine trees. To this list should be added the fact that dur-
ing the past season it has been found in large numbers in moist
bran and in bran-manure mixture.

Very little is known as to the developmental periods of this fly.
From unpublished notes in the Bureau of Entomology we earn that
Mr. Coquillett observed a female ovipositing in a hole in a fallen ap-
ple, the hole having been made by a larva of Carpocapsa pomonella.
Upon cutting open the apple he found 36 eggs scattered about in
the cavity, about a dozen being placed on end in a cluster, the
others scattered about, lying on one of their sides. This was on
September 10, 1888, and the first larva pupated on November 8.
Allowing two days for the egg stage this would give a larval period
of 57 days. On one of Dr. Howard's experiments there was a
developmental period of 27 days. The writer's experience dur-
ing the last summer indicates a larval period of from 12 to 14
days, shortened no doubt by the high temperature of the fer-
menting bran in which they were feeding. The pupal period lasts
from 7 to 12 days. In Mr. Colquillett's notes there is recorded
one 8-day and one 10-day period.

The following notes on the behavior of these larvae may be of
some interest, as nothing has heretofore been published on this
subject.

The larvae of Euxesta notata do not seem to be quite so strongly
negative in their reaction to light as are the larvae of many other
Diptera. At least they were seen more frequently and in greater
numbers on the surface of the moist bran and the bran-manure
mixture. Some larvae of practically all the species which were
breeding in these materials were to be found on the surface in
full view on warm cloudy days after a rain, or early in the morn-
ing before the sun was high. The Euxesta larvae were seen in
great numbers at such times, and also some of them would appear
on the surface during the brightest parts of the dajr.

When present on the surface of the medium they exhibit a very
curious leaping habit, similar to that of the cheese skipper. They
bend the body in a loop, apparently seizing the stalks of the pos-
terior stigmata or a fold in the chitin around the anal area by
means of the mandibular hooks, and then unbend with a sudden-
ness that hurls them through the air for a distance of from 1 to
5 inches.

They appear to be vegetable feeders as a rule, but one case
came under the writer's observation in which some of them were

174 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

feeding on dead animal matter. Early on the morning of July
10 examination was made of a pile of bran-manure mixture. The
sun was not shining brightly and the surface of the mixture had
not yet dried off. Hundreds of larvae were in full view feeding
on the semiliquid matter of the surface. The larvae of Musca
domestica, Stomoxys calcitrans, Ophyra leucostoma, and others were
in evidence, but the larva of Euxesta notata outnumbered them
all. In two or three spots some Euxesta larvae were congregated
in active squirming masses. Thirty or forty of them could be
seen intensely active and tumbling over one another in an ap-
parent attempt to get at some choice bit of food. These masses
were taken up in vials, and after they had scattered a little it was
seen that each group had been feeding on a dead maggot, which
upon examination proved to be the larvae of Musca domestica.
There were three or four openings in the body walls of the dead
larva, most of them occurring in the intersegmental sutures, and
through these the Euxesta larvae were lapping up the fluid con-
tents in the interior. In these observations there is, of course,
no evidence that the Euxesta larvae are predaceous in habit. In
fact, a number of considerations point to the contrary. The
house fly larvae are about twice the size of Euxesta, and presum-
ably could easily escape unless overwhelmed by sheer weight of
numbers. Euxesta larvae were never observed attacking the
living larvae of the house fly. The list of larval foods given above
indicates that it is normally saprophagous. It is interesting to
note in this connection that it possesses none of the structural
characters which, according to Keilin,1 are peculiar to certain
anthomyid larvae which are said to be exclusively carnivorous
or predacious in habit during the latter stages of their develop-
ment. Some of these characters are (1) mandibles strong and
close enough together; (2) pharyngeal sclerites long and strongly
chitinized, almost black. No trace of longitudinal folds on the
internal face of the ventral part, (3) the hypostomal sclerite not
of an H-form, and is strongly chitinized and separated only at the
anterior part, (4) a small rod is present at the side of the mandi-
bles, extending forward and is dentate at the free extremity, (5)
labial palpi present and elongate. It will be seen by reference to
the figures that none of these characters are present in the larvae
of Euxesta notata.

Finally it is desired to record the fact that the larvae of Euxesta
notata show a pronounced migratory habit. A reference to this
habit is made in Mr. Coquillett's notes. In his observations on
the larvae breeding in a decaying apple, he found that the larvae

1 Keilin, D. Bui. Soc. Ent. de France, Dec. 23, 1914.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 175

which were fully fed deserted the apple and pupated in the bottom
of the box. He suggested that their normal habit is to enter the
earth to pupate. In the maggot trap experiment mentioned
above, about 1300 larvae of this species were caught in the water
below the moist bran, as compared with 1430 larvae of the house
fly from the same medium. The bran was moistened and put in
the trap on June 9. The larvae of Muscina stabulans were the
first to appear in the water below. They were first caught on
June 15, and the migration ceased on June 21. House fly larvae
were first caught on June 17, and continued to appear until June
26. The larvae of Euxesta migrated during the period from June
21 to July 1. The experiment was ended at that time and there
were still a number of these larvae in the bran. The larvae of
Oplyra leucostoma first appeared on June 25, and some were
present when the experiment ended.

This is an interesting sequence which at first thought would be
easily explained on the basis of differences in the length of the
larval periods, the larvae developing most rapidly being the first
to migrate. But it is quite possible that a close study of the exact
time when eggs were deposited would reveal some connection be-
tween the time of deposition and the particular stage in the pro-
cess of fermentation. In other words, different species of flies
are probably attracted to different combinations of decomposi-
tion products, and if all the chemical and biological changes that
take place in a fermenting mass such as moist bran, were known,
it might be possible to discover some correlation between such
changes and the sequence of the dipterous fauna.

Neither the larvae of Euxesta nor of Ophyra were taken from
horse manure under the same condition as the bran. Horse
manure has of course undergone destructive changes before
evacuation from the alimentary canal, and the remaining stages
of fermentation are passed through rapidly. These facts suggest
that only those flies with a short larval period are adapted for
life in this quickly fermenting medium, and that those with a
longer larval period seek out substances which change more slowly
in which the destructive processes have to begin from the begin-
ning, as it were.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE xn.

Fig. 1. Full grown larva of Euxesta notata as seen from the left side
X 14.

Fig. 2. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton of mature larva, indicating more
highly chitinized parts and the longitudinal folds in the ventral wall of
the pharyngeal schlerite. Outlines by camera lucida after treatment
with KOH. X 100.

PROC. ENT. 8OC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE XII

170

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 177

Fig. 3. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton seen from the left side. Outline
by camera lucida. X 100.

Fig. 4. Ventral view of the terminal segment, showing spiniferous pad
and spinules on the margin of the anal area.

Fig. 5. Posterior stigmata. Outline by camera lucida from a slide
mount after treatment with KOH. X 100.

A NEW SPECIES OF WEEVIL INJURING ORCHIDS.'

BY H. S. BARBER, Bureau of Entomology.

In 1913 a specimen of a beautiful black and white weevil was
brought in by Mr. Heidemann from Field's greenhouse in this
city where it had been found on a plant of Cattleya mossiae sup-
posed to have come from Venezuela, and was determined by Mr.
Schwarz as Cholus forbesi Pascoe 1876, since it agreed with the
original short Latin diagnosis2 cited by Champion 1906.3 Re-
cently another specimen was received for determination from Mr.
J. G. Sanders with the statement that much damage was being
done to Cattleya orchids in a greenhouse in Milwaukee, Wis., the
large pale yellow larvae burrowing in the stems and practically
killing the plant beyond the point of injury. The unsatisfactory
nature of Pascoe's diagnosis and the omission of mention of the
nude pronotum in Champion's allusion to this species caused the
writer to forward a photograph and sketch of the ventral mark-
ings to Mr. G. C. Champion in London for verification of the
determination, but he replied that although allied to Cholus for-
besi Pascoe, C. nigronotatus Champ., and C. nigromaculatus
Champ., of each of which he had seen two specimens displaying
no noteworthy variation, the species in question is evidently dis-
tinct from them, all three having a variegated pronotum and dif-
ferent elytral patterns. It is possible that the species has already
been described but a search of the more recent literature did not
disclose a similar species and it is thought best to describe and
illustrate the species as new. Mr. Sanders has tried to trace the
origin of the colony at Milwaukee but beyond learning that the
weevils probably were introduced in plants purchased in 1915
from a Philadelphia firm and that these plants came either from
Colombia or northern Brazil, he could secure no accurate infor-
mation.

1 Cholus cattleyae Champion, Ent. Month. Mag., Sept., 1916, p. 201, may
be this species but it has pronotal maculae.
2Proc. Ent. Soc. Lend., 1876, p. XXX.
3 Biol. Centr.-Amer. Coleop., vol. 4, pt. 4, p. 742.

178 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Cholus cattlevarum, n. sp.

Type: Cat. No. 20428, U. S. N. M.

Reared from Cattleya spp. probably from Columbia, or Vene-
zuela, or northern Brazil.

Robust, coarsely sculptured, black species, with irregular pattern of
dense white scales on elytra, pro-, meso-, and metasternum, meso- and
meta-pleurae and abdominal sternites; pronotum devoid of vestiture;
length, excluding rostum, 9 to 12 mm. ; width at humeri, 5 to 6 mm.

Head without vestiture except for a few scattered fine white scales
beneath the eyes; occiput coarsely confluently punctate; rostum twice as
long and one-fourth as wide as diameter of head, coarsely rugosely punc-
tate basally on each side of the narrow smooth carina, the punctures
becoming finer and sparser towards apex which is two-fifths wider than at
base; eyes broadly oval, nearly twice as long as the narrowest width of the
rostum. Prothorax one-fourth wider than long, widest at basal third,
without vestiture above but with a broad H-shaped patch of dense white
scales before the coxae; upper surface and sides opaque, microscopically
alutaceous except on the polished summit of the coarse, concentrically
arranged, lunate rugosities, on the discal side of each of which is set a
single short stiff black hair. Front coxae separated by about two-thirds
the width of one coxa, and exposing a rather large pentagonal centro-
sternal piece with finely alutaceous sculpture between the tip of the pro-
sternal lobe and the pair of inflated postcoxal processes of the epimeron.
Scutellum small, elongate, prominent, and clothed with white scales.
Elytra one-fourth longer than wide and one-fifth wider than pronotum;
widest at humeri, the sides convergent and nearly straight to about apical
fourth, apices rounded; surface extremely coarsely sculptured with ten
series of irregularly impressed punctures, the intervals unevenly inflated;
color black with an irregular design in dense white scales, the nude areas
generally more prominent than the squamose areas; third interval more
strongy inflated in basal and median fourths, the sixth interval more
strongly inflated at post-median fourth. A small patch of white scales and
hairs intermixed, on the mesosternum and a much larger patch of white
scales on the metasternum. Second abdominal segment with a narrow
median and broad lateral squamose patches, third and fourth segments with
small lateral squamose spots. Tarsi and tibiae (except base) clothed
densely with pale hairs, basal half of middle and hind femora with sparse
pale hairs. All femora equally dentate; outer apical angle of tibiae not
unguiculate. Mesosternum not protuberant between the intermediate
coxae.

In the accompanying plate (Plate XIII) the upper photographs
were made from the type and are enlarged to about five diameters.
The lower photos which are about twice natural size were received

PBOC. ENT. 8OC. WAKH., VO1>. XVIII.

PLATE XIII.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 179

from, and used by permission of Mr. Sanders and show a pupa in
its cell in the leaf stem, a full grown larva, and an adult on the
swollen leafstem of its hostplant.

EGG-DISPOSAL IN DERMATOBIA HOMINIS.

BY FREDERICK KNAB, Bureau of Entomology.

Within the last few years the statement has been made by a
number of writers that infestation with Dermatobia larvae occurs
through the intervention of mosquitoes, the eggs of the fly hav-
ing been found attached to the latter. At least three different
observers have independently reported finding mosquitoes with
Dermatobia eggs attached (1, 2, 3); figures have been published
showing the mosquito with the eggs in situ, and one author, Sur-
couf (4), has figured the newly hatched larva as well. However,
beyond the bare facts just indicated, very little of a reliable or
' positive nature has been contributed to the subject. Opinions
as to the manner in which the eggs become fastened to the mos-
quito differ widely. Some assume that the mode of infestation
indicated is exceptional or accidental and contend that normally
the eggs are attached directly to the vertebrate host by the mother
fly. Among Venezuelans it is claimed that the fly deposits her
eggs upon the foliage of a special kind of tree there known as
"Guacimo simarron,"1 and that men and animals become in-
fested by contact with leaves bearing Dermatobia eggs or larvae.
Finally, some authors den}^ altogether the intervention of the
mosquito. In view of the existing confusion, it seems desirable
to put on record any additional data bearing on the subject, even
though but a repetition of what has been already made known.

During the session of the second Pan-American Scientific Con-
gress in Washington this past winter, the writer had the pleasure
of meeting Dr. Rafael Gonzalez-Kincones of Caracas, ,who was
one of the first to report the occurrence of the Dermatobia eggs
upon the mosquito. Dr. Gonzalez-Rincones had with him two
specimens of mosquitoes with Dermatobia eggs attached and he
very kindly presented these to the writer. These specimens arc
of the greatest interest and their examination enables us to make
several deductions. In both cases the mosquito is a female
Pxorophora (Janthinosoma) lutzii, the same and only species defi-
nitely identified as bearer of the Dermatobia eggs by previous
writers. In both cases the eggs, eight or ten in number, form a

1 Prof. H. Pittier of the Bureau of Plant Industry inform* me that this
tree is the Guazuma tomentosa H. B. K. of botanists.

180 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

little package attached ventrally to the base of the mosquito's
abdomen. They are attached by one end and point obliquely
downward and backward in such a way that when the .mosquito
sucks blood the free or hatching end is nearest the skin of the
phlebotomized victim. Highly significant in this connection is
another circumstance. The mosquitoes are preserved dry, upon
pins, and inclosed in small glass tubes. In one of the specimens
there is to be seen, adhering to the inner surface of the vial, a
newly hatched Dermatobia larva. The conclusion is well-nigh
unescapable that at the time the mosquito was introduced the
warmth of the hand holding the tube caused the Dermatobia egg
to hatch. It would thus seem, and this idea has been already
expressed by me in a previous paper (5), that the fully matured
first-stage larva remains within the egg until the mosquito has
found a host, the warmth given off by the vertebrate acting as
a stimulus to the waiting larva. The heavily chitinized con-
dition of the anterior half of the young larva further supports
this view.

Recently a third specimen of mosquito with Dermatobia eggs
attached has come to hand. This was sent by Dr. Rafael Mor-
ales of Guatemala City.1 Doctor Morales, it should be noted,
appears to have been the first to announce, in 1911, the strange
relation between Dermatobia and the mosquito (1), and in
a more recent paper (6) he has added further data in proof of
it. The specimen sent by him is preserved in fluid and much
abraded, so that its specific identity is uncertain. However, it
is unquestionably a Psorophora, and in all probability the species
lutzii.'2 There are eight Dermatobia eggs, attached in a package
in exactly the same manner as in the two Venezuelan specimens
above described. They are attached to the mosquito and to
each other by means of a varnish which is insoluble in water or
alcohol.

The fact that in all three specimens before me the eggs are
attached' to the mosquito in precisely the same manner, beneath
to the base of the abdomen and with the hatching end free and
pointing downward, leaves no room for doubt that the mother
Dermatobia herself thus attaches them. This is also the opinion
of Doctor Morales and one of his best reasons for this belief
is that "the eggs are firmly attached to the body of the mosquito

1 In my previous paper I made the erroneous statement that Doctor
Morales is a native of Costa Rica.

2 Doctor Morales believed this specimen to be a Culex, no doubt on ac-
count of the absence of striking characteristics, the scales, as already
noted, having been almost completely worn off. I am inclined to believe
that the reference to Culex as vector of the Dermatobia eggs in Doctor
Morales' papers is attributable to the same circumstance.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 181

by a chitinous substance which must be fluid at the time of
oviposition and which hardens upon exposure to the air" (6).
The fact that the mosquito serving as vector is one of the most
bloodthirsty species is 'also significant. Further arguments in
support of this view have been given by me in a previous paper
(5) and need not be repeated here. In short, there is no longer
room for doubt that the female Derrnatobia normally attaches
its eggs to female mosquitoes, selecting for this purpose definite
species with a keen appetite for blood in order that the transfer
of the young larva to a suitable host mav be assured. State-
ments as to other modes of infestation, such as the occurrence of
the eggs or young larvae of Derrnatobia upon foliage, must be
treated with suspicion until definite proof is forthcoming.

Proof that the eggs in question are really those of Dermatobia
has been furnished through the rearing of the fl - from such eggs
by Doctor Morales. In his second paper hs announced the
receipt of further specimens of mosquitoes with Dermatobia eggs
attached. Newly hatched larvae from this material were trans-
ferred to rabbits and the metamorphosis was successfully com-
pleted. Doctor Morales had already made the attempt with his
first specimen, one of the eggs having hatched ten days after
its receipt. He placed the newly hatched larva upon the fore-
arm of a servant, where it moved about as if seeking a suitable
place of entrance. To induce the larva to pe i 'irate the skin,
the epidermis was slightly abraded and this at once had the
desired effect. Development went forward in the typical man-
ner, already well known, for 27 days. The patient then expressed
a desire to be relieved, the arm having beco.ne much swollen
and there being severe lymphangitis. The la vi, which already
had a length of 1 centime er, was extracted and transplanted to a
rabbit, but failed to reach maturity. Dr. P •*, iro Zepeda, in
Nicaragua, has ) rod iced infestation with Dermatobii larvae experi-
mentally by ca ising human subjec s to be bit e.t by mosquitoes
bearing the eggs of the fly (3). He has observed the Dermatobia
larva leaving the mosquito while this was sucking !>!ood. Having
reached the skin, it at once "by an admirable instinct" finds
the punctured spot and enters, the subject ha ing become insensi-
tive to the penetration of the larva through th;3 anesthetic and
irritating action of the mosquito's saliva. Doctor Zepeda states
furthec that he has found the Dermatobia eggs attached to the
femora, antenna1 and prothorax of the mosquito.

Before leaving the subject, attention must be called to a mis-
leading inaccuracy in the figure published by Dr. Louis W. Sam-
bon (7) and repeated by Doctor Balfour (8). The e^u;s are shown
as attached by their sides to the belly of the mosquito, with the

182 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

whole length of the egg in contact. This is assuredly an error
on the part of the artist, no doubt attributable to the manner
in which the specimen was prepared. Doctor Sambon's paper
is valuable, not only for the able discussion of the recent progress
in our knowledge of Dermatobia, but particularly for its diligent
exposition of the extensive literature relating to this remarkable
fly.

LITERATURE CITED.

(1) MORALES, RAFAEL: in El Nacional, Guatemala, Diciembre, 1911.

(Not seen by the writer).

(2) GoNZALEz-RiNCONES, RAFAEL: El Aeroplane del Gusano Macaco. El

Universal, Caracas, 4 Diciembre, 1912. (Not seen by the writer).

(3) ZEPEDA, PEDRO: Nouvelle note concernant les moustiques qui pro-

pagent les larves de Dermatobia cyaniventris et de Chrysomia
macellaria et peut-etre celle de Lund, et de la Cordilobia anthro-
pophaga. Rev. de Med. et d'Hyg. Trop., vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 93-95,
1913.

(4) SURCOUF, JACQUES : La transmission du ver macaque par un rnoustique.

C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 156, no. 18, pp. 1406-1408, 1913.
(Abstract: Rev. Applied Ent., Ser. B, vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 106-107,
1913.)

(5) KNAB, FREDERICK : The life-history of Dermatobia hominis. Amer.

Journ. Trop. Dis. and Prev. Med., vol. 1, no. 6, pp. 464-468, 1913.

(6) MORALES, RAFAEL : Comprobaciones a nuestro trabajo sobre la Derma-

tobia cyaniventris publicado en 1911. La Juventud Med., Guate-
mala, vol. 13, no. 12, Diciembre, 1913, pp. 4-8. (Published Janu-
ary, 1914.)

(7) SAMBON, Louis W. Observations on the life-history of Dermatobia

hominis (Linnaeus Jun., 1781). Rept. Advisory Comm., Trop.
Dis. Res. Fund for 1914, London, 1915, pp. 119-150.

(8) BALFOUR, ANDREW: Tropical problems in the New World. Trans.

Soc. Trop. Med. and Hyg., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 75-108, 5 pis., Jan.,
1915.

In discussing Mr. Knab's paper, Dr. Townsend suggested that
the female Dermatobia was probably led, through an olfactory
tropism, to oviposit upon the body of the carrier; that the eggs
were incubated in the uterus and contained the fully-formed
maggot at time of deposition; that the maggot was led, through
a positive thermotropism, to escape from the chorion at the time
that the carrier imbibes a meal of warm blood; and that the
maggot is unable to penetrate thick skin of itself but must enter
the puncture made by the carrier, being perhaps guided thereto

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 183

by the odor of the serous exudation following the withdrawal of
the carrier's proboscis. He stated that Cuterebra parasitizes
only thin-skinned hosts, and has developed no carrier habit to
enable it to extend its parasitism to such thick-skinned hosts as
man, cattle, dogs, etc., as has evidently occurred in the case of
Dermatobia, which was probably likewise confined originally to
thin-skinned hosts; that this has probably been due to a less
acute sense of smell in Cuterebra, which has the third antenna!
joint atrophied, while Dermatobia has the same very well developed.
Dr. Townsend gave various details, all of which he considered to
uphold the above mentioned deductions.

TWO-HUNDRED AND NlNETY-FlFTH MEETING,
MAY 4, 1916.

The 295th meeting of the Society was entertained by Mr.
Frederick Knab at the Saengerbund Hall, May 4, 1916. There
were present Messrs, Baker, Boving, Burgess, Busck, Crawford,
Cushman, Ely, Gahan, Greene, Howard, Jennings, Kewley,
Knab, Kotinsky, Middleton, Morrison, Rohwer, Sanford, Sass-
cer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snyder, and Townsend, members, and
R. M. Fouts and Frank Morton Jones, visitors.

The Corresponding Secretary announced the resignation from
the Society of Mr. O. G. Babcock and Mr. A. A. Girault.

Mr. Harold Morrison of the Federal Horticultural Board was
elected to active membership.

Mr. Schwarz announced the election of Dr. L. O. Howard
as a member of the National Academy of Sciences, and it was
ordered that his remarks be incorporated in the Proceedings of
the Society and that the Society extend congratulations to Dr.
Howard.

Mr. Schwarz remarks were as follows:

I take pleasure in announcing to the Society that our fellow
member, Dr. L. O. Howard, has, in April last, been elected a
member of the National Academy of Sciences. This is the highest
honor that can be bestowed on any scientific man in the United
States and all of us will agree that this honor was well earned by
Dr. Howard. He has done a good deal of meritorious work in

184 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

systematic and bionomic entomology; he has published many
important works on economic entomology but above all he is
now, and has for many years been the efficient chief and leader
of the Bureau of Entomology, and as such has acquired a world-
wide and deserved reputation. Under the enlightened and liberal
administration of Dr. Howard the growth of the Bureau of
Entomology has been really marvellous. It has become a model
for the many similar, though much smaller, institutions that
have been established of late years in many countries.

To those of our members who are not acquainted with the
history of the National Academy of Sciences the following ento-
mological notes may be of interest: Since the organization of the
Academy the following entomologists were elected members of
the Academy: Dr. John L. Leconte who was one of the charter
members, Dr. A. S. Packard, Mr. Samuel Scudder, Prof. W. M.
Wheeler (in 1912) and Dr. L. O. Howard in 1916. Of these
Leconte, Packard, and Scudder are dead, leaving only two liv-
ing members viz. Wheeler and Howard. Some other members
wrote entomological papers viz. S. S. Haldeman, Alpheus Hyatt,
Joseph Leidy, and Charles S. Minot who are now dead, and
Mr. E. S. Morse ana Prof. Wm. Trelease among the living
members, but all these were elected to the Academy for work
in other fields of Science.

The following program was presented:

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS CALAPHIS.

(Homoptera, Aphididae.}
BY A. C. BAKER.

The genus Calaphis was erected by Walsh (1862) for his species
betulella. It was not until some years later that Walker (1870)
erected his genus of the same name. One species only was for
years referred to the genus but quite recently Gillette (1910) has
referred other species here. A study of the forms found in this
country has led the writer to place in the genus five species.

Del Guerico (1913) erected the genus Siphonocallis with betu-
Icecolens Fitch as type. In studying this species and compar-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 185

ing it with betulella one thing is noted to distinguish the two
genetically. The radial sector is always absent in betuella.
In some specimens of betulcecolens it is however very faintly
indicated. In the species alni described in this paper the radial
sector is absent normally and the wing is very similar to that of
betulella. In some specimens, however, this vein is indicated
in much the same way as in betulcecolens. In the other two
species the vein is sometimes strongly indicated and sometimes
very faintly indeed. Considering this variation in the presence
of the vein the writer feels that it can hardly be considered a good
character on which to distinguish two genera. He therefore
makes Siphonocallis a synonym of Calaphis.

Wilson (1910) in his description of the genus Calaphis when
speaking of the antennae, gives as a character " sixth about one-
half the length of the spur." While this character holds for the
type species it is evidently a specific character for it does not
hold true for any of the other species, even for alni, which is
undoubtedly very close to betulella. If this character were con-
sidered, a new genus would have to be erected for each species
included in the present paper.

The characters of the genus may be given as follows:

Antennae longer than the body, slender, and armed with short spine
like bristles; segment six with the unguis much longer than the base;
antennal tubercles prominent, vertex armed with a few hairs; wing veins
more or less bordered with black and with the radial sector absent or
faintly indicated; cornicles short, somewhat tapering, broadened at base;
cauda knobed; anal plate bilobed; both cauda and anal plate with numer-
ous long stout hairs.

A. Unguis of segment VI nearly six times as long as base; antennae

uniform dusky or black; media not much thinner than other veins
of wing alni n. sp.

B. Unguis of segment VI about five times as long as base; antennae

alternately banded with yellow and black; media much thinner
than the other veins of wing castaneoides n. sp.

C. Unguis of segment VI about four times as long as base; antennae

uniform dusky or black; media much thinner than the other veins
on the wing castaneae Fitch.

D. Unguis of segment VI between two and three times as long as base:

(1) Head and thorax longitudinally striped with black. All

wing veins heavily bordered with black. . .betulella Walsh.

(2) Head and thorax not so striped; wing veins not heavily

bordered with black. , . betulaecolens Fitch.

186 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Calaphis betulella Walsh.

Measurements of antennae of the alate viviparous female are as follows :
IV, 1.04 mm.; V, 0.752 mm.; VI, (0.24 mm. + 0.56 mm.). Segment 111,
almost smooth or very finely imbricated, armed with many short stiff
spine like hairs about 0.048 mm. long and armed on its basal half with 12
or 13 small almost circular sensoria. Segment IV, more distinctly imbri-
cated and armed with similar spines, but without sensoria. Segment V,
like segment IV, with the imbrications most distinct distad, and with an
elongate fringed distal sensorium fully 0.128 mm. long. Segment VI,
with a similar elongate fringed sensorium at base of unguis. Head with a
few hairs but with no capitate ones. Cornicles 0.144 mm. long and 0.112
mm. wide at the base, tapering and somewhat flaring.

Galaphis betulaecolens (Fitch).

Aphis betulaecolens Fitch.

Callipterus betulaecolens Monell.

Callipterus betulae Thomas.

Callipterus betulaecolens (Fitch) Oestlund.

Siphonocallis betulaecolens (Fitch) Del Guercio.

Calaphis betulaecolens (Fitch) Gillette.

The color characters of this species were well given by Walsh in
his original description.

This species was described as an Aphis by Fitch (1851). Later
Monell (1879) described his Callipterus of the same name, not
knowing positively that it was the same species. Oestlund
(1887) referred MonelFs species to Fitch's name. The excellent
description given by Davis (1910) is referred positively to Mon-
ell's species which Davis knew, but doubtfully to Fitch's species.
In the National Museum collection there are two specimens of
betulcecolens bearing Fitch's label and marked type.

These specimens are part of the original lot in the Fitch col-
lection and they were mounted from that collection by Mr.
Theo. Pergande. Through the kindness of Mr. Davis the writer
has had an opportunity to examine Monell's type and this agrees
in all details with Fitch's specimens. There is therefore no doubt
that the two species are the same.

Following are a few notes on the alate viviparous female:

Antennal segments, average measurements 1, 0.144 mm.; 11, 0.08 mm.;
Ill, 0.96 mm.; IV, 0.7 mm.; V, 0.544 mm.; VI, (0.144 mm. + 0.56 mm.).
Segment 111, is armed with 10 to 13 oval sensoria on the basal half and
somewhat imbricated distad. Segment V, has the distal sensorium fringed
and somewhat elongate though not nearly as elongate as that of betulella.
The sensorium at the base of the unguis of VI, is likewise not as elongate
as in the species mentioned. Head with a few hairs. Cornicles about
0.144 mm.; long, nearly cylindrical though somewhat tapering and flaring.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 187

Calaphis castaneae (Fitch).

Callipterus castaneae Fitch.
Calaphis castaneae (Fitch) Gillette.

The original description of this species given by Fitch (1856)
is, although short, sufficient to characterize it, owing to the
striking coloration of the insect. Few references to the species
occur but it is by no means rare in the Eastern States and in some
localities it is quite abundant.

In order to be positive of his determination the writer examined
the Fitch collection of Aphididae and located three pined speci-
mens bearing Fitch's label. Considering their, age and the
method of mounting, these specimens are in good shape and upon
mounting in balsam prove that the insects Fitch had were the
same species as that met with about Washington. In one speci-
men the radial sector is absent from the wing in much the same
way as in betulella Walsh. In fact a series of specimens show
that this vein varies greatly. Sometimes being strongly present
and sometimes very faint indeed.

Alate viviparous female. — Antennal measurements average as follows: I,
0.144 mm. ; 11, 0.08 mm. ; 111, 0.96 mm. ; IV, 0.544 mm. ; V, 0.432 mm. ; VI,
(0.176 mm +0-544 mm.). Segment HI, is finely imbricated and armed
with numerous fine bristle-like hairs not as stout as those of betulella.
On the basal half of the segment there are about eight circular sensoria.
The head is armed with hairs which are rather more prominent than those
of the two species mentioned previously. Cornicles somewhat shorter
than those of the type species being 0.096 mm. long and about as wide at
the base as they are long.

Calaphis castaneoides, n. sp.

Alate viviparous female. — Morphological characters: Antennae as fol-
lows: 1, 0.096mm.; 11, 0.064mm.; Ill, 0.784mm.; IV, 0.432mm.; V, 0.368
mm.; VI, (0.16 mm. + 0.8 mm.); Segment 111, with 6 to 10 circular sen-
soria. Forewing 2.21 mm. long and about 0.738 in width. Cubital and
anal veins heavier than the media. Radial sector absent or but very
faintly indicated at one extremity. Cornicles 0.16 mm. long and about
0.192,mm. broad at base. Cauda and anal plate normal.

Color characters: Very similar to those of castaneoe which the species
resembles greatly. Antennae with the basal half of segment IV and V and
often the middle of 111, light, or yellowish, the remainder dark. In this
the species differs from castaneos in which the antennae are uniformly
colored. Wings with the anal vein, the upper half of the cubital and the
lower margin of the stigma bordered with black. Tibiae and feet l>l:i<-k,
the middle portion of the tibiae often yellowish.

188 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

This species bears much the same relation to castaneae that
walshii Mon., does to bella Walsh. It is distinguished princi-
pally by the greater length of the unguis of the sixth segment.

Described from specimens in balsam mounts taken on Castanea
at Washington, D. C. 1900.

Type Cat. no. 20210 U. S. Nat. Mus.

Galaphis alni, n. sp.

Alate viviparous female. — Morphological characters: Antennae as fol-
lows: 1, 0.128 mm.; 11, 0.064 mm.; Ill, 0.88 mm.; IV, 0.672 mm.; V, 0.592
mm.; VI, (0.224mm. + 1.28mm.). Segment 111 is very faintly imbricated
and armed with very short stiff hairs much shorter than those on the
antenna of the other species. On its basal three-quarters the segment is
armed with about 14 circular sensoria in a row. The sensoria on the distal
extremity of V and on VI at the base of the unguis are elongate, that on
VI being 0.048 mm. long. The head is armed with several hairs which are
somewhat knobbed. Prothorax with similar hairs. Forewings 2.56 mm.
long and about 0.88 mm. wide. Veins distinct; radial sector absent; cor-
nicles 0.128 mm. long and about 0.112 mm. wide at base, distinctly tapering,
imbricated, anal plate not deeply cleft. Abdomen covered with capitate
hairs.

Color characters: General color yellowish; antennae and tibiae dusky
or black wings with the cubitus and anal veins somewhat bordered with
black. The other veins and the stigma faintly bordered. Cornicles dusky.
Abdomen marked with black usually with a large black patch between
and in front of the cornicles.

Apterous viviparous female. — Morphological characters: Antennae as
follows: 1, 0.128 mm.; 11, 0.064 mm.; Ill, 0.672 mm.; IV, 0.368 mm.; V,
0.368 mm.; VI, (0.16 mm. + 0.96 mm.). Segment III, imbricated and
armed with 6 to 10 circular sensoria in a row. Head with prominent capi-
tate hairs, in fact the entire body is covered with these hairs; many of
which have a funnel shaped extremity. Cornicles as in the alate form.
Length from vertex to tip of abdomen 2.24 mm. Color characters: An-
tennae and tibiae dusky to black; body marked with black usually with
a blotch on the head, a band across the prothorax, a similar one caudadof
it and a band across the abdomen in front of the cornicles. The remainder
of the dorsum spotted with black.

Described from specimens in balsam mounts taken by Mr.
Theo. Pergande on alder near Washington, D. C., 1899.

Type Cat. No. 20211 U. S. Nat. Museum.

Other specimens of males and oviparous females taken on the
same plant near Washington and at Vienna, Va. by the writer,
appear to be the same species. We are not describing them,
however, since they have not been taken in company with the
viviparous forms.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 189

LITERATURE.

1851. FITCH, ASA: Catalogue with References and Descriptions of the

Insects Collected and Arranged for the State Cabinent of Natural

History. Fourth Annual Report, p. 16.
1856. FITCH, ASA: Third Report on the Noxious, Beneficial and Other

Insects of the State of New York. In Trans. N. Y. State Agr.

Soc., Vol. XVI, p. 471.
1862. WALSH, B. : On the Genera of Aphididae Found in the United States.

In Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol. 1, p. 301.
1870. WALKER, FRANCIS: Notes on Aphides. In the Zoologist, Second

Series, Vol. V, p. 2000.
1879. MONELL, J. : Notes on Aphididae with Descriptions of New Species.

In Bull. Geol. and Geograph Survey, Vol. V, No. 1, p. 30.
1887. OESTLUND, O. W. : Synopsis of the Aphididae of Minnesota. In

Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Minn. Bull. No. 4, p. 43.

1909. DAVIS, J. J. : Studies on Aphididae 11. In Ann. Ent. Soc., Vol. 11

p. 30.

1910. GILLETTE, C. P.: Plant Louse Notes. In Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol.

Ill, p. 368.
1910. WILSON, H. F. : A Key to the Genera and Notes on the Synonomy

of the Tribe Callipterini. In Can. Ent., Vol. XLII, p. 255.
1912. DAVIDSON, W. M. : Aphid notes from California. In Journ. Econ.

Ent., Vol. V, p. 404.

THE TACHINID GENUS ARGYROPHYLAX B. & B.

BY W. R. WALTON, Bureau of Entomology.

This genus was proposed by Brauer and Von Berganstamm1
for the reception of a single individual from St. Thomas, West
Indies and described many years previously by Wiedemann2
as Tachina albincisa. An additional specimen of the latter
species was discovered by Van der Wulp in the Biologia Centrali
Americana3 material which specimen he states Professor Brauer
saw and identified as Argyrophylax albincisa Wied. I have re-
cently received two specimens reared at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico,
January 24, 1912, by T. H. Jones from Nacaleia indicata Fabr.
These specimens seemed to be identical with Van der Wulp's
specimen mentioned above, although his description of the
same is very brief. Therefore in order to allay all doubt as to
the matter I have secured a comparison of one of the reared

1 Zweifl. d. Kaiserl. Mus., IV, 163; V, 343.

2Auss. Zweifl., II, 334 (Tachina).

3 Biolog. Dipt. II, 485, PI. XIII, fig. 19.

190 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

individuals before mentioned with Van der Wulp's specimen
deposited in the British Museum, and am greatly indebted to
Mr. John E. Collin of Sussex Lodge, New Market, England for
this service. Mr. Collin's report makes it abundantly evident
that the specimens are conspecific.

The following description and accompanying figures will I
trust render the identification of this form more easy hereafter.

Male. — Palpi normal, first vein bare, face on Lower half of sides bare,
proboscis shorter than height of head, apical cell not petiolate ending in
costa well before the wing tip. Eyes bare, facial ridges bristly on lowest
third, antennae inserted at middle of eyes, hind tibiae outwardly dis-
tinctly ciliate, ocellar bristles absent, all frontal bristles curving more or
less backward, the last two pairs very stout; palpi slightly spatulate.
Front, in lateral elevation, distinctly produced in a gentle curve almost
parallel with anterior margin of eye, cheeks extremely narrow, abdomen
short, conical, wings rather broad and short. Body robust, gray and
black, head (figs. 1 and 2) broader than thorax, wings hyaline. Length
6 mm. Front less than one-half eye width covered with pollen which has
the property of appearing bright silvery from above and dull smoky gray
when viewed from immediately in front or from side. Vitta, black, nar-
row, almost linear. Vertex brown. Superior posterior orbit and occiput
linear. The inferior posterior orbit expanded and silvery pollinose.
Lower'occiput slightly swollen and bearing abundant black hairs. Sides
of face narrow, concolorous with front. Facial depression large, rather
deep, and slightly carinate, vibrissae at oral margin, well developed,
cruciate. Cheeks linear, covered with black hairs and bearing a row of
macrochaetae on their lower edges. Orbital bristles absent. Antennae
black, third joint a little more than twice as long as second. Arista slender,
second joint short, third slightly enlarged on basal fourth; microscopically
pubescent nearly to middle. Thorax black, shining, only lightly grayish
pollinose on anterior portions; two pairs of vittae visible anteriorly,
becoming obsolete posterior to suture. Scutellum concolorous with thorax,
bearing three marginal and a small apical pair. Dorso-central bristles
four; sternopleural two, the latter region clothed with abundant black
hair. Abdomen corfical, black, shining, bases of the last three segments
bearing whitish pollen, traces of a median black vitta apparent on inter-
mediate segments when viewed from rear. Four segments visible from
above, all rather thickly clothed with longish, nearly erect, black hairs.
First two segments bearing marginals only. Third with a strong marginal
row. » Fourth bearing both discals and marginals. Legs, including coxae
black, robust, hind tibiae thickly ciliate on outer sides. Middle tibiae
bearing one or two macrochaetae upon thin outer front third. Wings
hyaline, veins brownish, apical cell broadly open in costa, bend of fourth
vein destitute of stump or wrinkle, distinctly angulated. Hind cross vein
ending slightly beyond middle of discnl crh, Insinuate. Third vein boar-
ing three or four small bristles at base.

PBOC. ENT. SCO. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE XIV.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE xiv. ft

Fig. 1. Argyrophylax albincisa Wied., side vic\v of he;id.

Fig. 2. Front view of same.

Fig. 3. Pseudochacta argentifrons cog. Front view of head.

Fig. 4. Same, side view.

191

192 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ft

Two male specimens reared from Nacaleia indicata Fabr.,
at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, January 24, 1912, by T. H. Jones.

From the foregoing it seems evident that the reference of
Sturmia sc:tizurce Coq. to the genus Argyrophylax by Doctor
Townsend1 is obviously erroneous.

In the sense of Coquillett this form is a true Frontina as the facial
ridges beara strong row of bristles quite to or beyond their middle.

Because of the remarkable superficial resemblance between
A. albincisa Wied. and Pseudochceta argentifrons Coq. I have
included drawings of the latter species also.

In discussing Mr. Walton's paper, Dr. Townsend stated that
he believed the determination of Argyrophylax albincisa to be
correct; and emphasized the importance of securing positive
identifications of Brauer & Bergenstamm's American genotypes.
He pointed out that, while these authors went as far as anyone
could feel justified in going on external adult characters alone,
they did not possess, as \\e do today, the reproductive characters
to demonstrate to them the value of certain slight but constant
external adult characters for separating distinct forms, and
hence did not include such slight characters in their system; as a
result, their generic characterizations will often apply equally
well to very distinct forms. The European species which stand
as genotypes of their genera are quite well known ; but the Ameri-
can forms are by no meany well kno^n, and every positive de-
termination of their American genotypes represents a distinct
gain.

Under the head "Short Notes and Exhibition of Specimens"
the following were presented:

A NEW BEE OF THE GENUS DIANTHIDIUM.

BY S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, Bureau of Entomology.

Dianthidium arizonicum, new species.

This species is extremely closely allied to texanum Cresson but the
seventh sternite is broadly black and the front between the antennae has
two rounded ridges. The next differs from that of texanum in that the
cocoon does not extend beyond the surface of the next.

•

1 Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies, p. 98.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, liilii 1 9M

Mule. — -Length 9.5 mm. Anterior margin nl' I lie clvpeus truncate, the
lateral angles rounded, its surface more closely punctured than the face;
face with large, distinct, separate; punctures: front with close, distinct
punctures; the inner margin of the eyes raised into elongate, narrow,
blister-formed elevation; vertex and posterior orbits with distinct, large,
separate punctures; fourth antennal joint about twice ;is wide as long,
about half as long as fifth and one-third longer than the third; teguLie
large, sparsely punctured anteriorly but closely punctured posteriorly;
mesonoturn with close, distinct, rather large punctures; mesoscutellum
truncate posteriorly, punctured like the mesoscutum; abdomen with
large, close punctures; these punctures are not as close ;is those of the
scutum but are separated in some places as much as those of the vertex;
terminal tergite with strong, median triangular-shaped tooth which is
longitudinally carinate, the lateral angles of the tergite broadly rounded;
in appearance at first sight the segment seems to have a single median
tooth but in reality it is tridentate, the lateral teeth being very short and
obtuse; second recurrent distinctly beyond the second intercubitus, the first
abscissa of the radius one-fifth shorter than the second, the second abscissa
of the cubitus but little shorter than the first. Black; clypeus except
apical margin, mandibles except margins, inner orbits to the top of the
eye (broader below the antennae), a spot on the superior posterior orbits,
two spots at the anterior margin of the mesoscutum, tubercles, a dot on
the tegulae anteriorly, lateral margin of the scutellum and a band on the
first five tergites which is emarginate medially and submarginate on each
side, after the manner of texanum, yellnirixli irhile; tegulae and legs, except
the coxae, trochanters and bases of femora, rufo-ferruginous; anterior
femora and tibiae beneath and a spot on the apical ventral part of the
posterior femora yellowish-white; the usual pubescence, dense and silvery
white; winj s strongly smoky, venation black.

Bear Canon. Catalina Mountains, Arizona. Described from
one male recorded under Bureau of Entomology No. Hopk.
U. S. 12082/ which refers to a note stating that this was reared
from a nest on the twigs of Quercus emoryi, collected by
Chrisman.

Type.— Cut. No. 20297, U. S. N. M.

NOTES ON DIANTHIDIUM ARIZONIGUM ROHWKR.

BY \Yn.u\M MIDDLETOX, Scientific Axxixldiil. /•'«/•<. *t

Bin-fun ni l''.ii!,ni/inli><!ii .

In August 1914 Mr. Morris Chrismun sent to the Eastern
Field Slut ion \\ i! h a lot of cynipid galls, the nest of a Dianfliidiiun.
This nest was collected on the twig of a narrow leafed oak at
Bear Canon, Catalina Mts., Ari/ona. In as much as the maker
of this nest proved to he a new species which has been described

194 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

by Mr. Rohwer as Dianthidium arizonicum the following notes
are worth recording.

This nest was a nearly globular mass of resin and small pebbles
(granite sand), attached to a twig about one-half inch in diam-
eter and at the time received contained one larva and four prepupal
larvae in cocoons. It is reproduced, about natural size, on
plate XV, figs. 1 and 2.

The prepupal larva is yellowish white, about 12 mm. long,
constricted ventrally and expanded dorsally to form a U. The
circumference of the body anteriorly is less than the circumference
posteriorly which makes a somewhat pear-shaped outline. The
greatest dorsad-ventrad diameter is 3.75 mm., at about two-
thirds the body length beyond the head. The head is entirely
pale; 1 mm. broad and 1.2 mm. high; frons triangular, not dis-
tinct; anterior margin of labrum finely crenulate, the dorsal and
lateral margins arched (see fig. 36); mandibles small and com-
pletely covered by the exterior angles of the labrum; maxillae
and labium spined; antenna, situated against frontal epicranial
suture about length of labrum above dorsal articulation of man-
dible and consists of a large pure white, membraneous circle
from which a small yellowish white cone projects (see fig. 3c).

The cocoon is a thin, transparent pale brown, oval, 8.5 mm.
long by 4.5 mm. broad, with one end darker, thicker and with a
distinct although small mamma. The mamma has a small
opening apically, basally there is a partition separating it from
the interior of the cocoon (as shown in fig. 3a). The cocoons
are completely buried in the nest mass and not protruding from,
or exposed at, the surface, nor are they smaller than the cell to
which their walls adhere.

The following table summarizes some of the points known
concerning the biology of this and the three other Neartic species
of Dianthidium whose nests have been described. The data
concerning D. texanum was taken from Melander (Biol. Bull.,
vol. 3, No. 112. pp. 27-34); that concerning D. consimile from
Davidson (Ent. News, vol. 7, 1896. pp. 22-25) and that concerning
D. cressoni from Cockerell (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 22,
1906, pp. 444, 445).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. Entire nest.

Fig. 2. Nest broken open showing, cocoons, and cell from which
cocoon has been removed.

Fig. 3. a, Section of anterior end of cocoon, b, Labrum of larva.
c, Antenna and portion of head of larva showing, dorsal articulation of
mandible (dam) and frontal epicranial suture f/es).

PROC. ENT. 8OC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE XV.

vr

'

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916

195

r-t.

to

C

3 J .^

o

a

rt.

i :§ ^

o

^^

to

o

2 '8. r

O

C

to

: •- o

* ^^

to

o -P

~

CO

1 -

BS

-

i G —

r^

CO

0

03

5

<4.

c

5 .G =r

CO o

G

C

*s

'co 2

.2 13

G

c

-1 ° M

n J3

P

T

^ t-i *»-^

^ ^*

O

OQ

fe

CO

. o .;

, — I

'«

to .^ w

o rn G

o

0

•c

ce

a

? 2 IB

a

a

r^

' _2 ~

•

t~i

03

.

, bJO G

rt

»

.2

C3

ri CO

o ^ .

s

o

o

7

J

! b£ IH
b 0 °

&0 M|«J

G

z ~

s: Q>
. O» S

M*

fa

b

•^ X

co e

co

D. CONSIMIL

s~l

/-s hfi .

1 1^«

02 ^^> °^ ^
O3 OJ

loll

G m 23
2 g J 5

n '^ H /-*,
^ "£' m M

. i— i

" «!•*
^ >>

.'Z G

||

"o o
~ g

G a

O ' — '

1|

o —
O

i — i
i— i

o
5

Southern California.

Alcidamea producta Cres
Monodontomerus montiv
Leucospis affinis Say.
Torymus anthidii Ashm
Trichodes ornatus var. t

i

A

CO

CO

tH

O
O

0

c?

a

CO

_J

ARIZONTCUM

S--I « -N

0 t! -S
-"3 ^3

|i«i

G rt ^H

=3 _G -3 .

i s 1

"3 2 o .

• ~ . —

14"!

§ ° 03 "*'

to c3
rt h>

W ,
sS- 3

t- 6

"—1 CO

Canon, Cata-
Mts., Arizona.

are incorrect t

Q

—

rn C <H

o o: W!

S G g >?

^"5

~ G

CO

G

^_

^- X M^

o -^ •— '

"7— ^^

o ^

O

^—

u .

1-3

pq

'co

3

" Q^ ^ ^

~-l

"3

^ .5 "3 U

" co G

o

«

0 "^ 03 t-H

O O '

D

c

§ 60

X* O ,4

0

H

£ « o ^ .

CU CD G

+a « G

?'l

G
O

t<

1 'S 2 « *

?3 ^ (M ?J _;

03 O O 1O

= a g -*

• i— i ^-< ^

i— i

•/

'•+3

03

A

O t?

« •, o >.

K.

G

^C ^t-^ ^_, —
O t/3

G

*^ *H w> -. 1^1

a oo_^

1

X

H

a

:T

.

o>

_,

0

"^

Id

B

r^

0

a

Q)

>>

CO

0)

.
-=

j;

O

tc

^_,

^_*"^

'co

r~

4.

4;

o

o3

oj

-•

£

K

u

M

o

—

o

C

o

^

O

y

U

_

£

196 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

THE NATIVE FOOD-PLANTS OF THE APPLE RED-BUGS.

BY R. A. CUSHMAN, Bureau of Entomology.

A few years ago Prof. C. R. Crosby discovered two new species
of Capsidae injuring apples in New York State. These were
described by Renter as Heterocordylus malinus Reut. and Lygidea
mendax Reut. The former was christened by Crosby "the apple
red bug" and the latter "the false apple red bug." Renter
adopted this idea in naming the species.

During the spring and early summer of 1915 I had occasion
to make some observations on these two species both in orchards
and in wild lands. At Geneva, N. Y., malinus was fairly abun-
dant on apple and more so on Crataegus; mendax was not found
and no trees of the common wild crab were seen in the neighbor-
hood where the observations were made. At Clearfield, Pa.,
in an orchard that had been grossly infested the previous season,
mendax was extremely abundant and malinus occasional. In the
waste land immediately contiguous to the orchard both Crataegus
and wild crab were of frequent occurrence. On the former mali-
nus was very abundant and on the latter mendax was equally so,
but mendax was rare on Crataegus and malinus was not found at
all on crab. In waste land at Westfield, N. Y., where wild crab,
Crataegus and wild seedling applies were growing so close together
as almost to mingle their branches, practically the same con-
ditions prevailed as at Clearfield.

It is evident that the natural food-plant of malinus is not
Pyrus but Crataegus, that the reverse is true for mendax, and
that mendax is more likely to attack apple than is malinus, and it
would seem that a reversal of the specific names would have been
more indicative of the true conditions though not entirely appro-
priate, since the apple is not the natural food-plant of either.

A CURIOUS FORMATION OF A FUNGUS OCCURRING ON A FLY.

BY L. O. HOWARD.

The insect, sent by Prof. G. C. Becker of Fayetteville, Arkansas,
was a greatly shriveled muscoid fly which apparently had two
gigantic halteres that in reality were two perfectly capped Cordy-
ceps growths. A similar growth, uncapped, protruded from the
anus of the fly.

Mr. Alden T. Speare determined the fungus as very likely
Cordyceps, possibly being C. dipterigena, B. & Br., but on account
of its rarity he had not crushed it for specific determination.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 197

Mr. Speare has since found two somewhat similar specimens in
the Pergande collection, but in each case the Cordyceps growths
i-suing from the wing sutures are uncapped.

In discussing this last note, Doctor Townsend said that he
considered that the fly \vas probably a dexiid and that it suc-
cumbed immediately after issuing from the puparium, which
accounted for its much shriveled condition and for the absence
of wings, the Cordyceps growth issuing from the body at the wing
sutures.

A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE BIONOMICS OF POLLENIA
RUDIS, FABR. IN AMERICA.

BY J. L. WEBB AND R. H. HUTCHISON.

The discovery during 1908 of the larva of Pollen in /•//(//*. Fabr.
by Keilin and subsequent studies by him have brought to light
many facts on the life history of this common fly, which had up
to that time remained a complete mystery. In a recent article
Keilin reviews his extensive investigations, (Keilin, D. "Re-
cherches sur les Larves de Dipteres Cyclorhaphes," Bui. Sci. de
la France et de Belgique, T. XLIX, 7e Serie, 30th Dec., 1915)
and we give here a brief summary of the main points bearing
directly on the life history of Pollenia. The reader is referred
to the original article for an interesting discussion.

Keilin found the larvae of Pollenia rudis parasitic on the
earthworms, Allolobophora chlorotica and A. rosea. Eggs are de-
posited during August or early September on the soil. They
hatch after five to seven days and the larvae, when they find an
earthworm, gain entrance to the body through the male genital
opening located on the ventral side of the 15th segment. From
September or October to the following May or June the Pollen in
larvae are found in a dormant state in the body cavity of the
genital segments, i.e. from the 9th to the 12th or even as far
back as the 16th. In May or June the larvae becomes active,
works its way toward the anterior end of the worm, where it
pierces with its posterior end the prostomium of the worm and
thus exposes its stigmata. It continues to feed and gradually
destroys the worm, working backward as fast as the segments
are destroyed. Pupation occurs usually from the r>ih to the 25th
of June, and the pupal stage has a duration of from 32 to 4f> days,
emergence occurring from the middle of July to the first part of
August.

198 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

He found only one generation per annum, but admits the
bility of the existence of a summer generation.

To our knowledge, the larvae of Pollenia rud'is has not been
recognized in this country until found by the senior author dur-
ing June 1916'. We have been able to verify many points made
by Keilin, but find that the life history of this fly in Washington is
in many ways quite different from that found by Keilin in Paris.

In the first place, worms, identified as Allolobophora chlorotica,
were collected in many places near Washington and several widely
separated places in the United States during October, November
and December, 1915. These were examined by Dr. Townsend,
Mr. Kisliuk, and by the writers, but no infested worms Avere
found during that period. In the Spring of 1916 no infested
worms were found during April, although collections and exami-
nations were made from time to time. The first infested worms
Avere found among a lot collected in the field June 15.

On June 12, 1916, Pollenia caught in traps baited with banana
Avere put in breeding cages and supplied Avith moist earth and
banana for food. Eggs Avere found on the soil June 19, and AVC
have had no trouble, during the summer in obtaining fertile eggs
from flies caught in traps. Isolated pairs of Pollenia (bred
specimens) failed to oviposit, so that the preoviposition period
has not been determined and the number of eggs laid by each
female is unknoAvn. The eggs are laid singly, partly hidden in
cracks in the soil. Our records shoAV that they hatch about three
days after deposition during the summer.

The first stage larvae of Pollenia are very active and seem to
be able to penetrate the Avorm at almost any point in the body
wall. The point of entrance is not limited to the male genital
opening, or to any natural orifice. In Avorms on Avhich larvae
were placed by us, Ave found them entering the seventieth, sixty-
fourth, fiftieth and thirty-fifth segments. Infested Avorms col-
lected in the field have also shoAvn cases Avhere the larvae haAre
entered segments far back of the clitellar regions.

We have found no indications of a dormant period during Avhich
the larvae remained practically motionless in the body cavity
of the Avorni. Of course, AAre have been Avorking Avith summer
generations, but our examinations during the Fall of 1915 and
Spring of 1916 failed to shoAV any over Avintering forms of thr
larvae.

Our records of summer generations indicate the folknving de-
velopmental periods.

Egg stage 3 d;iy >

Larvae stages 13 to 22 days

Pupal stages 11 to 14 days

Total developiiionltil period 27 to 39 days

OF WASHINGTON*, VOL. XVIII, 1916 199

From our records on the seasonal prevalence of Pollenia, con-
sidered in the light of our studies on the developmental stages,
we reached the tentative conclusion that there are four broods
or generations per annum in the latitude of Washington. Large
fly traps baited with banana were in operation throughout the
season and the contents were killed, sorted, and counted each
week. We found small numbers of Pollenia in these traps from
the 1st of April to the middle of May at which time they almost
completely disappeared. The wings were frayed and the yellow
hairs rubbed off and they had the appearance of old flies which
had overwintered. Then we found freshly emerged flies from
May 25th on, the number gradually increasing until the maxi-
mum was reached during the week ending June 22, followed by
a sudden drop. Then another gradual increase began, culmi-
nating in another maximum during the week ending July 27.
This was repeated and the curve shows another marked ri.-e
culminating in the week ending August 31. We expect to find
this year, as was found in 1915, another marked rise in October.
It seems probable that the adults of this late generation emerg-
ing during October and November overwinter in protected situ-
ations and deposit eggs during the following April. The fact
mentioned above, that infested worms were not found during
the autumn or early spring, indicates that this generation does
not deposit eggs in the fall. The possibility of pupae overwinter-
ing in the soil is yet to be investigated.

More complete studies are now under way upon which we
hope to report in detail later.

Arinal date of inililicnlion, \<>r<-inlin- >7, 1916.

ANNOUNCEMENT

Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED-
INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON and a num-
ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per
page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply-
ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society,
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. No receipt will be
mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested.

OF SPECIAL INTEREST

DYAR, H. G. A Review of the North American Species of the-Lepi-

dopterous Family Anghroceridae SO. 10

" " Lepidoptera of the Kootenay District, British Co-
lumbia 1904 0.20

" " A Review of the North American Pyralinae 0.10

" " On the White Eucleidae and the Larva of Calybia

slossonae 0.10

Life History of the Florida Form of Euclea delphini. 0.10
Eight papers consisting of notes on Cochlidiidue,

partly Exotic .' 0 . 35

" " Six papers on the Life History of North American

Moths 0.20

Two papers on Arctians. > . , . 0.15

Three papers on Pyralidae 0.15

Two papers describing larvae of Mexican Lepidop-
tera. 0.15

Additions to the list of North American Lepidop-
tera', Nqs. I and II. 0.15

A Synopsis of three Genera (Bronthis, Chionobus,

Brabia) of North American Butterflies. 0.25

Thirty-six papers dealing mostly with the Descrip-
tions of American Moths 1 .35

" " Notes on Hulst and Strecher Types 0. 15

Three papers on ^he Sloth Moth 0 . 10

Fifteen short systematic and biological papers 0.25

" Twenty-seven _ titles' dealing with descriptions of

miscellaneous Lepidopterous Larvae 0.75

EDWARDS, H. Bibliographical Catalog of the Described Transfor-
mations of North American Lepidoptera, 1889. ... 1.00
FRENCH, C. H. Notes on the Preparatory Stages of Papiliocres-

phontes 0 . 10

A Yellow-Winged Catocalae 0 . 10

FYKES, F. W. Further Observations upon Bombys eunea Drury.. . 0.10
GROSSBECH, JOHN A. Additions to the List of" North American

Geometfidae with Notes on Some De-
scribed Species 0.15

GROTE, A. R. Results Obtained from a Search fdr the Type of
Noctua linnaei, and Conclusions as to the type of
the Hubnerian Noctuid genera represented in the

North Anerican Fauna 0.20

A New Catocla from Texas 0.10

HINDS, W. E. Notes on the Life History of Alsophila pome taria... 0.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER

BAKER, A. C. : A Synopsis of the genus Calaphis 184

BAKBEB, H. S. : A new species of weevil injuring orchids 177

Buses:, AUGUST: Descriptions of new North American Mierolepidop-

tera., 147

CKAIGHEAD, F. C.: The determination of the abdominal and thoracic

areas of the cerambycid larvae as based on a study of the muscles 129
CUBHMAN, R, A.; The native food-plants of the apple red-bugs. ...... 193

DEGBTSBi J. J. : The hypermetamorphism of the Lepidopterous sap-
feeders 164

HEJNRICH, CABL: On the taxonomic value of some larval characters

in the Lepidoptera 154

HOWAED, L. O. : A curious formation of a fungus occurring on a fly. . 196

HUTCHISON, R. H. : Notes on the larvae of Euxesta notata Wied 171

HYSLOP, J. A. : Pristocera armata (Say) parasitic on Limonius agonus

(Say) 169

KNAB, FEEDERICK: Egg-disposal in Dennatobia hominis 179

MIDDLETON, WILLIAM: Notes on Dianthidium arizonicum Rohwer. . . . 193

ROHWEE, S. A. ; A new bee of the genus Diarithidium 192

WALTON, W. R. : The tacbinid genus Argyrophylax B & B 189

WEBB, J. L. and HUTCHISON, R. H. : A preliminary note on the bio-
nomics of Pollenia rudis Fabr. in America 197

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

VOLUME XVIII, No. 4
DECEMBER, 1916

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY

OFFICE OF PUBLICATION

2419-21 GREBNMOTTNT AVB.

BALTIMORE. MD.

EDITORIAL OFFICE

WASHINGTON. D. C.

Entered M serond-tlaaa matter at the postoflice at Baltimore, Md., February 28, 1013,

untier tlie Art of AugdBt 24, 1912

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of
each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00;
Initiation fee (for active members only), $1.00.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1916.

Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ

President C. R. ELY

First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER

Second Vice-President .FREDERICK KNAB

Recording Secretary . . A. B. GAHAN

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Editor J. C. CRAWFORD

Representing the Society as a Vice-president of the

Washington Academy of Sciences W, D. HUNTER

Executive Committee.

i

THE OFFICERS.
A. N. CAUDELL. A. L. QUAINTANCE, W. D. HUNTER.

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash-
ington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $2.00 per annum;
foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign
postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the
Entomological Society of Washington.

Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25
separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti-
fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rates
fixed by the Society.

PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII

PLATE XVI.

<£>tto ftribcmann.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON
VOL. XVIII 1916 No. 4

It is again our sad duty to chronicle the death of an ex-presi-
dent, Otto Heidemann, of whom we publish in this number of
the PROCEEDINGS an appreciation, a biographical sketch and
bibliography, together with a short posthumous paper illustrated
with a plate of Mr. Heidemann's inimitable drawings.

201

202 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

d^tto ^etfcemamt.

By the death of Otto Heidemann on November 17, 1916, our
society lost one of its oldest and most valued members. In
many respects he was a remarkable man; taking up Entomo-
logical studies late in life — well beyond fifty — he rose in a few
years to the rank of an authority on his chosen group, an achieve-
ment which would have been impossible for one less gifted. With
a natural aptitude for systematics and a ready grasp of the larger
problems of scientific investigation, he combined a painstaking
carefulness of small details, untiring energy and the trained eye
and skilled hand of the artist. Many excellent illustrations of
insects bear witness to his ability as an engraver. One of these,
adorning the cover of our proceedings and adopted as the official
seal of this society represents the adult male of Rheumatobates

1 rileyi Renter and is the only authentic record of a fully winged
male of that peculiar insect in existence. His collection of local
Hemiptera, is a splendid model of what an modern insect collec-
tion should be and shows his exacting care for correctness in even
the smallest details. He was a man of broad culture, a peer
among the leading contemporary Hemipterists, a writer of plays
in both German and English, several of which have achieved

' public performance, a scientific artist of the very first rank and an
earnest student of the social problems of our day. More than all
he was a man of lovable and unimpeachable character, ever ready
to help others, gentle, cheerful and unassuming to the point of
humility. Respected by all who knew his work, loved by all
who knew him personally.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 203

A BIOGRAPHICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH OF

OTTO HEIDEMANN.

By L. O. HOWARD, E. A. SCHWARZ AND A. BUSCK.

Otto Heidemann was born in Magdeberg, Germany, on September
1, 1842. At the age of seventeen he secured a position with the
publishing house of F. A. Brockhause at Leipzig, where he learned
the art of wood engraving, following this profession for the next
three years in various cities in Southern German}^. At the close
of the Franco-Prussian war he came to America and estab-
lished an engraving office in Baltimore, moving to Washing-
ton in 1876. During the next few years he furnished illustra-
tions for a number of Government publications. In 1880 he
entered the office of Captain G. Wheeler's Geographical Survey
as a topographical draftsman. In 1883 he was appointed engraver
for the U. S. Department of Agriculture, which position he held
for twelve years. During this time he furnished many excellent
engravings of economic insects for the Government publications.
Through this work he naturally became interested in insects, and
during the early nineties under the guidance of his friends Albert
Koebele, E. A. Schwarz and Theodore Pergande began the serious
study of Entomology. In 1898 he entered the Bureau of Ento-
mology as an Entomological assistant and specialist in Hemiptera.
From then on his advance was rapid and in a few years he had
risen to the position of a recognized authority in this order and
has earned the esteem of such specialists as Uhler, Bergroth and
Renter. He was appointed Honorary Custodian of Hemiptera
in the Insect Division of the U. S. National Museum in 1907 and
presided over the Entomological Society of Washington for two
terms (1909-1910). At the time of his death he was also a mem-
ber of the Biological Society of Washington, of the American
Association of Economic Entomologists, a charter member of the
Entomological Society of America and a fellow of the American
Association for Advancement of Science.

He is survived by his wife, Mica Heidemann, well known as a
sculptress and maker of insect models.

The following is a list of his Entomological publications:

1. Note on the occurrence of n rare Capsid, near Washington. D. C.

F g. 4, 1891, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 2, no. 1.

2. Note on the food-plants of some (Vpsidae from I lie vicinity of Wash-

ington, D. C., 1892, Proc. En(. Soc. Wash., vol. 2. p. ±M, no. 2.

3. A new species of Tingitidae. ls<!(), The Canadian Entomologist, vol.

xxxi, p. 301, no. 10.

4. Gargaphia angulata Heidrmann. 1900, Bull. 2.'?. X. S., Dept. Agri.,

p. :«.

204 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

5. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, xiii. Entomological

results (7), 1900, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 503, 506.

6. Heteroptera of the Expedition by O. Heidemann.
Harriman Alaska Expedition, 1904, vol. 8, p. 141-144.

7. Notes on Aradus (Quilnus) niger Stal. 1901, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,

vol. 4, no. 4, p. 389.

8. Remarks on the Spittle Insect, Clastoptera xanthocephala Germ.

PI. vi, 1901, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 4, no. 4, p. 399.

9. Papers from the Leland Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-1899;

1. Entomological Result: Hemiptera. 1901, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.,
vol. 3, p. 363-370.

10. Notes on Balonochilus numonius Say. 1902, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,

vol. 5, no. 1, p. 11.

11. Some insects from the summit of Pike's Peak, found on snow, by A. N.

Caudell. (Hemiptera by O. Heidemann.) 1902, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., vol. 5, no. 1, p. 80-82.

12. Remarks on Ligyrocoris constrictus Say and description of Perigenes

fallax, a new species. 1903, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 5, no. 2,
p. 15,5-157.

13. Remarks on the genitalia of Podisus cynicus Say and Podisus brac-

tatus Fitch. Fig. 1, 1904, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 6, no. 1, pp.
9-10.

14. Notes on North American Aradidae, with descriptions of two new

species. 1904, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 161-165.

15. Notes on a few Aradidae occurring north of the Mexican boundary.

1904, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 229-233.

16. Description of a new Anasa from North America. 1905, Proc. Ent.

Soc. Wash., vol. 7, no. 1, p. 11.

17. A list of Capsids from the state of New York, with the description of

a new species. 1905, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 13, p. 48-50.

18. A new genus and species of the hemipterous family Ceratocombidae

from the United States. Fig. 21, 1906, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol.
7, no. 4, pp. 192-194.

'19. Account of a new Tingitid. Figs. 2-3, 1906, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
vol. 8, nos. 1-2, pp. 10-13.

20. Three new species of North American Aradidae. 1907, Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash., vol. 8, no. 3-4, pp. 68-71.

21. Notes on Heidemannia cixiiformis Uhler and other species of Isometo-

pinae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Fig. 7, 1908, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
vol. 9, no. 1-4, pp. 126, 130.

22. Two new species of North American Tingitidae. PI. iv, 1908, Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 10, 10, 1-2, pp. 103-108.

23. N'Tw species of Tingitidae and description of a new Leptoglossus

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera) with illustrations. 1909, Bull. Buffalo.
Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 9, p. 231-238.

24. Two new species of North American Aradidae (Hemiptera, Aradidae)

Fig. 3-4, 1909, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 11, p. 189-191.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1910 205

2.~>. Remarks on some Hemiptera species. 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,

vol. 12, p. 45-47.
2(>. New species of Leptoglossus from North America. (Hemiptera, Co-

reidae) PI. 7, 8, 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 12, p. 191-197.

27. Description of a new Capsid, fig. 3, 1910, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol.

12, pp. 200-201.

28. Some remarks on the eggs of North American Species of HiMiiiptera-

Heteroptera. 1911, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 13, pp. 128-140,
figs. 1, 2, 3. pi. 1, 2, 3, 4.

29. A new species of North American Tingitidae, fig. 4, 1911 Proc. Ent.

Soc. Wash., vol. 13, pp. 180-1S1.

30. Descriptions of two new species of North American Tingit iilac, 1913.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. xv, no. 1, pp. 1-4, fig. 1, 2.

31. The Sugar-Cane. Tingid from Mexico. Fig. a, Journ. of Economic

Entomology, vol. 6, no. 2. 1913, pp. 249-251.

32. (). M. Renter. 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, no. 2.

33. A new species of North American Tingitidae (Corythuca solani). 1914,

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, no. 3, fig. 1.

POSTHUMOUS.

34. Two new species of Lace-bugs. 1917, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 18,

pp. 217; pi. 17.

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY -SIXTH MEETING,
JUNE 1, 1916.

The 296th meeting of the Society was entertained by the mar-
ried members at the Saengerbund Hall on June 1, 1316.

There were present, Messrs. Baker, Barber, Boving, Busck,
Craighead, Ely, Greene, Hooker, Jennings, Keeley, Knab, Kolin-
sky, Middleton, Paine, Pierce, Quaintance; Rohwer, Sasscer,
Schwarz, Shannon, Snvder, Speare, Walton and Wood, mem-
bers, and R. M. Fonts, J. N. Knull, H. F. Loomis and D. G.
Tower, visitors.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following resolutions
which had been approved by the Executive Committee.

that all the papers which are for publication in the
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington and are
presented at a regular meeting on the regular program shall be
handed to (he Corresponding Secretary on the night of the meet-
ing at which they are presented.

An<l be it further resolved that copies of short notes or discus-
sion of papers that are for publication and are presented at any

206 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

regular meeting of the Society shall be handed to the Correspond-
ing Secretary as soon after the meeting as possible and before the
twentieth of the month.

Under the head of "Short Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,"
the following were presented.

NOTES ON A SOUTHERN TRIP.

BY W. DWIGHT PIERCE.

While on a recent trip through several states of the south a few
miscellaneous observations of more or less interest were made.

In company with Mr. J. D. Smith I made a very long automo-
bile trip through southwestern Georgia and was especially struck
by the abundance of insect-catching plants. A short distance
north of Coolidge we stopped at a swamp and made a few notes
on these plants and their fauna. Five forms of Sarracenia were
observed, the most abundant being 8. psittacina Michx., S.
catesbaei Ell., and S. minor Walt., the tallest and most conspicuous
of which is S. catesbaei. As we approached the water at almost
every stop we were likely &o tread upon one or more of the little
red pads of the Drosera rotundifolia L. The tall spikes of the
pretty pink flowers of the Drosera filiformis Raf. were also abun-
dant. Here on a very small area were five and possibly seven
species of plants specialized as insect-catchers. The species of
Sarracenia catch their prey in the pitcher-like leaves which are
lined with downward pointing hairs. The Drosera rotundifolia
has a little flat pad with viscid knobbed hairs which close in on
an entrapped insect. It is hard to conceive that Drosera fili-
formis belongs to the same genus as it has tall slender tentacles
with viscid knobbed hairs which become covered from base to
tip with insects. There was not time to make a thorough col-
lection of insects from these various plants but a few notes were
made.

Practically every pitcher of Sarracenia catesbaei contained
Lachnosterna , and we found several chrysomelids, coccinellids,
two species of lam py rids, several Oncometopia and many flies as
prey. Usually the insect prey were very much decomposed and
offered plentiful food for large sarcophagid larvae found very
commonly feeding on them. This plant was quite commonly
skeletonized from the inside by larvae of a lepidopteron which
seems to eat everything it finds in the pitcher and pupates in the
midst of its damp excrement in a cell made for the purpose.

In the pitchers of Sarracenia minor we found legs of Orthop-
tera and a few other fragmentarv insects. There were numerous

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 207

live ants evidently preying on the food of the pitchers, and we
also found several pupae of a tachinid which has since been bred
and determined bv Prof. J. M. Aldrich as Senotainia trilineata
Vand.

The opening of the pitchers of Sarracenia psittacina and a
similar species are very small and consequently the prey was con-
fined to smaller insects, principally midges although fragments
of a water beetle and other beetles were found.

Drosera rotundifolia only appears to catch tin}' Diptera and
the order seems to represent the principal catch of Drosera fili-
formis.

In a recent paper before the Society I called attention to the
fact that Prionomerus calceatus Say., mines the leaves of Lirio-
dendron and Sassafras at Washington. The old Bureau files
contain mention of the breeding of this species from the leaves
of a Magnolia in Florida. It was therefore with considerable
satisfaction that I found this weevil mining the leaves of the bay,
Magnolia virginiana L. at Thomasville and Coolidge, Ga. Al-
though I have found this weevil mining the leaves of Sassafras
at Clarksville, Tenn., I was unable to find it on this tree or on
the Liriodendron at any place in southern Georgia although
these trees grow side by side with well infested Magnolia. I
watched for mines on these trees from Albany to Cuthbert, Ga.,
from Decatur to Moulton, Ala., and around Memphis, Tenn.,
without results.

The common cowpea weevil was found freely feeding on the
terminal buds of cotton at Thomasville and Boston, Ga. Near
Albany, Ga., along a roadside by a field which probably had
been in cowpeas last year, this species was very common and feed-
ing on the tender stems of Smilax, Ambrosia, Sassafras, Liquidam-
bar, Rubus, and Melia. This note is of interest to show how
some of our common weevils of cultivated crops pass the season
preceding the development of their natural food plants.

At Decatur, Ala., I was surprised to find the flat galls of Phyl-
loxera caryae-avellana Riley (det. A. C. Baker), infested by the
larvae of an Anthonomus. These larvae have since been bred
out and proved to be Anthonomus hicoriae Pierce, which was col-
lected originally on hickory at Texarkana, Texas. It has not
previously been found breeding. It is interesting to note that
several other species in the group with this weevil also breed in
Phylloxera.

In discussing this paper Mr. Schwarz offered some brief re-
marks on phytophagous Coleoptera the imagoes of which, especially
in the earlier part of the warmer season, feed on the foliage of

208 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

various shrubs or trees which are not their regular hosts and never
oviposit on them. He more especially referred to the Locust
Hispa (Chalepus dorsalis); the Tecoma Hispa (Octotoma plicatula);
the Strawberry Rust borer (Typophorus canellus); the Grape-
vine Flea-beetle (Haltica chalybea). Many other cases of this
kind could be cited.

NOTES ON HORSEFLIES AS A PEST IN SOUTHERN

FLORIDA.

BY T. E. SNYDER,
Bureau of Entomology.

On a recent trip down the east coast of southern Florida I
was particularly impressed with the abundance of and annoyance
caused to both man and beast by horseflies. Early in the morn-
ing of May 12, 1916, while riding on the train (Florida East Coast
R. R.), between Jacksonville and Miami, Florida, quite a large
species of Tabanus entered the train through open doors and
windows, in sufficient numbers to cause considerable annoyance
to the passengers in the cars. This species (as were all the other
species of flies) was identified by Mr. C. T. Greene as Tabann*
trijunctus Walker. This fly was apparent^ attracted to the
moving train and individuals frequently lit on the window screens
of the pullman cars. This tabanid, which has conspicuous
greenish to purplish eyes, when living, was later found to be ex-
tremely common from Hobe Sound (about 35 miles north of
Palm Beach) to Paradise Key, Florida (about 40 miles south of
Miami on the mainland).

On May 17 on Jupiter Island, at Hobe Sound, Florida, painters
in working on a building found it necessary to use portable smudges
of slow-burning smoke-producing material in metal receptacles,
in order to work either on the exterior or interior of the house.

In buildings, especially stables, this fly and another species
(Tabanus lineola Fabr.) were present in large numbers, and
usually the dead flies are swept up off the floor and thrown away
each day.

The horses and mules are protected by covering them with
close-fitting gunny sacking with holes cut for the eyes, remind-
ing one of the cow that fell into the lime pit in "Cranford."
These animals would not stand still without this covering, since
the flies would swarm over them and the body becomes covered
with blood. They can be swept oft the bodies of uncovered horses
by the hands-full. Horses and mules with only the head coveied,

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 209

used in drawing the wagons in spraying operations, usually had
the benefit of the services of a negro boy whose sole duty was to
"swat" the horseflies on their bodies with a broad wooden pad-
dle made of a shingle and to keep a smudge1 burning.

Tabanus trijunctus was, by far, the commonest species observed
in any locality.

A night-flying species the beautiful pale greenish yellow Tabanus
mexicanus Linne, was also fairly common at Kobe Sound, speci-
mens being found on the floor in houses in the morning and also
being caught flying at 9.30 p.m., C.T. What must be the sen-
sation of the poor animals after enduring these pests all day to
find another species is ready to continue the annoyance!

Tabanus trijunctus and T. lineola were also common in build-
ings and on animals at Miami Beach, Florida, on May 11 to 16.
In the city of Miami they were not noted, although not actually
looked for.

From Miami south to Paradise Key the large species (Tabanus
americanus Forster) was occasionally seen. This species which
has beautiful light green eyes, when living, is very active and
hard to catch. Like T. trijunctus, it is commonly attracted to
moving objects, such as trains, automobiles, and wagons along the
road.

None of these horseflies were observed in the woods away from
the roads.

The species T. trijunctus and T. lineola are stated by residents
to be present in large enough numbers to be a pest only for a
few weeks during the year, usually during the last of March or
early April. This year they are unusually late.

Cats and dogs are greatly annoyed by these flies and become
irritable and even sick and thin from their annoyance and by
eating them, as they do when they catch them on their bodies.

In the woods a deer-fly (Chrysops brunneus Hine) is very an-
noying to man in the daytime. The "yeH°w fly of the Dismal
Swamp" (Diachlorus ferrugatus Fabr.) also occurs in southern
Florida, and Mr. ( '. A. Mosier of Little River, Florida, gave
me a specimen he collected at Buena Vista, Florida. Mr. Mosier
also kindly gave me specimens of Tabanus atratus Fabr., T.fronto
Osten Sacken, and T. birdiei Whitney — the last named species
being rare, according to Mr. Greene. Mosquitoes and sand
flics were .very troublesome at night on the offshore keys south of
Miami. Following is a list of these flies and the locality and
date of collection :

Tabanus americanus Forster, Miami, Florida, May 1'J, 191(5; Paradise
Key, Florida, May 14, 1916; Buona Vista. Fla.

210 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Tabanus trijunctus Walker, Hobe Sound, Jupiter Island, Florida, May 11
and 17, 1916; West Palm Beach, Florida, May 11 and 17, 1916; Miami
Beach, Florida, May 11 to 16, 1916.
Tabanus lincola Fabr., Miami Beach, Florida, May 11 to 16, 1916; Hobe

Sound, Florida, May 17, 1916.
Tabanus mexicanus Linne., Hobe Sound, Jupiter Island, Florida, May

17, 1916, flying 9.30 p.m., C.T.

Tabanux atralus Fabr., Buena Vista, Florida. (C. A. Mosier, collector.)
Tabanus fronto O. Sacken, Buena Vista, Florida. (C. A. Mosier, collector.)
Tabann* binlici Whitney, Buena Vista, Florida. (C. A. Mosier, collector.)
Diachlorus ferrugatuK Fabr., Buena Vista, Florida. (C. A. Mosier, col-
lector.)
Chrysops brunneus Hine, Miami Beach, Florida, May 12, 1916.

In discussion Mr. Knab said that the great abundance of Tab-
anidae in a region like Florida, where the larger mammals were
generally scarce, is most remarkable, since the females of this
family are supposed to be blood-suckers without exception. It
would seem that in a region like Florida only a small proportion
of these flies could satisfy their appetite for blood.

Mr. Schwarz stated that Tabanus psammophilus 0. S., discovered
by Mr. Hubbard and himself, occurred only on open beaches.
They found it at Indian River Inlet, and afterward as far south
as Biscayne Bay. It rests upon the moist sand, and being of the
same color is observed with difficulty. As no mammals occur
on these beaches, and as the flies never occur elsewhere, this
species must have peculiar feeding habits.

Mr. Knab spoke of a species of Tabanus, possibly the same as
the one just discussed by Mr. Schwarz, which he found on a
sandy beach near Nassau, Bahama Islands. When frightened it
would fly in the manner of a Cicindela, but under no circumstances
leave the beach. As mammals were originally almost absent
from the Bahamas, it seems certain that these Tabanus subsist
on other food than the blood of warm-blooded animals.

Mr. Knab, referring to Mr. Snyder's use of the term "sand
flies," said that this should never be employed by an entomolo-
gist. The name is both indefinite and misleading, since it is
applied to widely different insects in different localities.

Mr. Walton stated that some local Tabanidae are apparently
not attracted to warm-blooded animals at all. One, especially

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 211

the small, brown species, Tabanus bicolor, \Vied., is usually taken
in sweeping marshy places. Hine (Tabanidae of Ohio, page 48)
mentions this fact and states that "It has not been observed
annoying stock." Tabanus ohioensis, Hine, is usually taken in
similar situations. Both of these species have delicate wings
and are evidently weak fliers. Mr. Walton's personal copy of
Osten Sacken's Prodrome which is supposed to have come from
his library, contains the following manuscript note: Tabanus
psammophilus, O.S., "a strictly maritime species and probably
never attacking warm-blooded animals/' quoted from E. Schwarz,
Entomologica americana, Vol. 1, page 109.

ANTS PROTECTING ACACIA TREES IN CENTRAL AMERICA.

BY E. A. SCHWARZ.

A recent paper by E. Wasmann in Tijdschrift voor Entomologie,
Vol. 58, 1915, which deals mainly with the ants of the genus
Pseudomyrma living in the thorns of the "Bull's-horn Thorn"
Acacias in Mexico and Central America, quotes fully the remark-
ably accurate account of these ants given by Thomas Belt in his
intensely interesting book "The Naturalist in Nicaragua." From
his own experience in the Canal Zone of Panama and at Tampico,
Mexico, the writer can fully corroborate the original observa-
tions of Mr. Belt to the effect that the ants effectually defend
the acacia trees against the attacks of man, cattle, and insects.
No leaf-eating caterpillars, no aphids, nor coccids are seen on
the trees; no leaf-cufting ants ever defoliate the same. But
there is one coleopteron, a Bruchus, which frequents the flowers
to oviposit and develops in the pods of the acacia without being
molested by the ants in any of its stages.

At. Tampico a dead acacia was found in the midst of a row of
healthy trees. The dead tree had lost its leaves and the ants
had deserted it. It had the appearance of having been killed
by an insect larva boring in the roots and it would seem that the
ants are powerless to protect their host plant against the attack
of an underground enemy. However, efforts to pull out ront>
were not. successful. A few pieces of the trunk and larger branches
were broken off and carried to Washington, where in the course
of time the following Coleoptem were bred in addition to the
usual number of Hymenoptera parasites: Seven species of Ceram-
bycidae (one cerambycinc and six lamiids); one Imprestid (Agril-
us); and four species of predaceous beetles (one Bothrideres,
one Lathropus, one Trogosita, and one Clerus).

212 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

In discussion Mr. Busck stated that the ant inhabited aca-
cia trees were conspicuously green and uninjured by leaf -eating
nsects and stock, because they are so jealously defended by the
iants. Cattle and horses have learned not to nibble on the leaves
of such trees. One insect however appears to be not only per-
mitted to occupy the trees, but seems to be protected by the ants
for some reason, namely the wasp Polybia occidentalis, Oliv.,
which build their curious oblong bell shaped clay-nests in the
top of these ant trees and apparently nowhere else. It is signifi-
cant that these wasps have no sting, but rely entirely on the
efficient ants for the protection of their nests.

Mr. Busck mentioned in this connection the inter-relations
of the birds and the large wasps, which build their nests in the
trees occupied by the well known large hanging nests of the social
orioles. These wasps sting very severely and aggressively ob-
ject to the least interference of man; but the birds hop around
the nests and severely shake the branches, without arousing the
wasps. The birds in this case have a very formidable protection,
from man at least, in these wasps.

A NEARCTIC SPECIES OF DOLICHURUS.

BY S. A. ROHWER,
Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

The genus Dolichurus is known to ocfcur in the Palaearctic,
Ethiopian, Oriental and Neotropical regions, but until recently
no species has been discovered in the Nearctic region. The fol-
lowing species seems to be quite distinct from all the other
species of this genus and adds another genus to the American
wasps.

Dolichurus greenei new species.

Fem.ale. — Length 7.5 mm.; length of the antennae about 5 mm. Cly-
peus shining, the anterior margin truncate, the basal middle slightly
raised; eyes diverging to the clypeus; face and front opaque, granular,
immediately below the anterior ocellus a few shallow, scattered punctures;
frontal prominence slightly wider than long, the anterior margin trun-
cate; vertex and posterior orbits shining, sparsely punctured; postocellar
line somewhat shorter than the ocellocular line; antennae very slightly
tapering, the third and fourth joints subequal; pronotum slightly tulx-r-
culate posteriorly, medianly with a longitudinal foveolate suture; notauli

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 213

slightly converging posteriorly, not fovcohito; mesoscutum granular
with a few scattered setigerous punctures; suture in front of the scutel-
lum plain; scutellum shining, the lateral margins with rather small setig-
erous punctures, the median surface with a very few setigerous punctures;
mesepisternum polished with a few small, well denned punctures; dorsal
aspect of the propodeum coarsely, irregularly reticulate, medianly with
two carinae which are parallel posteriorly but basally form a large hexa-
gonal-shaped area, the posterior and dorsal aspects separated by a sharp
carina; the posterior aspect coarsely reticulate; the lateral aspect shining
and entirely smooth anteriorly, irregularly striato- reticulate posteriorly;
abdomen entirely smooth, highly polished; first intercubitus strongly
ungulate at about the middle; second and third intercubiti straight and
nearly parallel. Black, mandibles except apices, apical margin of the
clypeus and the margin of the frontal prominence, yellowish white; the
last three segments of the abdomen bright red; tarsi and antennae beneath
dark piceous; head and thorax with sparse, appressed, gray pubescence;
wings slightly dusky, venation brown, stigma and costa dark brown.

Falls Church, Virginia. Described from one female collected
September 1, 1915, by Mr. C. T. Greene for whom this species
is named.

Type.— Cat. No. 20303, U. S. N. M.

DIPRION SIMILE IN NORTH AMERICA.

BY S. A. EOHWER,
Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

In June, 1915, Dr. W. E. Britton recorded the European pine
sawfly, Diprion simile as occurring in nurseries at New Haven,
Connecticut. At this time the determination of this species
vvas tentative and the following note is presented to make this,
determination authentic. Since making this tentative determi-
nation for Dr. Britton we have received additional material
from European specialists and have carefully gone over all the
European species and studied them in detail, so do not believe
that there is any doubt that the insect occurring in our nurseries
is the European Diprion simile.

In his annual report for 1916 Dr. Britton states that this species
is established in nurseries at five towns in Connecticut; and we
have received it in shipments from inspectors in Massachusetts,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey but have no record of its having
become established in any of these localities. We have, however,
received it from one nursery in New York under conditions
which indicate that it is established.

214 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

It is extremely interesting to note that all of the specimens
which have reached America, are Diprion sim.ile in the most
restricted sense and that there is very little variation in color
or structure among all the adults examined. This may be ex-
plained by the fact that practically all the importations have
come from Holland (probably from one nursery) indicating that
our form is an inbred varietv.

RHIZOBIUS NOT RHYZOBIUS.

BY E. A. SCHWARZ

In his "Illustrations of British Entomology," 1831, Vol. 4,
Coleoptera, page 373, Stevens erected in a synoptic table of
genera the genus Rhizobius, whereas, subsequently (1. c., page
396) in the full description of the same genus with indication of
the type species he spells it Rhyzobius. Since at the same place,
Stevens states: "The only indigenous species grows on the roots
of plants, whence the name of the genus from the mss. of Leach,"
it is evident that the spelling "Rhyzobius" is merely a typographi-
cal or clerical error and that the spelling "Rhizobius" should be
preferred.

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-SEVENTH MEETING
OCTOBER 5, 1916.

The 297th regular meeting of the Society was entertained
by Mr. E. A. Schwarz at the Saengerbund Hall October 5, 1916.
There were present Messrs. Abbott, Baker, Banks, Borden,
Boving, Busck, Caudell, Duckett, Ely, Fisher, Gahan, Greene,
Hutchinson, Jennings, Knab, Kotinsky, Morrison, Paine, Pierce,
Popenoe, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Snyder,
Walton, and Wood, members, and Messrs. Frank R. Cole, Thomas
Kehler, Josef N. Knull, and Herman M. Bernelot-Moens, visitors.

The following program was presented :

A NEW SPECIES OF XYLOTRECHUS.

•(Coleoptera; Cerambycidae .)

BY W. S. FISHER,
Branch of Forest Insects, Bureau of Entomology.

The following species has been confused in the collections with
quadrimaculatus Hald., and the description is presented at this
time so that the name can be made available for discussion in
economic papers.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 215

Xylotrechus aceris n. sp.

Male: Form and color like quadrimaculatus Hald., but differs from
that species in the markings of the thorax in which it resembles convergens
Lee. very closely. Head with the two frontal carinae distinct, united at
each end and rather widely separated in the middle, the sculpture is very
minute, dense and dull, except in an abruptly defined basal band ascend-
ing at the sides along the inner margin of the eyes, this band being shin-
ing and coarsely punctate. Antennae thick, compact and reaching just a
little past the humeri, joints of equal width throughout, the third just a
little longer than the first. Thorax as long as wide, coarsely granulate,
especially at the middle where the granules become confluent forming short
transverse rugae, sides feebly arcuate, slightly sinuate and narrowed near
base, a spot in each of the four angles above of sparse white pubescence.
Elytra a little more than twice as long as wide, at base a little wider than
thorax at middle, sides nearly straight, distinctly convergent from base
to apex, the latter obliquely truncate, outer angle acute but not spini-
form, color fuscous-black varying to sepia, a narroAv inconspicuous band
reaching from the scutellum to ne"ar the lateral margin at middle, then
bent forward along the margin for a short distance forming an acute angle,
and another oblique band reaching from the suture near middle to the
lateral margin at apical third of sparse white pubescence, surface between
these bands, also humeral and apical portions sprinkled with sparse semi-
erect white hairs. Body beneath black, shining, pro- and mesosternum
densely and roughly punctate, sparsely clothed with long white hairs,
a conspicuous spot on the posterior half of the metasternal episternum,
and similar ones upon the lateral posterior margins of the first, second, and
third segment of the abdomen, composed of dense short recumbent white
hairs; abdomen with punctures very fine and distant, surface clothed with
long erect inconspicuous hairs. Legs slender, the posterior femora rather
far from attaining the tips of the elytra, sparsely clothed with long erect
white hairs. Length 10 to 12 mm.; width 2.5 to 3 mm.'

Female: Differs from the male only in the absence of the shining basal
band on the head, which is only traceable by the coarser punctures at the
base of the occiput in the female. Antennae not noticeably shorter than
in the male. The color is somewhat darker than in the male but this is
due to the type being a reared specimen and had not fully colored before
being killed.

Type-locality: Washington, District of Columbia.

Other localities: Newark, Delaware; Frankford, Kentucky:
Charter! )ak, Stoverdale, Linglestown, and Highspire, Pennsylvania.

Type and allotype: Cat. No. 20626 U. S. N. M. All paia-
types ;ire in the U. S. Nat. Museum except three which are in
the author's collection.

Described from five males and eight females; types MIH! two
females recorded under Bureau of Entomology Number Hopk.

216 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

U. S. 10081r, and reared June 30, 1916, from maple collected
by N. T. Hunt, June 2, 1916, at Washington, D. C.; two males
recorded under Number Hopk. U. S. 9724, reared July 1, 1912,
from red maple (Acer rubrum) collected by F. C. Craighead June
8, 1912 at Charter Oak, Penna.; two females from Washington,
D. C., collected in July and August (Hubbard & Schwarz); one
male from Frankford, Ky., collected on August 8 (Soltau); one
female from Linglestown, Pennsylvania, collected August 2,
1911 on red maple tree, one female from Stoverdale, Pennsyl-
vania, collected August 25, 1911, and one female from High-
spire, Pennsylvania, reared July 7, 1910, from Norway Maple
(Acer platanoides) limb collected June 14, 1910 by the author.
This last record is the one recorded as quadrimaculatus in the
author's list of "Cerambvcidae from Harrisburg." (1912, Ent.
News, XXIII, p. 311).

Paratypes No. 20626c and d from Charter Oak, Pennsylvania,
differs from the type by being lighter in color and not having
the markings quite as distinct, but this is due to the specimens
having been reared and are not fully colored. Paratype No.
20626f from Frankford, Kentucky, differs from the type by
having the thorax at the middle equal in width to the elytra at
base.

This species is closely allied to quadrimaculatus Hald., from
which it differs by having the four spots on the thorax of sparse
white pubescence instead of dense yellow pubescence, by having
the antennae shorter, and also by its habit of making galls on
maple trees, while quadrimaculatus girdles the branches of various
trees similar to that of Elaphidion viUosum Fabr.

COLOR DIMORPHISM IN SCHISTOCERCA DAMNIFICA

SAUSS.

BY A. N. CAUDELL.

Color dimorphism in the Acrididae is not at all rare but in
most cases known to me this phenomenon is common to both
adult and immature forms. With the above grasshopper how-
ever it appears to be confined to the nymphal stages. The adults
of this common locust are always, so far as I have observed,
brown in color. The nymphs however occur about Washing-
ton in either a bright green color or brown, as in the adult. I
have bred numbers of both phases through and find the green
color to persist to the last stage nymphs, always disappearing
however with the maturing molt.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 217

THE HABITAT OF DORU AGULEATUM SCUDDER.

BY A. N. CAUDELL.

On October 3, of the present year a number of specimens of
the above insect were taken by Mr. McAtee near Great Falls,
Virginia. This record is deemed worthy of publication as this
is the first time this earwig has been taken within the bounds
of our local fauna. In addition to the several specimens repre-
senting both sexes taken on the above date there was a single
immature specimen taken at the same spot on August llth of
last year, also by Mr. McAtee.

The exact point of capture of the above material is a small
swamp near the Virginia shore of the Potomac River about one
mile below Great Falls, some twelve or fifteen miles from Wash-
ington. The earwigs occurred on a sedge-like plant growing in
the swamp, a situation to require wading to secure specimens.
Careful search under bark, beneath chunks, etc., near this vicin-
ity failed to turn up additional material, those specimens swept
from the above mentioned sedge-like plants growing in the swamp
being the only ones secured.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF LACE-BUGS.

(Heleroptera: Tingidae)
BY OTTO HEIDEMANN.

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT.

This posthumous article has been prepared for publication by
the undersigned. Through the kindness of Dr. L. O. Howard,
Mr. Heidemann's notes on Tingidae, his favorite family, were
turned over to the writer to determine what material among them
was suitable for publication. It is with regret that the report
is made that description of but one undescribed species was found,
and a nearly finished illustration of a second new species. These
new species are herewith presented. It was Mr. Heidemann's
plan to monograph the American Tingidae, and he did have a
very thorough knowledge of them. Apparently, however, very
little of this fund of information was committed to writing. Mr.
Heidemann was wholly unselfish and spent so much of his time
helping others, that his own work, even that which lay nearest
his heart, was neglected and postponed, until, as it turned out,
it was forever too late. If the writer may be allowed to record a
personal tribute to Mr. Heidemann, he would say that none was
ever more generous, with time, advice and assistance, to fellow-

218 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

workers; this was as true in the case of the veriest beginner as
with the experienced specialist. Gentleness and consideration of
others were his predominant personal qualities and in all respects
his character was without blemish. As a systematist great cau-
tion, infinite painstaking, and a high degree of artistic ability
have made his published work as satisfactory and reliable as any
that has been done. — W. L. McATEE.

Leptoypha distinguenda n. sp.1 (PI. 17, fig. 1).

Specimens of this new species might, at first sight, he taken for L. mutica
Say, hut closer observation shows that it is very different.

In L. distinguenda the body is broader, the pronotum is less elevated
between the humeri, and the lateral carinae are more prominent. The
costal margin is distinct along the whole length of the hemelytron, some-
what reflexed anteriorly and containing there two series of small areoles.
In L. mutica however the costal margin is much narrowed anteriorly, con-
tains only a single indistinct series of areoles and is not at all reflexed,
posteriorly also it contains a single series of areoles, which are much nar-
rower than those on the corresponding part of L. distinguenda.

This species abounds on witch-hazel (Hamamelis) from early
spring to late in fall.

Type, a female, from Washington, D. C., July 8, 1899. Other
specimens are from the same locality June 20, July 28; Rock
Creek, D. C., June 20, 1890; Marshall Hall, Md., August 1, 1891,
September 3, 1891; Virginia, opposite Washington, D. C., June
15, 1902; [all of the foregoing without collector labels, but prob-
ably collected by Mr. Heidemannj; Mount Vernon, Va., April 19,
1904, R. P. Currie. All in collection of U. S. National Museum.

Acalypta grisea n. sp. (PI. 17, fig. 2).

General color light-brown with the areoles grayish subhyaline. This
species differs from A. thomsonii Stal. (PI. 17, fig. 3), the only recorded
American species, in several particulars, of which the most noticeable is
the possession of only a single series of areoles throughout the costal
margins of the hemelytra. A. thomsonii has more than one series of
areoles anteriorly and in the posterior third to half of costal margin.

A. grisea belongs to that section of Acalypta having the three pronotal
ridges of nearly equal height, subparallel and extending from posterior
margin to the transversely elliptical and small but elevated hood. The
central ridge does not form so conspicuous a ridge and apex on the hood
as it does in A. thomsonii.

A. thomsonii on the other hand has the lateral ridges very low and the
central ridge strong, rising gradually from the point of posterior process

1 This species may have been distributed to some extent under the ins.
name confusa an earlier preference to Mr. Heidemann.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XVIII, 1916 219

of the pronotum to the hood of which it forms the ridge and sharp
apex.

From this conformation it results that the front of the pronotum is
more strongly sinuate in A. thomsonii than in A. grisea.1 The anterior
angles of pronotum are acute and produced as far as apex of hood in
thomsonii; in grisea they are rounded and do not extend as far forward
as the hood.

The ridges hounding the discoidal areas are much more elevated in
grisea than in thomsonii. For other characters see the illustrations.

Type a male from the Uhler collection, collected under stones
at Andover, Mass., in April. Other specimens are from North
Carolina and Maryland. All of these are in the U. S. National
Museum collection.2

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI 1.

Fig. 1. Leptophya distinguenda n. sp.
Fig. 2. Acalypta grisea n. sp.
Fig. 3. Acalypta thomsonii Stal.

1 It is much more sinuate in A. grisea than is indicated in Mr. Heide-
mann's unfinished figure. The discoidal areas of hemelytra also are more
pointed posteriori}' than shown in this illustration.

2 Specimens of A. thomsonii in the same collection are from Massachu-
setts. One bears the Uhler mss. name orbiculata.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XVIII.

PLATE XVII.

Actual date oj publication, June 11, 1917.

220

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON
VOL. XIX 1917 Nos. 1-4

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-EIGHTH MEETING,
NOVEMBER 2, 1916.

The 298th regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
Dr. A. L. Quaintance at the Saengerbund Hall, November 2,
1916. There were present Messrs. Abbott, Baker, Barber,
Boving, Busck, 'Caudell, Craighead, Ely, Fisher, Gahan, Greene,
Heinrich, Hyslop, Isely, Kotinsky, Mclndoo, Midclleton, Paine,
Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Snyder, Walton,
Webb, Wood, and Yothers, members, and T. G. Carnochan, R.
M. Fouts, J. R. Horton, Philip Garman, Delmar Webb, and W.
W. Yothers, visitors.

The following program was presented.

A NEW GENUS (PERISSARTHRON) OF ELATERIDAE AND A

REVISION OF THE AMERICAN ELATERIDAE OF THE GENUS

PYROPHORUS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

BY J. A. HYSLOP,

Bureau of Entomology, Cereal and Forage Insect Investigations.

Perissarthron gen. nov.

(Plate I)

Frontal margin of the head obsolete above insertion of the labruni (fig.
a), front concave, labrum moderately broad; mouth directed forward and
downward; mandibles cleft at tip; maxillary palpi narrowly securiform;
antennae (fig. b), 12 jointed, joints 3 and 4 equal in length; prothorax
wider than long, prosternal sutures nearly straight, lateral margins broadly
flattened; posterior coxae (fig. <•) complete, strongly widened iinvardly, but
without abrupt angle; tarsi simple, bearing heavy brushes of pile on
under surface of joints, tursal claws (fig. </) simple.

1

2 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

This genus is erected to receive the remarkable species Corym-
bites trapezium of Leconte1 (Plate I, fig. h), from Texas, of which
•Corymbites trapezicollis Schw.2 is a synonym. Schwarz refers
this species to the genus Ludius,9 so the synonymy will stand as
follows :

Perissarthron trapezium (Lee.) Hyslop

Corymbites trapezium Lee.
Corymbites trapezicollis Schw.
Ludius trapezium (Lee.) Schw.
Ludius trapezicollis (Schw.) Schw.

This species has generally been described as having eleven
joints with the llth strongly constricted or appendiculate. This
is an error, the so-called constriction really being a distinct seg-
mentation (fig. f), as can easily be demonstrated with a relaxed
specimen as the 12th moves freely on the true llth segment and
cannot be compared with the condition of constriction found in
certain Melanactes and several species of true Ludius (Corymbites}.

Through the ki'ndness of Dr. Skinner of the Philadelphia Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences, I have had the opportunity of examin-
ing the female of this species in the Horn collection. It differs
from the male in the pronotum being as wide at the middle as at
the posterior angles, with the sides strongly arcuate^ The anten-
nae when directed backward do not attain the posterior angles,
consequently joints 4 to 11 are materially shorter in comparison
to their diameter than in the male.

The genus will probably fall into the tribe Ludiini but its posi-
tion cannot be definitely ascertained until the larva has been
described.

Pyrophorus Illiger.

This genus was established by Illiger in 1809< to include those
species of the Elateridae having luminous vesicles on the pro-
notum. This character serves to identify the genus, which is
confined to tropical America, both North and South, and the
West Indies, with the exception of a few forms which agree with
this genus in all characters, save the luminous spots. But one
species has been recognized from North America north of Mex-

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., Vol. 18, p. 392, Dec., 1866.

2 Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1903.

3 Gen. Ins.

4 Mag d. Gesellsch. Nat Freund. Berl I. D. 141 1809

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 3

ico, Pyrophorus physoderus of Germar described in 1841, l from
Alabama.

In examining the material in the National Museum and in the
private collections of Messrs. W. M. Mann and Chas. Schaeffer, I
have found three more species.

The four North American species can be separated easily upon
external characters, but the most conclusive characters for their
determinations are in the male genitalia. The following table
will serve to differentiate the four species now recognized from
North America:

A. Conspicuous tubercle on base of the pronotum in front of the scu-
tellum.

a. Tubercle conical texanus sp. nov.

b. Tubercle laterally compressed arizonicus sp. nov.

AA. Xo pronotal tubercle in front of the scutellum.

a. Antennae of the male long (when directed backward extending

3 joints beyond the posterior angles). Pronotum usually
with decided impressions pfn/so(lcrns Germar.

b. Antennae of male but one joint longer than the pronotum.

Xo decided impressions on the pronotum. atlanticus sp. nov.

In the North American species the females agree with the
males, except' that they are usually larger and have the prono-
tum much broader with its side margins more rounded and the
disk much more globose. In all our North American species the
antennae of the females are shorter than the pronotum, while in
the males they are as long as or longer than the pronotum. Small
females occasionally occur and size cannot be considered as a
character of much value. I have not examined the female of the
physoderus of Germar. In deciding which of the four species
from this country is the true physoderus of Germar. the following
facts must be taken into consideration: Germar described the
species from Alabama. None of the specimens which I have had
opportunity to examine were collected in Alabama, though the
series which I consider as physoderus were collected on the ( Vdar
Keys, which are on the upper inner gulf coast of Florida not
very far removed from that part of Alabama which reaches the
Gulf. Germar distinctly says, in his preliminary analysis of this
species, that the antennae are less than one-half the length of
the body, while in his further discussion of the species, he says
that they are somewhat longer th'an the prothorax. The species
recognized as pj^jxodcru* in the collections examined, was col-
lected from the east coast of Florida. It agrees with Germar's

1 Zeitsch. f. (1. Entom. Ill, p. 36, 1841.

4 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

description in being dark brown. However, the antennae in
this species are very slightly longer than the pronotum and are
certainly nowhere near half the length of the body. On the
other hand, the west coast species which I consider the true
physoderus of Germar is not as dark brown as the east coast

..mett it.

...mfif. lob.
..ined. or

yen

fret]

dor sa (

Fig. 1. Dorsal and ventral aspects of the male genital apparatus of
Pyrophorus.

species and the antennae of the male are equal to fully one-half
the total length of the body.

The east coast species, which I have named Pyrophorus at-
lanticus, is entirely lacking the impressed grooves on the disk of
the pronotum, which Germar specifically mentions and which
are very pronounced in the species from the Cedar Keys. Both
of these Florida species lack the basal tubercle on the pronotum.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 5

Candeze in his Monograph places phyxodentx ( !ermar among
those forms having a tubercle at the middle of the base of the
prothorax. I believe this to be an error and that the specimen
before Candeze was not the physoderux of Germar, but a then un-
described species. He gives the locality as Mexico and Southern
United States. To the form which he described, I have given
the name Pyrophorus texanus. Germar does not mention the
pronotal tubercle in his description of the species and as he men-
tioned it in several of his other species, I believe that this char-
acter alone can eliminate the Arizona and Texas species from
physoderus of Germar.

The genitalia of Pyrophorus (Text fig. I) can be divided into

-

I Fig. 2. Antennae of Pyrophorus. a, P. lexanux; h, P.
aManticus; d, P. ariznnicus.

//•*,• c, P .

two parts, the azygotic portion lying anterior to the junction of
the seminal ducts and the zygotic portion lying posterior to this
junction. The zygotic portion consists of the testes (tes.), the
accessory glands (ac. gl.) and the seminal ducts (sm. du.} and
9 without the scope of this paper. The zygotic portion con-
•sts of the ductus ejaculatorius (ej. du.) and of the aedeagus.
In most coleopterous males, the azygotic portion is divided into
a widened internal sack and a slender stenazygotic portion. In
the Klateridae, however, these parts are undifferentiated. The
ledeagus is divided into the tegmcn and the median lobe. The
tegmen consists of a basal, ring-like, articulating plate (Ixiwd />.)
and two opposed scoop-shaped lateral lobes (lot. loh.), one on
Cither side of the median lobe (med. lob.}. The median lobe
has a heavily chitinized dorsal part with two median struts
(vied. .s7.) on its upper surface and the median orifice anrd. or.)

6 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

on its ventral surface. The sides are membranous and the ven-
tral surface is more or less chitinized. The lateral lobes ar-
ticulate freely on the basal piece and are connected therewith
by the first connective membrane (1st con. mem.). The whole
aedeagus is connected with the body wall by the second con-
nective membrane (2nd con. mem.). The lateral lobes often
bear outwardly directed spines and anterior flabellae. The form,
number of spines and comparative length and shape of these
plates are remarkably constant in all the specimens in the vari-
ous species of Elateridae examined by the writer and are of de-
cided specific value. The terminology used in this paper is that
used by Sharp and Muir1 in their excellent Memoire on the
male genital tube.

The following table will serve to differentiate the four species
now recorded from North America as based upon the male genital
characters :

A. Lateral lobes of genitalia with a median, outwardly, directed spine
in addition to the terminal spine (Plate II, fig. g).

arizonicuH sp. riov.
AA. Lateral lobes without median spine.

a. Sides of the lateral lobes parallel, suddenly constricted near

outer fourth; median lobe without ridged depression on
upper surface (Plate II, fig. /) texniui* sp. uov.

b. Lateral lobes gradually attenuated from base to tip, median

lobe with prominently margined dorsal depression.

1. Mediae lobe narrow as tip of lateral lobe (Plate IT, tig-.

c, d, e) atlanticus sp. ivv.

2. Median lobe twice as broad as tip of lateral lobe (Pl^e

II, figs, a and b)..' physoderus Ger»»i|

Pyrophorus physoderus Germ.2

(Plate III, fig. c)

v

3

"Piceus, fusco-pubescens, thorace suboblongo, convcxo. latcriluis an-
trorsum deflexo, maculis vesicularibus angularibus, antennis corporH
dimidio brevioribus, elytris punctato-striatis, apice muticis. Habitat na
Alabama Americae borealis (Gory.).

"Dem P. pyralis verwandt, aber kleiner, dunkler braun. das Halsscliild
an den Seiten nach vorn tiefer herabgebogen, die Fiihlcr kiir/er und die

5

Deckschilde an der Spitze ungedornt.

Jj

1 The Comp. Anat. of the Male Gen. Tube in Coleo. Trans. Eni!
Toe. Lond. Part III, Dec. 24, 1912. ||

5 Zeit. f. d. Ent. Ill, p. 36, 1841.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XIX, 1917 7

"7—8 Lin. lang, 2j Lin. breit, dunkelbraun, mit niederlicgenden, grau-
gelben Harchen ziemlich dicht bekleidet, Fiihler und Beine heller braun.
Kopf ziemlich gross, Stirn etwas langer als breit, wenig eingedriickt, grob
punktirt. Fiihler etwas langer als das Halsschild, deutlich gesagt, das
dritte Glied halb so lang wie das vierte. Halsschild wenig langer als
breit, in der Mitte ein halbmal breiter wie der Kopf, dor Lange nach
gewolbt, die Seiten von der Mitte weg nach vorn niedergebogen und stark
nach den Vorderecken hin gerundet, Hinterdornen ast gerade. Im Mittel-
felde zwei mehr oder minder tief eingedriikte Griibchen. Die Oberflache
dicht punktirt, mit Spuren einer glatten, etwas erhabenen Mittellinie.
Leuchtflecke vor den Hinterdornen, eirund, schief, gleich weit vom Seit-
enrande wie vom Hinterrande entfernt, am Rande punktirt. Auf der
U.nterseite ein dreieckiger, gelber, durchscheinender Fleck im Hinterwinkel.
Schildchen liinglich, an der Wurzel abgestutzt.

"Deckschilde gewolbt, punktirt-gestreift, die Zwischenraume dicht
punktirt, die Seiten von der Mitte nach der gerundeten Spitze hin allmah-
lich verengt."

The sides of the pronotum are convergent from the base, practically
si raight and suddenly narrowed at the apex. The posterior angles are
acute and divergent. No pronotal bubercle in front of the scutellum.
The disk of the pronotum usually bears four elongate impressions, two
near the middle of the disk and two near the base. The luminous vesicles
are as near the lateral border as the posterior border of the posterior angles
and are distinctly visible from below. The color is reddish brown and the
vestiture is grayish yellow and moderately sparse. The elytra are parallel
to the posterior third and are not mucronate at the tip. Joint 3 of the
antenna is longer than 2, joint 11 is strongly apenticulate, giving the im-
pression of a 12th joint. In the male the antennae (text fig. 2 6) extend
3 joints beyond the posterior angles of the pronotum when directed back-
ward. Antennal joint 3 is not serrate and is decidedly narrower and
more like joint 2 than joint 4. Joints 4, 5 and 6 with sides subparallel,
twice as long as broad and slightly serrate.

Aedeagus with median lobe very broad rounded at tip, broadly spatu-
late-concave above at tip, median orifice less than one-half width of me-
dian lobe at that point from tip. Lateral lobes attenuate from base to
tip, distal spine declivious, compressed. No lateral spine.

Male, 15 to 20 mm. long, 3 to 6 mm. wide.

Specimens examined: 1 d" Florida (Chas. Schaeffer), 6 cfcf
Cedar Keys (Hubbard & Schwarz).

8 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Pyrophorus arizonicus sp. nov.1

(Plate III, figs./, 0.)

Sides of the prothorax parallel, strongly rounded anteriorly; posterior
angles ac'ute, divergent, carinate with laterally compressed strong tubercle
on the pronotum immediately in front of the scutellum; pronotum bearing
a pair of longitudinal impressions near the base. Luminous vesicles as
near the lateral border as the posterior border of the posterior angles and
distinctly visible from below. Color dark reddish brown, vestiture not
modifying the color of the integument. Elytra attenuate beyond the
middle, the tip not mucronate. Antennal joint 3 longer than 2 and dis-
tinctly shorter and narrower than 4; joints 4, 5 and 6 strongly serrate,
not twice as long as broad; joint 11 constricted at outer third (text fig.
2d).

Aedeagus with lateral lobes strongly narrowed at outer third, bearing
stout spine on outer side beyond middle. Lateral and distal spines
strongly deflexed, lateral lobes moderately densely covered with stout
erect hairs beyond lateral spine. Medial lobe strongly narrowed. On
outer third narrower than end of lateral lobes, end very slender, concave
above; lower chitinized plate of median lobe broader than upper plate,
visible from above. Median lobe not deflexed at tip. Median orifice
more than four times diameter of lobe from tip.

Male, 22 mm. long, 6 mm. wide.

Female, 25 mm. long, 7 mm. wide.

Described from 3 cf cf , 1 9 as follows : 1 cf (type) Patagonia
Mts., Ariz. (U. S. N. M.), 1 9 (allotype) Arizona (Chas. Schaef-
fer), (paratypes) 1 c? Ramsay Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Ariz.
(W. M. Mann), 1 d" Arizona (Chas. Schaeffer).

Type:— Cat. No. 20462, U. S. N. M.

Pyrophorus atlanticus sp. nov.

(Plate III, figs, d, e.)

Sides of the prothorax parallel to beyond the middle, then broadly
rounded to the apex. The posterior angles acute and divergent, prono-
tum slightly swollen near the base of the scutellum but not bearing a tu-
bercle, pronotum without discal impressions. The luminous vesicles as
near the lateral border as the posterior border of the posterior angles ami
distinctly visible from below. Color, very dark brown, vestiture short,
and rather sparse, not modifying the color of the integument. Elytra

1 Since preparing this manuscript two more specimens of P. arizonicus
have been added to the National Museum collection. These were col-
lected on Indian Creek in the Animas Mts., New Mexico, July 23, 1917, by
Dr. C. H. T. Townsend.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 9

parallel to the middle, then attenuate to the tips, not mucronate at the
tip. Antennae with joint 3 longer than 2 and distinctly shorter and nar-
rower than 4, joints 4, 5 and 6 not twice as long as broad and strongly
serrate, joint 11 simply constricted a little beyond the middle (text fig. 2 c).

Aedeagus with median lobe attenuate at tip, spatulate concave above,
distance between margins of spatula, equal to diameter of lateral lobes at
that point. Median orifice the diameter of median lobe, at that point,
from tip. Lateral lobes attenuate from base, distal spine small declivious.
No lateral spine.

Male, 12 to 17 mm. long, 3.5 mm. to 5 mm. wide.

Female, 18 mm. long, 5.5 mm. wide.

Described from 21 d" cf and 2 9 9 as follows: Type 1 cf En-
terprise, Fla. (Hubbard & Schwarz), allotype 1 9 Enterprise,
Fla. (Hubbard & Schwarz), paratypes 9 cf cf Enterprise, Fla.
(Hubbard & Schwarz), 2 tf tf Crescent City, Fla, (Hubbard &
Schwarz), 1 c? Eustis, Fla. (Hubbard & Schwarz), 1 c? North
Smyrna, Fla. (Hubbard & Schwarz), 1 <? Welham, Fla. (S. S.
White), 1 tf Samford, Fla. (C. V. Riley), 1 <? Indian River, Fla.
(Hubbard & Schwarz), 1 cf Florida (Hubbard & Schwarz), 1
9, 3 o"c? Florida (Chas. Schaeffer).

Type locality: — Enterprise, Fla.

Type:— Cut. No. 20460, U. S. N. M.

Pyrophorus texanus, sp. nov.

(Plate III, figs, a, ft.)

Sides of the prothorax convergent from the base, slightly rounded,
posterior angles acute and divergent, prominent conical tubercle on the
base of the pronotum in front of the scutellum, the pronotum some times
bearing impressions and some times without them. The luminous vesicles
as near the lateral border as the posterior border of the posterior angles
and distinctly visible from below. Cotor from pale reddish to almost
black, the vestiture dense, grayish yellow and quite long. The elytra
attenuate posteriorly and not mucronate. Antennal joint 3 longer than
2, and distinctly narrower and shorter than 4; joints 4, 5 and 6 distinctly
serrate and not twice as long as broad; joint 11 simply constricted at
outer third. Antennae of the male (text fig. 2 a) little, if any, longer than
the pronotum.

Aedeagus with median lobe strongly narrowed at tip, declivious, convex
above, median struts visible when lateral lobes are closed. Median orifice
twice diameter of median lobe, at that point, from tip. Lateral lobes
parallel from base to outer third then suddenly narrowed to tip. Distal
spine strongly declivious; no lateral spine.

Female and male, 14 to 19 mm. long, 4 to <> mm. wide.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PL\TE I.

10

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE II.

11

12 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Described from 43 c? d* and 3 9 9 as follows : The type 1 cT
Brownsville, Tex. (H. S. Barber), allotype 1 9 Brownsville, Tex.
(C. H. Townsencl), paratypes 2 of d" and 299 Victoria, Tex.
(J. D. Mitchell), 1 tf New Braunfels, Tex. (Chas. Schaeffer),
7 tf c? Brownsville, Tex. (Chas. Schaeffer), 4 cf d71 Brownsville
Tex. (Townsend), 2 d1 c? Brownsville, Tex. (H. S. Barber), 1 tf
Columbus, Tex. (E. A. Schwarz), 4 tf c? Refugio, Tex. (coll.
unknown), 1 tf1 San Diego, Tex. (E. A. Schwarz), 2 c? tf Dallas,
Tex. (J. Bowl), 1 cf Laredo. Tex. (Hubbard & Schwarz), Itf
Laredo, Tex. (A. W. Morrill), 1 tf San Antonio, Tex. (Hub-
ard & Schwarz), 3 cf d71 Texas (John B. Smith), 5 o71 a71 Texas
(C. V. Riley), 6 cf cf Texas (coll. unknown), 1 cf Texas (Chas.
Schaeffer), 1 d71 Arizona (Chas. Schaeffer).

Type locality: — Brownsville, Tex.

Type:— Cat. NO. 20461, U. S. N. M.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I. Perissarthron trapezium, a, Anterior aspect of head of d" ,' b,
right antenna of d"; c, right coxa of d"1'; d, posterior tarsal claws of d1 ', e,
aedeagus; /, joint between llth and 12th antennal segments of <? ; g, pro-
thorax and head of 9 ; h, adult -d".

Plate II. Male genitalia of Pyrophorus. a, dorsum, b, ventron of
Pyrophorus physoderus; c, dorsum, d, ventron, e, lateral aspect of Pi/ro-
phorus allanticus; f, dorsum of P. texanus, g, dorsum of P. arizonicus.

Plate III. Adult Pyrophorus. P. texanus; a, male, b, female; P. physo-
derus, c, male; P. atlanticus, d, male, e, female; P. arizonicus, f, male,
g, female.

NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME ORCHID WEEVILS.

BY H. S. BARBER,

Bureau of Entomology.

The several notes on Orchid injuring insects that have ap-
peared recently contain references to species not before reported
as such and from the study of certain species in the weevil genera
Cholus, Acythopeus, and Eucactophagus, it appeal's to the writer
from the specimens and literature before him that certain correc-
tions in the application of the names are necessary. Seven
species are treated in this paper three of which are described as
new.

Cholus Germar 1824.

Mr. Champion's description in the September number of the
Entomologist's Monthly Magazine, of the large black and white
orchid weevil, Cholus cnttleyae, found by Mr. H. B. Weiss in or-

PKOC. ENT. sor. WASH., VOL. XIX.

1'I.AFK III

a

d

\

f

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 13

chid houses in New Jersey, came to my notice too late to with-
draw my own description of the same weevil from publication
in the last volume of these Proceedings and was my first intima-
tion that the species was attracting attention elsewhere.

Mr. Weiss informs me that 17 specimens were found, usually
singly on various species of Cattleya especially on C. gigas during
irregular visits to an orchid house at Secaucus, N. .1., between
May and August of 1910. The adults were quite conspicuous,
crawling and feeding on the leaves and bulbs and doing much
damage. Their chief injury appears as before stated to be done
by the larva developing in the pseudobulbs.

Mr. Weiss has helped me to reassemble all of his specimens
except the second one he captured which he sent to Mr. Cham-
pion and which became the type of cattleyae being most likely
now deposited in the British Museum. Five of these sixteen
specimens are CnolUs cattleyae Champ, but the other eleven exam-
ples are not that species but are C. forbesii Pascoe, this deter-
mination having been corroborated from photographs sent by me
to Mr. Champion.

AIi\ S. B. Fracker of Wisconsin writes that adults have been
taken in the Milwaukee greenhouses in January, March, June,
August and September and that larvae were found in all stages
(lining this time, pupation occupying at least two but not more
than four weeks and that larvae lived under the abnormal condi-
tions of his office for at least four months without pupating.
Two partly grown and two apparently full fed larvae were re-
ceived alive from Mr. Fracker on September 14; the two smaller
ones were here introduced into fresh, artificial holes in the healthy
leaf bulbs of a small Cattleya where they apparently made them-
selves at home and excavated the interior of the bulb, but when
the latter were cut open in November both larvae were found to
be dead. One of the larger larvae was ready to pupate when re-
ceived but was unable to cast the larval skin and was preserved
September 25; the other took some weeks to prepare for pupation
which it accomplished about November 1 and finally issued as an
adult November 20, after which it took nearly a week to harden.
It lived about two months upon a Cdttlfi/a plant which was
finally killed by the feeding of the weevil.

Mi\ Sanders recently infonned me that, ten or twelve specimens
were preserved from (he Milwaukee1 infestation, but of these the
writer has had access to only seven. Thus including the single
specimen found in Washington, 1). C.,in 1913, and the one reared
by the writer, these notes are based upon a series of twenty-five
specimens which have been assembled through courteous loans
from the collections cited below, and the examination of this
series is of considerable interest since the three previous de-

14 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

scriptions of the two species distinguished in the series, were
based upon a total of five examples.

The idea is forced upon me that the occurrence of the two
species in one orchid house in New Jersey accompanied as it is
by great variation in size and in prothoracic markings in cattleyae
(these markings always being more or less complete elements of
the design which is constant in forbesii) and the occurrence of
but one of the species (cattleyae) practically without variation
in the Milwaukee orchid house indicate the possibility of a more
or less recent hybridization under the artificial conditions, which
might not be possible in their native habitats, and which may
have superimposed the pronotal vestiture of forbesi to a varying
degree upon the supposedly more dominant form and sculpture
of cattleyae. Until some breeder can make the experiment this
supposition should not receive more than casual attention but the
probability of such occurrences is constantly confronting us.
The native habitat of neither of the two species is definitely
known.

Cholus cattleyae Champion (September, 1916)1

In this species of which C. cattleyarum m. (November. 1916) is
undoubtedly a synonym, the variation in vestiture consists in the
appearance on an otherwise entirely black prothorax, of various
of the elements of the white squamose areas so conspicuous in the
following species. Of the fourteen examples before me eight
specimens are from the orchid house at Milwaukee, and six of
these as well as the specimen found by Mr. Heidemann in 1 '13,
have no pronotal markings; the Milwaukee specimen reared iy
the writer displays # pair of postocular squamose patches, 01. 3
from the New Jersey orchid house and one from that in Mil-
waukee have only a small prescutellar spot as described by
Champion; one specimen (in Dickerson collection, received from
Weiss) displays the prescutellar spot, the pair of postocular
spots and also a pair of small discal squamose areas; the pre-
scutellar spot and only one of each of the discal and postocular
spots are present in another specimen in the Weiss collection,
and only the prescutellar and one of the postocular spots in tli£
specimen Mi-. Weiss gave to Mr. Leng; finally a specimen re-
ceived by the American Museum of Natural History (the first
one found by Mr. Weiss and the one which he illustrated, Ento-
mological News) which has two pairs of squamose areas in addition
to those just mentioned, one before the humerus, and another
above the coxae, all being connected with the prosternal squa-

1 See Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XVIII, Plate XIII, facing p. 178.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 15

mose band, as shown in the figure (PL 4, fig. 2). The elytra!
vestiture is more constant, but in the Washington specimen the
white areas although maintaining their position are so reduced
in size that the intervening black lines of the striae become ob-
vious and the specimen has a much more tessellate appearance.
Six of the Milwaukee specimens are females and measure 10.75
mm. to 12 mm. while the single male measures 10.25 mm. in
length (excl. rostr.).. The fivfe Weiss specimens measure 8.5 mm.
(cf and 9) 9.5 mm. (cf1), and 10.5 mm. (tf and 9). The
specimens belong in the following cabinets:

U. S. National Museum, — 4 specimens (type and paratype of
cattleyarum Bar. and two other specimens from Milwaukee).

Wisconsin Department of Agriculture, — 4 specimens (from
Milwaukee) .

University of Wisconsin, — 1 specimen (from Milwaukee).

American Museum of Natural History, — 1 specimen (from
Weiss) .

Mr. Chas. Leng, — 1 specimen (from Weiss).

Mr. E. L. Dickerson, — 1 specimen (from Weiss).

Mr. H. B. Weiss, — 2 specimens.

Cholus forbesii Pascoe 1877. (PL 4, figs. 1, 1A, IB.)

The specimens in our series are narrower and less roughly
sculptured than cattleyae, with the tibial and tarsal vestiture
composed of intermixed black and white hairs instead of yellow
ones. There are no white scales on the mesopleural plates and
the specimens display a different series of elytral and prothoracic
squamose markings which vary slightly but in general leave,
large, black unclothed areas as follows: — A large elongate discal
black spot occupying nearly half the length of the suture, and
often with lateral extensions near its posterior end; a large thrce-
lobed, discal black spot on the pronotum which encroaches slightly
on the elytral base on each side of scutellum and is usually
narrowly produced anteriorly to join the black head;1 a pair of
post-humeral round spots of about the same size as one of the
lobes of the pronotal macula; a pair of subapical lateral spots
apparently the same size in the dorsal aspect but produced down-
ward and forward to include the posterior coxae ; and finally the

1 Mr. Champion writes that in the type the white scales of the prono-
tuni are more extended partly enclosing three bare patches on the disc,
and from a rough diagram accompanying this statement it appears that
the prescutellar squamose patch is produced forward and joins with in
ward extensions of the transverse squamous hand at basal third of
pronotum, leaving the anterior nude area triangular and the basal pair
quadrate.

16 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

short common, apical elytral black spot. In addition to these
there is a small lateral, prehumeral spot on the thorax, usually
encroaching a little onto the base of the elytra and sometimes
connected with the discal spot ; in front of it are two small lateral
spots of which the lower is very small but present in all speci-
mens. The metasternum is clothed with white scales as in
cattleyae and the abdominal sternites are similarly clothed, ex-
cept that the patches on the second segment fuse into a con-
tinuous transverse band.

The eleven specimens (5 cf d71 , 6 99) before the writer (and
six specimens of cattleyae} were all taken by Mr. Weiss in an
orchid house at Secaucus,N. J,. during the past summer, and have
generously been loaned (except of course the type in the British
Museum) from the following collections:

Mr. H. B. Weiss, — 7 specimens labelled "Bergen Co., N. J.,"
two of which are retained for the National Collection, by the
kind permission of the owner.

Mr. E. L. Dickerson, — 2 examples labelled "Secaucus, N. J.,
VIII."

Mr. A. C. Frost, — 1 example.

American Museum of Natural History, — 1 example.

The notices of these orchid Choli known to me are as follows:

1877 Pascoe (Proc. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1876, p. XXX, named and gave short
diagnosis of Cholm forbcsii from a specimen found among some
supposedly Ecuadorian orchids at Highgate, England.

1903 Champion (Biol. Centr.-Amer. Coleop., vol. IV, pt. 4, p. 306, pi.
XVI, figures 12 and 13) describes and figures two new species, C.
nigronotatus from Nicaragua and Panama (two specimens), and
C. nigromaculatus from Panama (a pair) the first of which he
compares with Pascoe 's species.

1906 Champion (I.e., p. 724- — footnote) corrects an error in above.

1916 Champion (Ent. Mo. Mag. (3), vol. 2, Sept., p. 201) describes a new
species. C. cattleyae from a specimen found by Mr. Weiss breed-
ing in bulbs of Cattleya gigas in a New Jersey greenhouse. A
photo of the same species from Milwaukee, Wis., is cited and the
three preceding species are mentioned.

1916 Barber (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 18, p. 177, pi. 13) figures and
describes the Milwaukee specimen as C. cattleyarum.

1916 Fracker (Wisconsin Horticulture, vol. 7, Oct., 'p. 27) records the

occurrence of Cholus caltlei/ac (without using a name) in orchid
houses in Milwaukee.

1917 Weiss (Ent. News, vol. 28, p. 28, pi. V, fig. 2) describes Hie injury in

greenhouse's by C. cattleyae and C. forbexii and figures the specimen
of the former species now preserved in the American Museum of
Natural History.

INDEX TO VOLUME XVIII

Acalypta grisea, n. sp., 218; thomsonii, 218.
Achrastenus griseus, Egg-laying of, 7.
Agromyza, A new species of, destructive to

beans in the Philippines, 93; destructor,

n. sp., 93.

Alcidamia colei, n. sp., 127.
Address of the Retiring President, 84.
AI.DRICH, J. M.: More light on Myophasia,

98.
Allolobophora chlorotica, parasitized by

Pollenia rudis, 197.
Amobia utahensis, n. sp., 90.
Anthonomus hicoriae, Breeding habit of,

207.
Ants protecting acacia trees in Mexico,

211.

Aphididae, Some intermediates in, 10.
Aphis fagi, gossipii, malifoliae, prunifolise,

viticola, Descriptions of intermediates in,

12. 13.

Aphrastus unicolor, Egg-laying of, 7.
Apidas, A new bee of the genus Dia.ithidium,

192.
Apion, Breeding habits of several species,

0, 7.
Apple Red-bugs, Native food-plants of,

196.
Argyrestia arceuthobiella, n. sp., 153;

eugeniella, n. sp., 153; furcatella, n. sp.,

154; libocedrella, n. sp., 153.
Argyrophylax albincisa, Description and

figure of female, 190, 191.
BAKER, A. C.: Synopsis of the genus

Calaphis, 184.
KAKIJR, A. C. AND W. ' TURNER: Some

intermediates in the Aphididae, 10.
BARBER, H. S. : A Review of North American

tortoise beetles, 113; A new species of

weevil injuring orchids, 177.
narinus albescens, Breeding habit of, 10;

squamolineatus, Breeding habit of, 9.
Baris cuneipennis, Breeding habit of, 10.
Batrachedra mathesoni, n. sp., 150.
Hee, A new, of the genus Dianthidium, 192.
HHSCK, AUGUST: Descriptions of new North

American Mirolepidoptera, 147; Shorter

remarks, 212.
Mrsc'K, AUGUST, L. O. HOWARD AND E. A.

SCHWARZ: A biographical and biblio-
graphical sketch of Otto Hi-idt-mann,

203.
Calaphis, Synopsis of the genus, 184; table

of species, 185; alni, n. sp.. 188; betulue-

colens, 186;betulella, 186; castaneae, 187;
castaneoides, n. sp., 187; Literature on,
189.

Culiprobola, Table of species, 109; alclriclii,
ii sp.. Ill; crawfordi, n. sp., 112; opaca,
n. sp., 110;sorosis 9, 111.

Cassidinae, Review of North American, 113.

CAMOEU,, A. N.: Address of Retiring Presi-
dent; An economic consideration of
Orthoptera directly affecting man, 84;
color dimorphism in Schistocerca damni-
fica, 216; The habitat of Doru aculeatum
vScudder, 217.

Cerambycid Larvae, Determination of the
abdominal and thoracic areas of, as
based on a study of the muscles, 129.

Chaleodermus aequalis, Feeding habits of,
207; Breeding habit of, 9.

Chermes piceae, 14.

Cholus cattleyarum, n. sp., 178.

Chrysogaster, Table of groups and species.
102; inflatifrons, n. sp., 107; nigripes,
107; pacifica, n. sp., 105; parvu. n. sp.,
104; robusta, n. sp., 163; sinuosa. 105;
stigmata, 103, texana, n. sp., 108; uni-
color, n. sp., 100.

Compsus auricephalus, Egg-laying of, 7.

Conotrachelus albicinctus, elegans, leuco-
phaeatus, naso and similis, Breeding
habits of, 9.

Cordyceps, possibly dipterigena, 196.

Cow-pea weevil, Feeding habits of, 2(17.

CKAIGHEAD, F. C.: Determination of
abdominal and thoracic areas of Ceram
bycid larvae as based on a study of t tu-
rn uscles. 129.

CRAWFORD, J. C.: Some American II \
tnenoptera, 127.

Cryptorhynchus fallax, Breeding habit of, '.).

Curculionida*, A new species injuring orchids,
177.

CCSHMAN, R. A.: The native food-plants
of the Apple Red- Bugs, 196.

Cylindrocopturusadspersus, mammillatus and
operculatus, Breeding habits of, 9.

Die GRYSE, J. J.: Hypermetamorphisin of
the Lepidopterous Sapfeedeis. 164.

Dennatobia hotninis. Egg-disposal of, 17'J.

Dianthidium, table of bionomic characteis
of four species, 194.

Dianthidium arizonicmn, n. sp.. 192; Noll's
o.i. 193.

221

222

INDEX

Diprion simile in North America, 213.

Dolicharus, A Nearctic species of, 212;
greenei, n. sp., 212.

Doru aculeatum, Habitat of, 217.

Dreyfusia picea, 14.

Drosera, Insects caught by, in Georgia,
206.

DUCKETT, A. B.: Notes on a little-known
Rabbit Eai-mite, 17.

Duvita, n. gen., 147; vitella, n. sp., 147.

Economic Consideration of Orthoptera
directly affecting man, 84.

Entomological Society of Washington,
Amendment to the Constitution, 83;
Election of Honorary President, 84;
Election of officers for 1916, 17; Election
of new members, 5, 83, 129, 169, 183;
Price of single numbers of the Proceed-
ings, 168; Resolutions regarding papers
for publication in the Pioceedings, 205.

Eriosoma, Intermediates in, 14.

European Fir trunk bark louse apparently
long established in the United States, 14.

Euxesta notata, Notes on the larva; of, 171.

FABRE, JEAN HENRY: Obituaiy notice of,
2.

Fir trunk Bark Louse, 14.

FISHKK, W. S. : Anew species of Xylotrechus,

214.
Fungus, Cuiious formation of, occurring on

a fly, 196.
GAHAN, A. B. AND S. A. ROHWER: Horis-

mology of the Hymenopterous Wing, 20.
Gelechia diversella, n. sp., 149; notandella,

n. sp , 149; paralogella, n. sp., 149;

punctella, n. sp., 148.

Gnorimoschema chenopodiella, n. sp., 14N.
HEIDEMANN, OTTO: Two new species of

Lace bugs, 217.
IIKIDEMANN, OTTO: A Biographical and

Bibliographical Sketch of, 203.
HICINRICH, CARI,: On the taxonomic value

of some larval characters in the Lepi-

dopteia, 154.
Heterocordylus malinus, Native food-plants

of, 196.
Horisrnology of the Hymenopterous \\'ing,

20.
Horsellies as a pest in Southern Florida,

208.
HOWARD, L. O.: Election of, as a member of

the National Academy of Sciences, IS:;
HOWARD, L. O.: Francis Marion Webster,

79; A curious formation of a fungus

occurring on a fly, 196.
HOWARD, L. <)., 1C. A. SCHWAKZ ANU A.

KHSCK: A Biographical and Biblio-

graphical Sketch of Otto Heidemann,

203.
HUTCHINSON, R. H.: Notes on the larvae of

Euxesta notata Wied, 171.
HUTCHINSON, R. H. AND J. L. WEBB:

Preliminary note on the Biononmics of

Pollenia rudis in America. 197.
Hymenoptera, Some American, 127.
Hymenopterous Wing, Horismology of, 20.
Hypermetamorphisrn of the I.epidoplcrous

Sapfeeders, 104.
Hyperodes echinatus and solutus, Breeding

habits of, 8.
Hypochseta eudryae, n. sp., 94; townsendi,

n. sp.. 94.
HYSI.OP, J. A., A. L. QUAINTANCE, AND

W. R.: WALTON The life and woi ks of

H. M. Russell, 3.
HYSSOP, J. A.: Piistocera armifera (Say)

Paiasitic on Limonius agonus vSayi,

169.
Insects caught by Drosera and Sarracenia,

206.

Intermediates in some Aphidida?, 1(1.
KNAB, FREDERICK: Egg-Disposal in Der-

matobia hominis, 179; Shorter remarks,

210.
KOTINSKY, JACOB: The European fir trunk

bark louse (Chermes piceae Rat/.), ap-

pa'ently long established in the I'. S.

14.

Lace-bugs, Two new species of, 217.
Laspeyresia laricana, n. sp., 152; leucobasis,

n. sp., 152; poptilana, n. sp., 151.
Lepidoptera, Descriptions of new North

American Microlepidoptera, 147; On tin-

taxinomic value of some larval characters

in, 154.
Lepidoptetous Sapfeeders, Hypermetamor-

phism ol , 164.

Leptophya distinguenda, n. sp., 218.
Limonius agonus parasitized by Pristocera

armifera, 169.

Lissorhoptus simplex, Bleeding habit of. .V
Lixus tenellus, Breeding habit of, 8.
Lygidia mendax, Native food-plant of, lilti.
MAI.I.OCH, J. R.: A new species of Agromy/.u

destructive to beans in the Philippines,

93.
McATEE, W. L.: Introductory statement to

"Two New Species of Lace- Bugs" by

Otto Hcidemanu. 217.
Microlepidoptera. Desci iptious of new Noith

American, 147; Taxonomic value of somr

larval clunacters in. 151.

MIIJDI.IJTDN, WILLIAM: Notes <>u J >i-
> 11 1 IIM I MI in arizonicuus knliwi-r, I'.iii.

INDEX

223

Muscoirl flies, Non-intentional dispersal of,

by Man, 18.
Muscoid fly affected by a curious fungus,

196.
Myophasia, More light on, 98; aenea, 99;

Note on M. aenea, 100.
Myzus persicae, Intermediates in, 13.
Neodichocera tridens, 97.
Neophorichaeta johnsoni synonymous \viili

Trigogena setipennis, 98.
Non-intentional disposal of Muscoid species

by man with particular reference to

Tachinid species, 18.

Nyssonotus seriatus, Breeding habit of, 10.
<>bituary of Jean Henry Fabre, "2; of Otto

Heidemann, 203; of H. M. Russell, 3;

of Francis Marion Webster, 79.
( (lethreutes piceae, n. sp., 151.
Oopterinus perforatus, Breeding habit of, S.
Otidocephalus, Breeding habits of several

species, 8.

Orchestes pallicornis, Breeding habit of. *
< >rthoptera, An economic consideration of,

directly affecting man. 84.
i Irthoiis cylindrifer, Breeding habit of. 10.
Pandeleteius cinereus, Breeding habit of, 7.
Paradmontia brevis, 97.
Parkeriellus, new gen., 9f>; flavipalpis, n. sp.,

96.
PERGANDE, THEODORE: Notice of death of,

168.

Perigaster cietura, Breeding habit of, '.).
Phasioclista metallica a synonym of Myo-
phasia. aenea, 99; Not a synonym of M.

aenea, 100.
PIERCE, W. DWIGIIT: Notes on the habits of

Weevils, 13; Notes on a Southern trip.

206
Pnigodes, Bi ceding habits of several species,

8.

Pollenia rudis, A preliminary note on tin-
bionomics of, in America, 197.
Prionomerus calceatus. Breeding habits of.

8, 207.
1'ristocera armifera parasitic on I.imonins

agonus, 169.

Protandrena bishoppi, n. sp., 128.
Pseudomyrma protecting acacia trees in

Mexico, 211.
Psoroptes cuniculi. 17.
QUAINTANCI;, A. I... J. A. HVSI.OI- AND \V.

R. WALTON: The life and works of 11.

M. Russell, 3.
Rabbit Ear-Mite, Note on a little known.

17.
Rhinoncus pyrrhopus, Breeding habit of,

10.

Rhizobius or Rhyzobius, 2H.

KhodobiEiius 13-punctatus, Breeding habit of,
10.

Rhyncophora, Notes on the habits of. li. 207.

Rhyssomatus lineaticollis, palmacollis and
pruinosus. Breeding habits of, 9.

ROHWER, S. A.: A new bee of the genus
Dianthidium, 192; A nearctic specie-- of
Dolichurus, 212; Dip/ion simile in Xortli
America, 21. 'I

KnmvEK, S. A. AND A. 11 (', AIIAN: Iloris-
mology of the Ilymenopteroiis Wing, 20.

RUSSELL: The life and works of, 3; Bibliog-
raphy of, 4.

Saracenia, Insects caught by, in Georgia,
206.

Schistocerea damnifica. Color dimorphism in,
216.

SCHWARZ, E. A.: Ants protecting Acacia
trees in Mexico, 211; Rhizobius or
Rhyzobius, 214; Dr. Howard's Election as
a member of the National Academy of
Sciences, 183; .Shorter remarks, 207,
210.

SCHWARZ, E. A., L. O. HOWARD AND A.
BUSCK: A biographical and bibliographi-
cal sketch of Otto Heidemann, 203.

SHANNON, R. C.: Notes on some genera of
Syrphidae with descriptions of new species,
101.

Sitona flavescens, Breeding habit of, 8.

SMITH, HARRISON E.: New Tachinidae from
North America, 94.

SNYDER, T. E.: Notes on horseflies as a
pest in Southern Florida. 208.

Southern Trip, Notes on a, L'dii

Syrphida1, Notes on some genera of, with
desciiptions of new species, 101.

Tabanida? in Southern Florida, 20S: Feeding
habits of, 210.

Tarhinidae, Non-intentional dispersal of. by
Man, 18; New from North America,
fit; The genus Argyrophylax, 189.

Tingidae, Two new species of, 217.

Tortoise Beetles, A Review of North Ameri-
can, 113; Map of locality records. 1 1 ri ,
Annotated list of species, 118; Synoptic
table of species, 12(1.

TOU-NSKNP. CIIAKI.KS H. T.: Non-intni
tional dispersal of Muscoid species by
man with parliculai refeience in T:u hniid
species, IS; Note on M \ nph.isja K-nra
Wied. KIO; Shorter remark-,, 1*2. I'll'.
197.

Trichobaris compacta, Breeding habit of. 10

Ti KM:I,-. \\' F. AND A. C. MAKI-R; Some
Intermediates in the Aphidirla-. Ill

224 INDEX

Tyloderma subpubescens, Breeding habit of, WEBB, J. L. AND R. H. HUTCHINSON:

9. Preliminary Note on the bionomics of

Tylopterus, Breeding habits of species, 9. Pollenia rudis Fabr. in America, 197.

WALTON. W. R.: The Tachinid genus WEBSTER, FRANCIS MARION, Obituary of, 79.

Argyrophylax B. and B., 189; Shorter Weevils, Notes on the habits of, 6, 207; A

remarks, 210. new species of, injuring orchids, 177.

WALTON, W. R., A. L. QUAINTANCE AND Winthemia okefenokeensis, s. sp., 95.

J. A. HYSLOP: The life and works of Xylotrechus, A new species of, 214; aceris,

H. M. Russell, 3. n. sp., 215.

ANNOUNCEMENT

Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED-
INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num-
ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per
page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply-
ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society,
(L S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. No receipt will be
mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested.

OF SPECIAL INTEREST

DYAU, H. G. A Review of the North American Species of the Lepi-

dopterous Family Anghroceridae $0.10

" " Lepidoptera of the Kootenay District, British Co-
lumbia 1904. 20

" A Review of the North American Pyralinae 10

" " On the White Eucleidae and the Larva of Calybia

slosspnae 10

Life History of the Florida Form of Euclea delphini. .10
Eight papers consisting of notes on Cochlidiidae,

partly Exotic 35

" " Six papers on the Life History of North American

Moths 20

Two papers on Arctians v. .15

Three papers on Pyralidae i .'. .15

" Two papers describing larvae of Mexican Lepidop-
tera 15

Additions to the list of North American Lepidop-
tera, Nqs. I and IT 15

A Synopsis of three Genera (Bronthis, Chionobus,

Brabia) of North American Butterflies 25

Thirty-six papers dealing mostly with the Descrip-
tions of American Moths 1.35

Notes on Hulst and Strecher Types 15

Three papers on the Sloth Moth 10

Fifteen short systematic and biological papers 25

Twenty-seven titles dealing with descriptions of

miscellaneous Lepidopterous Larvae . .75

EDWARDS, H. Bibliographical Catalog of the Described Transfor-
mations of North American Lepidopterfe, 1889 1.00

FRENCH, C. H. Notes on the Preparatory Stages of Papiliocres-

phontes 10

A Yellow-Winged Catocalae 10

FYKES, F. W. Further Observations upon Bombys cunea Drury.. . .10
GROSSBECU, JOHN A. Additions to the List of North American

Geometridae with Notes on Some De-
scribed Species 15

GROTE, A. R. Results Obtained from a Search for the Type of
Noctua linnaei, and Conclusions as to the type of
the Hubnerian Noctuid genera represented in the

North Anerican Fauna 20

" A New Catocla from Texas 10

HINDS, W. E. Notes on the Life History of Alsophila pometaria... -10

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER

CAUDELL, A. N. : Color dimorphism in Schistocerca damnifies Sauss. 216

CAUDELL, A. N. : The habitat of Doru aculeattim Scudder 217

FISHER, W. S. : A new species of Xylotrechus ; 214

HEIDEMANN, O. : Two new species of laee-bugs. 217

HOWARD, L. O., SCHWARZ, E. A., and BDSCK, A. : A biographical and

bibliographical sketch of Otto Heidemann 203

OBITUARY: Otto Heidemann 202

PIERCE, W. D. : Notes on a southern trip 206

ROHWER, S. A. : A Nearctic species of Dolichurus 212

ROHWER, S. A. : Diprion simile in North America 213

SCHWARZ, E. A.: Ants protecting acacia trees in Central America .. . 211

SCHWARZ, E. A. : Rhizobius not Rhyzobius. . , 214

SNYDER, T. E. : Notes on Horseflies as a pest in Southern Florida .. . 208

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

Volume XIX

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY,

QUARTERLY
WASHINGTON, D. C.

1916
(Issued Sept 23, 1918)

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIX

Page

AINSLIE, GEO. G.: Color variation in pupae of Terias nicippe Cramer. 7X

BARBER, H. S.: Notes and descriptions of some orchid weevils.. . 12

and SCHWARZ, E. A.: Two new hydrophilid beetles 12'.)

BURKE, H. K. : Oryssus is parasitic 87

BUSCK, AUGUST: Notes on a Bethylid parasite of the pink bollworm. . . it'.i
CAUDELL, A. N., and McATEE, W. L.: First list of Dermaptera and

Orthoptera of Plummets Is-
land, Maryland, and vicin-
ity 100

CRAWFORD, J. C. : New hymenoptera .... 1 ti."i

CUSHMAN, R. A.: A much described Ichneumonid and its systematic-
position 162

Notes on the biology of Schizonotus sieboldii Ratz. 128
Two new chalcids from the seeds of Anielutichier. . . 7!)
and KomvKK, S. A.: Idiogastra, a new suborder of

Hymenoptera, with notes
on the immature stages of

Oryssus 80

KLY, CHAS. R. : A revision of the North American Gracilariidae from the

standpoint of venation 29

PAGAN, MARGARET: The uses of insect galls 14(>

FISHER, W. S. : A new species of longhorn beetle infesting cowpeas from

Mexico 173

GAHAN, A. B.: The significance of the author's name following a species 17:!
C.iu,, J. B.: Notes on two species of Acrobusis especially injurious to

pecans 86

GREENE, CHARLES T. : A contribution to the biology of N. A. Diptera. . 146
HALL, W. B. : Notes on the immature stages of Hemitaxonus ntnltit'inctus

Rohwer 28

HEINRICH, CARL: A new Coleophora injurious to apple in California !.'!.")

A note on the Tortricid genitalia l.'i"

HOWARD, L. ().: Schistocerca tartarica taken at sea 77

HYSLOP, J. A.: A new Genus (Perissdrthrori) of Elatcriclae and a re-
vision of the American Rlateridae of the genus Pyro-

[)hori(s with descriptions of new species 1

The Klaterid genus Oistus of Candeze 12(5

McArEE, W. L. : Key to the Nearctic species of Leptoyphti and Lepio-

styla W

and CAUDELL, A. N.: First list of Derrnuptera and

Orthoptera of Plumim-i-.
Island, Maryland, and
vicinity .» HID

CONTENTS

MIDDLETON, WILLIAM: Notes on the/larvae of some Cephidae 174

ROHWER, S. A.: The American species of the genus Cephas Latreille. . 139
and CUSHMAN, R. A.: Idiogastra, a new suborder of

Hymenoptera with notes on
the immature stages of

Oryssus 89

SASSCER, E. R.: Photomicrography and its application to the study of

the Coccidae 86

SCHWARZ, E. A., and BARBER, H. S.: Two new hydrophilid beetles. . . . 129
SEIGLER, E. H.: Codling moth investigations in the Grand Valley of

Colorado 99

SMITH, HARRISON E. : Notes on North American Tachinidae, including

the description of one new genus 122

SNYDER, THOMAS E.: A peculiar habit of a horsefly (Tabanus ameri-

canus) in the Florida Everglades 141

WALTON, W. R.: Three new Tachinid parasites of Eleodes 22

II

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

WASHINGTON

VOLUME XIX, Nos. 1-4
MARCH, JUNE, SEPTEMBER, DECEMBER, 1917

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY
OFFICE OF PUBLICATION

2419-21 QREBNMOrjNT AVB.
BALTIMORE, MD.

EDITORIAL OFFICE

WASHINGTON, D. C

Entered aa spoond-claaa matter at the poatofBoe at Baltimore, Md., February 28, IMS,
under the Art of August 24, 1912

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1864.

The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursda}' of
each month, from October to June inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues of active members, $3.00; of corresponding members $2.00;
initiation fee (for active members only), $1.00.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1917

Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ

President C. R. ELY

First Vice-President E. R. SASSCER

Second Vice-President : FREDERICK KNAB

Recording Secretary A. B. GAHAN

Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . S. A. ROHVVER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Editor J. C. CRAWFORD

Representing the Society as a V ice-President of the

Washington Academy of Sciences W. D. HUNTER

Executive Committee.

THE OFFICERS.
A. N. CAUDELI^. A. L. QUAINT ANCE. W. D. HUNTER.

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published quarterly by the Society at Baltimore, Md., and Wash-
ington, D. C. Terms of subscription : Domestic, $2.00 per annum ;
foreign, $2.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 75 cents, foreign
postage extra. Remittances should be made payable to the
Entomological Society of Washington.

Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be entitled to 25
separates of each contribution, free of charge, provided the Editor is noti-
fied before page proof is returned. Additional copies may be had at rates
fixed by the Society.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 17

1917 Sanders and Fracker (Wise. Dept. Agric. Bull. 10, pp. 54-56, fig.

15) report their observations on Cholus catileyae in Wisconsin.
1917 Weiss (Ent. News, vol. 28, p. 218) lists Cholus cattleyae and C. for-

besii from New Jersey.

Acythopeus Pascoe 1874.

This genus was erected for a group of small bands having the
rostrum greatly enlarged anteriorly at base and separated from
the front by a deep transverse incision. The three species here
referred to do not display this character but I am unable to place
them among more agreeable companions and expect their segrega-
tion as new genera may become necessary. No recent allusion to
Centrinus epidendri Murray? 1869 which was believed to have
been bred from orchids, or to Apotomorhinus orchidearum Kolbe
1906 (which appears to be closely allied to, or synonymous with
Acythopeus aterrimus Waterhouse 1874) has been found but I
cannot now ascertain if they are in reality allied to the specimens
before me.

Acythopeus gilvonotatus n. sp. (PI. 4, figs. 3, 3 A)
Type:— Cat. No. 21067, 'U. S. National Museum.

Piceous, the humeri and legs paler; opaque strongly alutaceous; coarsely
foveolately punctate; elytra ornamented with a double posthumeral and
two subbasal, discal, convex masses of yellow scales; femora unarmed.
Head with front feebly impressed between the eyes which are separated
by the width of the beak; front shallowly foveolate, each impression with
a small silvery scale at center. Beak (from frontal impression) two-
fifths as long as length of specimens, only slightly more curved in basal
half than apically where it is slightly flattened, broader, and finely punc-
tate; punctures almost contiguous at middle of upper surface, becoming
longitudinally confluent at sides, forming a conspicuous sulcus above the
scrobes with a secondary imperfect sulcus separated from it by broken
irregular carinae, the individual punctures being only distinguished by the
silvery scale of each. Antennal scape almost reaching the eye, distant
from it by about one-third the length of the first funicular joint; firs't
of the seven joints of funicle as long as two of the following joints which
gradually increase in width until the seventh is twice as wide as the
second; club elongate oval, as long as the three preceding joints and
a little wider than the seventh. Pronotum seven-eighths (9) to nine-
tenths (c?) as long as wide, widest at middle, sides straight and feebly
convergent posteriorly, arcuately convergent anteriorly, surface strong!}'
alutaceus between the coarse, rather closely set squamiferous fovea.
Elytra five-eighths to two-thirds as wide as long, widest just behind
humeri, sides almost parallel in basal half; striae deeply confluent ly
punctate at base, the punctures more shallow and widely sop:i rated <>n the

18 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

disc; intervals flat wLth a median row of fine squamiferous punctures, the
second, fourth, sixth and eighth intervals broader than their alternates
and bearing two or three large scales, most of the punctures bearing only
minute scales; second interval clothed at basal fourth with a small oval
prominent mass of dense yellowish scales, fourth interval with a larger
mass of similar scales which nearly reaches the base of the elytra, sixth
•and eighth intervals with similar but smaller masses, a little posterior to
the others and almost uniting over the much constricted seventh interval.
Legs sparsely clothed with silvery scales each of which is set in a shallow
fovea, the femora relatively stout and unarmed, the tibiae with inner edge
straight and apex strongly hooked. Length 3 to 3.6 mm., width 1.3 to 1.6
mm.

Habitat unknown. — (probably Philippine Islands).

Described from two specimens ( d71 and 9 ) found among Phil-
ippine orchids in the Executive greenhouses, Washington, D. C.,
in November, 1906, and one (cf ) found on Phalaenopsis in a green-
house in Bergen County, N. J., by Mr. H. B. Weiss in 1916.

This species does not belong in Apotomorhinus Schoenherr
1844 nor in A cy ft opens Pascoe 1874, both of which have a frontal
incision at the base of the rostrum, and differs from A. aterrimus
(Waterhouse) 1874 and from A. orchivora (Blackb. 1900) in the
unarmed femora, straight tibiae, as well as in sculpture and
vestiture, but since Champion 1913 and 1916 includes these
latter species in this genus "for the present" the species here de-
scribed may as well also be assigned here. The writer hopes the
two species aterrimus and orchivora are correctly determined
in the material before him but is unable from the literature to
satisfy himself on this point. Yet, since the species appear to
have never been contrasted, though several times compared, he
offers the following vague characters of habitus which may aid
in their recognition.

A. orchivora (judging from three specimens received under this
name from H. B. Weiss from the same set as the specimen men-
tioned by Champion 1916) is smaller, more robust, darker colored
(piceus black) and more shining (owing to slightly larger and more
prominent polished rugosities on the outer margin of the pro-
notal punctures and on the anterior margin of the interstrial
series of minute elytral punctures) and has the humeri slightly
more prominent with basal end of eighth stria more deeply im-
pressed. Length 2.7 (9), 3 (cf) and 3.3 (cf ) nun.

A. aterrinntx is larger, more elongate, rufopiceous and less shin-
ing, the pronotal punctures deeper and relatively more close-set,
punctures of eighth stria moderately impressed, interstrial series
of polished rugosities relatively finer and all the striae relatively
broader. Three specimens found on Philippine orchids in the

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 19

•

Executive greenhouses in 1906 were determined as this species
some years ago by Mr. E. A. Schwarz and measure 3.2 (9), 4
(9) and 4.1 (c?)'mm.

A summary of the papers encountered by the writer in this in-
vestigation which may prove useful in its continuance by others
is appended, but he has included the 1844, 1859, 1866, and 1874
citations only because of possible systematic usefulness, since no
relationship of these weevils with orchids is indicated in them :

1844 Schoenherr (Gen. et Sp. Curculionidum, vol. 8, p. 258) erects the
genus Apotomorhinus (type A. submaculatus) .

1S44 Boheman (in Schoenherr, I.e., pp. 259-260) describes Apotomorhinus
submaculatus and cribratus n. spp. from Manilla and Pondichery.

1X59 Walker (An. Nat. Hist. (3), vol. Ill, p. 264) describes Apotomorhinus
albo-ater n. sp. and A. signatus n. sp. from Ceylon.

1866 Lacordaire (Gen. Coleop., vol. 7, pp. 226-7) redescribes Apotu-
morhinus Schoenh. correcting the number of funicular joints from
8 to 7 and citing the two species of Walker 1859 as apparently not
belonging to this genus.

1869 Murray? (Gardner's Chronicle, 1869, p. 1279) describes Centrinus
epidendri (apparently a new species) believed to attack soft-
hearted orchids such as Epidendrum. (See remarks by Rye in
Zool. Record, vol. 6, pp. 280-281.)

1874 Pascoe (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 12, Feb., pp. 61-63) describes
a new genus Acythopeus containing five new species, two of which
are figured (pi. 3, figs. 11, 11 a and 17).

1874 Waterhouse (Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 10, March, p. 226) describes
Baridius aterrimnx n. sp. from Singapore, where it was "de-
structive to Phalaenopsis and other orchids," and believes the
species should enter Pascoe's just published genus Acythopeus.

1900 Blackburn (Trans. R. Soc. S. Austral., vol. 24, pt. 2, p. 61) describes
Saris orchivora n. sp. bred from steins of a Queensland orchid
(Di'iiilrolii uni sp.) at Sidney (Froggatt).

1904 Froggart (Agr. Gazette, X. S. W., vol. lf>, p. .117, and plate facing
p. 514, fig. 2) notes the infestation of the pseudo-bulbs of Dcn.ilro-
bin/ti from which he had taken the specimens de-rribed as Baris
orcli irorti by Blackburn 1900. The work, larva, pupa and adult
are described briefly and the adult is figured.

1906 Kolbe (Gartenflora, vol. 55, pp. 2-6) describes A i><>i»nn>n-lii iuii
orrhidearum n. sp. from cultivated orchids (/'W//''//.i*/>.s/x ) be-
lieved to come from the Malayan Islands but makes no allusion
to earlier papers.

1906 Lea (Trans. II. Soc. South Austral., vol. 30, p. 101) compares a
Specimen of (it<-rrinms received from Waterhonse with what he
believed to be (in-liimrn and reported them undoubtedly identical.
The assignment to the genus Aci/llm/n-ux is strongly crit irixed but

20 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

•

he did not feel justified in proposing a new generic name for the
species.

1912 Swezey (Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. II, no. 4, p. 168) notes A.

aterrimus as established in an Orchid house in Honolulu and also
as taken from orchids imported from Manila, citing Froggatt's
1904 illustration and alluding to Lea's 1906 synonymy.

1913 Champion (Ent. Mo. Mag. (2), vol. XXIV, p. 33) records the cap-

ture of Baridius aterrimus in a flower of Catasetum splendens at
Kew and cites specimfens from other English conservatories. The
species is assigned for the present to Acythopeus Pasc. but differs
in having toothed instead of unarmed femora and the intermediate
tibiae toothed in the cf . Froggatt's (?) statement that B. orchi-
vora Blackb. is a synonym is denied but the two species are said
to be closely allied.

1916 Champion (Ent. Mo. Mag. (3), vol. II, p. 200) cites Baridius orchi-

vora as found on flowers of Dendrobium in New Jersey by Mr.
Weiss and assigns this species with Baridius aterrimus whose
food records he reviews, to the genus Acypotheus Pasc. (typ. err.
for Acythopeus). Diorymelhis laevimargo n. sp. is described from
specimens received from H. B. Weiss in New Jersey and from a
specimen found attacking orchid roots in a greenhouse at Ithaca,
N. Y.

1917 Weiss (Ent, News, vol. 28, pp. 26-28, pi. 5, figs. 3 and 4) reviews

the accounts by Blackburn; 1900, and Froggatt, 1904, of Acythopeus
orchivora and records its frequent occurrence and injury in orchid
houses in New Jersey. The abundant occurrence of Diorymellus
laevimargo and the injury by the adults is described and the
adults of both weevils are figured.

1917 Weiss (Ent, News, vol. 28, p. 106) corrects Acypocheus to Acijthopeus.

1917 Weiss (Ent, News, vol. 28, p. 218) again cites Diort/mcllun laevimargo
and Acythopeus orchivora, as found in New Jersey.

Eucactophagus Champ. 1910.

Five species of this genus are in the National Collection, two of
which appear to be new and are here described. The other three
were determined by Mr. Champion and are mentioned in his 1910
work (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleop. vol. IV, pt. 7, pp. 96-100,
pi. IV, figs. 31-35a, and pi. V, figs. l-3a). The genus does not
appear homogeneous and the species may not all be orchid feed-
ers but as two species have now been taken in American green-
houses with the inference that they issued from imported Orchids,
we may expect other species to appear also. The six species in-
cluded in the Biologia are all well figured and the seventh species,
the genotype, is illustrated with its original description. Photos
of two new species are here given although a drawing of one of
them has been published by Weiss 1917.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 21

Eucactophagus graphipterus Champion 1910.

As stated in a footnote to the description of this species,
Champion's third specimen was found in a greenhouse in Con-
necticut by Dr. Britton and is in our National Collection. I
have seen no other specimen but the type and paratype locali-
ties are Costa Rica and Colombia. The large yellow area of tin-
elytra covers the basal two-thirds and bears a round brown spot
al middle of suture which reaches the third stria, a pair of similar
spots just behind middle extending from fifth stria to margin
and a faintly rufous area at basal fourth between third and fourth
striae. The identification of the form treated by Weiss 101 7 as
this species was made by Mr. Schwarz about 1914, from a single
specimen which he then supposed was only a variant of </r<//>hi./>-
frrus but a series of specimens subsequently taken in the ?\Y\v
Jersey orchid houses and received from Mr. Weiss vary but little
among themselves and are conspicuously distinct from Cham-
pion's species. Since I have failed to find a description with
which it agrees it becomes necessary to propose a new name for
the species that has troubled the New Jersey orchid growers.

Eucactophagus weissi n. sp. PI. 4, figs. 4, 4A, 4B.

E. graphipterus Weiss 1916 (Journ. N. Y.Ent. Soc, xxiv, pp.93
and 147), 1917. (Ent. News, vol. 28, pi. 5, fig. 1) nee. Champion.
Type—Cat. No. 21068, U. S. N. M.

Very similar to graphipterus apparently differing from it only in the
elytral coloration, deeper elytral striae and in the pygidium being slightly
more strongly carinate with coarser punctures. The elytra are princi-
pally translucent yellow in color, the suture, base, and posthumeral third
of side margin narrowly margined with black, the black margin becoming
broad on the humerus and side margin behind the middle, and occupying
the apical fourth of the elytra. The striae are more deeply engraved
with larger and deeper punctures which show the black ground color
t lirough the yellow chiton; interstices more convex and clear yellow except
for rufous or piceous spots situated as follows: second interval with a
piceous area twice as long as wide at middle of length of elytra, third
and fifth interval with a similar spot at basal fourth which sometimes
merge into one but both are sometimes very pale, the fifth also has :\
second black or brown spot just behind the middle. The yellow coloring
is produced a little further backward in intervals 2, 4 and 6. Length
13-17 mm., width 5.5-7.5 mm.

Habitat unknown (probably tropical America).

Described from five specimens 2 cf d", 3 99, taken in orchid
houses at Summit, N. J., by Mr. H. B. Weiss, the type dated
April 27, 1914, paratypcs in the collections of Mr. Weiss and
Mr. Chas. Leng.

22 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Eucactophagus biocellatus n. sp. (PI. 4, fig. 5.)
Type:— Cat. No. 21069, U. S. N. M.

Very similar to E. aurocinctus Champ, but conspicuously different
in that the yellow area occupies the basal three-fourths of the elytra ex-
cept the humerus and encloses a piceous macula occupying third, fourth
and fifth interstices just before middle of elytra. The strial punctures
are more deeply impressed and the interstices more convex than in
aurocinctus. The first stria is arcuate basally and joins the second stria
beside the scutellum. The third interstice is twice as wide at base as the
fourth, the seventh interstice but little more than half as wide throughout
its length as the others. The antennal scape is stouter basally and less
swollen apically, and is feebly arcuate in basal half. Length 10mm.,
width 4.8 mm.

Described from a single specimen received about 1912 from
F. H. Jackson at Las Cascades, Canal Zone, Panama. The
black discal elytral spots occupy part of the area occupied by the
yellow fascia in the cotype of aurocinctus illustrated by Champion
which is before me (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cotype No. 21070), so it is
improbable that it might be merely a form of that species with the
yellow fascia more extended.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

1. 1A, IB. Cholus forbesii Pascoe.

2. Cholus catteleyae Champ. Abnormal specimen (perhaps hybrid) in
collection of Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., displaying thoracic vestiture as in C.
forbesii. For normal coloration see plate facing p. 178, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 1916.

3. 3A. Acythopeus gilvonolatus n. sp. Type. (Photo, by Paine.)

4. Eucactophagus weissi n. sp. Type.

4A, 4B. Largest paratype. (Dark lines on cb-

domen and metasternum of 4B are shadows of legs.)

5. Eucactophagus biocellatus n. sp. Type.

THREE NEW TAGHINID PARASITES OF ELEODES.

BY W. R. WALTON,
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The three forms described below constitute an addition to our
knowledge of the dipterous parasites of the imagines in Coleoptera.
Two of them represent a well marked genus, apparently new to
science. The remaining form is a true Biomyia, a genus already
known as being parasitic on adult beetles. The American species

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX

PLATE IV

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 23

known to have this habit are Biomyia (/cmy'iie B. and B., and B.
lachnosternae Town., EuhaUdaya (Hi-nnnjid) genalis Coq., de-
scribed by me as E. severinii, arid parasitic on Diapheromera
(Orthoptera) is of course not a Biomyia in any sense but repre-
sents, in my opinion, a valid genus very close to Holiday a of
Egger.

Eleodiphaga new genus.

Moderately robust, head (pi. 5, fig. 1) large, wider than thorax, dis-
tinctly conical, much thicker at insertion of antennae than at vibrissae.
Wings rather short, legs robust.

Front abruptly produced, antennae inserted distinctly above the
middle of eye, face sloping downward in a gentle convex curve to vibrissae
which are inserted slightly below the oral margin. Cheeks equal in width
to at least two-thirds height of eye. Front at vertex nearly twice as wide
as eye, the vitta occupying one-third or more of its width. The frontalia
thickly sprinkled with macrochaetae. Parafacials more than half as wide
as facial depression, their lower half plentifully sprinkled with irregularly
arranged bristles. Facial depression deep, its sides almost parallel,
carina nearly obsolete. Fascialia bearing bristles on approximately the
lower two-thirds. Antennae, in the male, very long, first two segments
elevated above the level of the front, third segment slightly longer than
the face, its long sides nearly parallel, at least six times longer than broad1
and of a velvety texture. Arista inserted at extreme base of third seg-
ment and thickened to its tip, second joint only slightly longer than broad.
Vibrissae short, rather weak, not decussate, and directed downward.
"Transverse depression" of face not transverse but running almost verti-
cally from corner of eye to oral margin, the cheeks proper merging immedi-
ately with inferior occipital surface. Eves absolutely bare, small and
oval in shape. Frontal macrochaetae arranged in two rows, the upper
ones not noticeably stronger than the lower, descending well below in-
sertion of arista. No true orbitals present in male. Occllar bristles well
developed arid widely divergent but directed forward. Ocellar triangle
unusually large. Proboscis very short, fleshy; palpi, normal. Wings
(pi. 5, fig. 2) with the apical cell long-petiolate, ending in the costa, well
before tip of wing, the petiole about twice as long as small crossvein.
Costal spine obsolescent but distinguishable. All veins bare excepting
base of the third which bears two or three ordinary bristles. Front claws
of male not elongated, the hind tibiae coarsely pectinate but not ciliate,
with coarse bristles. The tarsi all rather Ninall and weak.

This genus seems to be related to both Phasmophaga, Town.,

and Hypcrecteina (Admontia) Schiner.
Type of the genus, E. caffreyi new species.

24 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Eleodiphaga caffreyi new species.

Length 9 mm. male. Black, subshining; wings milky, nearly opaque;
veins black. Front, face, cheeks and occiput black, thinly pruinose, with
grayish pollen. Vitta brownish. Antennae and aristae black, palpi red-
dish. Postocellar pair of macrochaetae present. Thorax black, thinly
grayish pollinose, two pairs of indistinct vittae present, postsutural dorso-
central bristles three, stepnopleurals four or more, pleurae black, thinly
whitish pruinose. Scutellum black, bearing three pairs of marginals and
an apical pair. Abdomen ovate, conical, black, shining, entirely desti-
tute of pollen or spots. Median discal and marginal macrochaetae on all
segments excepting the first which bears neither. Venter black, hypo-
pygium retracted but visible, shining black. Middle tibiae bearing one
weak and two strong macrochaetae on front side toward the middle. Legs
black including coxae, squamae opaque white.

Described from two male specimens, one reared from material
collected by D. J. Caffrey of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology, at
Maxwell, New Mexico, (elevation 6,500 feet) and in honor of
whom the species is named. The specimen emerged from an
adult of Eleodes extricata Say. The other specimen was reared
from material collected by V. L. Wildermuth, at Prescott, Ari-
zona, and emerged from an adult of Eleodes obsolete! , Say.

Eleodiphaga pollinosa new species.

Length 9 mm. Similar structurally to the foregoing species, differing
as follows: slightly mdre robust, the front (pi. 5, figs. 3-4) produced not
quite so much, eyes longer, antennar somewhat more slender, arista a little
shorter. The palpi yellow and rather small. First two joints of antennae
yellowish red, third joint brownish, entire head more thickly pollinose.
Thorax and scutellum opaque, whitish pollinose, five, dorsal vittae plainly
visible, the middle one obsolete cephalad of the transverse suture.

Dorsocentral macrochaetae four, acrostichals strong and in four pairs,
sternopleurals four or more.- Abdomen robust, ovate, first three segments
black, the basal two-thirds silver}7 pollinose, the margins shining, fourth
segment orange yellow, thinly silvery pollinose at base. First segment
without median macrochaetae, the intermediate segments with weak dis-
cals and marginals, fourth segment bearing only weak bristles on its disc
and the marginals also rather weak. Legs black, claws short, hind tibiae
subciliate, middle tibiae bearing a single macrochaeta on front side near
the middle. Wings milky hyaline, veins blackish, third vein bearing three
weak bristles at its base. Tip of both wings broken off inholotype about,
opposite the hind crossvein, remains of wings very similar to E. caffreyii

Described from a single male specimen reared from an adult
of Eleodes hispilabrus Say, collected at Maxwell, New Mexico,
by D. J. Caffrey.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, ;917 2.5

\

Biomyia eleodivora new species.

Length 10 mm., male, slightly elongate in form, ashy gray opaque,
wings fusco-hyaline. Head (pi. 5, fig. 5) of the true Biotnijia form. An-
tennae inserted slightly above middle of eyes. Front sloping upward
from root of antennae to vertex, is about one-half as wide as width of eye.
Yitta occupying approximately one-half of front, black in color.

Parafacials, parafrontals, occipital border and facial depression sil-
ver}' gray pollinose. Frontals descending to tip of second antennal joint,
orbital bristles absent. Antennae dark brown, very slender, the third
joint a little more than twice as long as the second. Arista longer than
antennae, very slender, thickened only at extreme base. Palpi and pro-
boscis reddish. Vibrissae long, slender and projecting at right angles to
plane of face, inserted well above oral margin. Cheeks ashy gray cov-
ered with rows of fine black hairs. Thorax and scutellum rather thinly
ashy gray pollinose. Five vittae visible, the middle one obsolete cepha-
lad of the transverse suture. Posterior dorsocentrals four; they are un-
usually long and slender and nearly erect. Acrostichals in three pairs.
Sternopleurals three, pleurae thinly cinereous pollinose. Abdomen en-
tirely opaque, rather thinly cinereous pollinose and slightly marmorate. A
distinctly median, blackish vitta visible from behind. Venter concolorous
with abdominal dorsum. Hypopygium visible, black and bearing a few fine
hairs. All segments of abdomen bearing median marginals, no true discals
apparent on any segment. Legs remarkably robust, black, all, and es-
pecially the hind metatarsi, noticeably swollen (figs. 7 and 8). Hind
tibiae not ciliate nor pectinate but bearing a few scattered macrochaetae.
Front claws elongated. Wings (pi. o, fig. 6) slightly fuscous, the veins
brownish. Squamae white.

Described fr,om one male specimen reared from an adult of
Eleodes tricostata Say, collected by J. S. Wade, at Holdredge,
Nebraska. The species is closely related to R. lachnosternae
Town., but is evidently quite distinct.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE V.

Elertdiphaya c'ljrri/i.

Fig. 1. Head of male.
Fig. 2. Wing of male.

Eleodiphaga pollinosa.

Fig. 3. Side view of head.
Fig. 4. Front view of head.

Biomyia eleodivora.

Fig. 5. Side view of head.
Fig. 6. Wing.

Fig. 7. Hind tibia and tarsus, dorsal view.

Fig. 8. Lateral view of hind tarsus, showing spiny armament of ventral
surface.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE V.

26

OF WASHINGTON, VOU'.MK XIX, 1917 27

Two HUNDRED AND NINETY-NINTH MEETING,
DECEMBER 7, 1916.

The 299th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of
Washington was entertained by Dr. W. D. Hunter at the Saenger-
bund Hall, December 7, 1916. There were present Messrs.
Baker, Busck, Cole, Crawford, Cushman, Ely, Gahan, Garman,
Gibson, Greene, Heinrich, Hunter, Hyslop, Kolinsky, Middleton,
Morrison, Paine, Pierce, Rohwer, Sasscer, Schwarz, Snyder,
Speare and Walton, members, and Messrs. J. J. Davis, Harry F.
Dietz, II. M. Fouls, F. H. Gates, visitors.

The president announced the death on November 17 of Mr.
Otto Heidemann, a valued member and ex-president of our So-
ciety. He also stated that he had appointed Messrs. Schwarz,
Howard and Busck a committee to draw up suitable resolutions.

Mr. Schwarz gave some exceedingly interesting reminiscences
of Mr. Heidemann's early life as an entomologist and member of
the Society. Mr. Rohwer told something of Mr. Heidemann's
connection with the Society, stating that he had designed the cut
of the official seal of the Society. Mr. Rohwer stated that he
had received resolutions of condolence from the Cambridge
Entomological Society.

Mr. Busck also gave some interesting reminiscences of Mr.
Heidemann's private life.

Messrs. E. H. Gibson and F. R. Cole of the Bureau of Ento-
mology, and Dr. Philip Garman of the Maryland Agricultural
College were elected to active membership.

The following officers were elected:

President, C. R. Ely.

First Vice-President, E. R. Sasscer.

Second Vice-President, Frederick Knab.

Secretary-Treasurer, S. A. Rohwer.

Recording Secretary, A. B. Gahan.

Editor, J. C. Crawford.

For members of the Executive Committee, Messrs. W. D.
Hunter, A. L. Quaintance, and A. N. Caudell.

Mi. Hunter was nominated to represent the Society as a vice-
president of the Washington Academy of Sciences.

28 PROCEEDING'S ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Under the head of " Notes and Exhibition of Specimens" the
following was presented:

NOTES ON THE IMMATURE STAGES OF HEMITAXONUS
MULTIGINCTUS ROHWER.i

BY W. B. HALL.

The following observations were made from mateiial collected
on a cultivated fern bed in Wakeman, Ohio. The ferns in this
bed were transplanted from their native haunt which is on the
banks of the Vermillion River? near Wakeman, Ohio.

From certain upchecked tests it seems that this species can be
only partially controlled by hellebore.

Host. — Athyrium thelypteroides (Michx.) Desv.

Egg. — The eggs are attached on end to the upper side of the
leaf, often as many as ten or twelve on a frond. They are
smooth, shining, honey-yellow, about 1 mm. long by 0.5 mm.
broad. Before hatching the young larva can be observed through
the transparent egg shell. Incubation varies from 50 to 60 hours.

Oviposition. — From observations in 1914 it appears that ovi-
position occurs about May 22.

Larva. — Light green with black spots on the head and a light
line along each side of the body. On hatching it is about 2 mm.
long and when through feeding, about 10 mm., long. In the
rearing cages the feeding stage is 11 to 12 days. [The last feed-
ing stage larvae preserved alcohol have a large brownish spot
on the anal plate, the vertex, occiput and front medianly brown-
ish, and a blackish spot behind the eye. They correspond closely
with the larva of dub/'tatus var. amicus as described by Dyar.]
There is only one generation a year.

Natural enemies. — The House Wren (Troglodytes domesticus)
feeds on the larva. It was interesting to watch a pair of wrens,
which had their young in a bird house near by, carry the larva
to their young. They would dart in among the fronds, catch
their prey, and fly away to their nest. One female made 5 trips
in 3 minutes.

[In the same vial with larvae is a single Dipterous puparium
indicating that this species is parasitized by some fly.]

1 Remarks enclosed in brackets have been supplied by Mr. S. A. Roluver.

OF WASHI.N<;T<>.\, VOLUME xix, 191: 29

THREE HUNDREDTH MEETING,
JANUARY 4, 1917

The 300th regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
Mr. E. A. Schwarz at the Saengerbund Hall, January 4, 1917.
There were present Messrs. Ainslie, Back, Baker, Boving, Busck,
Caudell, Cole, Cushman, Dietz, Duckett, Ely, Fink, Gahan,
Garman, Gibson, Gill, Greene, Heinrich, Howard, Hunter,
Hutchison, Isely, Johansen, Kelly, Kotinsky, Marlatt, Mid-
dleton, Morrison, Pierce, Popenoe, Ransom, Rohwer, Sanford,
Sasscer, Schwarz, Simanton, Snyder, Turner, Walton, and White,
members, and K. B. Brown, J. A. Corcoran, W. E. Dove, Henry
Fox, Seymour Hiadwen, Leale F. Howard, H. G. Ingerson, U. C.
Loftus, visitors.

Mr. James C. Evenden, Bureau of Entomology was elected a
corresponding member.

Mr. J. S. Wade, of the Bureau of Entomology, and Mr. Harry
F. Dietz, of the Federal Horticultural Board, were elected active
members.

The chair announced the death January 2, 1917, of Mr. John
F. Strauss, a member of the Society.

The following program was presented:

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GRACILARIIDAE FROM
THE STANDPOINT OF VENATION.

BY C. R. ELY.

The writer has for some time been interested in the genus
drucilarid and its allies. The appearance of Meyrick's Revision
of the Gracilariidae was therefore very welcome. It was a mat-
ter of some surprise that, in this revision, the character of the
vestiture of the legs was made of chief importance in delimiting
genera and that less emphasis than usual was placed upon vena-
i i"ii. It is not intended, in this paper, to combat the deliberate
opinion of Mr. Meyrick, in regard to what character is of most
importance within this family, but it is believed that the publi-
cation of a classification of our North American forms, from the
standpoint of venation, may be made to serve a useful purpose.

30 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

in calling attention to certain facts concerning the species of a
geographically restricted group. For the study of the Graci-
lariidae along broader lines Meyrick's comprehensive work must
be consulted.

The careful study of wing venation requires the complete
denudation of the wings and it is therefore evident that unique
types could not always be satisfactorily examined. In the fol-
lowing article all such exceptional cases will be noted.

The general characters of the Gracilariidae, so far as the vena-
tion is concerned, are given by Meyrick as follows: "Forewings
lanceolate or very narrowly elongate; 1 b simple, cell long, two-
thirds to three-fourths of wing, 2 from toward lower angle, 4 usu-
ally from angle, 7 to costa, 8 usually separate or absent, 11 from
about one-third of cell or near base or absent, upper margin of
cell usually obsolete on basal third. Hindwings one-half to two-
thirds, lanceolate or linear cilia 2-8; 1 c absent, cell open between
4 and 5, 5 and 6 often stalked, 6 and 7 approximated anteriorly
or seldom stalked."

This characterization holds good of all North American species,
so far as observed, which are now listed in this family. I would
add that, with the list of species now under consideration, 1 a is
usually absent and 1 c weak, when present, in the forewings, and
that, in the hindwing, 6 is invariably stalked with 5 when both
are present. In regard to the anal veins it would appear that
1 b, which so often preserves the fork at the base, in other fami-
lies, should be the strongest vein and the last to disappear. There
seems to be a general tendency to eliminate both 1 a and 1 c,
with 1 c the more persistent of the two. In the hindwings it is
usually difficult to discern any anal vein whatever.

Metriochroa Busck1 shows 6 stalked with 7 in the hindwing,
but with a complete separation between 5 and 6, and for these
reasons is not included in this paper. It is said by Meyrick to
be allied to Tischeria. I am informed by Mr. Busck that there
is some probability that the larva of another insect was de-
scribed under this genus, as the collected material shows but one
larva answering the published description, and two others which
are typical gracilariid larvae, according to Heinrich.

Eucosmophora Walsingham is also not included in this paper.
Meyrick states that Walsingham's description of the reduced
neufation was incorrect and places this genus under Acroccrcopx.
He does not however give a description of the true neuration,
which is unknown to me. The species sideroxylonella Busck is
therefore listed provisionally under Acrocercops.

1 Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXIII, p. 2i:>, 1900.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 31

The hindwings of the Lepidoptera taken as a whole, except the
Micropterygidae, from which all the genera in this family are
believed to have been derived, are characterized by a very simple
neuration along the costal area of the wing. Two branches only
were formerly supposed to remain, 7 terminating near the apex
and 8 reaching the costal margin nearer the base. In a paper
read by Busck before this Society in 19091 attention was called
to the fact that the genus Cycnodia Herrich-Schaffer has three
branches to the costa, vein 7 having two branches to the costa
near the apex. At this time the author of the paper proposed
the erection of a superfamily to be called the CYCNODIOIDEA, to
include genera descended from this nine veined ancestor. A few
years ago the present writer's attention was called to some pecu-
liarities in the venation of Ornix, as shown in Stainton's figures in
Vol. Ill of the Insecta Britannica. Further investigation, with
the assistance of Mr. Busck, showed the existence of species of
both Ornix and Gracilana which appeared to possess an extra,
or 9th, vein in the hindwings. These facts were interpreted by
Busck2 as confirming the belief in the separate family rank of the
Gracilariidae a belief which had formerly rested almost wholly,
upon larval characters. It may be pointed out in this con-
nection that Cycnodia, as noted by Busck, while derived from a
form having nine veins in the hindwing, does not show the same
type of neuration as Gracilaria. In Cycnodia it is a vein near
the outer portion of the wing which has persisted, while in Graci-
laria it is one near the base of the wing. Judging from the posi-
tion of vein 11 in the forewing it is probably the homologous vein
which has been retained in the hindwing. Spuler3 in his excel-
lent figures shows this vein, and the interpretation appears to
be the same, in regard to which vein has persisted, though he
treats the matter somewhat differently. This interpretation if
correct would seem to indicate that the family under consideration
is an old one, instead of recent as stated by Meyrick.4

The hindwing of a species of the genus Gr<ici.!(irf.<i presents a
type of venation which is fairly constant within the genus, and is
more or less closely approached by other genera within the
family. The most striking characters appear to be llie open cell,
between 4 and 5, and the relation existing between 7 and 8.
Vein S reaches the costa not far from the base, where it fuses
with it at a point where the costa drops sharply downward, pro-
ducing the characteristic hump with which the hindwing in this

1 Husck, Proc. Kill. Snr. \V:isli.. Vol. XI. p. !>•_'.

2 Busck, Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash., Vol. XVI, p. 52, 1!)14.
Spuler, Schmet. Eur., Hand 2, p. 410, 1910.

* Meyrirk, Gen. Ins., 128, p. 3, 1012.

32 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

family is provided. Vein 7 is quite close to 8, and parallel with
it, until it reaches a point near the hump, where it curves down-
ward, approximating 6, with which it is usually connected by a
cross vein, and then slants upward toward the outer extremity
of the -costa. The extra vein, when present, may be found aris-
ing out of 7, just under the hump, or at times connected by a
cross vein with 8. In most of the later forms however this extra
vein has disappeared. The changes which take place in the vari-
ous genera, when a degradation of the neuration takes place
in the hindwing, are apparently quite simple. The extra vein is
usually the first to be lost, followed by 4 and then usually by 3,
although sometimes 3 appears rather to become transformed into
a continuation of 2. Of the branches 5 and 6 it is probably 6
that is the first to disappear. The median vein (5, 6) and 7 tend
to approximate one another until they may culminate in the form
found in Phyllonorycter, and its allies, and anastomose anteriorly.

In the forewing there are several features which are thought to
be particularly noteworthy. In Acrocercops, Parornix and
Parectopa it will be seen that the position of 11 is, at the point
of its origin, much farther removed from the base of the cell, and
that the system of veins 10 to 7 is much more advanced along
the costal margin of the cell, than is the case with Gracilaria.
In the latter 10 arises much nearer the base than 2 while with
the former genera the contrary is the case. There seems to be
in the later development, in this family, a crowding of the veins
toward the apex of the wing, and the formation of a more
or less pointed outline at the anterior margin of the cell, when
any veins have been lost in this region. This may perhaps be
accounted for by the fact that in many species possessing a
complete neuration the outer wall of the cell is weak. The loss
of veins takes place by means of the usual methods, obsolescence
or stalking. In the costal series 11 and 7 may disappear by
obsolescence or. in the case of 7, by stalking with 8. Of veins
8, 9 and 10 no tendency to disappear was noted, that is to say
none of these veins was observed while in the act of disappearing,
either by obsolescence or by stalking. In the case of several genera
with much degraded neuration, where there were no intermediate
forms, Meyrick's diagnosis was accepted and vein 8 stated to be
absent. In the dorsal series 2, and possibly 6, may disappear
by obsolescence. In Gracilaria there is a tendency toward sim-
plification by the stalking of 4 and 5, while in Parornix, Parectopa
and Acrocercops there is a tendency to simplify by means of the
stalking of 6 with 5 or 7, and accompanying it the loss of veins
2 or 3. "

It may be stated that the venation of Apophthisis Braun could
not be studied, owing to .lack of material, and that it is placed

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917

33

in the list of genera according to my interpretation of the figure1
accompanying the original description.

The obsolescence of vein 2 in the Gracilariidae appears not to
have been noted by Meyrick and is not in conformity with his
generic descriptions in several cases. When but one vein is ab-
sent in the dorsal series, he invariably specifies 3 as the one
which has been eliminated. In authentic European specimens
of Acrocercops brogniardellum Wallen., in the collections of the
U. S. Nat. Museum, I have found that vein 2 was obsolescent
while 3 remained strong. The same fact was observed in the
case of Dialedica Wlsm. and Chilocampyla Busck. In the species
strigifiniletta and salicifoliella there is a weakening of 2 but in
these cases 3 tends to disappear also. I may add that in the
original description of Chilocani pi/la Busck2 3 was stated to be
absent, while it may easily be seen, by the figure accompanying
the description, that no veins are missing, but that 2 is disap-
pearing and is the one which was overlooked.

It may be well to take up at this point some discrepancies
which have been noted in reviewing Meyricks Ke vision of the
Gracilariidae and which show the need of accurate figures to
accompany verbal descriptions. In the case of Leucanthiza3
Clem., it is stated that 5 and 6 are stalked in the hind wings,
while the figure of the venation of this genus, Fig. 29 (b), shows
that vein 6 is absent. In this case as with Chilocampyla Busck,
mentioned above, the figure is correct while the description is
not. In regard to the genus Epicephala Meyr.4 there is a simi-
lar disagreement. It is here stated that vein 3 of the forewing
is absent while the figure 21 a shows all 12 veins to be present.
In this case the writer is unable to judge whether the figure or
the description is correct. The only figure given of a species of
the genus Gracilaria, is that o'f (f. alchimiella Scop.5 which shows
5 and 6 stalked, in the hindwing, and the stalk arising out of 7,
a type of venation which I have been unable to find in any of
the North American species of Gracilaria, and which does not
appeal1 in any of the Kuropcan forms examined, including syrin-
gella, eloiif/clla, stigmatella, auroguttella and alchimiella. The pres-
ence also of 1 a in the forewing is certainly not normal as I have
been unable to find it in any of the species examined.

The task of revising the Gracilariidae of the world must have
been very difficult and one which no one but Mr. Meyrick was

1 liruun, Can. Ent., Vol. XLYII, p. 1!)0, fiK. 20, 1915.

- Busck, Proc. U. S. Nal. Mus., Vol. XXIII, p. 248.
( Meyrick, Gen. Ins., 128, p. 12, 1912.

4 Meyrick, Gen. Ins., 128, p. 13, 1912.

* Meyrick, Gen. Ins., 128, fig. 24b, 1912.

34 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

competent to undertake. It is not surprising however, con-
sidering the magnitude of the undertaking, that a few of our
North American species are not properly listed. In the follow-
ing pages the genera will be taken up in the order given by Mey-
rick and the reasons given for all changes which have been made.

The list of species under Lithocolletis has not been revised.
This group has been so carefully studied by Miss Braun that,
in the list of species which follows this paper, the arrangement
given in her Revision will be followed. The only exception
made is the listing of Cameraria Chapman, and the use of Phyllo-
norycter Hb. instead of Lithocolletis Hb. As to Cameraria, it
would seem illogical to object to a division based upon larval
characters, within a family whose family rank rests mainly upon
a characteristic structure in the larval stage. One species only
may be noted here, on account of the fact that it has the ab-
normal habit of forming its, cocoo,n outside the mine. Upon
examining the venation of this species, ostensackenella Fitch, it
was found that the venation is abnormal, the two veins nearest
the apex of the forewing arising from a short stalk from the tip
of the cell.

Porphnjrosela Braun is retained as a good genus as it is believed
that it should not be dropped without further investigation.

Several species, noted later, were transferred from other genera
and placed under Marmara Clemens. Aesyle Chambers, is re-
moved from its position, as a synonym of Acrocercops, and made
a synonym of Marmara, as fasciella Ch., the type species, belongs
to this genus.

Under Acrocercops Wallengren, the writer has placed only those
species which correspond rather closely to the type species brog-
niardellum Fabr. It is believed that Meyrick's conception • of
this genus is much too broad and that the group as listed by
him will eventually be broken up. An additional reason for this
restriction of the genus is the fact that in albinatella Ch. we have
a species which corresponds generically in practically every de-
tail with brogniardellum. It may be noted here also that Mey-
ricks very broad definition of the genus Acrocercops does not
cover the venation of the type species, brogniardellum, which has
5 and 6 of the forewings stalked, the other veins remaining sepa-
rate. This fact is also recorded by Stainton,1 in regard to the
relation of 5, 6. The following species were removed from under
Acrocercops, because they did not fall within the limits of Acrocer-
cops, under Meyrick's definition: sebastianella Busck, transferred
to Gracilaria, from an examination of mounted wings, forewing
not denuded ; fasciella, to Marmara on venation; strigifinitella was

1 Stainton, Ins. Brit., Vol. Ill, PI. <>, fig. lla, 1854.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 '.'>')

made the type of a ne\v genus; r<i,tt//.< Ihi, made the type of a new
genus; venustella transferred to Leucospilapteryx Spuler; (»,/•< a.^lln
Clem, removed to Part>rn/'.r Spuler, on ( 'lemens description of the
venation. In regard to l>>,i-c(i*rll<i a word of explanation is re-
quired. ( 'lemens described the species from a single specimen
without a head and much mutilated, basing his determination
upon the neuration, as he says, almost exclusively. Although
he says it differs somewhat from the venation of species of Put or
sp. (Or nix Tr) then known to him, he was undoubtedly correct
in his determination. I would direct particular attention to his
description of the venation of the hindwings, which is as follows :
"In the hindwings the venation is the same as in other mem-
bers of the genus, except that the inosculation of the bifid sub-
costal vein with the tip of the costal, and of the lower branch of
the former with the furcate discal nervule, is almost obsolete and
very indistinct."1 It will be noted that Clemens here has called
attention to the three branches of the costa, shown in the species
having the extra vein in the hindwing, mentioned at the begin-
ning of this paper. Dietz2 the last one to revise the North
American species of Paronrix Spl. (Ornix Tr) says that he be-
lieves it to be? a true Ornix Tr.

Spuler's genus Eutrichocnemis3 was erected without a de-
scription of the> neuration and he places under it the two species
simploniella V. Rosl, and scalariella Zell. but does not specify
the type. As Walsingham made scalariella Zell. the type of his
genus Dialectica, I would propose, in order to simplify matters, to
consider scalariella Zell, as the type species and list Eutrichoc-
nemis as a synonym of Dialect ica. The genus represented by
these two names is placed provisionally under Acrocercops. One
species, onosmodiella Busck, corresponds more closely to Din-
led ica in venation than it does to Acrocercops, dii'feiing from the
former genus chiefly in that vein 2 of the forcwing is absent.

It was believed that texanella Busck should be transferred from
Parectopa Clemens, to Parornix Spuler, which it most resembles
in venation. The venation is quite close to that of guitea Haw.
but in some respects it is an interesting species quite; different
from any other listed under this genus. The species axtericola
Frcy and Boll, quinquestrigella ('ham. and rhombiferellum Frev
and Boll, were transferred from Parectopa to Acroc< /•<•<>/>* on
external characters, following Meyrick's scheme. The species
salicifoliella Cham., was found to correspond closely with the

1 The Tincina of N. A., p. 237, 1872.

- Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. XXXIII, p. 290, 1007.

3 Spulcr, Schmet. Enr. Band 2, p. 409, 1910.

36 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

•

type of Spuler's genus Micrurapteryx^ and that genus is therefore
included in this list.

Under Gracilaria the following changes have been made, fidgi-
della Clem, and Elotella Busck have been transferred to Marmara,
on account of complete accord in venation as well as in other
respects.

The classification which is here presented is based principally
upon the position of vein 11 in the forewings, the movement
forward of the costal or the dorsal series of veins along the ante-
rior portion of the cell, and the relationship of veins 7 and 8 in
the hindwings. There is one character which has not been in-
cluded in the present paper which may prove to be of value.
Acrocercops has a weak longitudinal vein through the middle
of the cell in the forewings which appears to have been wholly
lost in Gracilaria. The same vein is shown very faintly and brok-
enly in some of the other genera.

There would appear to be three main branches within this
family, represented by Gracilaria, Parornix and Acrocercops. Of
these Gracilaria is generally accepted as approaching most nearly
the primitive form. Some species of Parornix, however, in the
shape of the wings and form of venation of the hind wings, are
strongly suggestive of the Micropteryx type. Stainton indeed
uses the name Ornichidae for the family (p. 10, Ins. Brit., 1854)
though he afterwards abandons it in favor of Gracilariidae. Parec-
topa appears to be an intermediate between Gracilaria and Paror-
nix. Micrurapteryx is from gracilariid stock and is related to
Parectopa while Dialectica, Chilocampyla, Leucospilapteryx and
Apophthisis are closely related to Acrocercops. Marmara pre-
serves a portion of the base of 7 parallel to 8 which suggests a
relationship to the Gracilariid branch probably nearest to Parec-
topa. Phyllonorycter and its allies do not show a close relation-
ship to any of the other genera and the parallel condition of 7
with 5, 6, is a great departure from the form of venation found
in Gracilaria. It may be that this group is worthy of the family
rank that is given it by some authors.

The difficulties in the way of interpreting a degraded neura-
tion are illustrated in the case of Leucanthiza. There is nothing
in the venation to show that it may not have been derived from
Gracilaria, at the same time there is no positive evidence that it
was so derived. The venation of the hindwings has been re-
duced to very nearly the simplest terms. There remain only
the stems of the main branches, all separate. It would be diffi-
cult to see, for example, were venation the only guide, why the

1 Spuler, Schmet. Eur. Band 2, p. 409, 1910.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 37

genus Phyllocnistis included in a very different family might not
be included with Lencanthizd. It is here that we are forced to
fall back upon larval characters. Leucanthiza is therefore in-
cluded in the Gracilariidae mainly on larval characters. The
only suggestion of a family characteristic noted by the writer in
this case, is the short vein 8 to the hump, in the hind wings.

The arrangement of genera which follows is constructed mainly
upon venational characters, a few additional hints are however
given for those who may wish to use it as a key.

The writer wishes to express his thanks to Mr. Heinrich for
comparing the genitalia of a number of species whose status was
in doubt. To Mr. Busck he wishes to gratefully acknowledge
his indebtedness for help and advice upon numerous occasions.
It is through the latter that there were available a number of
named species which had been compared with Chambers' types,
as well as notes regarding them.

KEY TO GENERA.

1. Hiiuhvings with branch to costa between terminations on cost a

of 7 and 8 2

Hindwings without branch to costa between terminations on costa
of 7 and 8 3

2. Forewings, 11 from near base of cell (head smooth. .(Gracilaria (part)
Forewings, 11 from about 5 of cell (head rough) Parnrnix

3. Hindwings, 8 veins (4 weak in Micrurapteryx) 4

Hindwings, less than 8 veins 9

4. Forewings, 11 from near base of cell (hind tibiae smooth) 5

Forewings, 11 from } of cell or beyond ^ (hind tibiae with bristles

above) 6

5. Forewings, 6 and 7 separate Gracilaria (part )

Forewings, 6 and 7 stalked Micrurapteryx

6. Forewings, 12 veins (11 veins in onosmodiella) 7

Forewings, less than 12 veins 8

7. Forewings, 6 separate (base of antennae with eye&a.p). .Chilosampyla
Forewings, 6 stalked, with 5 or with 7 Acrocerc<>/>*

8. Forewings, 7 stalked with 8, or absent Leucospilapteryx

Forewings, 7 stalked with 6 Apopftthixix

9. Hindwings, 7 veins (5 and 6 stalked) 10

Hindwings, less than 7 veins , 12

10. Forewings, 11 very near base of cell (10 not toward end of cell). . 11
Forewings, 11 from about 3 of cell (10 toward end of cell). .Parcrln/>n

11. Forewings, 12 veins, 2 and .'> weak (hind tibiae bristles above)

Neurobathra
Forewings, 11 veins, one dorsal branch absent (hind tibiae smooth'

Gracilarin i part)

38 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

12. Hindwings, 6 veins, 5 and 6 stalked 13

Hindwings, 5 veins, 6 absent 16

13. Forewings, 12 veins, separate, 11 near base (hind tibiae bristles above)

Neurostrota
Forewings, 11 absent (hind tibiae without bristles) 14

14. Forewings, 9 veins Neurolipa

Forewings, less than 9 veins 15

15. Forewings, 8 veins (head rough) - Cremastobombycia

Forewings, 7 veins (head smooth) Marmara

16. Forewings, 9 veins (head smooth) Leucarithiza

(Phyllonorycter
Forewings, 7 veins (head rough) \Cameraria

Forewings, 6 veins (head rough) Porphryrosela

Porphyrosela Braun.

t

Type: Porphryrosela desmodetlla Clem.

Characters as in Phyllonorycter Hb. except that vein 10 is obsolescent
or absent, the hind tibiae without hairs and the basal joint of the antennae
without a pecten.

Cameraria Chapman.

!Type: Phyllonorycter rajella Linn.
Characters as Phyllonorycter except that the larva is flat and the nerve
ilways on the upper side of the leaf of the food plant.

Phyllonorycter Hiibiier.

Type: Cameraria guttifinitella Clem.

Head roughly tufted on crown, face smooth. Antennae about 1, basal
joint rather thick, usually with slight pecten. Labial palpi moderate or
short, porrected or drooping, filiform, pointed. Maxillary palpi minute,
filiform, porrected or rudimentary. Posterior tibiae with loosely appressed
hairs. Forewings lanceolate; 7 veins, 3 absent, 4 absent, 6 absent, 8
absent, 11 absent. Hindwings about £, linear, lanceolate, cilia 4-5; 3
absent, 4 absent, 6 absent.

Larva cylindrical.

Cremastobombycia Braun.

Type: Cremastobombycia solidaginis Frey and Boll.
Characters as in Phyllonorycter Hb. except that vein 6 is present,
stalked with 5, in both forewing and hindwing.

Marmara Clemens.

Type : Marmara soliclella Clem.

Head smooth. Antennae f to 1, basal joint thick with slight pecten.
Labial palpi moderate, porrected, slender, pointed. Maxillary palpi

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 39

moderate, porrected, loosely scaled toward lip. Posterior tibiae smooth
scaled. Forewings lanceolate; 3 absent, 4 absent, 6 absent, 8 absent,
11 absent. Hindwings about -£, linear lanceolate, 3 absent, 4 absent, 5
and 6 stalked.

The venation of the fore wings is very similar to that of Phyllo-
noryder Hb., but differs from the latter in that 7 approximates 8
toward the base and is well separated from the stalk of veins 5
and 6 in the hindwings.

Leucanthiza Clemens.

Type: Leucanthiza amphicarpeaejoliella Clem.

Head loosely rough haired on crown, face smooth. Antennae 1, basal
joint hardly thickened. Labial palpi short, slender, drooping. Maxillary
palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae with appressed scales. Forewings
lanceolate; 3 absent, 4 absent, 11 absent. Hindwings about \, narrow
lanceolate, cilia 4; 3 absent, 4 absent, 6 absent.

It should be noted that vein 6 is not stalked with 5 as stated
by Meyrick but is absent.

Neurolipa nov. gen.

Type : Neurolipa randiella Busck.

Head smooth. Antennae 1, base enlarged with faint pecten. Labial*
palpi loosely scaled, porrected or drooping, end joint equal to second,
curved. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, loosely scaled, porrected.
Hind tibiae with long appressed hairs. Forewings elongate, acuminate;
9 veins, 11 absent, one costal and one dorsal branch absent from near
outer end of cell. Hindwings linear; 6 veins, 2, 3 and 4 coincident, 5 and 6
stalked.

This genus has a venation apparently derived from the Acro-
cercops type but the hind tibiae are similar to Phyllonorycter Hb.

Apophthisis Braun.

Type; Apophthisis pullala Braun.

Head with appressed scales. Antennae somewhat under 1, basal seg-
ment with pecten. Labial palpi moderate, straight, drooping. Maxil-
lary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae with a row of short projecting
scales above. Forewings lanceolate, the margin from the inner angle
to the apex is almost straight or slightly concave; 2 almost obsolete, 3
absent, 4 indistinct, from lower angle of the cell, 5 absent, 6 and 7 stalked,
transverse vein indistinct between 4 and 6, 11 obsolete except at origin
and near costa. Hindwnigs about £, lanceolate, cilia 5; 5 and 6 stalked.

This genus is known to me only from the original description
given above and the figure of the venation which accompanies

40 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

the description. It appears to be a derivative of the Acrocercops
group.

Leucospilapteryx Spuler.

Type: Leucospilapteryx >)imssella Stainton.

Head smooth. Antennae 1, base somewhat enlarged. Labial palpi
moderate; somewhat roughly haired, porrected, end joint equal second,
recurved. Maxillary palpi filiform, small, porrected. Hind tibiae with
row of bristly hairs above. Forewings elongate lanceolate; 11 more than
-3 of cell from the base and strongly joined to cell, 7 stalked with 8, or
absent, one dorsal branch from cell absent (possibly 3), 4 and 5 short-
stalked. Hindwings nearly linear, acuminate; 8 veins, 5 and 6 stalked
and joined to 7 by a cross vein near middle of wing.

A genus derived from the Acrocercops group.

Acrocercops Wallengren.

Type: Acrocercops brogniardcllum Fabr.

Head smooth. Antennae more than 1, labial palpi long, curved, as-
cending, tufted beneath on second joint, terminal joint equal to second,
pointed. Maxillary palpi filiform, porrected. Posterior tibiae with row of
, bristly hairs above. Forewings elongate and acuminate; 12 veins, 2
weak toward its base, 5 and 6 stalked ; (In Dialectica, Wlsn, 6 is stalked with
7), origin of 11 distant from base of cell. Hindwings about one-half, narrow
lanceolate; 8 veins, 5 and 6 stalked and connected to 7 by cross vein.

The above description is given from a European specimen of
the type species, and is very much more restricted than that given
by Meyrick in the Gens. Ins.

Chilocampyla Busck.

Type: Chilocampyla dyariella Busck.

Head smooth. Antennae nearly H, basal joint somewhat flattened
and enlarged with a projecting flap of dense scales. Labial palpi long,
smooth, curved, subascending, pointed. Maxillary palpi filiform, mod-
erate, porrected. Middle tibiae thickened with heavy tuft of scales.
Posterior tibiae with double row of bristles above. Forewings elongate
lanceolate; 12 veins, 2 weak, 6 and 7 stalked, 11 from toward middle of
cell margin (10 in cf obliterated by a costal depression). Hindwings ^,
linear; 8 veins, 5 and 6 stalked.

A genus related to Acrocercops Wallgr. both by venation ;ind
hind tibiae. Separated from this genus by its flap of scales at
the base of the antennae and thickened middle tibiae.

OF WASHINGTON*, VOLUME XIX, 1917 41

Neurostrata nov. gen.

Type: Neurostrota gunniella Busck.

Head smooth. Antennae 1, basal joint slightly enlarged. Labial
palpi moderately long, porrected, smooth, end joint equal to second,
pointed, upcurved. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, porrected. Pos-
terior tibiae with row of bristly hairs above. Forewings lanceolate; 12
veins, all well separated, 2 weak at base, 11 from near base, not joined to
cell. Hindwings linear lanceolate, acuminate; 6 veins, 4 absent, 2 and 3
coincident (in some specimens a portion of 2 is faintly discernible), 5 and
6 stalked and connected with 7, base of 7 parallel to 8, in the c? a spiny
process at the termination of 8 on the costa.

A genus related to the Acrocercops group but with
wings, complete venation and basal origin of 11, in the fore-
wings, and degraded neuration in the hindwings.

Neurobathra nov. gen.

Type: Neurobathra strigijlnitella Clemens.

Head smooth. Antennae 1, basal joint somewhat enlarged, very faint
pecten of few hairs. Labial pulpi moderately long, porrected, end joint
equal in length to second, pointed up curved. Maxillary palpi moderate,
filiform, porrected. Posterior tibiae with row of bristly hairs above.
Forewings narrowly lanceolate; 12 veins, 11 from very near the base of
cell, 2 and 3 very weak, 3 out of the base of 4, 4 and o widely separated.
Hindwings linear-lanceolate; 7 veins, 4 absent. 5 and 6 stalked, 7 close to
8 near origin, approaching or connected with stalk of 5 and 6 near middle
of wing, costal fold in <f producing deformed neuration.

This genus may be separated from others in the Acrocercops
group by the basal origin of vein 11 and the weakened condition
of both 2 and 3 in the forewing and the absence of vein 4 in the
hindwing. The venation resembles Micrurapteryx Spuler from
which genus it may be separated by the characters of the hind
tibiae.

Parectopa Clemens.

Type: Parectopa lespedezac faliclla Clem.

Head with appresscd scales. Antennae 1, with slight pecten. Labial
palpi moderately long, curved upward, terminal joint equal second in
length, smooth or slightly roughened. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform,
porrected. Middle and hind tibiae smooth scaled. Forewings elongate.
acuminate; 11 veins (or sometimes 10), 2 or 3 absent (or sometimes both
2. and 3), 6 and 7 often stalked. 11 from about | of cell from base. Hind
wings about i, linear lanceolate; 7 veins, 5 and 6 stalked, 4 absent.

42 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The above description is based mainly on a study of P. robiniella
Clem, bred specimens of P. lespedezaefoUella not being available.
Clemens in his original description gives 8 as arising out of 7
near its base.

The genus as given above is more narrowly restricted than as
given by Meyrick, whose definition would include Micrurapyteryx
Spuler, given below.

Micrurapteryx Spuler.

Type: Micrurapteryx Kollariella Zeller.

Head smooth, erectile tufts of scales at either side of crown. An-
tennae 1, basal joint moderately enlarged. Labial palpi smooth, por-
rected or drooping. Maxillary palpi filiform, small. Hind tibiae smooth.
Forewings elongate lanceolate, acuminate; 12 veins, 11 from near base,.
6 and 7 stalked, 2 and 3 stalked and weak. Hind wings i nearly linear,
8 veins, 4 very weak, 5 and 6 stalked.

This genus is probably an older form from which Parectopa
Clemens, may have been derived. It is apparently more nearly
related to Gracilaria than is the case with Parectopa.

Parornix Spuler.

Type: Parornix anglicella Stainton.

Head rough haired, face smooth. Antennae about 1, basal joint mod-
erate. Labial palpi moderately long, slightly curved, porrected or sub-
ascending, smooth scaled, terminal joint shorter than second, pointed.
Maxillary palpi moderately long, filiform, porrected. Posterior tibiae
smooth scaled. Forewings lanceolate or elongate lanceolate; 11 veins,
one dorsal vein absent (2 or 3, possibly), 6 and 7 stalked, 11 from about |
of cell from base. Hindwings, §, narrow lanceolate; 4 usually absent, a
branch to costa from cell between 7 and 8.

This genus corresponds to Ornix as given by recent authors.
The latter name must unfortunately be ruled out of existence.
For a recapitulation of the reasons for the change of name see
Walsingham, Biol. Centr. Amer. IV^p. 341, 1909-1915. This
genus may be separated from Gracilaria by means of its rough
head.

It may be that the group of species related to guttea Haw. may
have to be removed from this genus. Spuler places them under
Ornix Tr., and separates them from his genus Parornix. If,
however, the name Ornix is to fall it will necessitate the substi-
tution of a new name for Ornix Tr., to include the species related
to guttea Haw. having a complete venation in the hindwing.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 43

Gracilaria Haworth.

Type: Gracilaria syringella Fabricius.

Head smooth. Antennae 1 or over 1, basal joint more or less elongate.
Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint sometimes with tuft
beneath, terminal joint about as long as second, pointed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, filiform, porrected. Middle tibiae tufted with dense
scales, posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings elongate lanceolate or nar-
rowly elongate; normally 12 veins (one dorsal branch from cell sometimes
absent), 4 and 5 sometimes stalked. Hind wings about -|, narrowly elon-
gate, acuminate; 8 veins usually (sometimes anabsolescent additional vein
is distinguishable arising from the stemof 7 beneath the termination of 8
on the costa), 5 and 6 stalked.

This is a large genus which will probably eventually be broken
up. Among our North American species we have none which
comes close to syringella, the type, nor indeed to the species pro-
posed as types of Euspilapteryx Steph., Aspilapteryx Spuler and
Xanthospilapteryx Spuler. Practically all our species, hitherto
described, will be found under Meyrick's division E of the genus
Gracilaria and form quite a compact group, easily separable
from other members of the family. In most of our species the
venation is complete and but little tendency of the veins to stalk
with one another is shown.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Gracilaria elongella Linn. (European).

Fig. 2. Gracilaria murtfeldtella Busck (Hindwing).

Fig. 3. Gracilaria syringella Fabr. (European).

Fig. 4. Parornix guttea Haw. (European).

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Cremastobombycia solidaginis Frey and Boll.

Fig. 2. Neurolipa randiella Busck.

Fig. 3. Parornix preciosella Dietz.

Fig. 4. Leucanthiza a?i//>//i<-<irpeaefoliella Clemens (after Clemens).

Fig. 5. Marmara fasciella Chambers.

Fig. G. Acrocercops onosmodiella Busck (Forewing).

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Acrocercops brogniardellum Fab. (European).

Fig. 2. Acrocercops (Dialeclica) scalariella Zell (European).

Fig. 3. Leucospilapteryx venustella Clemens.

Fig. 4. Pareclopa pennsylvaniella Engel.

Fig. 5. Apo phthisis pullata Braun (after Braun).

Fig. 6. Aficrurapteryx salicifoliella Chambers.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE VI.

44

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XII.

PLATE VII.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATK VIII.

46

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PL.4TK IX.

48 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Gracilaria stigmatella Fabr. (Form purpuriella, Chambers).
Fig. 2. Neurobathra strigifinitella Clemens.
Fig. 3. Chilocampyla dyariella Busck.
Fig. 4. Neurostrota gunniella Busck.

The following list has for the most part been compiled from
the lists of Dyar and Meyrick and the card catalogue of species
in the U. S. Nat. Museum collections.1

With the exception of a few additions of recently described
species, or corrections already noted, no revision has been made
as to the identification or arrangement of species listed in Braun's
Rev. of N. Am. Lithocolletis or in the Rev. of Ornix by Dietz. In
regard to the relationship and arrangement of genera related to
Phyllonorycter Hb. (Lithocolletis) one is referred to the works of
Braun and Chapman and to Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XI,
p. 100, 1909 and also to a letter from Meyrick, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., XI, p. 187, 1909.

For a more extended list of references to the synonymy of
genera under Gracilaria, Acrocercops, Parornix (Ornix) and
Phyllonorycter (Lithocolletis) one should consult Walsingham,
Biol. Centr. Amer., 1915.

In all other genera than those included in the papers of Braun
and Dietz, referred to above, the material in the U. S. Nat. Mus.
has been examined with care, and all species which are not rep-
resented in the U. S. Nat. Mus. collections are marked with an
asterisk (*) and their places in the list are based on published de-
scriptions only. Species represented in the collections but which
could not be satisfactorily examined as to venation, and which
should be further studied in this respect, are marked with the
symbol (t).

Names of species are given as originally printed and new names
or revisions in spelling are not accepted, save only where a typo-
graphical error has been corrected.

As a result of data obtained by Mr. Carl Heinrich upon the
comparison of the male genitalia of certain European and Ameri-
can species, closely resembling one another, it was found that
elongella L. and alnivoreUa Cham, are distinct species, and the
former is dropped from the list. In the case of stigmatella Fabr.
and purpuriella Cham., however, there appeared to be no dif-
ference and the latter is therefore made a synonym of stigmatella.

1 Since this list was prepared the Check List of the Lepidoptera of
Boreal America, Barnes and McDonnough, Decatur, 111., Feb. 1917, has
appeared. The latter, so far as the Graoihiriidae are concerned, closely
follows Meyrick's l^sts.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 49

In regard to cnculipennellum Hub. and fraxindla Kly the differ-
ence was so slight as to be questionable. The latter is therefore
listed as a doubtful synonym of the former. The other European
species, falconipennella Hub. and alchimiella Scop., have been
dropped from the list of American species, as is done by Meyrick,
It was thought best not to disturb the existing synonymy under
alnivorella Chambers. It is quite likely that several good species
may be included under this name but it does not seem advisable
to attempt to separate them, in the absence of sufficient bred
material. It may be pointed out here that Chambers claimed
that aln-i-vordla and alnicoldla differed in their food habits.

A LIST OP THE GRACILARIIDAE OF NORTH AMERICA.

(Dyar Cat == Dyar, Bull. 52, U. S. Nat. Mus. Wash., 1902.)
Meyr. Cat == Meyrick, Lep. Cat., pars. 6, 1912.)

Family GRACILARIIDAE.

PORPHYROSELA Braun.

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 348, pi. XX, fig. 8, 1908.

Type: desmodiella Clemens.

desmodiella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 220, 1859; Tin. No.
Am., pp. 65, 68, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent.,.lII, pp. 127, 162, 1871;
Jn. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 189, 1879; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent.
Zeit., XXXVII, p. 227, 1876; Wlsm., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., X, p.
202, 1882; Busck, Proc. Ent.' Soc. Wash., V, p. 187, 1903; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6303; Braun, Am. Lith., p. 348, pi. XXIV, figs. 14/15, 1908;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun, Jn.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 110— , fig. 9, 1914.
syn: grc(jnri<-U<i Murtf., Can. Ent., 13, p. 245, 1881; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41.
Foodplants: Desmodium, Lespedeza, Phaseolus; under mine. East U. S.

CAMERARIA Chapman.

The Entomologist, vol. XXXV, p. 141, 1902.

Type : guttifinitella Clemens.

gaultheriella Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 79, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6291;

Braun, Rev. Arn. Lith., p. 324, pi. XXIII, fig. (i, 1908; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 91, 1914.

Foodplant: (Inullheria shallon; upper mine. West. U. S., Brit. Col.
nemoris Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. llli, 1899; Dyar, Cat., No. 6293; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 324; pi. XXIII, fig. 7, 190S; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

50 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 90, 1914.

Foodplant: Vaccinium ovata; upper mine. Calif,

caryaefoliella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 323, 1859; Tin.

No. Am., pp. 65, 74, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 109, 165,

1871; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 273, 1878; Busck,

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 189, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6288; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 325, pi. XXIII, fig. 8, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.

128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 72, 1914.
syn: juglandiella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 81, 1861; Tin.

No. Am., p. 170, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 165, 1871; XI,

p. 91, 1879; Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., p. 353, 1869; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 325, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 39.

syn: caryifoliella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 39.

Foodplant: Hicoria Juglans; upper mine. East. U. S.

lentella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 326, pi. XXIII, fig. 9, 1908: Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 73, 1914.

Foodplants: Betula lenta; Ostrya virginiana; upper mine. East. U. S.
saccharella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 104, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 327, pi. XXIII, fig. 10, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

117—, fig. 76, 1914.

Foodplant: Acer.; upper mine. N. J., Ohio,

macrocarpella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 261, 1878;

Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 78, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6289; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 328, pi. XXIII, fig. 11, 1912; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 74, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus macrocarpa; upper mine. Tex. N. J.

clncinnatiella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 146, 149, 1871; Cin. Quart.

Jn. Sci., I, p. 203, 1874; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 141, 1877;

\\ Ism., Ins. Life, II, p. 78, 1889; Eyar, Cat., No. 6287; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 329, pi. XXIII, fig. 12, 1912; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,

p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,

pp. 117—, fig. 75, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus alba; upper mine. East. U. S.

hamadryadella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 324, 1859; Tin.

No. Am., 65, 77, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 55, 164, 182, 1871;

Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 201, 1875; II, p. 104, 1875; Frey & Boll.,

Stett. ent. Zeit. XXXIX, p. 262, 1878; Busck., Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash., V, p. 190, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6334; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith.., p. 329, pi. XXIII, fig. 13, 1912; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12S, p. 10,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., ,XVI pp.

117—, fig. 77, 1914.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 51

syn: alternatella Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p. 351,
1875; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 329, 1912; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p.

10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39.

syn: alter nata Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 153, 1878;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 329, 1912.
Foodplants : Quercus alba; Magnolia; Ostrya virginiana; upper mine.

East U. S.

umbellulariae Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 78, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6290;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 330, pi. XXIII, fig. 14, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 78, 1914.

Foodplant: Umbellularia californica; upper mine. Calif.

agrifoliella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 105, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 331, pi. XXIII, fig. 15, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

117—, fig. 79, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus agrifolia; upper mine. Calif,

conglomeratella Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p. 346, 1875;
Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 24, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6295; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 332, pi. XX1I1, fig. 16, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 94, 1914.

syn: bicolorella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 103, 1878;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 332, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10,
1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39.

syn: obtusilobae Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 265, 1878;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 332, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10,
1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39.

Foodplant: Quercus virginiana; upper mine. U. S.

ulmella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 148, 1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I,
p. 202, 1874; II, p. 101, 1875; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV,
p. 214, 1873; Wlsm.. Ins. Life., II, p. 24, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No.
6294; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 333, pi. XXIII, fig. 17, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 95, 1914.

syn: modesta Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXX Vll, p. 224, 1876;
XXXIX, p. 274, 1878; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 333, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., ll'S, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39.

Foodplant: Ubnns; upper mine. East and South U. S.

quercivorella Chambers, Can. Ent., XI, p. 145, 1879; Wlsm., Ins. Life.,

11, ]). 24, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6296; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p.
334, pi. XXIII, fig. 18, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912;
Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—,
MK. 93, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. East U. S.

52 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

mediodorsella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 335, pi. XXIII, fig. 19, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun, Jn.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 92, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. Calif,

australisella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 103, 1878; Dyar.

Cat., No. 6297; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 335; pi. XXIII, fig. 20,

1908: Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 39; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 117—, fig. 83, 1914.

syn: australella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 39. Tex.

chambersella Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 78, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6300;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 336, pi. XXIII, fig. 21, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 85, 1914.
syn: quinquenolella Chambers, Jn. Gin. .Soc. Nat. Hist., II, 189, 1800;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 336, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40. Tex.

cervina Wlsm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXXIII, p. 221, 1907; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 336, pi. XXIII, fig. 22, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,

p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,

pp. 117—, fig. 86, 1914.

N. Y.
platanoidiella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 106, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 337, pi. XXI11, fig. 23, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

117—, fig. 87, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. Ohio, N. Y.

fletcherella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 338, pi. XXIII, fig. 24, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 80, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. Can.

arcuella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 107, 1908; Rev. Am. Lith., p. 338,

pi. XXIV, fig. 1, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 81,

1914. Va.

betulivora Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 326, 1891; Dyar, Cat., No. 6328;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 339; pi. XXIV, fig. 2, 1908;' Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 82, 1914.

Foodplant: Belulu. Locality?

eppelsheimii Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 272. 1878; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6325; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 339, 1908; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Carya; upper mine. Tex.

bethunella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 109, 1871; Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci.,

II, p. 103, 1875; Can. Ent., XI, p. 89, 1879; Dyar, Cat., No. 6326;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 340, pi. XXIV, fig. 3, 1908; Meyr., Gen.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 53

Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 84, 1914.

syn: lebertella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 266, 1878;
Dyar, Cat., No. 6327; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 340, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. U. S.

picturatella Braun, Ent. News., XXVII, p. 84, 1916.

Foodplant: Myrica carolinensis; upper mine. Conn., N. Y., N. J.

fasciella Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 326, 1891; Dyar, Cat., No. 6317; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 341, pi. XXIV, fig. 4, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 89, 1914.

syn: unijasciella Chambers (not Tengstrom), Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci.,
II, p. 103, 1875; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 341, 1908; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. Ohio and Ky.

castaneaeella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 104, 1875; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6318; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 341, pi. XXIV, fig. 5,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 88, 1914.

syn: castanella Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 329, 1891; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 341, 1908.
syn: castaneella Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplants: Quercus and Caslanea; upper mine. Ohio and Ky.

guttifinitella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 324, 1859; Tin.
No. Am., pp. 65, 76, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 110, 1871;
Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 201, 1874; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p.
102, 1878; Jn. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 82, 1879; Busck, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 189, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6306; Braun, Rev.
Am. Lith., p. 342; pi. XXIV, fig. 6, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,
pp. 117—, fig. 71, 1914.

syn: toxicodendri Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 273,

1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6304; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 342, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Rhus toxicodendron. East. U. S.

obstrictella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 322, 1859; Tin. No.

Am., pp. 64, 73, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 183, 1871; Bull.

Gcol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 102, 1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6307; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 342, pi. XXIV, fig. 7, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat, Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 64, 1914.

syn: bifasciella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 101, 119,
153, 1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6329; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. :!!-,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.
syn: ceriferae Wlsm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX111, p. 222, 1W7"

54 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 342, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11,
1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Quercus; upper mine. N. Y., Pa., Ohio, Ky.

corylisella Chambers. Can. Ent., Ill, p. Ill, 127, 1871; Eyar, Cat., No.

6308; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 344, pi. XXIV, fig. 8, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

117—, fig. 69, 1914.

syn: coryliella Chambers, Can. Ent., XI, p. 90, 1879; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 344, 1908.

syn: bifasciella Wlsm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, p. 223,
1907; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 344, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
p. 11, 1912.

syn: corylella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Corylus americana; upper mine. East. U. S.

aesculisella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. Ill, 1871; Wlsm., Ins. Life.,
II, p. 53, 1889; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 190, 1903; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 344, pi. XXIV, fig. 9, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 70, 1914.

syn: aesculella Riley, Smith's List Lep. Bor. Am., p. 109, 1891; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 344, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912;
Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Foodplant: Aesculus; upper mine Central U. S.

ostryarella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. Ill, 1871; Tin. No. Am., p. 72,
1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6335; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 345, pi.
XXIV, fig. 10, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 40; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 68,
1914.

syn: ostryella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 40.

Fouodplants: Ostrya virginiana and carpinus caroliniana. East. U. S.

aceriella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 325, 1859; Tin. No.

Am., pp. 65, 75, 1872; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 189, 1903;

Dyar, Cat., No. 6305; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 346, pi. XXIV,

fig. 11, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41;

Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 66, 1914.

Foodplant: Acer; upper mine. Atl. States, Can.

hamameliella Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 189, 1903; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 347, pi. XXIV, fig. 12, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 117—, fig. 67, 1914.

syn: hamamelis Riley, Smith's List Lep. Bor. Am., 1903, No. 6844;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 347, 1908.

Foodplant: Hamamelis virginiana; upper mine. Atl. States.

tubiferella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 208, 1860; Tin. No.

Am., p. 140, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 165, 183, 1871; Wlsm.

Ins. Life., II, p. 24, 77, 1889; III, p. 329, 1891; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 55

Wash, V, p. 204, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6330; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith.,
p. 347, pi. XXIV, fig. 13, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12S. p. 11, 1912;
Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sri. Phil., XVI, pp. 117—,.
fig. 65, 1914.
Foodplant: Qnfirus; upper mine. Atl. States.

PHYLLONORYGTER Hiibner.

Tentamen 1806.
Type: rayella Linn.

fitchella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 207, 1860; Tin. No.
Am., p. 139, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 183, 1871; Gin.
Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 201, 1874; Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., p. 353,
1869; Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 139, 1877; Can.
Ent., XI, p. 90, 1879; Frey & Boll, Stctt. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p.
260, 1878; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 204, 1903; Eyar, Cat.,
No. 6253; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 277, pi. XXI, fig. 1, 1908;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 26; Braun, Jn.
Ac.' Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 14, 1914.

syn: quercifoliella Fitch, Fifth Rept. Ins. N. Y., p. 327, 1859; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 277, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 27.

syn: quercitorum Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 207,
1873; Zeller, Verb, zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p. 346, 1875; Cham-
bers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 201, 1874; 11, p. 229, 1875; Bull. Geol.
Surv. Terr., Ill, pp. 139, 141, 1877; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 277,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27.
Foodplant: Quercus; under mine. East U. S»

leucothorax \\lsm., Proc. U. 8. Nat.Mus., XXXIII, p. 223, 1907; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 278, pi. XXI, fig. 2, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Ent. News, XXV11, p. 83,
1916; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 13, 1914.

Calif.

bataviella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 278, pi. XXI, hg. 3, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 12S, p. 10, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 3S; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
S.-i. Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 58, 1914. Ohio.

trinotella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 99, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith.,
p. 279, pi. XXI, fig. 4, 190S; Meyr., Con. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ar. Xai. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 47,
1914. N. J.

quercialbella Fitch, Fifth Rept. Ins. X. Y., p. 32S, 1859; Chambers,.
Can. Ent., Ill, p. 57, 1X71: \\lsm.. Ins. Life.. II, p. 125, 1889; III,
p. 325, 1891; Dyar, Cat., No. 52:>9; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 27!).
pi. XXI, fig. 5, 1908;. Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12X. ,,. :,, 1(112; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat, Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 4(i, 1914.

56 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

syn: quercibella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 102, 1875;

Wlsm., Ins. Life, II, p. 77, 1889; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 279,

1908.

syn: qucrcipulchella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 120,
1878; Packard, Bull. Ent. Comm., VII, p. 53, 1881; Wlsm., Ins.

Life., II, p. 77, 1889; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 279, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27.
syn: qucrcipulchrella Riley, Smith's List Lep. Bor. Am., p. 109, 1891;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 279, 1908.

Foodplant: Quercus; undermine. East. U. S.

clemensella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 57, 85, 1871; XI, p. 91, 1879;

Wlsm., Ins. Life., 11, p. 25, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6256; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 280, pi. XXI, fig. 6, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Act. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

116— ,' fig. 45, 1914.

Foodplant: Acer saccharum; under mine. Ohio,

argentifimbriella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 318, 321,

1859; Tin. No. Am., pp. 39, 64, 70, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill,

pp. 57, 85, 1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 201, 1874; II, p. 229, 1875;

Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 209, 1873; Wlsm., Ins.

Life., Ill, p. 325, 1891; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 188, 1903;

Dyar, Cat., No. 6258; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 281; pi. XXI,

fig. 7, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27;

Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 43, 1914.
syn: hngistriata Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 209,

1873; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 229, 1875; Wlsm., Ins.

Life., II, p. 325, 1891; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 281, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27.
syn: longirostrata Eyar, Bull. 52, U. S. Nat. Mus., 550, 1902; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 281, 1908.
syn: fuscocostella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 102, 1875;

Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 25, 1889; Braun. Rev. Am. Lith., p. 281,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27.
Foodplant: Quercus; under mine. East U. S.

lucidicostella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 318, 1859; Tin.

No. Am., pp. 39, 64, 66, 1872; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 11, p.

102, 1875; Can. Ent., Ill, p. 57, 1871; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,

V., p. 187, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6257; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p.

281, pi. XXI, fig. 8, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.' 116—, fig. 44,

1914

Foodplant: Acer saccharum. Centr. and North East U. S.

albanotella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 101, 1875; Dyar, Cat.,

No. 6263; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 282, pi. XXI, fig. 9, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 42, 1914.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 57

syn: subaureola Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeitt., XXXIX, p. 262,
1878; Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 25, 1889; III, p. 325, 1891; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6260; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 282, 1908; Moyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 5, 1912.

syn: albinotella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 27.

Foodplant: Quercus; undermine. Ohio, Ky., Tex.

insignis Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 117, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 0255; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 283, pi. XXI, fig. 10, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Ent. News., XXVII, p.

82, 1916; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 19, 1914.

Calif.

hageni Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 208, 1873; Chambers,
Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 201, 1874; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p.
100' 1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6252; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 284, pi.
XXI, fig. 11, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 17, 1914.
syn: necospinusella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Sur. Terr., IV, p. 100,
1878; Can. Ent., XI, p. 144, 1879; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 284,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr.', Cat., p. 27.
Foodplant: Quercus platanoides; undermine. East U. S.

arbutusella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 285, pi. XXI, fig. 12, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 18, 1914.
syn: arbutella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 27.

Foodplant: Arbutus menziesii. Calif,

obscuricostella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 321, 1859; Tin.
No. Am., pp. 64, 71, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p.' 85, 1871;
XI, p. 92, 1879; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 188, 1903; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 286, pi. XXI, fig. 13, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,
pp. 115—, fig. 25, 1914.

syn: virginiella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 84, 1871; Dyar. Cat.,
No. 6280; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 286, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27.

Foodplant: Ostrya virgininna; under mine. Atl. States,

ostryaefoliella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 322, 1859; Tin.
No. Am., pp. 64, 71, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 85, 1871;
Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 202, 1874; Can. Ent., XI, p. 91, 1879;
Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 53, 1889; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V,
p. 188, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6275; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 286,
pi. XXI, fig. 14, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; M.-yr..
Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI. pp. 116—. fig. 23,
1914.

syn: tnirifi'-n Prey & Bolt, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 212, 1873;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 287, 1908; M.-yr.. cen. Ins., 128, p. 6,
1912.

58 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

syn: ostyrifoliella Meyr., Me\rr., Cat., p. 27.

Foodplant: Ostrya virginiana; under mine. Atl. States,

rileyella Chambers, Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 236, 1875; Wlsm., Ins.
Life, II, p. 25, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6254; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith.,
p. 287, pi. XXI, fig. 15, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 28; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 22V
1914.

syn: tenuistrigata Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 225,
1876; XXXIX, p. 260, 1878; Braun,, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 287, 1908;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 28.
Foodplant: Quercus; undermine. Mo., Tex.

kearfottella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 100, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.
Lith., p. 288, pi. XXI, fig. 10, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6,
1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 28; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.
116—, fig. 26, 1914.

Foodplant: Castanea; undermine. Wash., D. C., N. J., Ky.

caryaealbella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 58, 85, 182, 206, 1871; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6261; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 289, pi. XXI, fig. 17,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun,
Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 21, 1914. Wis., Ky.
syn: caryalbella Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 328, 1891; Br.aun, Rev. Am.
Lith., p. 289, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 27. Wis., Ky.

olivaeformis Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 289, pi. XXI, fig. 18, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 5, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 27; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 24, 1914.
syn: olitnformis Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 27.
Foodplant: Gary a olivaeformis.

martiella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 290, pi. XXI, fig. 19, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 33; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 52, 1914.

Foodplant: Betula? Brit. Col.

gemmea Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 218, 1873; Chambers,
Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 206, 1874; II, p. 227', 1875; Can. Ent., XI,
p. 144, 1879; Wlsm., Ins. Life., 11, p. 53, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6266;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 290, pi. XXI, fig. 20, 1908; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., 128, p. 8, 191,2; Meyr., Cat., p. 33; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 53, 1914.

Foodplant: Robinia pseudacacia; upper mine. Mass,

diversella Braun, Ent. News., XXVII, p. 83, 1916.

Foodplant: Gaylussacia baccata; Oxydendrum arboreum. Ohio,

morrisella Fitch, Kept. Ins. N. Y., V, p. 336, 1859; Chambers, Can. Ent.,
Ill, p. 183, 1871; Wlsm., Ins. Life, II, p. 52, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No.
6269; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 291; pi. XXI, fig. 21, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 33; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 110—, fig. 48, 1914.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 59

syn: tt:riiii<'ll(i Zeller, Verb, zool-bot: Ges. Wirn., XXV. p. 349, 1875;
Frey & Boll, Stctt. ent. Zeit., XXXTX. p. 275; 1S7S; Hrauu. Rev.
Am. Lith., p. 291, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12S, p. 7, 1012; Meyr.,
'".ii., p. 33.

syn: amphicarpaeella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Ton-., Ill, p. 137,
1877; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 291, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
].. 7, 1912;. Meyr., Cat., p. 33.

Foodplant, : Falcata coniosa; under side. U. S.

uhlerella Fitch, Kept. Ins. N. Y., V, p. 337, 1859; Chambers, Can. Ent.,

III, p. 183, 1871; Wlsm., Ins. Life, II, p. 53, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No.
6268; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 291, pi. XXI, fig. 22, 1908; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 49, 1914.

Foodplant: Amorpha fruticosa; under mine. East and South U. S.
robiniella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 318, 1859; p. 209, 1860;

Tin. No. Am., p. 66, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 54, 87, 163,

183, 185, 1871; IV, pp. 9, 107, 1872; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 228,

1875; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 137, 1877; Jn. Cin. Soc. Nat.

Hist., II, p. 91, 1879; Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p.

347, 1875; Frey & Boll. Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 275, 1878;

Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V-, p. 189, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6267;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 292, pi. XXI, fig. 23, 1908; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Phil., XVI, pp. 110—, fig. 50, 1914.
syn: pseudacaciella Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. Y., V, p. 335, 1859; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 292, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912;

Meyr., Cat., p. 32.

Foodplant: Robinia pseudacacia; upper and under mine. Atl. States,
auronitens Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 216, 1873; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6302; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 293, pi. XXI, fig. 24, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12S, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jn. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 10, 1914.

Foodplant: Ainu.* serrulatn; undermine. Mass,

diaphanella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX. p. 265, 1878; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6277; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 294, pi. XXII, fig. 1,

190S; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 28, I'M 1.
Foodplant: Quercus; under mine. Tex.

minutella Frey & Boll, Stctt. cut. He-it... XXXIX, p. 263, 1878; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6276; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 294, 190S; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat,, p. 32.

Foodplant: Quercus rubr/i; under mine. Texas,

scudderella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, V. 212, 1873; Cham-
bers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 230, 1875; Bull. Geol. Surv. Ten.,

IV, p. 156, 1878; Can. Ent., XI, p. 7'.'. 1X79; VII. p. li'ii. 1875; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6278; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 295, pi. XXII, fig. 2,

60 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat... p. 32; Bnum,
Jh. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 35, 1914.
Foodplant: Salix; undermine. Ohio,

ledella Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 79, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6292; Braun.
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 296, pi. XXII, fig. 3, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128,
p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,
pp. 116—, fig. 33, 1914.

Foodplant: Ledum glandulosum; upper mine. Calif.

salicivorella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 101, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 297, pi. XXII, fig. 4, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912;

Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—,

fig. 29, 1914.

Foodplant: Salix; undermine. N. J.

deceptusella Chambers, Can. Ent., XI, p. 73, 1879; Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill,
p. 328, 1891; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 190, 1903; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 298, pi. XXII, fig. 5, 1912; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32; Braun, Jti. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 30, 1914.
syn: deceptella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 32.

Foodplant: Ky.

alnicolella Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 80, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6273; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 298, pi. XXII, fig. 6, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 31; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 32, 1914.

Foodplant: .4 Inus incana; upper mine. Calif.

alni Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 326, 1891; Dyar, Cat., No. 6274; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith. p. 299, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7 ', 1912; Meyr., Cat.,

p. 31; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 31, 1914.

syn: alnivorella Chambers, (not Ragonot), Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II,

p. 302, 1875; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 139, 1877; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 299, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,

p. 31.

Foodplant: Alnus; undermine.

malimalifoliella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 101, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.
Lith.., p. 300, pi. XXII, fig. 7, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912;
Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 37, 1914.
syn: malij oliella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 30.

Foodplants: Malus, Crataegus; undermine. N. J., Ky., Ohio,

crataegella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 324, 1859; p. 208,
1860; Tin. No. Am., pp. 76, 141, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill,
pp. 55, 108, 1871; V, p. 50, 1873; XI, p. 73, 1879; Bull. Geol. Surv.
Terr., IV, p. 100, 1878; Wlsm., Trans'. Am. Ent. Soc., X, p. 202
1882; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 190, 1903; Braun, Rev.
Am. Lith., p. 301, pi. XXII, fig. 8, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 12s, p.
7, 1912; Meyr.. Cat., p. 30; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,
pp. 109—, fig. 36, 1914.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 61

Foodplants: Cr<iltn'ynx, Mains, and Primus; undermine. East. U. S.

propitiquinella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 302, pi. XXII, fig. 9, 1908;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 30; Braun, Jn. Ac.
Nat. Sri. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 38, 1914.
Foodplant: Prunus serotina; under mine.

incanella Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 81, 1889; Dyar, Cat. , No. 6272; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 302, pi. XXII, fig. 10, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 31; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,

XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 34, 1914.

Foodplant: Alnus incana; under mine and upper mine. Calif.

populiella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 101, 1878; Dyer,

Cat., No. 6331; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 303, pi. XXII, fig. 11,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 31; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 1161—, fig. 27, 1914.

Foodplant: Pnpulus alba; undermine. Ohio, Ky.

sexnotella Chambers, Jn. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 189, 1879; Dyar,
Cat., No. G2S2; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 304, pi. XXII, fig. 12,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 29; Braun,
Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 39, 1914. Ky., Pa.

aeriferella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 320, 1859; Tin. No.
Am., pp. 64, 68, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 183, 1871; Gin.
Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 104, 1875; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V,
p. 187, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6281; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 305,
pi. XXII, fig. 13, 1908; Meyr, Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 29; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 116—, fig. 40,
1914.
Foodplant: Quercus imbricaria; undermine. Pa., Ohio.

obsoleta Frey & Boll, Stctt. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 211, 1873; Chambers,
Cin. Quart, Jn. Sci., I, p. 202, 1874; Dyar, Cat., No. 6279; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 306, pi. XXII, fig. 14, 1908; Meyr, Gen., Ins.. lux,
p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 29; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,
pp. 116—, fig. 41, 1914.

syn: obsoletella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 155, 1878;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 306, 1908. Mass.

argentinotella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 321, 1859; Tin.
Xo. Am., pp. 66, 78, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 148, 1871;
XI, p. 89, 1879; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 213,
is?:!; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 202, 1874; II, p. 101, 1875;
Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 190, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6283;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 306, pi. XXII, fig. 15, 1908; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 31; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phil, XVI, pj>. 115—, fig' 11, 1914.
Foodplant: Ulmus; under mine. East. U. S.

occitanica Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 224, 1876; XXXIX,
p. 270, 1S78; Dyar, Cat., No. <i2St; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 307,

62 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 31; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat, Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 12, 1914.
Foodplant: Ulmus Julva; under mine. Tex.

apicinigrella Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 307, pi. XXII. fig. 16, pi. XXIV,

fig. 23, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 7, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 32;

Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, 114—, figs. 55a, 55b, 1914.
Foodplant: Salix; undermine. Calif., Wash,

basistrigella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 321, 1859; Tin. No.

Am., pp. 39, 65, 69, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 148, 166, 182,

1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 205, 1874; Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 25,

1889; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 188, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No.

6301; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 308, pi. XXII, fig. 17, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 28; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 114f-, fig. 57, 1914.
syn: intermedia Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 210, 1873;

Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 230, 1875; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 308, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 6, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,

p. 28.

Foodplant: Quercus; undermine. Calif, and Ore. »

celtisella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 129, 1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci..

1, p. 201, 1874; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 117, 1878; Frey &

Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXI X, p. 274, 1878; Chambers, Jn. Cin.

Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 190, 1879; Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 52, 1889;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 309, pi. XXII, fig. 18, 1908; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., 128, p. 9, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 37; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 56, 1914.
syn: nonfasciella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 108, 1871; Cin. Quart.

Jn. Sci., I, p. 201, 1874; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 309, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 9, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 37.
syn: pusillifoUella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 226,

1876; Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 274, 1878; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith, p. 309, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 9, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p.

37.

syn: celtiella Meyr., Meyr., Cat., p. 37.
Foodplant: Ccllis occidenlalis; first under, then upper mine.

Ky., Ohio,
lucetiella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 319, 322, 1859; Tin.

No. Am., pp. 65, 73, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 56, 1871;

Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 52, 1889; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V,

p. 188, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6262; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 310,

pi. XXII, fig. 19, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 51,

1914.
syn: acnigmatdln Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 219,

1873; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sri.. I, ]>. 210, 1874; Braun, Rev.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 63

Am. Lith., p. 310, 1908; Meyr., (Jon. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 34.

Foodplant: Tilia americana; under mine. Atl. States,

symphoricarpella Chambers, Ciri. Quart. ,Jn. Sci., II, p. 98, 1875; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6311; Braun, Rev. Am. LiMi., p. 311, pi. XXII, fig. 20,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 114—, fig. 54, 1914.
syn: symphoricarpella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 271,

1878; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 311, 1908.
syn: bolliella Dyar, Cat., No. G312; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 311,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34.
Foodplant: Symphoricarpos; undermine. Ohio, Ky., Texas,

ostensackenella Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. Y., V, p. 338, 1859; Chambers, Can.

Ent., Ill, p. 183. 1871; Dyar, Cat., No. 6265; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith.,

p. 311, pi. XXII, fig. 21, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1!IP_';

Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 110—,

fig. 7, 1914.
syn: ornatella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 161, 1871; IV, p. 107,

1872; XI, p. 91, 1879; Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p.

347, 1875; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV. p. 217, 1873;

Wlsm., Ins. Life., 11, p. 53, 1889; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 311, pi.

XXII, fig. 21, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,

p. 34.

Foodplant: Robinia; upper and under mine. East. U. S.

tritaenianella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, pp. 110, 184, 1871; V, p. 48,

1873; XI, p. 89, 1879; Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 53, 1889; Braun, Rev.

Am. Lith., p. 312, pi. XX11, fig. 22, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p.

8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI,

pp. 112—, fig. 5, 1914.

syn: tritaeniella Dyar, Cat., No. 6316; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p.

312, 1908; Meyr., Cat., p. 34.
syn: conxiinildla Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 214,

1873; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 202, 1874; II, p. 130,

1875; Wlsm., Ins. Life. II, p. 51, 1889; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p.

312, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34.
Foodplant: Oxlrifti rirginiana; upper mine. Atl. States,

affinis Frey & Boll, Stett, ent. Zeit., XX XVII, p. 222, 1876; XXXI X,

p. 270, I,s7s; Wlsm., Ins., Life., II, p. 51, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6314;

I'.r.uin, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 313, 1!H)S; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

112—, fig. 6, 1914.

Foodplants: Lonicera and Symphoricarpos; under mine. Tex.

mariaeella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 99, 1875; Can. Ent.,

XI, p. 92, 1879; Wlsm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., X, p. 201, 1882; Dyar

Cat., No. 6315; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 313, pi. XXII, fig. 2:;

64 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun,
Jn., Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. Hi)— , fig. 8, 1914.
syn: mariella Riley, Smith's List Lep. Bor. Am., p. 190, 1891; Braun,

Rev. Am. Lith., p. 313, 1908; Meyr., Cat., p. 34.

Foodplant : Symphoricarpos vulgaris; under mine. Mo.

tiliacella Chambers, Gan. Ent., Ill, p. 56, 1871; Dyar, Cat., No. 6310;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 314, pi. XXII, fig. 24, 1908; Braun, Jn.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. Ill—, fig. 1, 1914.

syn: tiliaeella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 203, 1874; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 314, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 34.

syn: tiliella Wilsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 328, 1891; Braun, Rev. Am.
Lith, p. 314, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 34.

Foodplant: Tilia americana; upper mine. Atl. States.

oregonensis Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 117, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6309;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 314, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

112—, fig. 2, 1914. Ore.

fragilella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 270, 1878; Wlsm.

Ins. Life., II, p. 51, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6313; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 315, pi. XXIII, fig. 1, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 8,

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 34; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.

112—, fig. 3, 1914.

syn: trifasciella Frey & Boll, (not Haworth), Stett. ent. Zeit.,
'XXXIV, p. 215, 1873;' Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 205,
1874; Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 326, 1891; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p.
315, 1908.

Foodplant: Lonicera; under mine. East. U. S.

salicifoliella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 81, 1861; Tin. No. Am.,
p. 169, 1872; Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., p. 353, 1869; Chambers Can.
Ent., Ill, pp. 163, 185, 1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 302, 1875;
Can. Ent., VII, p. 126, 1875; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 139,
1877; Wlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 54, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6333; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 316, pi. XXIII, figs. 2, 3, pi. XXIV, fig. 24,
1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 9, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 37; Braun
Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 115—, fig. 15, 1914.
syn: atomariella Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV, p. 350,
1875; Wlsm., Ins. Life., 11, p. 54, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6332; Braun,
Rev. Am. Lith., p. 316, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 9, 1912.
Foodplants: Salix and Populus; under mine. U. S.

tremuloidiella Braun, Ent. News., XIX, p. 102, 1908; Braun, Rev. Am.
Lith., p. 317, pi. XXIII. fig. 4, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 9,
1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 37; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp.
115—, fig. 16, 1914.
Foodplant: Populus tremuloides; under mine. Brit. Go1.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 65

celtifoliella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 128, 1871; Bull. Cool. Surv.

Terr., IV, p. 118, 1878; Wlsm., Ins. Life., IF, p. f>2, 1889; Dyar, Cat.,

No. 6286; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 310, pi. XXIII, fig. 5, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 9, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 37; Braun, Jn. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. U2<— , fi-r. 4, 1914.

Foodplant: Celtis occidenialis; under mine. Ky., Ohio, W. Va.

lysimachiaeella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 100, 1875; Wlsm.,

Ins. Life., 11, p. 77, 1889; Dyar, Cat., No. 6338; Braun, Rev. Am.

Lith., p. 320, 1908.
Foodplant: Lysimachialanceolata; undermine. (Larva described, adult

not known.)

CREMASTOBOMBYCIA Braun.

Rev. Am . Lith., p. 349, pi. XX, figs. 6, 7, 13, 1908.

Type: solidaginis Frey & Boll.

grindeliella Wlsm., Ins. Life., Ill, p. 327, 1891; Dyar, Cat., No. 6299;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 350, pi. XXIV, figs. 16, 22, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun, Jn. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 157—, fig. 59a, 59b, 1914.

Foodplant: Grinde'ia robusta; upper or lower mine. Calif.

solidaginia Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 223, 1876; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6298; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 351, pi. XXIV, fig. 17,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr. Cat., p. 41; Braun. Jn.

Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 124—, fig. 60, 1914.

syn: solidaginisella Chambers, Jn. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 190,

1880; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 351, 1908.
Foodplant: Solidago; under mine. U. S.

ambrosiella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 127, 1871; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci.,

II, p. 100, 1875; Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. •_'•_'!,

1876; XXXIX, p. 267, ls7.s; \Vlsm., Ins. Life., II, p. 54, 1889; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6321; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 352, pi. XXIV, fig. 18,

1908; Meyr. Gen., Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 157—, fig. 61, 1914.

syn: amocna Frey & Boll, Stett. cut. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 269, 1S7S;

1'yar, Cat., No. 6285; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 352, 1908; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; .Meyr., Cat., p. 41.

Foodplants: Ambrosia and Vcrbesina; under mine. Atl. States, Tex.

Ignota Frey & Boll, Steu. ent. Zeit., XX XIV, p. 215, 1873; Chambers.
Cin. Quart, Jn. Sci., I, p. 20(1. 1^74; II, p. 230, 1875; Wlsm., Ins.
Life., II, pp. 54, 119, 1889; Dyar., Cat., No. 6320; Braun, Rev. Am.
Lith., p. 353, pi. XXIV, fi-s. 19, 20, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins.. 128,
p. 11, 1912; M<>yr. Cat., p. 41; Braun: Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. I'liil.. XVI.
pp. 124—, fig. 62. 11)1 L

66 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

syn: bostonica Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 216, 1873;

Chambers, Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 206, 1874; Dyar, Cat., No.

6319; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 353, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p.

11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41.
syn: helianthisella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 205, 1874;

Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 353, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11.

1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41.

syn: helianthivorella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 100, 1875;
Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 353, 1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912;

Meyr., Cat., p. 41.
syn: elephantopodella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 268,

1878; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 247, 1900; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6322; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 353, 1908; Moyr., Gen. Ins.,

128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41.
syn: actinomeridis Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIX, p. 268,

1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6324; Braun, Rev. Am. Lith., p. 353, 1908;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41.
Foodplants: Verbesina, Elephantopus, Helianthus; undermine.

Atl. States, Tex.
verbesinella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 246, 1900; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6323; Braun, Rev. Am, Lith., p. 354, pi. XXIV, fig. 21,

1908; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 11, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 41; Braun,

Jn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., XVI, pp. 157—, fig. 63, 1914.
Foodplant: Verbesina virginica; under mine. Fla.

MARMARA Clemens.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, p. 6, 1863.

Type: saliclella Clem.

Aesyle, Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 98, 1875.
Type: Marmara Jasciella, Cham.

salictella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, p. 7, 1863; Tin. No. Am.,
p. 212, 1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6403; Busck, Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
X, p. 98, 1902; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 246, 1900; Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 210, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 12, 1912;
Meyr., Cat., p. 42.

syn: Salicella Cham., Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 156, 1878.
Foodplant: Salix. Atl. States,

serotinella Busck, Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc., XVII, p. 89, 1915.

Foodplant: Primus serotina. Va.

guilandinella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 245, 1900; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.
syn: guilandinae Dyar, Cat., No. 6404.
Foodplant: Guilandina bonducel a. Fla.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 67

fulgidella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 6. I860; Proc. Ent.
Soc. Phil., V, p. 145, 1865; Tin. No. Am., p. 92. 1872;Busck, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 195, 1903; Dyar, Cat., No. 6357; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., p. 26, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 54.

Foodplants: Quercus and Castanea. Atl. States,

elotella Busck, Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc., XI, p. 102, 1909; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
p. 26, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 54; Busck, Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc., XV,
p. 150, 1913.

Foodplant: Mains. Conn., Mass,

opuntiella Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., IX, p. 97, 1907; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.

Foodplant : Opuntia. Tex.

arbutiella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 772, 1904; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.

Foodplant: Arbutus menziesi. Wash., Ore.

fasciella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 98, 1875; Can. Ent.,

VII, p. 93, 1875; IX, pp. 123, 194, 1877; XI, p. 118, 1879; Wlsm.,

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., X, p. 201, 1882; Dyar, Cat., No. 6356; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44.

Syn: ij a i nquenotella Chambers, Can. Ent., IX, p. 124, 1877; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1916; Meyr., Cat., p. 44. Atl. States,

pomonella Busck, Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc., XVII, p. 89, 1915.

Foodplant: Mains. Ore.

(*) auratella Braun, Can. Ent., XLVII, p. 192, 1915.

Foodplant: Rudbeckia laciniata. Ohio.

(•*) apocynella Braun, Can. Ent., XLVII, p. 193, 1915.

Foodplant: Apocynum cannabium. Ohio.

(*) Smilacicella Braun, Ent. News., Phil., XX, p. 432, 1909; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.

Syn: Smilaciella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.
Foodplant: Smilax hispida. Ky., Ohio.

9

LEUGANTHIZA Clemens.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 327, 1859.

Type: Leucanthiza amphicarpeaefoliella Clem.

amphicarpeaefoliella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 327, 1859;

Tin. No. Am., p. 85, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 162, 1871;

Dyar, Cat,, No. 6402; Moyr., (Ji-n. Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat,,

]>. 42; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc, Wash., V, p. 191, 1903.

syn: saundersella Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 205 1871; Meyr. Gen.

Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 42.
syn: cinijt/iir/ir/x/folicllii Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 12, 1912; Meyr.. Cat.,

p. 42.
Foodplant: Amphicarpaea monoica. Atl. States.

68 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

(*) dircella Braun, Ent. News., XXV, p. 115, 1914.
Foodplant: Dirca palustris. Ohio.

NEUROLIPA Nov. Gen.
Type: Neurolipa randiella Busck.

randiella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 247, 1900; Dyar, Cat,.
No. 6399; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49.

Foodplant: Randia aculeata. Fla.

APOPHTHISIS Braun

Can. Ent., XLVII, p. 190, 1915.

(*) Type: Apophthisis pullafa Braun, Can. Ent., XLVII, p. 191, 1915.

LEUCOSPILAPTERYX Spuler.

Schmett., Eur. B. 2, p. 408, 1910.

Type: Leucospilapteryx ornissella, Stainton.

venustella Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 6, I860; Proc. Ent. Six-.
Phil., II, p. 10, 1863; V, p. 145, 1865; Tin. No. Am., pp. 92, 216, 269,
1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6375; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V. p.
195, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44.
syn: eupatoriella Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 9, 1872; V, pp. 44, 46,
1873; Dyar, Cat., No. 6375; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V. p.
195, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44.
Foodplant: Eupalorium ageratoides. Atl. States.

CHILOCAMPYLA Busck.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 248, pi. 1, fig. 15, 1900.
Type: Chilocampyla dyariella Busck.

dyariella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 249, 1900; Dyar, Cat.

No. 6339; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 25, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 53.
Foodplant: Eugenia garbari. Fla.

NEUROSTROTA Ely:
Type: Neurostrota gunniella Busck.

gunniella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 731, 19Q6; Meyr., Crn.
Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44. Tex.

ACROGERCOPS Wallengren.

Ent. Tidskr., II, p. 95, 1881.

Type: Acrocercops brogniardellum. Fabr.

- Dialectica Wlsm., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 150, 1897.

Type: Acrocercops scalariella Zell.

- Eulrichocnemis Spuler, Schmett, Eur. Band 2, p. 409, 1910.
Type: AcroccrcHpx scalariella Zell.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 69

albinatella Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 25, 1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6396:

Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44.
syn: albanotella Chambers, Can. Ent., IX, p. 123, 1877; Cin. Quart.

Jn. Sci., I, p. 200, 1874; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877.
syn: albinoteUa Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 44.
Foorlplant: Quercus. Ky., Md., N. Y.

quinquestrigella Chambers, Can. Ent., VII, p. 75, 1875; IX, pp. 14,
124, 1877; X, p. 109, 1878; Dyar, Cat., No. 6398; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49. Ky., Tex.

rhombiferellum Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 212, 1876;
Dyar, Cat., No. 6400; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p,
49.
syn: rhombiferella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49.

Tex.

astericola Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 204, 1873; Chambers,
Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 200, 1875; Dyar, Cat., No. 6345; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 48.

Foodplant: Aster cordijolius. Mass., Pa.

(t) strigosa Braun, Ent. News., Phil., XXV, p. 116, 1914.

Foodplant: Quercus prinus. Ky., N. C.

onosmodiella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 409, 1902; Moyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 15, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 43.
syn: pnosmodiella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 409. 1902;

Dyar, Cat., No. 6385.

Foodplant: Onosmodium carolinianum. Col.

(t) sideroxylonella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 250, 1900.

Moyr.. Gen. Ins., p. 18, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 46.
syn: */</< ri>.ri/!illu Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 18, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 46.
Foodplant : Sideroxylon pallidum. Fla.

NEUROBATHRA Ely.
Type : \i nrohatlirii xtrtgifinilella < Mom., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 6, ISliO,

strigifinitella Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 6, 1860; Tin. Xo.
Am.. ]>. 92, 1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6370; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc.
\Vash.. V. ]>. 195, 1903; Moyr.. Gen. Ins., p. 17, 1912: Moyr., Cat.,
p. -15; Hcinrieh and DeGrvsc. I'roc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XYII, p. (i.
1915.

syn: ilno/lcccnili nerlla Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 11, 1X72; I)y:n.
Cat., Xo. 6371; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc.. Wash., V, p. 195, 1903; Moyr.,
Cat., p. 45.

(*) syn: quercifoli ella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci.. II. p. 11(1.
1875; Dyar, Cat., No. 6393; Busck. Proc. Ent. Sue. \Vash., V. p.
!'.>:>, 1903; Moyr., Cat,, p. 45.
Foodplants: (Jucrcus, Caslm/rn ;md I''<II/UH. Atl. States.

70 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

•

MICRURAPTERYX Spuler.

Schmett., Eur. B. 2, p. 409, 1910.

Type: Micrurapteryx kollariella Zell.

salicifoliella Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 25, 1872; V, pp. 15, 46, 186,

1873; Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 340, 1874; Dyar, Cat., No. 6365;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49.

Foodplant: Salix. Atl. States.

PAREGTOPA Clemens.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 210, 1SGO.
Type: Parectopa lespedezaefoliella Clem.

lespedezaefoliella Clemens. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 210, I860;
Tin. No. Am., p. 144, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 7, 1872; V,
p. 47, 1873; VIII, p. 19, 1876; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132,
1877; Dyar, Cat., No. 6364; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V. p.
205, 1903.
syn: lespedezijoliella Meyr., Gen. Ins., 120, p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,

p. 48.

syn: mirabilis Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 203, 1873:
• Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 227, 1875; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
128, p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 48; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
V, p. 205, 1903.

Foodplant: Lespedeza violacea. Atl. States,

robinella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, p. 4, 1863; Tin. No. Am., p.
207, 1872; Chambers, Can. Ent., Ill, p. 87, 1871; IV, p. 7, 1872; V,
p. 47, 1873; VIII, p. 33, 1876; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877;
Wlsm., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., X, p. 193', 1882; Dyar, Cat., No. 6364;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., 128, p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat,, p. 48; Busck, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 210, 1903.

Foodplant: Robinia pseudacacia. Atl. States,

pennsylvaniella Engel, Ent. News, XVIII, p. 278, 1907; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., 128, p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49; Braun, Ent. News., X XV,
p. 117, 1914.

Foodplant: Aster cordijolius. Ohio, Pa., Conn.

(t) plantaginisella Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 10, 1872; V, p. 46, 1873;

Dyar, Cat., No. 6353; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat,,

p.. 48.

syn: geiella, Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 200, 1874; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6353; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 48.
syn: erigeronella Chambers, Can. Ent., IX, p. 127, 1877; Bull. Geol.
Surv. Terr., IV, p. 148, 1878; Dyar, Cat., No.t6353; Meyr., Gen. Ins.,
p. 20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 48.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XIX, 1917 71

syn: plantagindln Meyr., Gen. Ins.. p. 'JO. 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 48.
Foodplant: Hrii/i'nnt. Ky.

(f) thermopsella Chambers, Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 300, 1875; Bull.
Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132. 1*77: Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XXV, p. 409, 1902; Dyar, Cat., No. r.374: IVIeyr., Gen. Ins., p. 20,
1912; Moyr., Cat., p. 48.

Foodplant: Thermopsis montami. Col.

bosquella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 33, 1876; Bull. Geol. Surv.

Terr.. Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar, Cat., No., 6350; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p.

20, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49. Tex.

(*) interpositella Frey & Boll., Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 211,

1876; Dyar, Cat., No. 0381; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr.,

Cat., p. 44. Tex.

PARORNIX Spuler.

Schmett., Eur., B. 2, p. 410, 1910.

Type: Parornix anglicella Stainton.

= Ornix Treitschke, Schmett., Eur., IX (2), p. 192, 1833. (See Walsingham,

Biol. Centr. Am., p. 341, 1915.)

(*) boreasella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, p. 415, 1864; Tin. No.
Am., p. 237. 1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6389; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., p. 215, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 17, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 45.
syn: boreella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 17, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 45.

Labrador.

guttea Haw, Lep. Brit., p. 531, 1828; Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
XXXIII, p. 290, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 23, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 50.
?syn: solitarielln Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 290, pi.

4, fie;. 1, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 23, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 50.
Foodplant: Malus. Europe, U. S.

kalmiella Diet/;. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 291, pi. IV, fig. 3,

1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 23, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 51.
Foodplant: Kalmia angustijolia. Pa., Conn,

preciosella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Phil., XXXIII, p. 291, pi. IV,

fig. 2, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 23, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 51.

Foodplant: Vaccinium corymbosum. Pa., Conn.

crataegifoliella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 8, 1860; Tin.

No. Am., p. 94, 1S72; ('ham.. Can. Ent,. V, p. 48, 1873; Busck, Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash.. V. p. 215. 1903: Dyar, Cat., No. 6388: Dietz, Trans.

Am. Knt. Soc., XXXIII. p. 292. 1!M)7; Br.-um. Ent. News., XX, p.

431, 1909; Meyr., Gen. Jus., p. 21. 1912; Meyr.. Cat,, p. 52.

Foodplant: Crataegvs tomentosa. Atl. States.

dubitella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.. XXXIII. p. 292, pi. IV. tin. 4.

1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912: Meyr., Cat., p. 52. Pa.

72 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

conspicuella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 293, pi. IV, fig.

5, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52.
Foodplant: Betula nigra. Pa.

arbitrella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent, Soc., XXXIII, p. 293, pi. IV, fig. 6,

1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52.
Foodplant: V actinium corymbosum. Pa.

vicinella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 296, pi. IV, fig. 8,

1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 53.
Foodplant: Betula flava. Pa.

strobivorella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 296, 1907; Meyr.,

Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 53.

Foodplant: Sorbus. Pa.

arbutifoliella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 296, 1907;

Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 53.

Foodplant: Pyrus arbutifolia. Pa.

obliteratella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 297, pi. IV, fig.

10, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, -1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 53.
Foodplant: Betula nigra. Pa.

inusitatumella Chambers (Braun), Can. Ent., V, p. 47, 1873; VIII, p.
19, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No. 6392; Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
XXXIII, p. 289, 1907; Braun, Ent. News., XX, p. 431, 1909; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52.

syn: inusitatella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52.
Focdplant: Crataegus mollis. Ky., Ohio,

melanotella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 293, pi. IV, fig.

7, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52.
Foodplant: Crataegus. Pa.

geminatella Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., p. 353, 1869; Chambers, Can.
Ent., Ill, p. 183, 1871; Dyar, Cat., No. 6387; Dietz, Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 295, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912;
Meyr., Cat,, p. 53.

syn: prunivorella Chambers, Can. Ent., V, p. 50, 1873; Cin. Quart.
Jn. Sci., II, p. 301 1875; Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, pp. 133, 141.
1877; psyche, III, p. 07, 1880; Wlsm., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.. X, p.
194, 1882; Dyar, Cat., No. 6378; Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
XXXIII, p. 295, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat.,
p. 53.

Foodplants: Mains and " wild cherry." Mo., North Atl. States.

quadripunctella Clemens (Dietz), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.. I, p. 86, 1861;

Tin. No. Am., p. 177, 1872; Dyar, Cat., No. 6395; Dietz, Trans. Am.

Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 295, 1907; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912;

Meyr., Cat., p. 53.

Foodplants: Pyrus arbutifolia and Mains. Atl. States.

?syn: albifasciella Dietz, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 295,

1907; Meyr., Cat., p. 53. Pa.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 73

innotata \\lsm., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, p. 224, 1907; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cut., p. 52. U. S.

trepidella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 7, 1860; Tin. No. Am, p.
94, 1872; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.. V. p. 19IJ. 1903; Dyar, Gal
No. 6391: Meyr., Geri. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 52. Pa.

festinella Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., p. 97, 1X00; Tin. No.
Am., p. 94, 1872; Busck, Proc. Ent. Sr>c. Wash., V. p. 190, 1903;
Dyar, Cat., No. 6391; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 24, 1912; Meyr., Cit.,
p.V>2. Pa-

GRAGILARIA Haworth.

Lep. Br., p. 527, 1828.
Type: Gracilaria syringella Fabricius.

Coriscium Zeller, Isis, p. 210, 1839.
Type: Gracilaria cuculipennellum Hiibner.

minimella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 58, 1915. Conn.

(t) sebastianella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 251, 1900;
Dyar, Cat., No. 6384; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 16, 1912; Meyr., Cat,,
p. 44.

Foodplant: Sebastiana lucida. Fla.

(t) burserella Busck, PJOC. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 251, 1900; Dyar,

Cat., No. 6383; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat,, p. 58.
Foodplant: Bur sera gummijera. Fla.

flavimaculella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 57, 1915. Conn,

cornusella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 53, 1915.

Foodplants: Cornus stolonijera and C. aUrniilolin. Conn., Md.

vacciniella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 52, 1915.

Foodplant: Vacciniuin. Pj-

bimaculatella Ely, Insc. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 53, 1915.

Foodplant: Acer rubrum. Atl. States,

burgessiella Zeller, Ver. zool-bot, Ges. \\icn., XXIII, p. 307, 1S73:
Dyar, Cat., No. 6378; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912: Meyr., Cat,, p.
58; Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 51. 1915.

Foodplanl : Connix ciiniliiliNsinin. Mass., Conn,

belfrageella Chambers, Can. Ent., VII, p. 92. 1875; Dyar, Cat., X >'
6348; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Braun. Ent, Xcnvs., XXFfi. p
166, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.

syn: aurijerella Fivy & Boll. St-lt. ent. Zeit., XXXVTI, p. 211.
1S76; Dyar, Cat,, N«. 6379; M<-yr., Gen. ins., p. 2S, 1912; Meyr..
Cat., p. 56. Tex.

Foodplant, Cornus. Tex., Atl. States,

blandella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Sue. Phil.. Ill, p. 505. ISiil; Tin.
Am., p. 257, 1872; Cham.. Can. Ent., V. pp. 13. 47. IS?:!: Dyar. C
No. 6349; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 2S. 1912; Meyr.. Cat,, p. 58.

74 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

syn: j uglandivorella Chambers, Can. Ent., V, p. 15. 1873.
Foodplant: Juglans nigra. Tex., East States,

iuglandiella Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, pp. 28, 88, 1872; V, pp. 15, 47,
1873; Dyar, Cat., No. 6359; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 56.

syn: juglandisnigraella Chambers, Bull. Geol.' Surv; Terr., IV, p.
149, 1878; Dyar., Cat., No. 6359; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912;
Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplants: Juglans nigra. East States,

ostryaella Chambers (Braun). Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., IV, p. 121, 1878;
Can. Ent., IX, p. 127, 1877; Braun, Ent. News., XX1I1, p. 167,
1912; Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 61, 1915.

Foodplants: Ostrya; Carpi.nus. Atl. States,

violacella Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 7, 1860; Tin. No. Am.,
p. 93, 1872; Cham., Can. Ent., IV, p. 26, 1872; V, p. 46, 1873; Cin.
Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 208, 1874; Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien.,
XXIII, p. 108, 1873; Dyar, Cat., No. 6352; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p.
29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p.
196, 1903.

syn: desmodijoliella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., V, p. 145, 1865;

Tin. No. Am., p. 268, 1872; Frey& Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII,

p. 212, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No. 6352; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,

V, p. 196, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912;- Meyr., Cat., p. 58.

Foodplant: Desmodium. Mo., Atl. States.

(*) zachrysa Meyrick, Jn. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., XVII, p. 983, 1907;

Gen. Ins., p. 29, pi. fig. 4, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.
syn: azalea Busck, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 42, 1915. N. Y.

Foodplant: Azalea. Ceylon,

packardella Ch'ambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 27, 1872; IX, p. 194, 1877; Cin.
Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 200, 1874; Dyar, Cat., No. 6372; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.

Foodplant: Acer saccharinum. Atl. States.

syn: elegantella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 202,
1873; Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 227, 1875; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6372; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.
syn: inornatella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 31, 1876; XI, p. 119,
1879; Dyar, Cat., No. 6372; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 58.

coroniella Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, p. 421, 1864; V, p. 145,
1866; Tin. No. Am., p. 243, 1872; Wlsm., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., X,
p. 192, 1882; Dyar, Cat., No. 6351; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash./
V, p. 216, 1903; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.
Foodplant: Betula populifera. Pa., 111., Md., Conn,

glutinella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 55, 1915.

Foodplant: Alnus. Conn., Va.

superbifrontella Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 5, 1861; Proc,

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 75

Ent. Soo. Phil., V, p. 14:,. isii/i; Tin. No. Am., pp. 91, 269, 1872;
Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 202, 1873; Cham.,
Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 1, p. 200, 1874; II, p. 226, 1875; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6372; Busck, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 194, 1903; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 58.

Foodplant: Il<tni«nn-lix r/r./inim/d. Atl. States.

negundella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 18, 1876; Bull. Geol. Surv.

Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Psyche, III, p. 66, 1880; Dyar, Cat., No.

6360; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Braun, Ent. News., XXIII, p.

169, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplant: N eg undo aceroides. Col., Atl. States.

stigmatella Fabricius, Sp. Ins., II, p. 295, 1781; Chambers, Can. Ent.,

XI, pp. 74, 119, 1879; XII, p. 24, 1880; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; Dyar, Cat., No. 6362; Meyr., Gen.

Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 59.

Foodplants: Salix and Populus. Europe, Transcaspian, U. S.

syn: purpuridla Chambers, Can. Ent., IV, p. 27, 1872; V, p. 46, 1873;

IX, pp. 126, 194, 1877; XI, p. 74, 1879; Dyar, Cat., No. 6362; Busck,

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p.

29, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 59.

(*) syn: consimilella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p.
210, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No. 6380; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 29, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 59.

(*) populiella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 11, p. 301, 1875; Bull.
Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar, Cat., No. 6373; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplant: Populus. Col.

(*) palustriella Braun, Ent. News., XXI, p. 178, 1910; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplant: Salix. Calif.

rhoifoliella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 31, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No.

6363; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.
Foodplant.: Hhux. Kan., East. States, So. States,

sassafrasella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 33, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No.

6367; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.
Foodplant: Sassafras. Atl. States.

(*) obscuripennella Frey & Boll, Stett. ent. Zeit., XXXVII, p. 209,
1876; Dyar, Cat., No. 6382; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr.,
Cat., p. 58. Tex.

acerifoliella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 299, 1875; Bull. Geol.
Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar, Cat., No. 6342; Meyr., Gen.
Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplant: Acer. Col.

atmosella Zeller, Verh. zool-bot. Ges. \\irn., XXIII, p. 309, 1873; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6346; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 27, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 55.

Tex., Atl. States.

76 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

quercinigrella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 60, 1915.

Foodplant: Quercus. Conn.

(*) reticulata Braun, Ent. News. ,XXI, p. 177, 1910.

Foodplant: Quercus agrolia. Calif,

flavella Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., Ill, p. 56, 1915.

Foodplant: Myrica cerijera. Conn.

alnivorella Chambers, Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., 11, p. 299, 1875; Bull. Geol.

Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar, Cat., No. 6344; Busck, Proc.

U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912;

Meyr., Cat., p. 57. «

Foodplant: Alnus. Can. West. States.

syn: alnicolella Chambers, Cin. Quart. Jn. Sci., II, p. 299, 1875; Bull.

Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar, Cat., No. 6343; Busck,

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p.

28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.

syn: pulchella Chambers, Can. Ent., VII, p. 186, 1875; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6377; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.

syn: sanguinella Beutemniiller, Ent. Am., IV, p. 30, 1888; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6368; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771,
1904; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.
syn: nigristrigella Beutenmuller, Ent. Am., IV, p. 30, 1888; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6361; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.
syn: ruptostrigella Beutemniiller, Ent. Am., IV, p. 30, 1888; Dyar.
Cat., No. 6361; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904:
Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.

syn: shastaella Beutenmuller, Ent. Am., IV, p. 30, 1888; Dyar, Cat.,
No. 6369; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; Meyr.,
Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.

syn: juscoochrella Beutenmuller, Ent. Am., V, .p. 10, 1889; Dyar,
Cat., No. 6358; Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904;
Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 57.
(*) strictella Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIX, p. 591, 1864; Dyar, Cat.,

No. 6386; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 27, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.
syn: adaptella Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIX, p. 590, 1864; Dyar
Cat., No. 5778; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 27, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Can.

(*) sauzalitoella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 32, 1876; Dyar, Cat,,
No. 6366; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 55. Calif.
syn: sauzalitella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 50.
murtfeldtella Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 771, 1904; M»vr.,
Gen. Ins, p. 28, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 5S. D. C. Mo., Wash.,

serotinella Ely, Ent. News., XXI, p. 57, 1910; Meyr., Cat., p. 49.

Foodplant: Primus serotina. N. Atl. States.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 77

paradoxum Frey & Boll, Stett. cnt. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 205, 1873;
XXXVII, p. 212, 1876; Cham., Gin. Quart. Jn. Sci., I, p. 200, 1874;
Dyar, Cat., No. 6397. Atl. States.

syn: partnloxa Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 21, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 49.
cuculipennellum Hiibner, Ges. cur. Schmett., VIII, Tin., VI, Al. B,
F. 2, 1831; Fernald, Can. Ent., XXV, 96, 1893; Dyar, Cat., No.
6401; Kellogg, Am. Insects, p. 378, 1905; Braun, Can. Ent., XL1V,
p. 160, 1912.

Foodplant: Ligustrum. Europe.

syn: cuculipennella Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 26, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 55.
?syn: jra.r/tn lla Ely, Inse. Insc. Mens., p. 58, 1915.
Foodplant: Frd.rinn*. N. Y., Ohio, Conn.

Not recognized from descriptions.

(*) aceriella Chambers. Jn. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 295, 1880; Dyar,

Cat. No. 6341; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 27, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 56.

Foodplant: Acer. Mass.

(*) behrensella Chambers, Can. Ent., VIII, p. 32, 1876; Dyar, Cat., No.

6347; Meyr., Gen. Ins., p. 27, 1912; Meyr., Cat., p. 55. Gal.

(*) ribesella Chambers, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, p. 132, 1877; Dyar,

Cat., No. 0376; Larva only described.
Foodplant: Ribes. Col.

SGHISTOCERCA TARTARIGA TAKEN AT SEA.

BY L. O. HOWARD

A specimen of Schistocerca tarltrrlwi (determined by Caudelh
\v:is received from Professor Marvin, the Chief of the Weather
Bureau, to whom it had been sen) by Captain B. Morthensen
of the Norwegian bark Rolxrl Sera/ton. It seems that Captain
Morthensen is one of the cooperative marine observers of the
Weather Bureau, and he noted in his report that on October 7,
10 Hi, a lot of these grasshoppers came aboard in lively condition.
At that time the vessel was 1200 nautical miles from the African
coast, latitude 20° 57' N., longitude 39° 28' W. The author
has been informed by Mi1. Caudell that this locust occurs in
soul hern Kurope, Africa, in Ceylon, and also in Central America
and northern South America, and that there are records of its
prolonged Might over the sea. It is worth while, however, to
place this well authenticated case on record.

78 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

COLOR VARIATION IN PUPAE OF TERIAS NICIPPE CRAMER.

BY GEO. G. AINSLIE,

United States Entomological Laboratory, Knoxville, Tenn.

Iii a note in the first volume of Entomological News, page 129,
Dr. H. Skinner mentions the variation in the color of the pupae of
Terias nicippe Cramer and states that he found both green and
black pupae. Scudder, in his "Butterflies of the Eastern United
States," makes a similar observation, some of his specimens being
mottled. All those reared disclosed normal adults.

A further observation was made by the writer at Hartsville,
Tennessee, in August, 1913. Larvae of this species were found
feeding on plants of Cassia tora and C. marylandica. Supposing
them to be those of Eurymus eurytheme which they closely re-
semble, a number were collected and placed in cages on alfalfa,
clover and various other plants. The immature larvae died
without feeding, the rest pupated suspended in their normal po-
sition on the various plants with which they were confined. The
pupae thus obtained and an additional series taken in the field
at the time of the original collection present an interesting range
in coloration. Pupae formed on the leafy parts of the normal
food plants are green. In this series those formed on the caged
plants of alfalfa, clover, etc., were also green but of a shade
agreeing exactly with that of the particular plant on which they
were found. One pupa found in the field suspended close to and
partly from one of the yellow flowers of Cassia tora was of a uni-
form yellow color, matching the flower. From some plants
growing close to an old rusty wire fence some larvae had mi-
grated to the fence and had pupated suspended from the wires.
These pupae varied from Brown to black in color, in each case
agreeing closely with the color of the wire from which it hung.
All the pupae developed into normally colored butterflies.

THREE HUNDRED AND FIRST MEETING,
FEBRUARY 8, 1917.

The 301st regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
Mr. C. L. Marlatt at the Saengerbund Hall, February 8, 1917.
There were present Messrs. Back, Baker, Barber, Borden, Boving,
Busck, Cole, Gary, Craighead, Crawford, Cushman, Dietz, Ely,
Fink, Fisher, Garman, Gill, Greene, Heinrich, Hyslop, Isely,

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 79

Jennings, Kotinsky, Middleton, Miller, Paine, Pierce, Rohwer,
Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Snycler, Speare, Webb, White, mem-
bers, and A. J. Flebert, R. M. Foutz, W. V. King, Albert Lepper,
H. F. Loomis, H. S. MoConnell, C, J. Pierson, and Delmar Webb,
visitors.

At the end of the regular program, the meeting was brought to
a delightful close by the presentation to the Saengerbund by the
Entomological Society of a nearly life-sized portrait of Mr. E. A.
Schwarz, honorary president of our Society and for many years a
member of the Saengerbund. President Ely made the pres-
entation address in which he spoke feelingly of Mr. Schwarz's
long connection with the Society and the high place he holds in
the esteem of his fellow-members. At the close of his remarks
the president read a letter from Dr. L. 0. Howard setting forth
his disappointment at not being able to be present to take part
in the presentation and expressing in fitting terms his admiration
and affection for Mr. Schwarz.

The gift was accepted, on behalf of the Saengerbund, by its
president, Mr. Albert Lepper, who expressed the gratification
and appreciation of his Society and in a few appropriate remarks
told of the esteem in which Mr. Schwarz is held by his associates
in the Saengerbund.

Mr. Schwarz expressed his appreciation of this demonstration
of affection and regard on the part of his fellow society-members
and with characteristic modesty stated: "It is more than I de-
serve. Whatever benefit I may have been to the Society or what-
ever help I may have been, is sufficient reward in itself."

The following program was presented:

TWO NEW CHALCIDS FROM THE SEEDS OF AMELANCHIER.1

BY R. A. CUSHMAN,

Entomological Assistant, Bureau of Entomology.

No chalcid has heretofore been recorded as breeding in the seeds
of any specie's of the genus Amelanchier. Discovery that there is
such an insect developing in the seeds of the shad bush (A. cana-

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of Agriculture.

80 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

densis) was first made by the writer on July I, 1914, when a
small package of the berries was received at North East, Pa.,
from Mr. Fred E. Brooks of the Bureau of Entomology, sta-
tioned at French Creek, W. Va. A few of the seeds were found
to contain full-grown chalcid larvae. Cldfeer examination of these
larvae a few days later disclosed the fact that they were appar-
ently of two species, the mandibles in one form being dentate
and in the other edentate.

On July 18, of the same year, larvae were found in the seeds
of berries collected by the writer near North East, Pa.

Parts of both of these lots of material were placed in breeding
jars and kept until the spring of 1915, but nothing was reared.

No further information concerning the chalcids was obtained
until June 21, 1915, when one female of each of two species of
Syntomaspis were beaten from a shad bush bearing nearly ripe
fruit at North East. These were placed in cages on the tree,
and one was later observed to attempt oviposition in a nearly
ripe berry. No activity of this sort was observed for the other
species.

In the summer of 1915 more berries were collected at North
East and more received from Mr. Brooks from both French
Creek and Pickens, W. Va. All of these lots were found by ex-
amination to contain some infested seeds. The bulk of each lot
was placed in a jar for rearing.

On May 26, 1916, all the seeds in the French Creek lot were
examined. Nearly all of the living insects found were in the
pupal stage, most of them nearly ready for transformation, but
a few were still in the larval stage. All of the latter had the
mandibles acute and toothless. All of these stages were re-
moved from the seeds, placed in a watch glass, and covered,
on May 28, three female specimens of a species of Megzstigmus
were reared. On the same date three females and one male of
the same species emerged from the berries from Pickens, V.'. Va.
On June 1, emergence ceased and the contents of the Pickens
and North East cages were examined. This resulted in the
finding of many dead adults, all Meyastigmus. Up to this time
there has been recorded from the Pickens lot 17 females and -S
males. The dead in this lot totaled 28 females and 1 male. Al-
though the first specimens seen wrerc found on May 28, the find-
ing of so many dead specimens so soon after that date would
seem to indicate that emergence probably began some lime
earlier. The balance of the immature stages from the Fiench
Creek lot, both larvae and pupae, wore put in alcohol. There
was no further rearing from the North East berries, but on June
10 emergence from the Pickens lot began again. This lime.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 81

however, the insects reared were a Syntomaspis of the same
species as the one observed to attempt oviposition in the pre-
vious season. Before this time, on May 31, one male of the
species had appeared in the Pickens material. Emergence of
Syntomaspis continued until June 16.

The result of the rearings led to the suspicion that the Si/nto-
tintxpis was parasitic on the Megastigmus, and support of this idea
was secured when examination of a seed from which a Syntomaspis
had emerged disclosed an exuvium of a full-grown larva with
edentate mandibles and a dead and shrivelled larva with dentate
mandibles. Whether this is the normal habit of Syntomaspis
can not be stated definitely, but the much later emergence of
the Syntomaspis, together with its comparative rarity and the
condition of the seeds of the berries at the time the adults are
active all indicate that such is the case.

The finding of the traces of both species in the single seed
also fixed the relation between the two species of adults, the larva
with dentate mandibles being that of Megastigmus and the one
with edentate mandibles that of Syntomaspis. Further proof of
the identity of the larvae was obtained on July 9, when berries
exposed to the attack of Megastigmus in cages and protected
against subsequent attack were found to contain larvae with
dentate mandibiles.

The two species of insects concerned, both new to science, are
described herewith.

Megastigmus amelanchieris n. sp.

In Crosby's table to North American species of the genus1 runs to
brevicaudis Ratzeburg, the ovipositor being barely as long as the abdomen
and the stigmal club broadly oval (Plate I, fig. f). It is easily distin-
guishable from that species by the color of the pronotum, which is black
above and yellow at the sides, and that portion of the scutellum beyond
the groove being smooth and polished, while in brevicaudis it is finely
aciculate.

Female. — Length 2.6 mm., abdomen 1 mm., ovipositor 1 mm. Head
viewed from in front slightly wider than long, viewed from above with
the temples as broad as the eyes and nearly angulately rounded; eyes
slightly divergent below; clypeus very short and broadly emarginate at
apex; malar space about 'as long as basal width of mandibles; sides of
face obliquely striatc with a few large, sctigerous punctures above the
antennal fossae; vertex, frons, and superior orbits transversely striate,
with a few large, shallow pits on orbits and vertex; anterior ocellus some-
what larger than lateral ocelli; ocell-ocular and intcrocellar lines equal

1 Crosby, C. P., Ann. Ent, Hoc. Am., Vol. VI, 1913, p. 156.

PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

and slightly more than half as long as postocellar line; pronoturn trans-
versely rugose above, obliquely striate and with scattered pits laterally;
mesonotum transversely, arcuately striate, the striae strongest on meso-
scutum and weakest on the scutellum, the latter being smooth beyond the
crenulate transverse furrow; mesopleurum coarsely, granularly opaque
above the suture, vertically striate below; propodeum coarsely roughened,
with some oblique rugosity basally; stigmal club broadly oval; basal vein
weak but distinctly indicated; abdomen about as high as long, polished;
ovipositor as long as abdomen, strongly upcurved.

J31ack; with face, mouth, orbits except a broad interruption at top of
eyes, in which is a brownish spot, scape and pedicel below, sides of pro-
notum, legs, except hind coxae and base of middle coxae, and tegulae
lemon yellow; sides of abdomen more or less brown stained.

Male.- — Length 2.3 mm., abdomen 1 mm. Very like female, with sculp-
ture throughout weaker, abdomen very strongly compressed, first tergite
in side view much longer than high; stigmal club considerably broader;
antennae yellow below throughout.

Host. — Seeds of Amelanchier canadensis.

Type locality. — Pickens, W. Va.

Other localities. — French Creek, W. Va., and North East, Pa.

Type.— Cat. No. 20964 U. S. N. M.

Described from a considerable series of specimens, including
two males, from the three localities, those from Pickens, W. Va.,
under Quaintance No. 10930, those from French Creek, W. Va.,
under Quaintance No. 10929, and those from North East, Pa.,
under Quaintance No. 11014. The two lots of breeding material
from West Virginia were collected by Mr. Fred E. Brooks of the
Bureau of Entomology, but all specimens were reared by the
author at North East, Pa.

The principal variations are in size, 2-2.6 mm. in the female,
and in tha extent of the orbital maculation, some of the speci-
mens having the yellow color much less extensive above and
with a nearly complete interruption in the cheek. Some of the
specimens, especially the smaller ones, have the sculpture less
strong throughout.

Syntomaspis amelanchieris n. sp.

Female.' — Length 2.6 mm., abdomen 1.2 mm., ovipositor 1.5 mm. Head
in front view round, slightly wider than long, viewed from above strongly
transverse, the temple sharply, roundly sloping, head shagreened, the
sculpture finer and fainter on face; width of face equal to height of eyes,
the latter parallel within; clypeus polished at apex and with a median
tooth; malar space subequal to basal width of mandible; interocellar line
half as long as postocellar and slightly shorter than ocellocular; middle
antennal joints wider than long. Thorax above shagreened with scat-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 SI!

tere-d i)uiift arcs, pronotuin transversely slriate; thorax laterally sha-
greened, mesopleuriim above pleural suture polished; pronodeum sha-
greened, subpolished medially; coxae obscurely shagreened; abdomen
polished, faintly reticulate laterally; ovipositor slightly longer than
abdomen.

Metallic green with bronzy reflections, this color extending to the
coxae and femora; hind tibiae dark brown, legs otherwise yellow; scape
yellow, antennae otherwise blackish with purplish bronze luster.

Male.- — Length 2.3 mm. In sculpture and color very similar to female.

Type locality. — Pickens, W. Va.

Other locality. — North East, Pa.

Type.—GaA,. No. 20968 U. S. N. M.

Described from five females and one male reared by the author
May 31 to June 16, 1916, under Quaintance No. 11013, from
seeds of Amelanchier canadensis in company with Megastigmus
amelanchieris Gush. The material collected at the type locality
by Mr. Fred E. Brooks, and one female captured by the author
on the same plant at North East, Pa.; June 21, 1915, and later
observed to attempt oviposition in an An/< lanchicr berry.

The specimens show very little variation in size or sculpture.
Paratypes d and e have distinct purplish reflections at the base
of the abdomen.

HABITS OF MEGASTIGMUS.

At the time when emergence of Megastigmus was in progress
the Amelanchier berries were from three-sixteenths to one-fourth
inch in diameter, and the seed contents semifluid to gelatinous.

Oviposition takes place in late May and early June at the
latitude of North East. In oviposition the female inserts her
ovipositor through the side of the berry. The egg has not been
found, but, as is the case in all seed-chalcids, the eggs of which
are known, it is undoubtedly deposited within the tissue of tin-
seed.. The larva consumes the entire seed contents and attains
full growth by shortly after the first of July. By this time the
fruit is ripening and tailing to the ground, and the seed coat has
become hardened and brown. Infested seeds are less plump
and more irregular in form than sound seeds and will float on
water, while sound seeds will sink. Within the seed the larva
contracts and becomes less strongly curved and remains in this
condition until the following spring, when it pupates and a few
days later emerges as the adult insect. Thus in the development
of a single generation very nearly the entire year is consumed.

Thus far the only known host of this species is Ann lanchicr
canadensis and the only localities I-'n-nrh ('reek and Pickens, \V.
Va., and North Mast, Pa. Through the kindness of Mr. Lewis

84 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

/

H. Weld of the faculty of Evanston Academy, Evanston, 111., a
large lot of berries of the 1916 crop were received from Evanston,
but these were apparently uninfested. A large lot of the berries
of the purple fruited Amelanchier oligocarpa were also received
from Mr. Brooks, who had collected them in the mountains of
Tucker Co., W. Va. No infestation was found in this lot.

HABITS OF SYNTOMASPIS.

The adults of Syntomaspis emerge in the spring from two to
three weeks later than Megastigmus. At this time the berries
are nearly full grown, and the seeds are beginning to harden.
Oviposition takes place during the latter part of June, and the
insect passes the winter as a somewhat contracted larva within
the seed.

LARVAE OF MEGASTIGMUS AND SYNTOMASPIS.

The larvae of the two species (Plate X, fig. a Megastigmus and
fig. c Syntomaspis) are superficially very similar. Both are
stout, white, footless grubs about 2.5 to 3 mm. long, tapering
toward each end and curved toward the venter, that of Mega-
stigmus being much the more strongly so. Both have spiracles
on the anterior edges of the mesothoracic and metathoracic and
first seven abdominal segments. The most striking difference
between the larvae is found in the mandibles. As stated above
those of Syntomaspis are edentate while those of Megastigmus
have a series of strong teeth on the inner margin. The normal
number of teeth is four, but occasionally one mandible in a pair
has but three teeth, sometimes regularly spaced and sometimes as
though there were four with the second tooth missing. The
mandibles articulate with chitinous structures on the inner sur-
face of the integument. In Megastigmus these are broad and
strongly angulate at the outer superior and inferior angles. In
Syntomaspis they are narrow and nearly semicircular without
strong angulations. In making slide mounts of these structures
it is difficult to maintain the normal position and relations, and
the accompanying figures (Plate I, figs, b and d) drawn from slide
mounts do not show them as they actually appear from a surface
view of the face of the larva.

PUPA OF MEGASTIGMUS.

The pupa of the Syntomaspis has never been seen. That of the
female of Megastigmus (Plate X, fig. e) is short with the head bent
downwards and with the legs, antennae, and wing pads folded
along the sides and venter in the manner usual with hymenop-
terous pupae. The ovipositor is curved upward close to the back

PBOC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE X.

85

86 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

and reaches nearly half way over the back of the abdomen. The
male pupa is more slender and the abdomen is much narrower.

PLATE X.
Megastigmus ameianchieris Gush.

a. — Full-grown feeding larva.

b. — Mandibles and supporting ridges of same.

e. — Pupa.

/. — Stigmal clubs.

Syntomaspis ameianchieris Gush.

c. — Hibernating larva.

d. — Mandibles and supporting ridges of same.

PHOTOMICROGRAPHY AND ITS APPLICATION TO THE STUDY

OF THE COCCIDAE.

BY E. R. SASSCER.!

In the discussion of this paper Mr. Schwarz inquired as to the
best method of mounting coccidae for photomicrographing. Mr.
Schwarz stated that glycerin mounts gave the best results, but
that since most of the material that he had to examine is mounted
in balsam he preferred that all be thus mounted. Mr. Baker
suggested that for purposes of reproduction the photomicrographs
should be retouched in order to bring out the important charac-
ters. To this Mr. Sasscer objected on the ground that this might
lead to the overlooking by others of the characters thus inten-
sified through their expecting to find them as conspicuous in the
specimen as in the published figure. The paper was further
briefly discussed by Messrs. Kotinsky, Ely, and Paine.

NOTES ON TWO SPECIES OF ACROBASIS, ESPECIALLY
INJURIOUS TO PECANS.

BY J. B. GiLL.1

Withdrawn from publication.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917

ORYSSUS IS PARASITIC.

BY H. E. BUKKE,
Specialist in Forest Entomology.1

So far as can be determined, the larval habits of the family
Oryssidae have never been published. Harrington (Trans. Roy.
Soc., Canada, Sect. IV, p. 151, 1893) says that "It has been sug-
gested that they are of a parasitic habit, and the actions of the
insects when searching for a place to oviposit very much re-
semble those of species well known to be parasitic." Rohwer
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 43, p. 156, 1912) refers to an ob-
servation by Dr. A. D. Hopkins which indicates parasitism. He
collected a pupa in an old mine of a Cerambycid in the dead
wood of a living Douglas spruce (Pseudotsuga taxi folia) at Port
Angeles, Washington,- on May 15, 1899. A male was reared
from this and named Oryssus hopkinsi Rohwer.

During the past two years a number of observations have IK-CM
made by the various men attached to the Pacific Slope Forest
Insect Station which definitely prove that Oryssus is parasitic on
several species of the genus Buprestis and probably also on other
Buprestidae.

The first of these observations was made by the writer at
Placerville, Calif, on March 21, 1914. A parasitic larva was
found in a cell in the outer wood of an old scat on one side of the
trunk of a healthy Douglas spruce near a young adult and a
large larva of Buprestis aurulenta Linn. The parasitic larva was
then supposed to be an Ichneumonid parasite of the Buprestis.

On September 17, 1915, Entomological Ranger J. D. Riggs col-
lected at Bray, Calif., two larvae in an old aspen (Populus trcn/u-
loides) log. One was in the pupal cell with the fragments of a
beetle (Buprestis confluens Say) and the other was attacking a
larva of this same Buprestis. This latter specimen of parasitic
larva pupated on March 9, 1910, and transformed to a female
adult Oryssus occidentalis Cresson on March 29, 1916.

AYhile collecting in some old weather beaten yellow pine {f'/uiix
ponderosa) logs near Placerville, Calif., on November 2, 1915,
Entomological Ranger F. B. Herbert and the writer found a num-
ber of naked larvae, which we took to be Ichneumonid larvae, in
the pupal cells of Buprestis Itirrirmfri* with the remains of the
larvae of that species. On March 17, 1916, three of these pu-
pated. One of these transformed lo an adult Oryssus occidentalis
on April 6, one on April 8, and one was preserved as a specimen.

1 Branch of Forest Insects, Hnn-m of Knf omolo^y, I". S. I )ep;irt inent
of Agriculture.

88 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

One larva pupated on March 18 and transformed to an adult
April 8, and another pupated on March 22, and transformed on
April 15.

On April 4, 1916, another examination of these logs was made.
Mr. Herbert found an Oryssus pupa in what appeared to be the
pupal cell of the Buprestid Chrysophana placida. At the same
time the writer found a large Oryssus pupa in the pupal cell
of Buprestis laeviventris. This transformed to a large female on
April 19.

At the last examination of the logs on May 27, Mr. Herbert
" noticed an Oryssus female crawling over the same log from
which we had obtained specimens of Oryssus Buprestis laevi-
ventris, Buprestis aurulenta, Chrysophana placida, and Leptura
laetifica. She was examining the log very carefully, sweeping
her antennae across the surface of the wood at every step. She
systematically covered most of the log, going, the length of it three
different times and covering certain areas 6 or 8 different times.
After thirty-five minutes she apparently found a spot to her
liking, which she covered several times. She finally placed her
body at an angle of 15 to 20 degrees with the surface of the wood,
with the abdomen against the wood, and began boring with the
ovipositor. After 4| minutes she pulled the ovipositor out and
began examining the log again when she was captured. During
the boring her body and antennae quivered all the while." The
spot on the log where she had bored was marked and examined.
The hole made by the ovipositor was followed for f of an inch
until lost in the boring dust of a Buprestis larval mine.

Besides the records which point to the parasitic nature of
Oryssus occidentals the following records have been made: by
the writer — June 23 to July 7, 1906, four males and four females,
at Summerdale, Calif., crawling on a weather beaten white fir
(Abies concolor) log at an old mill; May 31, 1912, a female near
Yreka, Calif., crawling over the trunk of a yellow pine (Pinus
ponderosa) peeled during March, 1912, in the control work against
the western pine beetle (Dendroctonus brevicomis) ; July 17, 1915,
an adult male and female at Fallen Leaf, Calif., crawling up and
down an old dead white fir (Abies concolor) stub; August 4, 1915,
near Vacle, Calif., a female crawling on the trunk of a solid,
weather beaten, dead lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta), which was
infested with Buprestis aurulenta larvae. By Entomological
Ranger J. J. Sullivan — February 4, 1914, at Placerville, Calif.,
a larva from the outer wood of a dead digger pine (Pinus sa-
biniana) stump, which pupated on March 1 and transformed to
an adult female on March 20; April 3, 1915, at Placerville, a
pupa from the outer wood of a rotten sugar pine (Pinus lam-
beriiana) stump which was a live female in the rearing vial on

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 89

June 8. By Entomological Ranger F. B. Herbert — July 7, 1915,
a female flying in the forest at the Pyramid Ranger Station,
Calif; July 17, 1915, at Fallen Leaf, Calif., a female crawling on a
dead white fir (Abies concolor); and .May 5, 1916, at Placerville,
Calif., a female on the stump of a yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa)
treated in February, 1915, in the control work against the western
pine beetle (Dendroctonus brevicomis).

Probably the most interesting point connected with the life
history of Oryssus is what becomes of the long external ovipositor
of the pupa upon transformation to the adult. The actual
transformation was not observed so this is a point to be deter-
mined by future study. Another point to be determined is the
exact length of the life cycle. The larvae of the genus Buprestis
upon which the Oryssus is parasitic live for several years in the
wood of the host plant. So far the Oryssus larvae have been
found only with the large larvae of the Buprestis. Whether they
are internal feeders when small in the small larvae of the Bu-
prestis or whether they attack only the large larvae are points
for future determination.

The specimens upon which these observations were made will
be turned over to Mr. S. A. Rohwer for taxonomic study. As the
larvae appear quite different from the typical horntail (Siricoided)
larva and the habits are quite different, the systematic position of
Oryssus in the classification of the Hymenoptera may be changed.

IDIOGASTRA, A NEW SUBORDER OF HYMENOPTERA WITH
NOTES ON THE IMMATURE STAGES OF ORYSSUS.

BY S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera, AXD I{. A. Crsn\i.\\,

Entomological Assistant.

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

The summary by Rohwer of the literature dealing with the
habits of the oryssoids published in 1912 (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 43, p. 141), shows the conflicting suppositions explaining the
habits of the members of this interesting group. The impor-
tance of the discover}- of the larva of Oryssus ocddentalis and its
habits by Mr. H. E. Burke are very manifest and have called
forth the remarks on the position of the group offered below.

While the authors do not believe that the biology or any char-
acters especially developed by unusual habits should be made the
primary reason for systematic groups we do believe that biology
offers a good index to affinities and gives valuable suggestions as to

90 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

the use of stable body characters. It is also possible that unusual
habits may be the cause for the development of unusual char-
acters which may be very valuable taxonomically, but may not
necessarily express the true relationships.

In raising the oryssoids to subordinal rank we have only ex-
pressed in a taxonomic way the unusual, valuable, and striking
differences which exist between them and the Chalastogastra
and we believe that the parasitic habit of the larva indicates that
these characters are of subordinal value.

As early as 1829 Macleay suggested that the sawflies could
constitute a separate order and proposed the name Bomboptera
and now in 1916 Crampton (Ent. News, vol. 27, p. 303) without
definitely limiting or giving any defining characters and for ap-
parently no other than theoretical reasons says: "The Hymenop-
terous insects should be divided into two orders, the Prohymen-
optera or Tenthrenid group, and the Hymenoptera proper." We
can see no real advantage in dividing the order Hymenoptera, as
usually defined, into two orders and we believe that the group,
as usually treated, is a homogeneous unit for which ordinal divi-
sion is unnecessary and undesirable. The subordinal group
Idiogastra is in itself sufficient reason to discard the ordinal
names Bomboptera and Prohymenoptera.

LARVA OF Oryssus occidentalis.
(Description drawn from alcoholic specimens.)

The larva is white, subcylindrical, about one-third as thick as long,
tapering slightly at each end, and somewhat flattened dorso-ventrally.
The caudal extremity is slightly upcurved. The constriction between the
head and thorax is rather weak. The head is very short antero-posteriorly
and less than half as broad as the greatest diameter of the body. The
antennae are tubercle-like and set at the summits of rounded elevations.
The mouth-parts are very simple, the labrum, labium, and maxillae being
merely fleshy lobes, the last not divided into the usual parts. On each
side of the middle of the labrum and near the apex is an irregular group
of minute sensory papillae. The labial and maxillary palpi are apparently
not at all developed, but on the surface of the labium are a few short,
stout setae and on the maxillae in a brownish area a few sensory papillae.
The mandibles are heavily chitinized, curved, narrow, and tridentate at
apex, the outside teeth equal and shorter than the median, broad at base
and articulating internally with heavily chitinized points at the dorsal
and ventral angles. The ventral articulation extends, weakly chitinized,
along the suture between the epicranium and the soft ventral surface of
the head. There is also a weakly chitinized ridge internally along the
lower edge of the maxilla. On plate XII, figure 1, these chitinized ridges
and the concealed portions of the mandibles are indicated by stippling.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 91

Each thoracic and abdominal segment has dorsally at each side of the
middle a low, transverse elevation surmounted by a transverse row of
four or five short, stout, backward pointing spines. The mesothoracic,
metathoracic, and first eight abdominal segments bear spiracles. Those
of the mesothorax are situated in the intersegmental skin between the
prothorax and mesothorax, apparently on the prothorax. Those of the
metathorax are rudimentary and nonfunctional, and are, like those of the
abdominal segments, situated near the anterior margin of the segment.
The larva is legless, but the positions of the legs are indicated by chitinized
disks.

PUPA OF Oryssus occidental i'.^.

(Descriptions drawn from alcoholic specimens.)

Female. — Uncolored. In general the head, thorax and base of abdomen
resemble the adult but the most striking difference occurs in the ovipositor
and sheath which is curved up over the back and reaches the anterior mar-
gin of the head. Head much as in adult, even to the definition of the
tubercle's around the ocelli; the pupal skin enclosing the antennae obscures
the joints but from what can be seen the ninth is not abnormally swollen
and is connected with the tenth by its entire apical width; tarsi jointed as
in adult ; thorax much the same as to the sutures (these not well defined in
adult); the straight suture separating the scutum and scutellum, which is
strong in the adult, is weak in the pupa and the suture dividing the scu-
tellum, which is weak in the adult, is strong in the pupa. Abdomen with
seven well defined, visible tergites, the first not divided, the eighth tergite
smaller than the seventh; ninth tergite represented dorsally as a narrow
plate but produced anteriorly and ventrally; tenth tergite not clearly
defined but probably represented at the apical end of the ninth as a trans-
verse plate; second to eighth tergites, inclusive, with a series of fleshy
protuberances surmounted by transverse rows of spines near apical lateral
margin. First sternite concealed, the six following well defined, the
second nearly covered by hind coxae, the remaining uncovered and visible;
eighth and ninth sternites not visible except as represented by their ap-
pendages; tenth sternite not visible externally; pleural fold fleshy. The
external portion of the ovipositor as described above; internally it extends
forward into the mesothorax where it makes a simple loop.

The following are the most striking differences between the
female pupa and adult.

1. Ninth antennal joint normal.

2. Scutum without lateral sutures.

3. Accessory suture of scutellum strong.

4. Suture between scutum and scutellum weak.

5. Tergites with fleshy protuberances.

tt. Apical tergites and sternites different.
7. Ovipositor curled up over the back.

92 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Male. — A pupal envelop which contains a nearly fully colored adult
does not show, without dissection anything especially extraordinary. The
pupal envelop shows the thoracic structure of the female pupa, spines on
apical margins of tergites two to eight inclusive; and sternites two to
six inclusive.

SUBORDER IDIOGASTRA, NEW SUBORDER.

This suborder is proposed for the superfamily Oryssoidea as
defined by Rohwer in 1911 (Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash., vol. 12, no.
4, p. 217) and 1912 (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43, p. 146).

As a systematic division the suborder Idiogastra has long been
recognized but it is only comparatively recently (MacGillivray,
1906, Enslin, 1911, Rohwer, 1911, 1912) that it has been con-
sidered as an unusually well defined group. From the stand-
point of the adult this suborder is more closely allied to the Siri-
coid part of the Chalastogastra but it may be easily separated
from all the Chalastogastra by the marked reduction of wing
veins which resembles, except for the presence of a complete anal
cell, some braconids;1 the curious position for the insertion of
the antennae, in which it resembles the Stephanidae; in the loss
of the metapostnotum in which it resembles the Clistogastra; in
the remarkable invaginated ovipositor, in which it is not ap-
proached by any other Hymenopteran; in the longitudinally
divided ninth and tenth tergites an analogy of which may be
found in some of the Clistogastra; and in the male genitalia
which more closely resemble those of the Clistogastra. From the
standpoint of the larva the Idiogastra are much more closely
allied to the Clistogastra and it is only with hesitancy that we
offer the characters in the following key, for it is certain that the
larvae of the Clistogastra are very imperfectly known and it is
possible that it will ultimately be found very difficult to separate
the suborders Idiogastra and Clistogastra on larval characters.
Briefly expressed the suborder Idiogastra stands intermediate
between the suborder Chalastogastra — where the adult would
place it — and the suborder Clistogastra — with which the larva
would ally it.

Adult characters: — The face is prolonged below into a promi-
nent flange, below which the antennae are inserted, and which
extends laterally and posteriorly forming a scrobe for the recep-
tion of the basal part of the antenna; the antennae are inserted
below the lower eye margin; the clypeus is fused with the face

1 In some braconids (Helconidea, etc.) two interanal veins are present
which if connected by the last apical abscissa of anal would make a wing
not greatly unlike Oryssus.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 93

and concealed below the facial flange; the labrum is small, free,
present between bases of mandibles; the vertex is tubereulate;
the antennae of the female are 10-jointed, with the ninth joint
large and the apical one small, in the male they are slender, nor-
mal and 11-jointed; the pronotum is narrow, the posterior margin
arcuate; the mesoscutellum is truncate anteriorly and separated
from the mesoscutum by its entire width; the metapostnotum is
wanting; the wings have two cubital cells, one recurrent vein and
one or two closed anal cells; the anterior tarsi of the female are
three jointed, of the male five jointed; the abdomen is heavily
chitinized, cylindrical, the first tergite joined to the thorax by its
entire width but not becoming part of the second division of the
body, the second segment united with the first by its entire width
and not separated from it by a socket-like joint; the first two
tergites are more coarsely sculptured than the following, and the
suture between the second and third is foveolate. Lying below
and on each side of the eighth tergite in the female is a large
heavily chitinized plate, the two together forming ventrally a
channel for the reception of the ovipositor, and each bearing at
its tip a small triangular appendage. These plates apparently
represent the fused ninth and tenth tergites which are longitu-
dinally divided dorsally, and the appendages are apparently the
cerci; the eighth sternite is internal and lies above and somewhat
behind the ninth, and is represented by two triangular plates, from
the upper angle of which originate the lancets (first gonopoph-
yses),1 the ninth sternite is also internal, lying below and in
front of the eighth and represented by two more or less triangular
plates which extend postero-ventrad; the lance (second gono-
pophyses) originates from the inner ends of these plates and be-
comes fused a short distance cephalad of its origin; the two parts
of the sheath (third gonopophyses) arise from the apices. Shortly
cephalad of the origin of the lance and lancets the latter enter
the groove of the former, the complete ovipositor as thus formed
extending cephalad in an inverted position enclosed within a
membraneous sac, probably invagin:ited intersegmental skin,
into the mesothorax, where it is coiled, and returning upon itself
continues caudad in its normal position and enters the base of
the sheath.

The reason for the formation in the pupa of the long external
ovipositor is inexplicable,, and its reduction to the form existing

1 Sno.lgrass (Tech. Ser. IS Bur. Km. U. S. Dept. Agr., 1910, p. jr. .
Numbers, were, outer goaopophyses of the ninth sternite 2 and the inner 3.
This numbering is not in accord with the numbering further on in the work.
In the present p.-iper the numbering of the gonopophyses of the 9th sternite
as given liy Snodgrnss on p. 25, figures 7 and 8, is reversed.

94 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

in the adult is equally inexplicable. This is rendered all the
more difficult to understand by the fact that in the prepupa the
ovipositor is coiled as it is in the adult, while in the pupa it
forms a simple loop in the thorax.

In the male the abdomen is composed largely of eight large
visible tergites and nine sternites (the first being a small plate
concealed under the coxae) . Lying between the apices of the 8th
tergite and 9th sternite are two small plates connected by weakly
chitinized tissue with the 8th tergite ; the exact nature of these is
not clear; but apparently the connecting tissue is the fused 9th
and 10th tergites and the plates themselves are the cerci. The
10th sternite is apparently fused with the large ninth and the
appendages which make up the genitalia do not materially
change the appearance of the 8th and 9th sternites.

Larval characters: — The larva of only one species is known and
what characters are known will be found in the above description
of the larva of Oryssus.

Key to suborders of Hymenopiera.

Adults and pupae

Larva

1. The first abdominal segment so consolidated with the thorax as to be

a part of the second division of the body, the posterior part of which
bears a spiracle; the separation between the first (propodeum) and
second abdominal segments marked by a distinct socket form articu-
lation; in short the abdomen is divided into two parts, propodeum and

gaster. . Clistogastra Konow.

- The first adbominal segment not forming a part of the second divi-
sion of the body; the first (basal plates or propodeum) and second
abdominal segments united by their entire width and not separated
by a socklet like articulation; in short the abdomen is not divided
into two parts

2. Metapostnotum wanting; antennae inserted much below the lower

margin of the eye; wings with two cubital cells and with only one
recurrent vein; ovipositor concealed within the body and extending
anteriorly so it is coiled in the mesothorax.

Idiogastra Rohwer and Cushman.

— Metapostnotum present; antennae inserted above lower margin of
eye; wings with more than two cubital cells and with two recurrent
veins; ovipositor not concealed or extending anteriorly into the
thorax. Chalaslogastra Konow.

3. Mouthpart^ more or less complex, maxillary and labial palpi distinctly

jointed; antennae usually jointed . .ChalaStogastra.

- Mouthparts much reduced, palpi, if present soft and papilla-like;
antennae like palpi; ocelli wanting

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 95

4. Palpi apparently not present; mandibles tridentafe, th<> middle tooth

longest, lateral teeth equal Idiogastra.

-Palpi papilliform; mandibles various, if dentate llie ventral tooth is
longest Clistogastra.

GENUS ORYSSUS LATREILLE.

In originally proposing the genus Oryssus Latreillc used the
spelling Orussus, but in his later works he corrected this lapsus to
Oryssus. This later spelling is the better form and has been the
one constantly used and should therefore be retained.

In Mr. Rohwer's synopsis of the North American species of
Oryssus (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43, 1912, pp. 141-158) the
shape of the hypopygidium was used as a specific character and
from the material which was examined at that time it held very
satisfactorily. Considerable new material coming in from the
West and from the East indicates that although these characters
hold for a great proportion of the specimens there occasionally
arises a case when it is difficult to determine in which group the
individual should be placed. It seems therefore that this can-
not be used as a" specific character especially as all of the indi-
viduals in one of the recent series came from the same locality
at the same time and under similar conditions. Sd far in the
material now available the emargination of the facial flange
(== clypeus, authors) proves reliable but it seems possible that
this character too may be found to vary. If this is the case
Group B. II will be a species and known as occidental/*.

Oryssus terminalis Newman.

Oryssus terminalis Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. V, 1838, p. 486; Rohwer, Proc.

U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43, 1912, p. 150.
Oryssus haemorrhoidalis Harris, Rept. Insects of Mass., 1841, p. 394;

Rohwer, I.e., p. 151.

A number of specimens of this species have been collected
around Harrisburg by W. S. Fisher. We have not yet been able to
locate a male to go with this female, and it is possible that the
male of this species will have the abdomen entirely black and that
it is at present confused under the name, Nayi.

Oryssus occidentalis Cresson.

Oryssus occidentalis Cresson, Proe. Ent. Section, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.,

1879, p. 9; Rohwer, I.e., p. 153.
Oryssus abietis Rohwer, I.e., p. 153.

In a series of specimens collected recently by Mr. Burke and
his associates there are a few individuals which are intermediate
in the shape of the hypopygidium between the type of occidentalis

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XI.

96

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XII.

.a

98 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

and the type of abietis and it seems that they represent only one
species. In the male the yellow varies from continuous inner
orbital line to superorbital spots.'

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XI. Oryssus occidentalis Cress. Drawn by Miss Eleanor Arm-
strong.

Fig. 1. Larva, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Same, lateral view. Fig. 3. Same,
ventral view. Fig. 4. Female pupa, dorsal view. Fig. 5. Male pupa, dorsal
view. Fig. 6. Male pupa, lateral view. Fig. 7. Female pupa, lateral view.

Plate XII. Oryssus occidentalis Cress. Drawn by R. A. Cushman.

Fig. 1. Larva, facial view of head; a, antennae; Ib, labrum; Im, labium;
md, mandible; mx, maxilla; cr, chitinized ridges for articulation of man-
dibles. Fig. 2. Larva, mandible; a, internal view; b, ventral view. Fig.
3. Abdomen of female from side. Fig. 4. Detail of ovipositor and apical
segments from side. Fig. 5. Detail of ovipositor, dorso-lateral view;
T •= tergite; S = sternite; It == lancet; I -= lance; sh — sheath; o = ovi-
positor; c = cerci.

In discussion Mr. Baker thought the elevation of the Oryssidae
into a suborder would necessitate other changes in the classifica-
tion of the Hymenoptera. He pointed out the generally under-
stood position of the Oryssidae and its seeming relation with the
Siricidae. He stated that in the separation of the scutellum,
the one tibial spur, the loss of the notauli, proepimeron, etc.,
the two families show striking affinities as well as a resemblance
in the wings. The entirety of the median plate and the speciali-
zation of the head has been known even while placing the family
close to the Siricidae. Even the parasitic habit was indicated
years ago by Harrington. The remaining characters then, on
which the suborder is erected are, Mr. Baker thought, structures
in the early stages and modifications of the ovipositor due to
parasitic mode of life. He thought that Ashmead may have had
some notion of these structures when he suggested the family
as the possible ancestor of some of the parasitic forms. Mr.
Baker also pointed out that out of five genera, excluding Lithonjs-
sus, and numerous species, the immature stages of only one spe-
cies had been studied and adults of only one dissected. It is
possible he thought that others might show some differences and
at any rate he claimed that if the suborder were erected it would

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 99

seem to carry with it the erection of some suborders in the
Petiolata.

Replying to Mr. Baker's remarks, Mr. Rohwer said, " I do not
believe that the differences between the various groups of the
Clistogastra are as great or of such a fundamental character as
tlie differences between the Icliogastra and Chalastogastra but if
any one can point out such differences I would be willing to
recognize such as being of subordinal value."

THREE HUNDRED AND SECOND MEETING,
MARCH 1, 1917.

The 302d regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
Dr. L. 0. Howard at the Saengerbund Hall, March 1, 1917.
There were- present Messrs. Barber, Borden, Boving, Busck,
Caudell, Cole, Cory, Cushman, Dietz, Duckett, Fink, Gahan,
Carman, Gibson, Greene, Howard, Hyslop, Middleton, Pierce,
Popenoe, Quaintance, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Snyder,
Walton, and Wood, members, and Messrs. G. H. Cole, H. Fi
Loomis, H. S. McConnell, H. K. Plank, and E. H. Siegler, visitors;
28 members and 5 visitors.

Rev. J. A. Corcoran, of Loyola College, Montreal, Canada,
\vas elected a corresponding member.

Under the head of program, the following papers were presented :

CODLING MOTH INVESTIGATIONS IN THE GRAND VALLEY OF

COLORADO.

BY K. H. SIEGLER. L

NOTES ON A- BETHYLID PARASITE OF THE PINK BOLLWORM.

BY AuciusT BUSCK. l

KEY TO THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF LEPTOYPHA AND

LEPTOSTYLA

BY W. L.

'Withdrawn from publication.

100 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

FIRST LIST OF THE DERMAPTERA AND ORTHOPTERA OF
PLUMMERS ISLAND, MARYLAND, AND VICINITY.

BY W. L. McAxEE AND A. N. CATJDELL.

In this paper are summarized the results of collecting of Der-
maptera and Orthoptera by members of the Washington Biolo-
gists' Field Club and others upon Plummers Island, Maryland,
and along the Potomac River from Great Falls to Little Falls.
(See PI. XIII.) Like most localities this region yields species
verging on the southern border and others on the northern
border of their ranges. Such cases always of interest to the stu-
dent of geographical distribution, are particularly so here along
the boundary between the Piedmont Plateau and the Atlantic
Coastal Plain.1 Species which have a more northerly or highland
distribution include: Diapheromera femorata, Spharagetnon bolli,
Melanoplus scudderi, M. atlanis, Conocephalus salterns, Atlantic u*
americanus, A. davisi, Ceuthophilus gracilipes, Nemobius macu-
latus, N. bruneri, and N. confusus. Species more characteristic
of the lowland and southerly regions, that occur in our area are:
Ischnoptera divisa, I. couloniana, 'Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus,
N. caudellianus, N. palustris, Orchelimum laticauda, Falcicula
hebardi and Hapithus quadratus.

The number of species included in the present list by families
is: Labiidae, 1; Forficulidae, 1; Blattidae, 7; Mantidae, 1; Phas-
midae, 2; Acridiidae, 36; Tettigoniidae, 33; Gryllidae, 24; a total
of 105. 2 Of this number 73 species have been taken on Plum-
mers Island itself.

The island has an area of about 12 acres, and considering its
topography the number of species of Orthoptera is high. Ap-
proximately half of the entire area is wooded lowland and it is
flooded usually from 1 to 3 times annually. The higher parts
of the island are rocky and the greatest elevation is 75 feet above
river level. The southern exposure of the island is warm and
often dry, while the northern is shaded, cooler, and usually damp.
Otherwise there is little variety of ecologic conditions; there is no
stream nor permanent standing water on the island, nor any
open grassland.

The collectors of the material upon which this paper is based
are named on subsequent pages in connection with the records of
specimens taken. The points at which collecting was done may
be located on the accompanying map. In this connection it is

1 See Rehn and Hebavd, 1916 (2).

2 The number of species of the same groups in the list for the State of
New Jersey (Ann. Rep. N. J. State Museum. 1909) is 154.

PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XIII.

102 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

well to draw attention to a method of labelling specimens from
the vicinity of Plummers Island which has resulted in erroneous
records being published. This is the use of red-spotted Plum-
mers Island labels for specimens not taken on the island. The
red spots were placed so as to indicate (map-wise) the direction
from the island of the place where the specimens were taken.
This system has been superseded by the use of labels such as
"Maryland near Plummers Island" and others as required.

The working up of the fauna of Plummers Island has been
one of the principal objects of the Washington Biologists' Field
Club since it occupied the island in 1901. The present paper is
the second formal list of insects for the island, the first being
"An Annotated List of the Thysanoptera of Plummers Island,
Maryland", by J. D. Hood (Ins. Insc. Mens. 5, Nos. 4-6, April-
June", 1917, pp. 53-65). The species of syrphid flies, occurring
upon Plummers Island and in the neighborhood, are indicated
in "District of Columbia Diptera: Syrphidae," by Nathan Banks,
C. T. Greene, W. L. McAtee, and R. C. Shannon. (Proc. Biol.
Soc., Wash., 29, 1916, pp. 175-6.)

DERMAPTERA.

Labiidae.
Labia minor Linnaeus.

Apparently scarce; taken on Plummers Island, July 4, 1900, at
light, H. S/ Barber; September 10 and 24, H. S. Barber and E.
A. Schwarz, and on Maryland shore near Plummers Island, May
23, 1915, McAtee.

Forficulidae.
Doru aculeatum Scudder.

A single female nymph of a Doru was taken by McAtee while
sweeping vegetation in a swamp near Great Falls, Ya.. August
11, 1915. The identity of the species was in doubt until at the
same spot October 4, 1916, the same collector obtained numerous
adults of both sexes. They were sitting on sedge stems.

ORTHOPTERA.

Blattidae.

Ischnoptera couloniana Saussure.

«

Chain Bridge, Va. (Rehn & Hebard, 1910, p. 436).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 103

IschnopteVa deropeltiformis Bruner. (= johnsoni Rehn.)

Numerous records, May 19 to November 3. On Plummets
Island, June 15, 1915, H. S. Barber; July 1 and 7, R. P. Currie;
July 8, 1904, at light, E. A. Schwarz; and August 5, 1915, at
tulip tree sap, R. C. Shannon. Maryland near Plummers Island,
June 18, 1908, H. S. Barber; Chain ^Bridge, Md., May 19, 1911;'
Great Falls, Va., May 19, and August 11, 1915, McAtee. Cabin
John, Md., September 23, 1911, W. D. Appel.

Ischnoptera divisa Saussure and Zehntner.

Plummers Island, July 23, 1905, H. S. Barber; also June, 1912,
with ootheca.

Ischnoptera pensylvanica De Geer.

Numerous records: Plummers Island, May 24 to July 14; at
light, May 29, 1911, J. C. Crawford. Cupid's Bower Island, Md.,
June 7, 1915, W. Perham; Jackson's Island, Md., July 12, H. S.
Barber; High Island, Md., female with fresh ootheca, July 1,
1904, Caudell; Great Falls, Va., July 12, H. S. Barber. Variety
inaequalis taken on Plummers Island, July 10, 1910, McAtee.

Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure.

The most common species of the genus: Plummers Island,
May 20 to August 11; at light, May 23, 1911, P. R. Myers;
July 9, 1902, H. S. Barber; with ootheca, August, 1912: nymphs,
May 23, 1915; Jackson's Island, Md., May 18, 1902, H. S. Barber;
nymphs collected at Cabin John Bridge, Md., March 27, 1902,
matured May 9; Glen Echo, Md., July 11, 1914, with ootheca;
some adults freshly matured and one with ootheca collected on
High Island, Md., July 1, 1903, Caudell; Virginia near Plummers
Island, June 10, 1902, H. S. Barber; May 17, 1908, nymph in
nest of Formica obscuriventris , McAtee.

Blatella germanica Linnaeus.

Only one sperini'-n taken April 15, 1901), MrAtee, that in
house at Plummers Island, win-re it undoubtedly was carried in
a parcel of provisions.

Cryptocercus punctulatus Scudder.

This widely but sparsely distributed roach was raptured on
Cupids Bower Island, Md/, June 23 and June 31. L915, by H.
Harber and R. C. Shannon, respectively. Tin- specimens were
obtained from rotten pine logs.

104 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Mantidae.
Stagmomantis Carolina Johansson.

Strange to say the mantis has not yet been taken on Plummers
Island, and it appears to be scarce along the upper river, though
it is common enough in some directions from Washington. High
Island, Md., September 29, 1902, large nymph, Caudell; Black,
Pond, Va., September 14, 1913, W. D. Appel; Chain Bridge, Va.
August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Phasmidae.
Diapheromera femorata Say.

Common, sometimes abundant. Plummers Island: Nymphs
may be seen as early as April, become more conspicuous as the
summer progresses, mature and are seen mating in September;
latest adult collected November 15, 1912, H. S. Barber. One
obtained November 7, 1901 (R. P. Currie) lived in captivity 2
days during which period it laid 3 eggs. Great Falls, Md., Sep-
tember 4, 1899; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, mating,
October 4, 1916, Caudell; Difficult Run, Va., October 3, 1915,
McAtee; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916,
Caudell.

Manomera blatchleyi Caudell.

Plummers Island, July, 1907, W. Palmer; October 28 and No-
vember 15, 1912, H. S. Barber; Great Falls, Md., July 30, 1916,
Caudell.

All these specimens are female-is, no maless having been seen.
This is also true of the many similar specimens taken on Long
Island, N. Y., by Wm. T. Davis and there is a possibility that
this may prove to be another species than blatchleyi. This has
formerly been recorded as Diapheromera velici.

Acridiidae.
Nomotettix cristatus compressus Morse.

Maryland near Plummers Island, October 22, 1915, McAtee;
Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, Seven-locks, Md., April 27, 1914,
L. 0. Jackson; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, October 4,
1916, Caudell; May 19, 1915, McAtee; Bellview to Difficult
Run, Va.. Septernber 19, 1916, Caudell; the long-winged form,
atavus Blatchley, Maryland near Plurnmers Island, October 22,
1915, McAtee.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, mi: 105

Acrydium arenosum angustum Hancock.

Common; Plummers Island; March 30 to October 13; Maryland
near Plummers Island, April 6, 1913, W. D. Appel; April 16,
1916, D. C. Mahbott; Cabin John Bridge, Mel., September 23,
1900, Caudell; May 10, 1913, W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va.,
April 20, 1916, October 4, 1916, McAtee; August 5, 1904, Caudell;
May 19, 1915, L. O. Jackson; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va.,
September 19, 1916, Caudell.

Acrydium ornatum Say.

Gieat Falls, Md., August 5, 1904, Caudell; Bellview to Diffi-
cult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell; Virginia shore above
Plummers Island, Md., October 14, 1914, R. C. Shannon; Mary-
land near Plummers Island, April 1, 1916; Plummers Island, Md.,
July 27, 1916, McAtee.

•

Neotettix bolivari Hancock.

Great Falls, Va., August 1, 1916, McAtee.
Neotettix femoratus Scudder.

Virginia near Plummers Island, June 20, 1905, McAtee.

Paratettix cucullatus Burmeister.

Common; Plummers Island, April 21 to August 26; nymphs
May 11, 17 and 19. Great Falls, Md., May 23, 1915, McAtee;
Virginia near Plummers Island, June 3, 1902, R. P. Currie.

Tettigidea armata Morse.

1 lack Pond, Va., September 24, 1913, W. D. Appel. One 9 .

Tettigidea laeralis Say.

('nimnon; Plummers Island, March 27 to October 12; in co-
pula May 5, 1912, J. C. Crawford. Maryland near Plummers
Island, January 18 to September 1; Cabin John Bridge, Md.,
May 10, 1913," W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915,
October 4, 1916, McAtee; Black Pond, Va., May 21, 1911, Vir-
ginia near Plummers Island, October 25, 1914, Chain Bridge,
Va., May 18, 1913, W. D. Appel.

Tettigidea lateralis Say variety polymorpha Bimiuuster.

More common than typical variety; Plummers Island, March
24 to October 26; in copula July 14 and 21, 1907, A. K. Fisher;
Angler's Club, Md., August 15, 1915, nymph, McAtee; Maryland
near Plummers Island, April 5, 1912 (in copula), to August 18;

106 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Cabin John Bridge, Aid., April 19, 1905, (in copula) to May 5;
High Island, Md.; November 10, 1901; Great Falls, Va., June
10 to October 4, in copula, August 1 ; Bellview to Difficult Run,
Va., September 19, 1916; Virginia near Plummers Island, April
18 to July 24; Chain Bridge, Va., May 23, 1905, adult male in
spider's web, Caudell.

Tryxalis brevicornis Linnaeus.

Plummers Island, September 29, 1915; Great Falls, Md.,
August 15, 1915, common in both green and brown phases, on
vegetation about pond bordering canal, McAtee.

Syrbula admirabilis Uhler.

Great Falls, Md., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Maryland near
Plummers Island, August 18, 1916; Glen Echo, Md., July 10,

1914, nymph, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir, D. C., August 22,
1915; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Cau-
dell; October 3, 1915; Virginia near Plummers Island, Septem-
ber 29^ 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916,
Caudell.

Eritettix simplex Scudder.

Maryland near Plummers Island, May 9, 1915, McAtee; Cabin
John Bridge, Md., May 10, 1913; Glen Echo, Md., February 2,
1913, nymphs, W. D. Appel; July 10, 1914, Morgan Hebard
(Rehn and Hebard, 1916 (2), p. 159); Bellview to Difficult Run,
Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell.

Orphulella pelidna Burmeister.

Plummers Island, September 2, 1904, Caudell; Great Falls
Md., August 15, 1915, Bellview to Difficult Run, Va. ; September
11, 1916; Maryland near Plummers Island, May 9, 1915, McAtee;
Glen Echo, Md., July 10, 1914, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir,
D. C., August 22, 1915, Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., October 3,

1915, McAtee.

Orphulella speciosa Scudder.

Glen Echo, Md., August 10, 1905, July 10, 1914, Caudell.

Dichromorpha viridis Scudder.

Plummets Island, July 13 to August 29; nymphs July 14 and
August 27; Great Falls^ Md., August 5, 1904, Caudell. August
15, 1915, McAtee; Maryland near Plummers Island, June 17,
1913, W. D. Appel; July 14, 1915; Little Falls, D. C., August 22,
1915; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, McAtee;

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 107

Great Falls, Va., nymphs, August 5, 1915, September 12, 1912,
Caudell, October 4, 1916, McAtee; Chain Bridge, Va., September
13, 1916, Caudell.

Ghloealtis conspersa Harris.

Glen Echo, Aid.. July 10, 1914, many of both sexes, all mature
except one large female nymph; in edge of open woods, Caudell;
Great Falls, Va., October 4, 1916, McAtee.

Arphia sulphurea Fabricius.

Common; Plummers Island, adults May 4 to September 1,
nymphs August 4 to October 12; Great Falls, Aid., June 12,
1904, Caudell; Maryland near Plummers Island, March 9 to
May 9, 1915, McAtee; Cabin John Bridge, Mel., May 10, 1913,
\V. "D. Appel; Glen Echo, Md., July 10, 1914, Caudell: Great
Falls, Va., May 19, 1915, Virginia near Plummers Island, May
8, 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge, Va., May 23. Some individuals
have the hind femora conspicuously bifasciate externally while
in others they are unicolorous.

Arphia xanthoptera Burmeister.

Plummers Island, April 29, 1905 (nymph), D. H. demons,
June 10, 1906, July 16, 1905, October 12 and 27, 1906; Maryland
near Plummers Island, September 29 and November 3, McAtee.

Chortophaga viridifasciata Ee Geer.

Very common; Plummers Island, nymphs April 5 to October 20,
adults at intermediate dates; Great Falls, Md.. May 23 and
August 11; 191"), McAtee; Maryland near Plummers Island,
April 1, 1916 (nymph), McAtee; May 9, 1913, W. D. Appel,
.May 9, 19]."), July 2, 1916, McAtee; Cabin John Bridge, Md.,
May 4 and 10, 1913, W. D. Appel, March 27, 1902, many nymphs,
some given, some brown, and some given with top of head, thorax,
and abdomen reddish brown, Caudell; April 19; High Island,
Md., November 10, 1901 (nymphs), Caudell; Bellview to Diffi-
cult Run, Ya., September 19. I'Mli. Caudell; Great Falls, Va.,
May 10 and 19, 1915, October I. 191(5 (nympln. McAtee; Seott's
Run, Va., June 2, 1912, W. I). Appel, July 25. 1915, J. Silver;
Chain Bridge, Va., September 13. 1916, Caudell.

Encoptolophus sordidus Bmnicistn .

Dalecarlia Reservoir, D. ('., AugusJ 22, 1915. McAtee; Black
Pond, Va., September 21, 1911. \Y. D. Appel, Bellview 1<> Diffi-
cult Hun. Ya., September 19, 191 ii. Chain Bridge, Va., October
24, 1915, McAtee; September 13, 1916, Caudell.

I
•

108 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Hippiscus phoenicopterus Burmeister.

Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, near Cabin John Run, McL,
April 27, 1914, L. 0. Jackson; Chain Bridge, McL, May 23, 1903,
nymph collected which matured as a female June 14, Caudell;
Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915, nymph, McAtee; Virginia near
Plummers Island, June 17, 1913; Chain Bridge, Va., October 24,

1915, nymph, L. 0. Jackson.

Hippiscus rugosus Scudder.

Plummers Island, McL, October 1, 1905, McAtee; Conduit
Road, opposite Plummers Island, Md., September 5 and 10, 1915,
adults of both sexes Caudell; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va.,
October 3, 1915 and September 19, 1916, McAtee.

Hippiscus apiculatus Harris, (tuberculatus of authors.)

Great Falls, Md., May 23, 1915, McAtee; Maryland near
Plummers Island, April 22, 1903, H. S. Barber; Cabin John
Bridge, Md., May 10, 1913, Great Falls, Va., May 9, 1916,
Bertha Currie; Black Pond, Va., May 21, 1911, W. D. Appel;
Virginia near Plummers Island, June 20, 1909, McAtee.

Dissosteira Carolina Linnaeus.

Plummers Island, Md., June 19, 1905, nymph, July 5, 1914,
and July 16, 1905, McAtee; Great Falls, Md., August 5, 1904,
Caudell; Maryland near Plummers Island, September 5, 1915,
L. 0. Jackson; Cabin John Bridge, McL, September 11, 1902, in
copula, Caudell; September 23, 1911, W. D. Appel; Glen Echo,
McL, July 10, 1914, nymphs and adults; Great Falls, Va., Sep-
tember 12, 1912, Caudell; October 4, 1916, McAtee; Bellview to
Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell; Chain Bridge,
Va., September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Spharagemon bolli Scudder.

Plummers Island, July 16, 1905, McAtee; September 2, 1904,
Caudell; September 30, 1906, A. K. Fisher; Maryland near Plum-
mers .Island, August 18, 1916, Caudell; Great Falls, Md., August
15, 1915, McAtee; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Cau-
dell; October 3, 1915, McjUee; Black Pond, Va., September 21,
1911, W. D. Appel; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19,

1916, Caudell.

Schistocerca serialis Thunberg. (=americana Drury).

Maryland near Plummers Island, November 3, 1906, A. K.
Fisher.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 109

Schistocerca damnifies Saussure.

A common grasshopper, Plummers Island, October 27, 1906,
I. J. Condit; November 3, 1906, A. K. Fisher; Great Falls, Md.,
May 23, 1915. McAtee; Maryland near Plummers Island, March
19 and 27, 1915, J. C. Crawford; April 23, 1916, August 15, 1915,
McAtee; Cabin John Bridge, Md., May 10, 1913; High Island,
Md., November 10, 1901, Caudell; Great Falls, Va., February
26, 1905, active adult, H. S. Barber, September 12, 1912, Cau-
dell; October 3, 1915, McAtee; October 4, 1916, Caudell; Bell-
view to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, McAtee; Chain
Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916, Caudell; October 24, 1915, L.
O. Jackson.

Schistocerca rubiginosa Harris.

Cabin John Bridge, Md., August 18, 1914, H. Nicols.
Melanoplus atlanis Riley.

Great Falls, Md., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Maryland near
Plummers Island, September 10, 1915, Glen Echo, Md., July 10,

1914, Caudell; Great Falls, Va., June 26, 1914, August 11 and
October 3, 1915, McAtee; October 4, 1916, Caudell; Bellview to
Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916; Virginia near Plummers
Island, July 14 and September 29, 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge,
Va., August 17, 1912, September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Melanoplus collinus Scudder.

Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, many, one pair mating:
October 4, 1916, Caudell; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., Sep-
tember 19, 1916, McAtee.

Melanoplus femoratus Burmeister.

Maryland near Plummers Island, June 29, 1913, W. D. Appel;
September 10, 1915; Glen Echo, Md., July 10, 1914, largo
nymphs and adults of both sexes, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir,
D. C., July 2, 1911, W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va., August 15,

1915, McAtee; September 12, 1912, Caudell; October 4, 1916;
Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19. 1916. McAtee:
Scott's Run, Va,, July 25, 1915, L. 0. Jackson; Chain Bridge.
Va., September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Melanoplus femur-rubrum De Geer.

Plummers Island. September 5, 1915, McAtee; September 30
and October 7, I'.Xtfi. A. K. Fisher; ' ""'Is, Md.. August 15,

1915; Maryland near Plummers Island, August 16, I'.iHi. Caudell;

110 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

September 5 and 29, 1915, McAtee; Cabin John Run, Md., Octo-
ber 10, 1915, L. O. Jackson; High Island, Md., November 10,
1901, Caudell; Little Falls, D. C., August 22, 1915, McAtee;
Chain Bridge, D. C., September 7, September 13, 1916, Great
Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, October 4, 1916; Bellview to
Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell; October 3, 1915,
McAtee; Chain Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Melanoplus punctulatus Scudder.

Plummers Island, Md., August 11, D. H. demons; Cabin
John, Md., August, 1907, W. Palmer; Maryland near Plummers
Island, August 18, 1916, Caudell; October 31, 1915 W. Stone
(Rehn & Hebard, 1916 (2), p. 246); November 11, 1915, Hebard;
Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916; Great Falls,
Va., September 5, 1916, McAtee; October 4, 1916, Caudell.

Melanoplus scudderi Uhler.

Not so common as M. femur rubrum for instance but more
frequently collected. Plummers Island, August 20 to October
27;. in copula, August 20, September 10, October 11 and 23;
nymphs, September 2 and 10; Maryland near Plummers Island,
August 18, 1916, Caudell; September 5, 1915, McAtee; High
Island, Md., November 10, 1901, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir,
D. C., August 22, 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge, D. C., Septem-
ber 7; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell; October 4,
1916, McAtee; October 31, 1915, in copula, L. O. Jackson; Bell-
view to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, McAtee; Chain
Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, September 13, 1916, Caudell; Octo-
ber 24, 1915, R. A. Emmons.

Melanoplus tribulus Morse.

Plummers Island, Md., September 30, 1906, 1 9, A. K.
Fisher: Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, 1 cf adult,
Caudell.

Paroxya atlantica Scudder.

A single female taken at Great Falls, Va., August 11, 1915, by
McAtee, is doubtfully referred here. A male is necessary for
positive identification.

Paroxya clavuliger Serville. (= floridana Thomas.)

Plummers Island, Md., August 15, 1902, nymph, H. C. Pratt;
Great Falls, Md., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Maryland near
Plummers Island, August 18, 1916, September 10, 1915, Caudell;
and September 29, 1915, McAtee; Great Falls, Va., September

OF WASHIXGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 111

12, 1912, October 4, 1910, Caudell; Black Pond, Va., September
21, 1911, W. D. Appel; Bellview to Difficult Hun, Va., September
19, 1916, Caudoll. A common species in wet places, particularly
along the- Chesapeake and Ohio Canal.

Tettigoniidae.
Scudderia curvicauda De Goer.

Creat Falls, Va., July 23, 1914, Caudell and H. P. Currie,
August 11, 1915, McAtee and September 12, 1912, Caudell.

Scudderia furcata Brunei1.

Abundant; Plummers Island. August 24 to November 5;
nymphs, August 27 and 29, one taken on latter date with large
Tachinid larva in abdomen; Anglers' Club, Aid., August 15, 1915,
McAtee; Alaryland near Plummers Island, August 3, 1913, W.
D. Appel; August 18, 1916, Caudell: Cabin John Bridge, Aid.,
September 2, 1907, F. Knab; September 23, 1911, W. D. Appel;
October 10, 1915, L. 0. Jackson; High Island, Aid.; November
10, 1901, Caudell; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19,
1916, Caudell; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell;
October 3, 1915, McAtee; October 4, 1916, Caudell; Pimmit
Run, Va., September 6, 1907, F. Knab; Chain Bridge, Va.,
September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Scudderia texensis Saussure and Pictet.

Plummers Island, Aid., August 27, 1909, Caudell. (Rehn &

Hebard, 1914 (1), p. 296.)

i

Amblycorypha oblongifolia De Geer.

Common; Plummers Island, July 27 to October 23; Great
Falls, Aid., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Alaryland near Plummers
Island, August 3, 1913, W. D. Appel; August 18, 1916, Caudell;
Little Falls, D. C., August 22, 1915, AIcAtee: Great Falls, Va.,
September 12, 1912; October 4, 1916, Caudell; Virginia near
Plummers Island, September 5, 1915, AIcAtee; October 6, 1911,
J. D. Hood; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Amblycorypha rotundifolia Scuddcr.

Common; Plummers Island, June 15 ('nymph) to October 2;
Glen Echo, Aid., July 10, 1914, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir,
D. C., August 22, 1915, AIcAtee; Great Falls, Ya., September 12,
1912, Caudell; Scott's Run, Va., July 25, 1915, J. Silver; Vir-
ginia near Plummers Island, September 4, 1903, H. S. Barber.

112 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Amblycorypha uhleri Stal.

Plummers Island, July 20, 1903, E. A. Schwarz; August 28,
1902, Barber and Schwarz; September 27, 1908, E. A. Schwarz;
Maryland near Plummers Island, August 15, 1915; Great Falls,
Va., October 3, 1915, October 4, 1916, McAtee.

Microcentrum retinerve Burmeister.

Common; Plummers Island, July 26 (nymph) to November 3;
Maryland near Plummers Island, August 18, 1916; Great Falls,
Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell.

Microcentrum rhombifolium Saussure.

Plummers Island, Md., August 28, 1902, Barber and Schwarz.

Pterophylla camellifolia Fabricius. (= Cyrtophyllus perspicillatus Auct.
not of Bunn.)

Abundant; Plummers Island, July 7 to November 1; female
found ovipositing in bark of black walnut tree, September 22,
1907, laid an egg in same kind of bark \vhile in confinement next
day, McAtee; October 1, 1905, a female was found ovipositing in
bark at night, H. S. Barber.

Neoconocephalus ensiger Harris.

Cabin John Bridge, Md., October 27, 1915, Caudell.
Neoconocephalus exiliscaiiorus Davis.

Plummers Island, September 6, 1909, H. A. Allard; Maryland
near Plummers Island, August 3, 1913, W. D. Appel; Great Falls,
Va., July 29, Nathan Banks.

Neoconocephalus palustris Blatchley.

Plummers Island, July 22, 1906 (nymph), McAtee; August
27, 1909, H. A. Allard; September 5 and 29, 1915, McAtee;
October, 1907, W. Palmer; Black Pond, Va., September 21, 1911,
W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va., September 5, 1916, McAtee;
Chain Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Neoconocephalus retusus Scudder.

Plummers Island, September 2, 1904, September 29, 1907,
McAtee (Rehn & Hebard, 1914 (3), p. 404); Chain Bridge, Va.,
August 17, 1912, September 13. 1916, Caudell; Great Fulls,
Va., September 5, 1916, October 4, 1916, McAtee; Bellview to
Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916,

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 191? 113

Neoconocephalus robustus var. crepitans Scudder.

Plummers Island, September 2, Caudell; September 17, 1904,
H. A. Allard; September 29, 1907; Maryland near Plummers
Island, July 27, 1913, McAtee. Plummers Island, August 29,
1912 (nymph), Caudell, September 1, 1907 (nymph), A. K.
Fisher; Great Falls, Md., August 15, 1915 ^mph); Maryland
near Plummers Island, August 16, 1914, McAtee.

Neoconocephalus triops Linnaeus.

Plummers Island, August 2, September 4, 9, and 24, October
28, Barber and Schwarz; October 12, 1906, A. K. Fisher; Black
Pond, Va., September 21, 1911, W. D. Appel. ^

Orchelimum agile De Geer.

Plummers Island, August 25, 1912, McAtee; Great Falls, Md.,
Anglers' Club, Md., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Chesapeake and
Ohio Canal, Md., September 25, 1911, Wm. T. Davis; Cabin
John, Md., September 23, 1911, W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va.,
September 12, 1912; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916,
Caudell.

Orchelimum laticauda Redtenbacher.

Common; Plummers Island, August 27 (nymphs and freshly
matured adults) to October 26; Maryland near Plummers Island,
September 10, 1916, L. 0. Jackson- October 22, 1915, McAtee;
Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, Md., September 25, 1911, Wm. T.
Davis; Cabin John, Md., September 23, 1911, W. D. Appel;
Little Falls, D. C., August 22, 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge, D. C.,
September 13, 1916, Caudell; Great Falls, Va., September 12,
1912, Caudell; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., October 3, 1915,
McAtee, September 19, 1916, Caudell.

Orchelimum minor Bruner.

Song heard on Plummers Island and many specimens taken on
Maryland shore nearby, September 6, 1909, H. A. Allard;
Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell.

Orchelimum vulgare Harris.

Plummers Island, September 2, Caudell; September 5, 1915
(nymph and adults), L. O. Jackson and McAtee; September 30,
1906, A. K. Fisher; October 22, 1915, Great Falls, Md., August
15, 1915, Maryland near Plummers Island, August 18, 1916,
Caudell; September 5, 1915. McAtee; Cabin John, Md., Septem-
ber 23, 1911, W. D. Appol; Cabin John Run, Md., October 10,

114 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1915, L. O. Jackson; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Cau-
dell (one of these specimens is remarkable in having 3 ven-
tral spines on one hind tibia and 4 on the other; otherwise it is
typical and the determination is very certain, A. N. Caudell);
October 3, 1915, .October 4, 1916, McAtee; October 31, 1915, L.
0. Jackson; Black Pond, Va., September 21, 1911, W. D. Appel;
Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916;' Virginia near
Pluinmers Island, September 5, 1915, McAtee; Chain Bridge,
Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Conocephalus brevipennis Scudder.

Plummers Island, August 26, 1901, R. P. Currie; August 29,
1905, H. S. Barber; September 2, 1904, Caudell; September 5,
1915, McAtee; September 15, 1907, October 12 and 13, 1906,
A. K. Fisher; Maryland near Plummers Island, August 18, 1916,
Caudell; Great Falls, Md., August 15, 1915, McAtee; Cabin John
Bridge, Md., October 1907 . (long- winged form), W. Palmer;
Dalecarlia Reservoir, and Little Falls, D. C., August 22, 1915,
McAtee; Great Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell; October
3, 1915, October 4, 1916, McAtee; October 31, 1915, R, A. Em-
mons; Black Pond, Va., September 21, 1911, W. D. Appel;
Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell;
Chain Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Conocephalus nemoralis Scudder.

The most common species of the genus: Plummers Island,
August 25 to November 3; long-winged form, October 4, 1905,
D. H. demons; Little Falls, D. C., August 22, 1915, McAtee;
Chain Bridge, D. C., September 11, 1911, Caudell; Great Falls,
Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell; October 3, 1915, McAtee;
October 4, 1916, Caudell; Black Pond, Va., September 21, 1911,
W. D. Appel; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916,
McAtee.

Conocephalus saltans Scudder.

Cabin John Bridge, Md., October, 1907, W. Palmer; Bellview
to Difficult Run, Va., October 3, 1915, McAtee; both short and
long- winged females taken; this is the first eastern record for
the long-winged form; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916,
Caudell.

Conocephalus strictus Scudder.

Dalecarlia Reservoir, D. C., August 22, 1915, McAtee; Chain
Bridge, D. C., September 7; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13,
1916; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 115

Atlanticus americanus Saussurc.

Plummers Island, August 11, 1907, McAtee; Cabin John Hun,
Md., September 19, 1911, W. T. Davis (Rehn & Hebard, 1916

(l),p. 81).

Atlanticus davisi Rehn and Hebard.

Plummers Island, Md., July 5, 1905, E. A. Schwarz; Great
Falls, Va., June 16, 1910, W. T. Davis (Rehn & Hebard, 1916

(1), p. 67).

Atlanticus testaceus Scudder.

Common; Plummers Island, April 21 (nymph) to September
15; Cabin John Run, Md., June 20, 1911, W. T. Davis; Glen
Echo, Md., July 10, 1914, Caudell (Rehn & Hebard, 1916 (1),
p. 53); Chain Bridge, Va., May. 18, 1913, W. D. Appel.

Camptonotus carolinensis Gerstaecker.

Fairly numerous; Plummers Island, July 3 (nymph) to Sep-
tember 17; this leaf-rolling species sometimes utilizes as a sub-
stitute for cocoons of its own making, the compartments in the
seed pods of Staphylea tnfolia. Great Falls, Va., July 29, N.
Banks.

Ceuthophilus blatchleyi Scudder.

Plummers Island, September 2, Caudell; October, 1909, H. S.
Barber.

Ceuthophilus gracilipes Haldeman.

Fairly common; Plummers Island, May 8 (nymph) to Sep-
tember 22 (adult and nymphs); Cabin John Run, Md., Septem-
ber, 1911, W. T. Davis (Rehn & Hebard, 1916, (2), p. 27); Vir-
ginia n,ear Plummers Island, April 28 (nymphs) to October 6.

Ceuthophilus neglectus Scudder.

The dominant species of the genus; Plummers Island, March
28 to October 26; in copula, September 24, 1905, eggs laid, Sep-
tember 29, 1912; nymphs, June 15, 1915 (in burrows of ground-
hog), H. S. Barber; October 11, 1906, Caudell; Jacksons Island,
Md.. August 27. 1902, H. S. Barber; Dalecarlia Reservoir, D. C.,
April 13, 1913, W. D. Appcl; Great Falls, Va., September 12,
1(.»12, Caudell; Black Pond, Ya., September 21, 1911, W. I).
Appel; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Cau-
dell: Virginia near Plummers Island, April 30, 1905, Me Alec,
September 22, 1905, D. H. demons; September 30, 190.") (in
) H. S. Barber; November 5, 1905, F. Knah.

116 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Ceuthophilus latens Scudcler.

Plummers Island, September 24, 1905, mating. Barber; Octo-
ber, 1909, Barber; August 12, 1914, Shannon; July 29, August 2
and 5, 1914, Caudell. Difficult Run, Va., September 21, 1916,
Caudell.

Ceuthophilus spinosus Scudder.

Cabin John Run, Md., September, 1911, W. T. Davis (Rehn
& Hebard, 1916 (2), p. 274).

Ceuthophilus uhleri Scudder.

Plummers Island, August 2, 1914, R. C. Shannon; September
10, 1915, October 4, 1912, October 11, 1906, Caudell; Great Falls,
Md., August 12, 1912; Cabin John Run, Md., September, 1911,
W. T. Davis (Rehn & Hebard, 1916 (2), p. 269) Great Falls, Va.,
September 12, 1912, Caudell.

Gryllidae.
Gryllotalpa hexadactyla Perty. (= borealis Burmeister.)

A few specimens have been taken on Plummers Island, a young
nymph in 1906 by A. K. Fisher, another August 18, 1912, by
McAtee, and an adult male which was singing by R. C. Shannon,
September 14, 1914.

Tridactylus terminalis Scudder.

Glen Echo, Md., May 11, 1903. A single specimen taken by
0. H. Heidemann.

Ellipes minuta Scudder.

Common. Plummers Island, April 22 (nymph) to October 5;
Maryland near Plummers Island, April 8, 1914, McAtee; April
27, 1914, L. 0. Jackson; June 8, 1913, McAtee; Virginia near
Plummers Island, April 27.

Myrmecophila pergandei Bruner.

Plummers Island, May 1, 1914, McAtee; May 6 and 16, 1902,
H. S. Barber, August 15, 1913, McAtee; September 10, 1903,
H. S. Barber; October 13, 1912, J. D. Hood; Virginia near Plum-
mers Island in nest of Formica, May 17, 1908, McAtee.

Nemobius bruneri Hebard.

Plummers Island, October 11 and 12, 1906, Caudell, A. K.
Fisher; Cabin John Run, Md., September 23, 1911, W. T. Davis.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 117

Nemobius carolinus Scudder.

Plummers Island, September 3 and 7,' 1914, R. C. Shannon;
October 12, 1906, A. K. Fisher; Great Falls, Va., September 12,
1912, October 14, 1916, Caudell; October 3, 1915, McAtee; Dead
Run, Va., August 29, 1912, Caudell.

Nemobius confusus Blatchley.

Plummers Island, August 26 and 28, 1912, parasitized nymphs,
Caudell, H. S. Barber; August 27, September 3, 1914, R. C.
Shannon; September 10, 1915; Cabin John Run, Md., September
9, 1911, W. T. Davis (Hebard, 1913, p. 492); Virginia near
Plummers Island, September 4, 1903, Caudell; September 11,
1902, Barber and Schwarz; Dead Run, Va., August 29, 1912,
Caudell; Great Falls, Va., October 4, 1916, McAtee.

Nemobius cubensis Saussure.

Montgomery County, Md., September 25, 1911, W. T. Davis
(Hebard, 1913, p. 461). Mr. Davis assures us this record per-
tains to the vicinity of the Potomac between the District of
Columbia and Plummers Island. Great Falls, Va., October 4,
1916, Caudell.

Nemobius fasciatus De Geer.

Plummers Island, July 28, 1907, nymph, A. K. Fisher; August
22, 1902, R. P. Currie; September 3, 1905, A. K. Fisher; October
11, 1906, H. A. Allard. Variety vittatus Harris, Plummers
Island, August 29, 1905, H. S. Barber; October 7, 1906, A. K.
Fisher; October 11, 1906, Caudell; Great Falls, Md., August 15,
1915, McAtee; Great Falls, Va., August 17 and September 12,
1912, Caudell; October 4, 1916, McAtee; Bellview to Difficult
Run, Va., September 19, 1916, October 3, 1915, McAtee; Chain
Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.

Common; Plummers Island, August 9 (nymphs and adults)
to October 31; Great Falls, Md., August 5, 1904, in copula; Cabin
John Run, Md., September 19, 1912, W. T. Davis; Great FalU.
Va., August 11, 1915 (nymph), McAtee; September 12, 1912,
Caudell; October 3, 1915, October 4, 1916, McAtee; October 31,
1915, L. 0. Jackson; virginia near Plummers Island, September
4, 1903, H. S. Barber; September 11, 1902, Barber and Schwarz;
Dead Rim, Va., August 29, 1912, Caiulell; Bellview to Difficult
Run, Va., September 19, 1916, McAtee.

118 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Nemobius palustrus Blatchley.

Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Cauclell.
Gryllus assiniilis Fabricius.

Variety integer Scudder, Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915,
McAtee; variety neglectus Scudder, Maryland near Plummers
Island, June 8, 1913, McAtee; variety pennsylvanicus Burmeister,
common, Plummers Island, May 23, to October 27; nymphs,
June 30 and August 29 ; Maryland near Plummers Island, April 5,
1914, L. 0. Jackson; April 6, 1913, W. D. Appel; Dalecarlia Reser-
voir, D. C., August 22, 1915; Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915,
McAtee; September 12, 1912, Caudell; October 4, 1916, McAtee;
October 31, 1915, L. 0. Jackson; Black Pond, Va., September
21, 1911, W. D. Appel; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., Sep-
tember 19, 1916; Chain Bridge, Va., September 13, 1916, Caudell.

Miogryllus verticalis Serville.

Plummers Island, April 6, 1905, McAtee; June 9, 1905, Cau-
dell; July 3, 1904, F. Knab; Great Falls, Va., October 4, 1916,
Caudell; all of these nymphs; Great Falls, Md., an adult 9 ,
August 5, 1904 Mrs. Caudell.

Oecanthus exclamationis Davis.

High Island, Md., September 29, 1902. One female taken by
Caudell.

Oecanthus angustipennis Fitch.

Plummers Island, September 9 to November 8; Chain Bridge,
Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell; November 11, 1915, dead speci-
men, Hebard; Great Falls, Va., October 4, 1916, Caudell.

Oecanthus latipennis Riley.

Plummers Island, August 19 to October 31; September 2, 1904,
singing at 3.30 a.m., H. S. Barber; Maryland near Plummers
Island, July 27 and August 27, 1913, W. D. Appel; August 18,
1916, Caudell; Cabin John Run, Md., October 10, 1915, L. O.
Jackson; High Island, Md., September 29, 1902; Black Pond,
Va., September 14, 1913, W. D. Appel; Great Falls, Va., October
4, 1916, Caudell.

Oecanthus quadripunctatus Beutenmuller.

Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19, 1916, Caudell;
October 3, 1915, McAtee; Virginia near Plummers Island, Octo-
ber 19, 1914, R, C. Shannon.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 119

Neoxabea bipunctata De Geer.

Plummers Island, June 18, 1907 (nymph) Caudell; -July 19,
1905, Barber and Schwarz; July 19, 1914, McAtee; August 12,
1907, A. K. Fisher; August 16, 1916, H. L. Viereck; August 20,
1916, R. C. Shannon; September 9 and 29, Barber and Schwarz.

Anaxipha exigua Say.

Common; Plummers Island, April 10 (nymph) to October 7;
Maryland near Plummers Island, June 26, 1904, Caudell; August
18, 1916, Caudell; August 20, 1916, H. L. Viereck; Cabin John
Run, Md., July 8, 1903, Theo Pergande; October 10, 1915, L. O.
Jackson; High Island, Md., July 14, 1904 (nymphs), Sgptember
29, 1902, Caudell; Dalecarlia Reservoir and Little Falls, D. C.,
August 22, 1915; Bellview to Difficult Run, Va., September 19,
1916, Caudell, McAtee; Great Falls. Va., August 11, 1915, Mc-
Atee; September 12, 1912,- October 4, 1916 (nymph), Caudell;
Virginia near Plummers Island, October 19, 1914, R. C. Shannon;
Chain Bridge, Va., August 17, 1912, Caudell.

Falcicula hebardi Rehn.

High Island, Md., July 1, 1904, one female taken by Caudell ;
Maryland near Plummers Island, June 17, 1913, McAtee; a single
female taken by sweeping.

Cyrtoxipha columbiana Caudell.

Plummers Island, September 13, 1909 and September 24, 1902,
Barber and Schwarz.

Phyllopalpus pulchellus Uhler.

Common; Plummers Island, July 28 (nymph) to September 15;
Maryland nVear Plummers Island, August 3, 1913, McAtee; High
Island, Md., September 29, 1902, Chain Bridge, D. C., Septnnbrr
13, 1916, Caudell.

Hapithus agitator Uhler.

Common; Plummers Island, August 17 to October 20; Mary-
land near Plummers Islan,d, August 18, 1916, Caudell: Great
Falls, Va., September 12, 1912, Caudell; October 4, 1916, McAl< •••:
Black Pond, Va., September 14, 1913, W. D. Appcl; Virginia near
Hummers Island, September 11, 1902, Barber and Schwar/.

Orocharis saltator Uhler.

< 'o union; Plummers Island, July 28 to November 8; nymphs
AugiHt 14, 26, 29, and September 8 and 15; Virginia near Phun-
iiicrs I>i:uid, September 30, 1905, H. S. Barber, October 15,

120 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1916, C. T. Greene and W. R. Walton; Great Falls, Va., October
4, 1916, Caudell.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

ALLARD, H. A. The stridulations of some cone-headed grasshoppers
(Conocephalus). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 11, No. 3, 1910, pp. 121-
124, pi. VI.

Records Conocephalus exiliscanorus and C. palustris from
Plummers Island, p. 123.

The stridulations of some "katydids." Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 23,
pp. 35-40, 1910.

Records Amblycorypha oblongifolia, A. rotundifolia, Microcen-
Irum retinerve, and Cyrtophyllus perspicillatus from Plummers
Island, pp. 36, 37, 38 and 40.

- Xiphidion stridulations. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 13, No. 2 (1910),

1911, pp. 84-87.

Records Xiphidion nemorale from Plummers Island, p. 85.
— — The stridulations of two interesting Locustidae. Psyche 18, No.
3, June 1911, pp. 118-119.

Occurrence and stridulation of Atlanticus pachymerus on Plum-
mers Island.

CAUDELL, A. N. An orthopterous leaf-roller. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 6,
No. 1 (1903), 1904, pp. 46-49.

Camptonotus carolinensis on Plummers Island, p. 48.

- Cockroach (Temnopteryx deropeltiformis) . Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.

6, No. 2, 1904, p. 78.

Insects recorded by Wasmann from Cabin John Bridge, under
this name, are nymphs of Ischnoptera uhleriana.

- The Cyrtophylli of the United States. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 14,

No. 1, March 1906, pp. 32-45, pi. 1.

Notes on Cyrtophyllus perspicillatus on Plummers Island, pp.
33-34, and 40.

The Decticinae (a group of Orthoptera) of North America. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1907, pp. 285-410.

Records Atlanticus pachymerus from Plummers Island, p. 325.
• — • — — Three interesting Orthoptera from the vicinity of Washington, D.
C. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 17, No. 4, Dec. 1915, p. 189.

Records Melanoplus punctulatus from Plummers Island and M.
collinus and Cryptocercus punctulatus from other points within
our area.

HEBARD, MORGAN. A revision of the species of the genus Nemobius
(Orthoptera; Gryllidae) found in North America north of the
Isthmus of Panama. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, pp. 394-
492, figs. 1-31 (June, 1913), Aug. 19, 1913.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 121

Records Nemobius fascialus, \. »in<*nlntns, X. hru/tcri, N. caro-
I i n us, and N. confusus from Plummers Island and vicinity, anil
N. cubensis from a nearby locality, pp. 420, 432, 434, 454, 455, 461,
481, 491, 492, respectively.

HEBARD, MORGAN. The American species of the genus Miogryllus (Orthop-
tera; Gryllidae). Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc. 23, Xo. 2, June 1915,
pp. 101-121.

Records Miogryllus verticalis from Plummers Island, p. 119.
HOOD, J. D. Notes on the life history of Rhopalosoma poeyi Cresson.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 15, No. 4, Dec. 1913, pp. 145-147.

External parasite of Orocharis saltalor, collected on Plummers
Island, Oct. 6, 1913.

MrATEE, W. L. Census of four square feet. Science, N. S. 26, pp. 447-
449, Oct. 4, 1907.

Mentions eggs of Diapheromera femorata being collected among
leaves on Maryland shore near Plummers Island, Nov. 26, 1905,
p. 448.

- Notes on an Orthopterous leaf-roller. Ent. News 19, No. 10, Dec.

1908, pp. 488-491, pi. 25.

Camptonotus carolinensis in pods of Staphylea Irifoliata on
Plummers Island, Aug. 2 and 15, 1908. Occurrence of Orocharis
saltator also noted.

Me ATE E, W. L., and WEED, A. C. First list of the fishes of the vicinity of
Plummers Island, Maryland. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 28, pp.
1-14, Pis. 1-2, Feb. 12, 1915.

Records Scudderia furcata being found in stomach of sunfish
(Lepomis auritus) caught off Plummers Island, p. 13.

REHN, JAMES A. G., and HEBARD, MORGAN*. A review of the North Ameri-
can species of the genus Ischnoptera (Orthoptera). Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, pp. 407-453, figs. 1-30 (April 1910), July
25, 1910.

Record Ischnoptera deropeltiformis, I. Johnsoni, I. divisa, and
/. uhleriana from Plummers Island and vicinity, and /. l'ainxi/1,-
vanica and /. couloniann from nearby localities, pp. 416, 420, 426,
433, 436 and 439.

REHN, JAMES A. G.-, and HEBARD, MOK<;A\. Studies in American Tetti-
goniidae (Orthoptera) I. A synopsis of the species of the genus
Scudderia. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 40, No. 4, Dec. 1914, pp. 271-314.
Records Scudderia texensis and S. furcata furcata from Plum-
mers Island and nearby localities, pp. 296 and 301.

- Studies in American Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) II. A synopsis

of the species of the genus Amblj'corypha found in America north
of Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 40, No. 4, Dec. 1914, pp. 315-
340.

Record Amblycorypha oblongifolia and .1. rotundifolia rotundi-
folia from Plummers Island and nearby localities, pp. 321 and 338.

122 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

REHNT, JAMES A. G., and HEBARD, MORGAN. Studies in American Tetti-
goniidae (Orthoptera) III. A synopsis of the species of the
genus Neoconocephalus found in North America, north of Mexico.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 40, No. 4, Dec. 1914. pp. 365-413.

Record Neoconocephalus robustus crepitans, N. palustris and
N. relusus from Plummers Island, pp. 394, 401 and 404.

- Studies in American Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) IV. A synopsis

of the species of the genus Orchelimum. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 41,
pp. 11-83, Pis. I-IV, April 9, 1915.

Record Orchelimum laticauda from Plummers Island, and 0.
agile and 0. minor from nearby localities, pp. 32, 55 and 60.

- Studies in American Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) V. A synopsis

of the species of the genus Conocephalus (Xiphidium of authors)
found in North America north of Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.
41, No. 2, June 1915, pp. 155-224, pis. 15-20.

Record Conocephalus brevipennis and C. nemoralis from Plum-
mers Island and C. saltans from a nearby locality, pp. 186, 191
and 219.

- Studies in American Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) VII. A revision

of the species of the genus Atlanticus (Decticinae). Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., Vol. 42, No. 1, March 1916, pp. 33-99, pis. VI-VIII.

Record Atlanticus testaceus, and A. americanus from Plum-
mers Island and A. davisi n. sp. from nearby locality, pp. 53, 67
and 81.

- Studies in the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of the Coastal Plain

and Piedmont Region of the southeastern United States. Proc.
Ac. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 58, Part II, pp. 87-314, pis. 12-14,
May 1916.

Record 15 species from Plummers Island and 25 other species
from points within our area.

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN TACHINIDAE, INCLUDING THE
DESCRIPTION OF ONE NEW GENUS.

BY HARRISON E. SMITH,

Bureau of Entomology, Cereal and Forage Insect Investigations.
Doryphorophaga Townsend.

This is evidently a valid genus, with Ly delta doryphorae Ril<\v
as the genotype.1 Mr. Walton- has considered it expedient
to retain doryphorae in Neopales (Phorocera of authors) "until

1 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 14, p. 164.

2 Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 48, p. 183.

<>l WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 123

further and more reliable external characters, especially in the
case of the male, are discovered." Apparently all students of the
Tachinidae, including the author of Doryphorophaga, at the time
of erecting the same, have overlooked the fact that the males of
doryphorae possess two pairs of orbital bristles, as do the females.
This point together with other general external characters of
each sex appear to substantiate the validity of the genus, and
amply separate it from Neopales.

Before the writer are 26 specimens (20 males and 6 feimales) of
D. doryphorae, taken in Massachusetts, Penikese Island, Conn.,
New Jersey and Montana. Of these specimens, 20 males and 3
females show the presence of discal macrochaetae on the inter-
mediate abdominal segments,1 and 3 females have them ab-
sent. Thus, it is plain that this character is a variable one;
within the limits of thfe species, as is also, the degree of the hairi-
ness of the eyes in the female, which may vary from moderately
hairy to almost absolute bareness.- As far as known, D. dory-
phorae is a common parasite -upon the potato beetle, Leptino-
tarsa decemlineata Say. Specimens from the western portion
of the United States appear identical in every respect with those
taken in the East.

For the present it is desirable to include two other described
species under Doryphorophaga, namely, D. aberrans Townsend2
and Exorista dorsalis Coq.3 These species are evidently con-
generic, but as to whether they are congeneric with D. doryphorae
remains for further stud}' to determine. They differ in having the
facial ridges ciliate at most, on the lowest third, the ocellar
bristles vestigial (not wanting in any of the 13 specimens at
hand) and the abdominal chaetotaxy of aberrans and dorsalis in
relation to doryphorae, are in need of more extended investi-
gation.

Following is a synopsis of the genus, as it now stands, together
with a detailed description of D. aberrans. The generic de-
scription is written under the tentative assumption, that all
three species herein included are congeneric.

Diameter of head at vibrissae less than at base of antennae, vibrissae
usually placed on a level with the front edge of the oral margin, eyes hairy
(sometimes almost bare in females of doryphorae). Facial ridges bristly
on the lowest fourth to four-fifths, antennae nearly as long as the face,

1 In several of the specimens discal macrochaetae an- pn^nit mi the
second abdominal segment ami absent on the third. These are included
in the number of specimens showing the presence of discal macrochaetae.

2 D. aberrans Town., Ent . News, V<>1. \\YII, p. 217.

3 Exorista dorsalis Coq., Camid. Ent., XXX, p. _>:;ii.

124 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

sides of face on the lower half bare. Frontal bristles in a single row, de-
scending to base of third antennal joint, two- pairs of orbital bristles in
each sex. Ocellar bristles normal or vestigial, proclinate; second joint of
arista about as broad as long, cheeks approximately one-sixth as wide as
the eye height. Antennae usually inserted on or slightly above the eye
middle, the abdomen bearing marginal and usually discal macrochaetae.
Apical cell open, ending just before wing tip, third longitudinal vein
bearing several bristles at its base, other veins bare.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1. Ocellar bristles normal, abdominal segments on the basal third to one-

half densely gray pollinose, apical pair of scutellar bristles usually

vertical (common throughout the U. S.) doryphorae Riley.

Ocellar bristles vestigial, apical pair of scutellar bristles not vertical. . 2

2. Abdomen wholly brassy gray pollinose (Mass., Conn, and Virginia),

aberrans. Town.

Abdomen brassy gray pollinose on the second segment and an inverted
triangular spot on the third concolorous, remainder of abdomen
shining black (Mass., Pa. and Ga.) dorsalis Coq.

Doryphorophaga aberrans Town.

Length 6-9 mm. Front in male about three-fourths, in female about
as wide as either eye, frontal vitta opaque brownish black, not as wide
as sides of front. Posterior half of paraf rentals golden yellowish polli-
nose, anterior half and the parafacials concolorous bright silvery gray
pollinose. Antennae black or faintly fulvous, the third antennal joint
in each sex about three times as long as the second, arista microscopically
pubescent, thickened on approximately the basal fourth, sides of face
from one-third to three-fifths as wide as the median depression. Thorax
marked with four black vittae besides a short median vitta posterior to
the transverse suture; three postsutural and three sternopleral macro-
chaetae. Scutellum clothed with erect bristly black hairs on the dorsum,
bearing a discal pair, three pairs of long marginals and a shorter cruciate
apical pair of macrochaetae. ' Legs black, front pulvilli not as long as the
last tarsal joint, middle tibiae on the outer front side, each bearing a
single strong bristle near the middle; hind tibiae pectinate with a row of
bristles of unequal length. Abdomen with a narrow median black vitta,
bearing discal and marginal macrochaetae. Wings hyaline, the costal and
marginal cells frequently tinged with yellow, costal spine obsolete, third
longitudinal vein usually with three bristles at its base, calypteres milky
white. Puparium from 7-8 mm. in length, anal stigmata slightly raised,
widely separated, the dorsal surface reticulated.

Described from 3 males and 7 females reared from Dori/pltoru
decemlineata Say by Mr. L. B. Ripley at New Haven, Conn.,
September 13, 1913, and by Messrs. C. W. Collins, C. E. Hood
and R. T. Webber, Melrose Highlands, Mass.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 125

Leskia Desv. and allies.

While reviewing Dr. Townsend's recent revision1 of the sev-
eral species included under Leskia analis Say, by the late Mr. D.
W. Coquillett, it was evident to the writer, that errors certainly
existed in the conclusions as arrived at by Dr. Townsend.

In attempting to diagnose Mr. Coquillett's study of the genus
Leskia, it seems unquestionably apparent that he first included
and erroneously determined Leskiomima tenera Wied. as Leskia
analis of Say. He then described Myobia depile.- Later dis-
covering his error he properly placed Wiedemann's tenera in the
genus Leskiomima and made his depile a synonym of Leskia
analis. Since the type of Say's analis is not in existence, to my
knowledge, and must thus remain an unknown factor, it is evi-
dently proper to recognize Dr. Townsend's MyoUobsis similis,
which is at least, a recognizable species. Myobia depile Coq.,
however, has been entirely overlooked in the paper under con-
sideration.

Mr. C. W. Johnson has very kindly afforded the writer the
opportunity of examining one of the types of Myobia depile Coq.,
and it is quite apparent that Leskjopalpus calidus Town, is
synonymous. Hence, the genotype of Leskiopalpus, by present
designation, is L. depile Coq.

Sipholeskia occidentalis Con.3
Myobin ijili'iisis Town.4

Spilochaetosoma new genus.

VSvi]

Front at base of antennae produced nearly one-half the eye width,
the antennae inserted rather below the middle of the eyes. Frontal bristles
descending to the base of the third antennal joint, cruciate from vertex
to base of antennae, reclinate from thereon to a point nearly half way
down the parafacials. Outside of the frontal row of bristles a parallel
row of bristles and scattered bristly black hairs to the eye margins. Para-
front als twice as wide anteriorly as at their vertex. Orbital bristles ab-
sent, the ocellar bristles strong proclinate. Width of head at the oral
margin as great as at the base of antennae; vibrissae cruciate, inserted far
above front edge of oral margin, two or three bristles above each. An-
tennae descending to the middle of the fare, the second and third joints of
equal length, arista bare, the second joint as broad as long. Parafacials

1 Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 49, p. 627-620; Jan. 1916.

2 Pr,™ \,..,,i v.it </.; pin'i ,^ 1513' Sept 1895

li'.'S; .Jan. 1916.

. . ., . , .

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sri. Phil., p. :J13; Sept. 1895.
Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 49, p.

4 Psyche, 1897, 40.

12(5 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

on lower half bare, cheeks nearly one-half as broad as the eye height,
eyes densely hairy. Apical cell entering costa far before the extreme
wing tip, open, fourth longitudinal vein appendiculate beyond bend.
Abdomen ovate, bearing discal and marginal macrochaetae, the hypo-
pygium considerably exerted and doubled forward beneath the venter.
Type, the following species.

Spilochaetosoma californica new species.

Male: Robust, black, first and second antenna! joints, palpi, tip of
proboscis, sides of first three abdominal segments and hypopygium yel-
low. Frontal vitta opaque velvety dark brown, parafrontals and fas-
cialia silvery pollinose with a faint golden tinge in certain reflections.
Sides of face approximately one-half as wide as the median depression,
cheeks thickly beset with bristly black hairs. Proboscis short, shining
black and chitinized on the intermediate third, fleshy at the tip. Front
at vertex nearly one-half the eye width. Thorax gray pollinose, marked
with four prominent black vittae. Postsutural dorso-central bristles
three, sternopleurals four. Apical two-thirds of scutellum yellowish,
bearing three pairs of long marginal macrochaetae and a strong discal
pair. Legs black, front pulvilli about one and one-half times as long as
the last tarsal joint. Middle tibiae bearing a row of four long stout bristles
on the outer front side, the hind tibiae pectinate with a row of bristles of
unequal length.

Hairs of abdomen depressed. Second abdominal segment bearing a
discal and a marginal pair of macrochaetae, the third a discal pair and a
marginal row, and the fourth segment a discal and marginal row. Hypo-
pygium bearing many stout black bristles upon the first and second seg-
ments. Wings faintly infuscate along the costa, veins brownish, the
third longitudinal vein bearing six or seven bristles at its base, posterior
end of hind cross-vein nearer the margin of the wing than to the small
cross-vein. Calypteres whitish.

Described from a male specimen taken in the mountains near
Claremont, Calif., by Mr. Carl F. Baker.

Holotype:—V. S. N. M. Cat, No. 20,930.

Under the head of notes and exhibition of specimens the fol-
lowing were given:

THE ELATERID GENUS OISTUS OF CANDEZE.

BY J. A. HYSLOP,

Bureau of Entomolixjii.

The genus Oistus was described by Candeze to include two
Mexican elaterids of the tribe Chalcolepidiini. The genus is
very unsatisfactorily distinguished from the Oriental genus
Campsosternus, the chief differential character used by the great

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XIX, 1017 127

French Entomologist being the .shape of the mandibles which, in
a specimen of Oistus sphenosomus Cand. in the National Museum
collection and determined by Mr. Champion, an- decidedly acute
at the tip while the mandibles of the specimens of Oistus cacicus
Cand. in the same collection are truncate as in the original
generic diagnosis. The genus includes at present, comprehending
the species herein described, five species.

In a collection of miscellaneous elaterids collected by the field
agents of the Office of Forest' Insect Investigations and submitted
to me for determination by Dr. A. D. Hopkins, I found a single
female belonging to this genus which is described below.

Oistus edmonstoni sp. nov.

Elongate, subparallel, depressed, shining. Color, sanguineous brmvn
above; head, antennae, legs, and ventral surface almost black. Vestiture,
long, silky and white. Head not margined in front, flattened, slightly
concave and strongly punctate; mandibles acute at the tip; maxillary
palpi long, terminal joint, securiform; antennae moderately long and
slender. Prothorax broader than long, sides nearly parallel, rounded in
front, posterior angles divergent, lateral margins strongly swollen and
sulcate, anterior margin rounded over the head, with a decided median
emargination, posterior margin crenulate within the posterior angles;
proplurae densely and strongly punctate, prosternum rounded in front with
chin piece rugosely punctate, smooth and feeblj- punctate posteriorly.
Meso-metasternal suture almost obliterated; mesosternum horizontal
posteriorly and abruptly, perpendicularly deflexed in front. Posterior
coxae gradually widened inwardly. Elytra four times as long as the pro-
thorax, wider than pronotum, not striate but with three slightly elevated
ridges; very finely punctate; sides parallel to apical third and then rather
obliquely attenuated. Tarsi pilose beneath but not nearly so strongly
as in O. cacicus Cand.; tar.sal joints three and four very feebly produced
below, not at all lobed. Length 27 mm., width 7.-"> mm.

TUI>C:—(J. S. X. M. X<>. 21044, a female.

Ti//>c locality:— Ashland, Oregon, on cone of Douglas Fir, Sept.
23. 1913.

The type was collected by Mr. W. D. Edmc-nston fof whom
the species is named.

The following table will serve to separate the species now rec-
( gnized :

a. elytra metallic black or black with suture red.

b. entirely metallic black except the legs which are brown.

xnlnin tdll.ii- nx

bb. prothorax red, elytra black with suture red mituralis

aa. elytra reddish brown, yellowish or piceous.

128 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

c. tarsi broadly cordiform.

d. prothorax with smooth bare spots on either side of disc before

middle, elytra marmorately pilose cacicus

dd. prothorax without smooth bare spots on the disc, vestiture of

elytra not marmorate sphenosomus

cc. tarsi with joints feebly broadened, not cordiform edmonstoni

Oistus Candeze, Monogr. Elat. I, p. 338, 1857.

1. Oistus cacicus Cand. 1857 Monogr. Elat, I, p. 339, PI. VI,

fig. 5 (type of the genus by present designation). Champion
1894, Biol. Cent, Amer. Col. Ill, pt. 1, p. 292, PI. XIII, fig. 8.

Ludius cacicus Dej. 1833 Cat. ed. 3, p. 107, Cand., I.e.

Oistus griseosignatus (Dupont i. litt, ) Gem. and Har. Cat.
Col. V, p. 1506.

2. Oistus sphenosomus Cand. 1857 Monogr. Elat. I, p. 339. Cham-

pion 1894, I.e., p. 292, PI. XIII, fig. 7.

3. Oistus suturalis Champion. 1894 I.e. p. 553, PI. XXIV, fig. 5.

Schwarz 1906 Gen. Ins. 46, PI. II, fig. 13.

4. Oistus submetallicus Dand. 1900 Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. 44,

p. 83.

5. Oistus edmonstoni Hyslop 1917 above.

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCHIZONOTUS SIEBOLDII RATZ.1

BY R. A. CUSHMAN,
Entomological Assistant, Bureau of Entomology.

Very few cases are on record of chalcids feeding as external
parasites on hosts unprotected by the tissue of their food plant
or food substance or by their cocoons or other protection of the
pupa. A notable example of this is found in the eulophid genus
Euplectrus, the life-history of one species of which, E. comstoelci-i
Howard, is well known in its relation to the cotton worm. We
are now able to add another species to the cha*lcids having this
habit, Schizonotus sieboldi Ratz., a species introduced from
Europe. In connection with his original description of this
species (Ichn. d. Forstins., Ill, 1852, p. 230), Ratzeburg stated
that it was reared by von Siebold from Chrysomela populi, and
from the date of emergence judged that it must have been reared
from full-grown larvae or pupae of the host,

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of Agriculture.

PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XIV.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 129

On July 20 last I found a female of this species attacking a
pupa of Melanoma i.utcrriiptnin Hald. on alder at North East, Pa.
These pupae were very abundant, attached by the caudal end
to the upper surface of the leaves. I captured the parasite and
placed it with pupae of the beetle in a vial. It very shortly showed
interest in the pupae and began its attack upon them. In ovi-
positing it inserted the tip of the abdomen between the pupal
legs and wings. The exposed pupa^ were not again examine* 1
until five days later when all nine were found to be parasitized.
Some of the parasites were in the larval and some in the pupal
stage, some of the latter being already black. It is evident
that some at least, and probably all, of the host pupae had al-
ready been parasitized when placed in the vial. But two, one
bearing larvae and one pupae, had been parasitized for the second
time and the minute larvae were feeding on the older parasites.
These younger larvae were probably the offspring of the adult-
captured. Both larvae and pupae of the parasites were on the
venter of the host and protected by the wing pads and legs. There
were from 3 to 7 parasites per host. Usually one larva was at-
tached to each of the wing pads and the rest to the venter of the
host. (See Plate XIV.) When the larvae had finished feeding,
the host pupa was sucked dry, but retained nearly its natural
form. The pupae of the parasite1 were attached by their caudal
end to the under side of the host remains.

At attempt was made to get the female parasite originally cap-
tured to attack pupae of Melasoma tremulae, but she paid no
attention whatever to them. There seems to be no reason why
the species should not attack tremulae since according to Ratze-
liurg, mentioned above, it was first reared from the closely allied
M. /><>/>iili. Its failure in this case to attack tremulae may have
heen due to age as the parasite died two days after the intro-
duction of the tri'it/iila;' pupae.

On the 30th day of July the parasitism was so great that among
fifty or more pupae of the host species examined, I found only
three unparasit ized.

EXPLANATION" OF PLATE XIV.

Schizonotus xithnlili Katz. Larvae and pupae in situ beneath pupae of

the liosl, MrltiKon/ii inlirru/t/ini/ Hald.

TWO NEW HYDROPHILID BEETLES.

BY K. A. SmuAK/ AND H. S. BARBER.

A species of the Hydrophilid genus K]>/,n/</<//>Hx Lac. 1854
(Cerutodcrii* Muls. IS'/l non Westw. 1841; Scfi/'diiln't/ I.ec. 1874)
found in Arizona has been mentioned by the senior writer in his

130 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

introductory remarks to Dr. Boving's paper on Hydroscapha and
requires characterization in order to enable us to distribute du-
plicate specimen to the workers in Hydrophilidae. Since Dr.
Sharp 1874 has pointed out the close affinity of Epimetopus with
Spercheus we take this opportunity to append a description of an
appearently new species of the latter genus from the Philippines.

Epimetopus thermarum n. sp.

Similar to E. costatum Lee. but larger, piceous, except the legs and
apical half of elytra which are refescent, more coarsely tuberculate and
with the eye completely divided by the canthus. Length 2.2 to 2.8 mm.
width 1.2 to 1.6 mm.

.Habitat: Arizona.

Front coarsely tuberculate, opaque; labrum smooth, shining, feebly
emarginate; canthus apparently completely dividing the eye, its upper
and lower edges tuberculate and separated by shallow sulcus. Antennae
9-jointed, with loosely connected 3-jointed club; scape as long as the
rest of the antennae, bent inward and thickened apically; second joint
subglobular and nearly as wide as apex of the scape; third to sixth in-
clusive hardly half as wide as, and together not longer than the second,
first joint of club about same size as second joint of antenna, second twice
as wide but not longer, last joint a little wider and three times as long
as first. Last joint of maxillary palpi as long as club of antennae. Pro-
notum slightly wider than long, sides strongly angulate at middle, front
margin produced over head, surface coarsely tuberculate with a pair of
longitudinal costae uniting at basal fifth and apical tenth inclosing a
lance-shaped median impression, and an outer pair of sinuate costae at
lateral fourth. Elytra each with sutural, marginal, and four interme-
diate carinae, the second of the latter being interrupted at basal fourth,
the third joining the humerus and the fourth obsolete except a trace
behind middle and a prominent elongate tubercle at basal third. Inter-
costal areas each with two series of large round almost perforate punc-
tures, and three series of tubercles. Tarsi 5-jointed, tibiae octagonal,
the carinae with setigerous serrations.

Sexes similar in all external characters.

Type and paratypes:—U. S. N. M. No. 21,052.

Described from a large series (90 specimens) collected by the
writers June 24-26, 1901, in the algal accumulations at the mar-
gins of the warm stream (about 100° F.) flowing from the Castle
Creek Hot Springs, Yavapai Co., Arizona. A single specimen w:is
also taken at the same place by the writers, December 27, 1913,
bsing the only one observed during a diligent search at that season.

At the time of our first discovery of this species the hot stream

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917

1.31

was nearly in its original state so that the margins were lined
with a considerable accumulation of dead reeds matted together
with a very wet algal growth, among which this beetle, with occa-
sional specimens of Hydroscapha, was slowly crawling about.
Larvae, apparently of Epimetopus, were also collected but were
lost in the fire a few days later at Williams, Arizona, which un-
fortunately destroyed the bulk of our alcoholic material from the
Hot Springs. The specimens now before us were all preserved
dry and in the washing and remounting operations, most of the
females have lost their egg-sacks (cf. Sharp, 1874, p. 248) so that
we have almost no biological material and this (the egg-sack) is
to be described in a work on Hydrophilid biologies by Mr. E. A.
Richmond.

FIG. 1.

FIG. 2.

In regard to the mode of life of our only previously known
species of this genus which as far as we know comes from a
single locality, viz., Bosc Co., Texas. The senior writer remem-
bers having seen a letter from Theo. Belfrage to Dr. John L.
LeConte in which he states that the species occurs not infrequently
at the swampy margin of rivers, in company with the usual ri-
parian coleopterous fauna such as Tachys, Tachyusa, Stenus,
Bledius, Heterocerus, etc. We know of no specimens except
those collected by Belfrage, but Dr. Sharp 1882 records it from
two localities in Guatemala.

Of the seven species now comprising the genus four are Ameri-
can and three are Asiatic, but only the two United States species
have been seen by us; four of the other five species appear to be
described from unique examples. In contrasting their descriptions
the following table of species was drawn up, the most salient dif-
ferences being taken from the characters there stilled, and their
comparative value in this table may not be trustworthy. The
three Asiatic species appear to be not congeneric witli the Ameri-
can forms, apparently having a different type of pronotal lobe
and more pronounced elytral tubercles with inHnlliV luster.

132 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

TABLE OF SPECIES OF Epimetopus:

a. Eyes completely divided by the canthus

b. Color piceous, legs and apical half of elytra rufescent 2.2-2.8 mm.

(Arizona) themnarum S. & B.

bb. Color ashy red, 3 mm. (South America or possibly Alexico)

trogoides Sharp 1874.

aa. Eyes only about half divided by the canthus
c. Tubercles not metallic, pronotal lobe simple (America)

d. Color fuscus, elytra paler behind, legs ferrugineous 2.3 mm. (Co-

lumbia) graniger Muls. 1851.

eld. Color entirely reddish brown, tubercles small and rounded 2mm.

(Texas) costatus Lee. 1874.

cc. Tubercles metallic, pronotal lobe with apical elevated area (Asiatic)

e. Black writh green and purplish metallic reflections; head, pro-

notum and elytra strongly tuberculate; pronotal lobe emar-
ginate anteriorly with umbilicate rounded tubercle 2.5-3.0
mm. (southern India) maindroni Reg. 1903.

ee. Blackish, posteriorly reddish, small apical elevated area on
pronotal lobe appearing like another lobe, clypeus metallic
3| mm. (India) bullatus Sharp 1874.

eee. Sordid yellow, head and breast black, pronotum fuscous; pro-
notal lobe with peculiar median marginate elevation near
apex 3 mm. (Ceylon) flavidulus Sharp 1890.

The literature on Epimetopus, as far as known to us, is as
follows:

1851. Mulsant (Mem. de 1'Acad. d. Sciences de Lyon, I, p. 1) describes
Ceratoderus n. gen. for C. graniger n. sp. from the United States
of Columbia.

1854. Lacordaire (Genera des Col., vol. I, p. 467), having seen no speci-
mens of the genus, reproduces Mulsant 's description but, being
aware of the fact that the name Ceratoderus is preoccupied by
Westwood, changes it to Epimetopus.

1874. Leconte (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 5, p. 47) erects the genus
Sepidulum an anomalous member of the Hydrophilidae approach-
ing the genus Ochthebius, for costatumn. sp. from Texas, collected
by Belfrage.

1874. Sharp (Entom. Mo. Mag., vol. 11, pp. 247-250) discusses the char-
acters of Leconte 's genus Sepidulum, finding that the tarsi are
5-jointed and refers to the structure of the abdomen. He places
the genus near Spercheus and describes Sepidulum trogoides
n. sp. from "South America or possibly Mexico" and Sepidulum
bullaium from India.

1882. Sharp (Biol. Centr.-Arner. Coleopt., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 88, pi. 3, fig.
3) places Sepidulum as a synonym of Lacordaire 's genus Epi-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 133

metopus, figures the Texan E. costatum and records its occurrence
at two localities in Guatemala. He remarks "the species of this
genus are probably riparial rather than aquatic in their habits."

1883. LeConte & Horn (Class. Col. N. A., p. 71) recognize the synonymy
of Sepidulum with Epimetopits and place the genus among the
Helophorinae.

1890. Sharp (Trans. Ent. Soc., London, p. 355) describes Epimeto/mx
flavidulus from Kandy, Ceylon (one specimen).

1903. Regimbart (Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. LXXII, p. 338) describes Epi-
metopus maindroni n. sp. from the moat of the fortress of Gengi,
•southern India.

1908. Schwarz (Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash., vol. 9, p. 115) alludes to struc-
tures of the Epimetopus from Arizona.

1914. Schwarz (Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash., vol. 16, p. 165) lists Epimetopus
nov. spec, among the species occurring in the middle course of
the warm stream.

1916. d'Orchymont (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., vol. 85, pp. 101 and 105) pro-
poses eight subfamilies of Palpicornia, the third and fifth being
respectively the Spercheinae and Epimetopinae, the latter being
suggested provisionally on adult characters since its larval stages
are unknown.

Spercheus stangli n. sp.

Shining, coarsely punctate with sparse short erect squamae, piceous,
the elytra variegated with fine irregular pale markings and each with
three tubercles in addition to the humeral umbone. Length 3? mm.

Habitat: Philippine Islands.

Head with sparse squamiferous punctures, margin deflexed at middle and
straight for one-third width of head, thence elevated into a marginal
flange which extends obliquely backward and encroaches slightly onto the
eye. Pronotum two and one-fourth times as wide as long, widest at apical
third, front angles a little produced anteriorly, side margins arcuate to mid-
dle, thence straight to hind angles which are obtuse; base feebly sinuate close
to hind angles and at lateral third; surface smooth, impunctate and highly
polished basally, becoming coarsely punctate in the lateral depressions and
on the pair of transverse anterior median callosities which arc separated
by a median impressed line obsolete in median third. Klytra about
four-fifths as wide as long, widest at basal third, with side margins strongly
expanded laterally, evenly rounded in basal half, thence straight and con-
vergent to near apices which are strongly and not conjointly rounded;
surface coarsely, closely, subseriately punctate, with a very pronounced
pair of gibbosities near suture at apical fifth, aunt her nearly as pronounced
just behind middle and about halfway between suture and margin, and a
less conspicuous pair at basal sixth and half way between the suture and
the very prominent humeral gibbosity. Tibiae 6-carinate.

134 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Type and paratype U. S. N. M. No. 21,053.

Described from two specimens received in 1901 from P. L.
Stangl which are labelled Bay, Laguna Province, Philippine
Islands. In the type the humeral timbone is produced posteriorly
into a carina for a third the length of the elytra and the outline
of the head is slightly different but these are believed to be
variational or sexual differences. When received both examples
were covered with a thin opaque grayish encrustation which en-
tirely obscured the surface sculpture, exposing only a few of the
club-shaped setae on the margins and on the tubercles. With
the aid of a fine needle it was possible to scale off this incrusta-
tion from one side of one specimen; the setae being fast in the
incrustation were naturally removed with it.

Fourteen species are now recognized in the genus only two of
which are before us. From the literature at hand the twenty-
two specific names proposed in this genus may be listed as follows:

LIST OP SPECIES OF Spercheus.

algoensis Peringuey 1892 South Africa

australiK Peringuey 1892 South Africa

capicola Peringuey 1892 South Africa

rerisyi Guerin Meneville 1835 Egypt

cerysii Lacordaire 1854
(costatus Castelnau 1840) == senegalensis

crenulatus Fairmaire 1893, Kolbe 1897 East Africa

crenaticollis Regimbart 1906 East Africa

distinguendus Fairmaire 1893 and 1903) == senegalensis

emarginatus Auctorum Europe

luridus Mathieu 1858

sordidus Marsham 1802

verrucosus Marsham 1802

hovanus Fairmaire 1903 Madagascar

humeralis Regimbart 1906 East Africa

interruptus Fairmaire 1892 East Africa

(luridus Mathieu 1858) == emarginatus

mulsanti Perroud 1864 New Caledonia

prisons Sharp 1875, Fauvel 1883. . : Queensland

platycephalus MacLeay 1825, Castelnau 1840, Lacordaire 1854 Java

(priscus Sharp 1875) == mulsanti

( Senegal

xiiirgtilensisLaporte 1832, Gucrin-Mcncville 1835, Castelnau j ,

1840, Lacordaire 1854, Fairmaire 1893, 1903

| Madagascar

[Zanzibar

sulcalus Gory in Guerin-Meneville 1835.
costatus Castelnau 1840.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX. 191? 135

distinguendus Fairmaire 1893, 1903.
(sordidus Marshal 1802) == emarginatus.

stangli Schwarz & Barber 1918 .... Luzon

(sulcatus Gory in Guerin-Meneville 1835) == senegalensis.

(tesselatus Ziegler 1844, Lacordaire 1854 Eastern U. S.

(genotype of Sperchopsis LeConte 1861 transferred to ////<// -<>l>i KX, Horn

1873, 1890).
(verrucosus Marsham 1802) == emarginatus.

A NEW COLEOPHORA INJURIOUS TO APPLE IN CALIFORNIA.1

(Lepidoptera; Coleophoridae.)

BY CARL HEINRICH,
Specialist in Forest Lepidoptera, U. S. Bureau of Entomoloyu.

Coleophora volckei n. sp.

Palpi iridescent ochreous on outer sides, silver white around base of
second joint and on entire inner side, long slender; third joint two-thirds
as long as second; a rather prominent tuft on joint two. Antennae silver
white below, white above faintly banded with golden ochreous; basal joint
tufted above with ochreous scales. Tongue white at base shading to ochre-
ous. Face, head, and thorax iridescent ochreous. Forewings uniform
iridescent ochreous. Hind wings a trifle more grayish; cilia of fore and
hind wings concolorous, grayish ochreous, somewhat more yellowish at
base. Legs silver white streaked with blackish ochreous on the outsides.
Abdomen white below, ochreous above; anal tuft ochreous with a few white
scales interspersed. Alar expanse 15 mm.

Habitat. — Watsonville, Cal.

Food Plant.— Apple.0

Type.— Cat. No. 21464 U. S. Nat. Museum.

Described from five moths reared June 7-11, !!)!(), at the
Bureau of Entomology from larvae collected by Mr. W. D.
Volcke, who states that the species is injurious to apple in Cali-
fornia, mining the leaves and occasionally feeding upon the fruit
itself. Superficially the species resembles the eastern apple
feeder, C. fletcherella Fern., but is readily distinguished by its
larger size, the white markings on palpi, legs, and abdomen and
its very different larval case.

'Due to the unexpected delay in the publication of this; article this
species was described in an article on its biologV by W. D. Volcki-. Mo.
Bull. Calif. Cornm. Hort.. vol. 7, 1917, p. 463-4(17.

136 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The case is of the leucochrysella type, 7 to 9 mm. long x 3 to 5 mm.
wide at the widest part, with posterior end hook like and flatly
compressed; mouth deflected to 90 degrees.

Full-grown larva about 7 mm. long; uniform dark brown; head
darker brown, more heavily chitinized areas black; pro- and
mesothoracic shields black, divided; anal shield, crochets of
abdominal prolegs, prespiracular plate of prothorax, tubercle
III of meso- and metathorax, chitinous plate above anal prolegs
and more strongly chitinized parts of legs jet black.

This species is named in honor of the collector Mr. W. D. Yolcke.

THREE HUNDRED AND THIRD MEETING.

The 303rd regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
the Hymenopterist members at the Saengerbund Hall, April 5,
1917. There were present Messrs. Barber, Cole, Cushman,
Dietz, Ely, Gahan, Greene, Howard, Kotinsky, Middleton, Pierce,
Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz, Shannon, Spear, and Viereck,
members, and Messrs. Dr. J. Chester Bradley, R. M. Foutz,
Ira N. Gabrielson, A. C. Johnson, and M. A. Murray, visitors.

The secretary announced that the Executive Committee had
acted favorably upon the name of Mr. H. S. McConnell of Mary-
land State College for corresponding member and on motion the
secretary was instructed to cast the ballot of the Society in his
favor.

Under the head of proposals of new members, the following
names were proposed for corresponding members: Mr. Shirley
L. Mason of the U. S. Entomological Laboratory, West Lafayette,
Incl., by Mr. Greene; Dr. H. T. Fernald of Amherst, Mass., by Mr.
Rohwer; and Mr. Max Kisliek of Ohio State university by Mr.
Gahan.

LTnder the head of program the following papers were presented :

The Relation of Natural Conditions in the Cotton Belt to
Insect Distribution and Behavior, by W. D. Pierce.1

"Some Notes on the Classification of Cerambycid Larvae,'' by
F. C. Craighead.1

A. B. GAHAV.
«

1 Withdrawn from publication.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 137

A NOTE ON THE TORTRICID GENITALIA.

BY CARL HEINRICH,
Specialist in Forest Lepidoptera, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

In his "Hand-book of the British Lepidoptera" (1895), Meyrick
separates the two Tortricid families Epiblemidae (Olethreutidae),
and Tortricidae by the presence or absence of hair on the lower
median veins of the hind wings, and by the development or non-
development of the uncus of the male genitalia, characterizing
the two families as follows :

Epiblemidae; lower median vein of hind wing hairy towards
base; uncus not developed.

Tortricidae; lower median vein of hind wing not hairy towards
base (except Sparganothis) ; uncus developed.

In as much as the basal pectin on the hind wings is found in
several Tortricid genera (Sparganothis, Amorbia, Synnoma) as
well as in the Olethreutidae (Epiblemidae), such a striking difference
as the presence or absence of a developed uncus, if constant, would
be a valuable character for defining the- limits or the two families
which all authorities accept as natural groups. In his later
works, however ("Revision of Australian Tortricina," 1910-1911,
and "Genera Insectorum, Tortricidae," 1913), Meyrick' makes
no mention of genitalia and as far as I know no one else has
criticized his original statement.

In an effort to find some adult characters to match with cer-
tain structural differences in the larvae I have had occasion of late
to examine the male genitalia of a number of Olethreutids and found
to my surprise that a well developed uncus was quite a common
occurrence in that family. Six geno-types (Olethreutes arcuella,
Ancylis laetana, Enharmonia woberiana, Proteopteryx eimtrghittnn,
Bactra lanceolana, Eucosma similana, (type of the Hubner's
Epinotid) and Rhopobota naevana all show the part prominently
developed. It is absent or rudimentary in a majority of the
species now listed under Eucosma. In E. raga/mti \Ylsm., fae-
nella L. and invicta Wlsm. it is merely a rounded hairy prominence
at the end of the integument.

In E. biluniana Haworth, E. castaneana Wlsm., and E. agricolana
Wlsm. it is short and bifurcated, while in'stigiana Dyur and
vestaliana Zell. it is long, bifid, and heavily chitinized. In several
species of the genus Olethreutes it is quite prominent, taking
various fantastic shapes. Proteopteryx emarginana \Ylsm. has
a long narrowly spatulate uncus, while l>olli<nm Slingerland, listed
under this genus, has none, and P. <l<ln<l<tna Clem, has the uncus
long and bifid with the extremities well spread apart. <>n the
other hand the uncus is much less prominent on Tnrtri.f

138 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

L. (the type species of the Tortricidae) than on many true Ole-
threutids.

It can readily be seen therefore, that the presence or absence
of this part means nothing as far as family or sub-family distinc-
tions in the Tortricoidea are concerned. At best it is a generic
difference and under the present accepted classification not even
that,

There is, however, a rather striking difference between the
genitalia of the Tortricids and Olethreutids in the structure and
development of the harpes. In the Olethreutidae (except in a few
species where the costal margin is free to the base thus forming
double harps) the harps are strongly chitinized, emarginate, with
sacculus not extended into a free arm but fused with the ^nosta,
leaving a more or less restricted opening at the base, the costal edge
projecting in the form of a short hook; usually a well defined anal
angle, cucullus and corona; transtilla absent,1

In the Tortricidae the harpes are shorter in proportion to the
whole genitalia usually rather weakly chitinized; widest at base:
tapering or squared; without pronounced anal angle, or well
defined cucullus or corona; sacculus narrow and. not fusing with
costa: transtilla normally present and developed.

From the Glyphipterygidae which they equal in all other genitalic
characters, the Tortricidae may be distinguished by the articula-
tion of the aedoeagus: In Tortricidae it articulates on an arm
(or forked projection) from the plate of the Juxta. In Gly-
phipterygidae it passes through an opening in the plate.

As a means of specific identification among the Olethreutids,
particularly between American and European species which are
apt to be confused, the male genitalia are of immense value.
Between closely related species the differences in structure are
often marked. Consistent generic characters are more difficult
to discover. At first glance this seems hopeless in the Tortri-
coidea. It is very probable, however, that even here we may find
good characters for generic differentiation if proper allowance is
made for the wide range of specific modifications and if such
characters as hold constant for several species are checked against
the more diagnostic setal and venational character of the larva
and adult,

Alone and unsupported they would not be a safe guide for the
classification of genera.

'The terminology of the parts is adopted from F. N. Pierce, 'Geni-
talia of the British Noctuidae" (1909), and "Ganitalia of the British Geo-
metridae" (1914).

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 139

THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS CEPHUS LATREILLE.

BY S. A. Rniiu KR,
Forest ///.*<r/.s-. Jlm-in// of K iiiiniinlni/i/. Washington, D. C.

This paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of Forest
Insects, Bureau of Entomology, is the result of a careful study of
a large series of specimens of Ceph us reared from the stems of
various grass-like plants and is an attempt to separate the species
which are injurious to American Cereal and Forage crops. For a
number of years the writer had been of the opinion that there
were a number of distinct forms responsible for the damage done
to cereal and forage crops in the west, but a critical examination
of a large series from the same locality and host has proven that
the forms previously distinguished are only extreme variants of
the same species and that there are all the necessary intermediates
to show that there is only one species involved.

The introduced, European, Cephus put/indent (Linnaeus) is
very similar to the native species common throughout the wesl
and it is difficult to find characters which distinguish the two in
all their forms. The characters offered in the following key are,
however, reliable for the material available.

KEY TO THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CEPHUS.

Stigma and costa dark brown of a uniform color; mesepisternum Muck;
femora black; apical tergite and venter Mack; face and scutellum black
(face of male with yellow spots). ........ pi/gmacus Linnaeus

Stigma in greater part and costa yellow; mesepisternum with the upper
angle yellow; apical tergite and usually the venter in part yellou ;
femora usually mostly yellow; face and scutellum of female usually
black but occasionally with yellow spots ............ cinctus Norton

Cephus cinctus Norton.

Cephus rinrtiix Norton, Tran. Amer. Knt . Soc., vol. 4, 1876, p. 86.
Cephus occidfiilnli* Kilcy and Marlatt. Insect Life. vol. 4, 1891, p. 177.
Cephus graenichen Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, 1898, p. 182.

The above listed synonymy was first pointed out by Konow
in his Chalastogastra, p. 2t>5 (published in Zeit. Hym. Dipt..
1905, p. 249). The species cinctus is subject to considerable
variation in color and structure. The variation in structure
consists of the variation in the relative lengths of the postocellar
line as compared with the ocellocular line. The postocellar
line varies from distinctly shorter (as high as a ratio of 5 to 7)
than the ocellocular line, to subequal with it, to longer (as high as
a ratio of 7 to 5.5) than the ocellocular line. In a series of t wenty-

140 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

«

one measurements of females reared from stems of Elymus con-
densatus collected at the same place and same time, thirteen
had the postocellar line shorter than the ocellocular line, five had
the two lines subequal, and three had the postocellar line longer
than the ocellocular line. And in this series of measurements
there was all degrees of differences so in some cases the smallest
fraction of a millimeter would have placed the individual in the
other series. The other structural variation consists in the extent
of the depression in front of the anterior ocellus, in the smaller
individuals it is very restricted while in some of the larger ones it
extends to the position the middle foeva would occupy.

The range of variation in color is great but all of the extremes
and necessary intermediates were found in the series from Ely-
mus condensatus. The face in the female may be mostly yellow
but normally it is black. The scutellum may be mostly yellow,
or with two spots, but in most specimens it is black. The venter
is usually marked with yellow but in a few specimens it was
entirely black. The femora are usually mostly yellow but in
some of the specimens (usually smaller individuals) they are
almost entirely black and there is every degree of variation be-
tween. The wings vary from hyaline to distinctly infuscated.
The antennae are usually 20 jointed, but in some specimens there
were only 18 joints. The banding of the tergites is extremely
variable.

Specimens reared from the stems of the following have been ex-
amined: Elymus sp.; Elymus condensatus; Elymus canadensis;
Agropyron smithii; Phleurn pratense: and wheat.

Specimens from California, Utah, Colorado, Montana, Wis-
consin, and Manitoba. This species has a more extended range
but inasmuch as it will be treated in an economic paper where
its distribution will be discussed a full account of the distribution
is omitted from this paper and the above discussion is based on
specimens from the states listed above.

Type of cinctus Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil.; type of occidentals Cat.
No. 20175 LI. S. N. M.; type of graenicheri Cat. No. 6842 U. S. N.
M.

Gephus pygmaeus (Linnaeus).

This species has been treated in considerable detail in economic
papers and need not be discussed here. Specimens have been
examined from the following localities: Europe (many local-
ities), Ithaca, N. Y. and Ottawa, Canada. As far as the
American material is available it would seem that this species
has not spread widely nor has it been of milch economic importance
in recent vears.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUMK XIX, 1917 141

(Cephus) Janus rufiventris (Cresson) .

Konow leaves this species in Cephus, but'Dr. J. C. Bradley who
has examined the type, which is Cat. No. 534 Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phil!, has kindly permitted the writer to state that the species
belongs to the genus Janus.

A PECULIAR HABIT OF A HORSEFLY (TABANUS AMERICANUS)
IN THE FLORIDA EVERGLADES.

BY THOMAS E. SXYDER.

On March 25 to 29, 1917, I visited Mr. C. A. Mosier's camp
(plate XV, fig. 1) in Royal Palm Hammock, about 48 miles southwest
of Miami, Dade County, Florida, to collect termites. On March
26, at about 4.45 a.m. (central time) a peculiar buzzing was heard,
which increased in volume until it became a dull roar. Mr.
Mosier stated that this was caused by a large horsefly (specimens
were identified by Mr. C. T. Greene, as Tabanus americanus)
and that this buzzing had been going on for 10 days to 2 weeks
at about the same hour in the morning, but that it was at its height
about 1 week ago and was now waning. The adults were flying
in countless thousands. Mr. Mosier did not notice this habit
last year and my observations indicated that this species was not
especially common last year either at Royal Palm Hammock
(Paradise Key) or Miami.1

Observations were made on the flight each morning. The
flies took to the wing at the "peep of day" when the birds com-
mence to sing and a few of the stars are still visible. The buzzing
commences gradually but increases very rapidly in volume to a
dull roar. The whole flight lasts only about 20 minutes and is at
its height for about 15 minutes gradually increasing and subsiding.
At sunrise on March 26 about 5.20 the buzzing had been over for
some time, the last adults flying at 5.05 and the flies had quieted
down and only flew when disturbed. During the flight the
gradually increasing buzzing attracts other flies till all are on the
wing: the flies can be heard as they leave the tree trunks, where
they have been resting and striking the foliage with their wings,
as they rise up through the trees. They fly above the tree tops
:ind can be observed all over the hammock, the buz/ing is loudest
in the main hammock, which is the largest in area.

Individuals hover in the air in one spot in openings in the forest
canopy (where the tree crowns don't overlap ) and over the

1 Snyder, T. J-:. Horseflies as ;i IVst in Southern Florida." Proc.
Ent. Soc. \y:.sli.. Vol. XVIII, No. 4, December, 1916 (June 11, 1917), pp.
208-210.

142 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

road; this habit resembles that of the flower flies (Syrphidae) .
Occasionally the flies dart towards one another after hovering,
and rarely two can be observed clinging together, and after a
short period rapidly dart away. Mr. Hosier's opinion is that
this is a mating flight. Birds do not disturb the flies, possibly
being alarmed by the noise.

On March 27, observations were again made and conditions
during the flight were similar. During the night of the 27th, it
was noted that there was no flight, ooservations being made at
12.10 and 3.15 a.m. At 1.20 a.m. on March 28 no adults were
flying. At 4.09 a.m. I arose, went into the hammock in the
dark and carefully noted the exact time when the flight began;
this was at 4.44 a.m. and was at its height for 15 minutes and then
waned and ended at 5.03. There was quite a little low-lying
fog on the morning of the 28th. The buzzing appeared to be
not as loud as on the 27th.

On the morning of the 28th, at about 10.30, a heavy thunder
shower came up and there were showers until late in the afternoon.
I was in a hammock at Long Key about 5 miles northwest of Royal
Palm Hammock, during the rain and noticed that afterwards the
flies were especially persistent in attempting to jab one. At Royal
Palm Hammock on our return when Mr. Mosier and I were chang-
ing our wet clothes in an open shed they were several times
successful.

The morning of the 28th was damp and chilly and the flight
began a little later and was not as strong; the flight began at
4.46 and adults were flying until 5.04; hence the flight was of
slightly shorter duration. During the day of the 29th, which
was partly cloudy, adults of this Tabanid were very annoying
in the hammock. They congregated about our tent,, in a shed, and
swarmed about moving vehicles along the road. Mules ,were
clothed in closely fitting but not tight gunny sacking for protec-
tion— only a partial protection! On the morning of the 29th a
male of Tabanus americanus was found among leaf mold on the
forest floor. Males in this species and other Tabanidae are rare.

In general, during the day time this horsefly is the common
species along roads and in the hammocks; in the latter locality
it rests on the tree trunks and only flies when disturbed or when
quarry comes along. These large Tabanids are very annoying
while collecting in the hammocks; the bite or prod feels like a red
hot needle. Mosquitoes and deer flies (Chrysops spp.) make a
veil and gloves necessary, especially if one stands in one place
for any length of time.1 Heavy flannel army shirts, khaki riding

1 The Seminole Indians have descriptive names for horseflies and mos-
quitoes; these insects doubtless are very annoying to the Indians; ()-he-
aw is mosquito and Chil-lock-o-do-no means horsefly.

OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XIX, 1917 143

breeches and a cap were penetrated. One is attacked through
clothes especially where they are stretched tightly.

At Hobe Sound, Florida, the protective cloth covering of the
mules gave them a grotesque appearance which reminded one of
the head coverings of the mounts of the Klu-Klux Klan, there
being holes for the eyes but even the ears were covered.

Tabdiuix tniu'ricoiiux occurs at Royal Palm Hammock and in
Hammocks on Palma Vista and on Long Key. None were noted
on Adam Key, an offshore key 27 miles south of Miami; a smaller
species was collected there. This species was occasionally seen
last year at Miami but none have been seen this year either at
Miami or in the mangrove swamps at Miami Beach. In the
pineland at Palma Vista and Long Key where the ground consists
of an eroded dirty greyish white oolitic limestone, the flies were
also abundant. This stone is more exposed in the pinelands
where areas have been burned over. In hammocks in this area
this rock is covered over (but not filled) with vegetation or humus
and leaf mold. Deep holes, i.e., "lime sinks" occur in this
formation, which are now dry.

DESCRIPTION OF ROYAL PALM HAMMOCK.

Dr. J. K. Small, of the New York Botanical Garden, has ex-
plored this region botanically and described conditions at Royal
Palm Hammock in an illustrated article in the Journal New York
Botanical Gardens, 17, pp. 165-172, October 1916. Small states
that the headwaters of the Taylor river separate the Everglade
Keys, in extreme southeastern peninsular Florida, into two natural
divisions, the Biscayne pineland and the Long Key pineland.
Among the forks and sloughs of this river are many "Keys"1 or
islands clothed with "hammock" vegetation (a hammock is
dense growth mostly of broad-leaved trees and shrubs, giving
shade in a pineland or sawgrass "prairie"). Royal Palm Hammock
is the largest of these. It stands out prominently in the land-
scape and may be seen for a long distance (10 miles) across the
prairie. Many of the royal palms tower above the other hammock
trees. (Plate XV, fig. 2.)

Royal Palm Hammock lies a little south of the main axis of the
Everglade Keys, 14 miles southwest of Homestead. The un-
finished Ingraham highway (plate XVI, figs. 1 and 2.) connect-
ing Miami and Cape Sable, Florida, runs through this hammock.
In building this road, rock was dredged from the side of the road
leaving ditches which contain fresh water, ('atfish, perch,
"gar"1 and "brim" live in these ditches.

The Everglades and the hammocks are dry at this time of the
year (1917); Mr. M osier states that an unusually heavy rainfall

1 The It-nil key largely replaces the word island in southern Florida and
is applied to islands near the coast and also to islands in the Kverii;ladfS.

144 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

occurred on March 4, 5, 6, and 7, 1917 (about 7 inches), and that
this was a month early for the spring rains. The "prairie" is
the higher portion of the sawgrass "Everglades;" the "slough"
the lower portion, where the water drains off during the wet
season. The bottom of the slough is now dry but is matted down
with thinly caked mud;|the sawgrass grows over this to a height
of 2 to 3 feet at this season. This area of prairie and .slough is
under water from 3 to 8 months of the year, according as to
whether the season is wet or dry.

Mr. Mosier states that in 1916, the prairie was covered with
water in August, October, and February, 1917. The source of
the Taylor river at the east end of the hammock is covered with
pads of the yellow water lily; pickerel weed also grows in the
water. There is no current when the slough is dry, as now\

The trees of Royal Palm Hammock, aside from the royal
palms are mostly sub-tropical species, including live oak (plate
XV, fig. 1), sweet bay magnolia, cocoa plum, pigeon plum, wild
tamarind, West Indian cherry, gumbo limbo, strangling fig (Ficus
aurea), sabal and saw palmetto. Spanish moss (plate XV, fig. 1),
epiphytic growth, ferns and vines cover these trees. Especially
striking is the long grey Spanish moss and the sleeping or resur-
rection fern. This fern (Polypodinum polyoides) lives on the
upper side of tree limbs and is dry and a dirty brown till there is
rain fall, then it becomes a beautiful green mass.

There is a dense tangle of undergrowth; a variety of ferns grow
luxuriantly, especially large beds of the Boston and royal (Dryop-
terus and Drypetes). The forest floor is rich in black humus and
is covered with a coarser leaf mold. Before the heavy rain on the
28th the humus and leaf mold was very dry but afterwards it
became very damp.

Mr. Mosier is responsible for all the plant names.

It is warm in the hammocks in spite of the dense shade, since
there is but little air in circulation, owing to the dense jungle of
hanging vines and undergrowth.

It is interesting to note in connection with abundance of this
large Tabanid and other horseflies, that Anthrax of horses and
cattle does not occur in Bade County, Florida, according to several
reports.

Dr. Small refers to the animal life of the Everglades in his paper.
C. T. Simpson1 and Mrs. W. S. Jennings2 have described conditions
at Paradise Key.

The accompanying photographs were made by E. C. Loveland
of Homestead and W. E. Brown of Miami, Florida.

1 Simpson, C. T. "Paradise Key." The Tropic Magazine, Vol. IV,
No. 1, pp. 1-9, April, 1916. (Illustrated.)

2 Jennings, W. S. "Royal Palm State Park." (Lists trees on the
hammock.) Ibid., pp. 10-iG and 26.

PUOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

IM.ATE XV.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XVI.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XIX, 1917 145

APPENDIX TO A PECULIAR HABIT OF A HORSE FLY (Tfllxni //x (imericanus)

IN THE FLORIDA EVERGLADES.

March 30. — Dawn fair, flight not so strong, but lasted until sun-
rise.

March 31. — Dawn fair, flight stronger than on 30th.

April 1 to 7. — Flight continued normal; noticed a few of another
species of Tabanid.

April 8 to 9. — Absent from park, no observations.

April 10 to 14. — Noticeable diminution of volume of flight. Ob-
served many of the flies during day especially during early
morning hours feeding on flowers, counted from 5 to 34 on
various small sweet bay trees, also on coco plum, myrtle and
salt bush, which are in bloom.

April 15 to 22. — Feel sure that these flies feed on flowering plants
in absence of animal life, have been standing beside road
where most flowering plants are and observing them leave
the plants for mules and negroes as teams pass. Have
observed closely and think they are feeding on nectar rather
than pollen. Veranda screens trap them by the thousands,
have left screen down open late evenings and early mornings
they dart about striking the screens until they drop exhausted,
we have to sweep the veranda floors every day to get rid of
them.
This other species is far more numerous than T. americanus.

April 23 to June 30. — Other Tabanid abundant, no flight of this
insect as in case of T. americanus; only scattering specimens
of T. americanus appearing now.

July 14. — First appearance of brown Tabanid.

July 15 to August 23. — Only occasionally the other Tabanid and

brown Tabanid not as common as former years.
Unable to observe any Tabanids depositing eggs or mating.

Have found few large Dipterous exuviae in leaf mould while

picking up palm seed: believe these to be Tabanid exuviae but

am not certain.

March 30 to August 23, 1917. Koyal Palm Hammock, Paradise
Key, Bade County, Florida, C. A. Mosier.

Pi, ATI-: XV.

Fig. 1. Site of C. A. Mosier's camp at Royal Palm Hammock.
Fig. 2. Royal palm tree overlapping other hammock trees.

PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Royal Palm Hammock seen from the prairie.

Fig. 2. Royal Palm Hammock, Ingraharn Highway, near Mosier's camp.
Tabanu* mnericanus was abundant hovering over this road at 4.45 to 5.05
a.m. only.

146 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

THREE HUNDRED AND FOURTH MEETING, MAY 3, 1917.

The 304th regular meeting of the Society was entertained by
the Society members from the Federal Horticultural Board at the
Saengerbund Hall, May 3, 1917. There were present Messrs.
Abbott, Baker, Barber, Boving, Busck, Cushman, Dietz, Ely,
Fisher, Gahan, Carman, Greene, Kotinsky, Middleton, Morrison,
Paine, Rohwer, Sanford, Sasscer, Schwarz and Wood, members,
and R. M. Fouts and Edwin P. Selkregg, visitors.

Mr. Shirley L. Mason, of the U. S. Entomological Laboratory,
West Lafayette, Indiana. Dr. Henry T. Fernald of Amherst,
Massachusetts and Mr. Max Kisliuk of Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio were elected corresponding members. Under the
head of program the following were presented:

THE USES OF INSECT GALLS.

BY MARGARET M. FAOAN.!

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE BIOLOGY OF N. A. DIPTERA.

BY CHARLES T. GREENE,
Forest Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology.

The Diptera discussed in this paper was reared by the writer
at the Eastern Field Station, Falls Church, Va. All the species
discussed below remain in the larval stage during the winter.
The larva of My das clavatus and Dasyllis thoracica are predaceous
on Coleopterous larvae, therefore they are of importance. The
larva of Dasyllis is a secondary wood-borer in addition to being
predatory. All of the above species are known in the adult stage
but their seasonal history and habits are entirely new.

Neopachygaster maculicornis Hine.
Ohio Naturalist, II. p. 228.

The larvae were collected at Falls Church, Va., November 29,
1912, by the author. They were found under the bark of Tulip
(Liriodendrori) in the sap, on the moist surface between the outer
wood and bark. The exact time of pupation is not known but is
sometime in early spring. The adults emerged between May 23
and June 3, 1913".

Lnrca (plate XVII, Jig. -£)•

Larva. — Grayish-brown, flattened and somewhat chitinous. The entire
surface of the larva, except the head, is marked in a very minute way,

1 Withdrawn for publication elsewhere.

OF WASHlMiTOX, <VOLl MK XIX. 1<H7 117

resembling the scales of a snake skin. The dorsal and ventral bristles are
yellowish-brown and the ventral bristles are located about like those on
t he dorsum.

Head: The head resembles a beak, much darker at the apex; along the
entire vertical length of the dorsum of the head, is a broadly rounded rfdge
terminating into a sharp point.

On each side of the anal opening are three bristles, in a vertical row, arid
a single bristle, near the base of the segment which is located bet v\een thi>
row and the lateral edge.

For general details see the drawing.

Pupation takes place in the larval skin and the pupa looks identical
with the larva; the only difference is, the flexible skin along the segment al
lines becomes rigid. The adult emerges by pushing off the head and split-
ting the first two segments down the middle of the dorsum.

Mydas clavatus Drury.
Illustrations of Nat. Hist., I, p. 103.

The larvae of this species were collected at Falls Church, Va.
by Mr. T. E. Snyder and the author, in the rotten roots of a dead
tulip stump. All the larvae were well below the ground, where
I he wood was quite moist; they resembled the wood fibres so closely
that they might often be overlooked. The larvae are predaceous
on Coleopterous larvae and one larva devoured an earth worm.
placed in the breeding jar. In the same roots were several larvae
of the following Coleopterous genera, Alans, Parandra and Pel-
agnota.

Only one larva pupated, June 1, 1914 and the adult emerged
.fiuie 27, I'.M-l.

Larva (plate XVII, fig. 1).

The larva is 40 mm. lon» and little over <• nun. wide, nearly cylindrical.
Smooth, opaque, ivory white.

The beak is 1.5 to 2 mm. long, when extended, heavily chitinized and of
a dark brown color. It is retractile into the first segment. The beak is
split in the center of the apical half. On the dorsal side are three pairs of
yellowish-brown, proclinate, bristles; the middle pair are the smaller and
an- sometimes divaricate and the posterior pair are the larger. Sides of the
larva are parallel, tapering to a point from the third to the first segment.

The first segment has two faint longitudinal grooves near the middle
and one near each lateral edge, on the dorsum and the venter. All the
other segments have the lateral grooves which form the following ridgi"
on the sides of all the segments, and the entire length of each, is a broad

148 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ridge, broadly rounded. This ridge is only on the basal half of the last
segment, the sides of the apical half are broad at the base and terminate
into a sharp edge or carina at the apex. At the base of the first segment ,
near the outer corners, are two small, yellowish brown spiracles, which
are elliptical, chitinous plates with three, parallel, oblique slits which are
darker on the edges and point towards the apical corners of the first segment.

Near the apex of the lateral ridge, is a microscopic spiracle on all seg-
ments except the first, second and last.

The last segment is nearly twice as long as the preceding ones and
•terminates into a blunt point. In the middle of the dorsum of the last
segment are two transverse grooves or folds which are interconnected by
two smaller folds, which are oblique and slightly curved. From these
transverse grooves are two longitudinal, faint grooves which are irregular
and terminate at the apex of the last segment.

The last segment has two much larger spiracles, located near each basal
corner. Each spiracle is nearly circular and are much darker yellowish-
brown than the anterior pair. Around the edge of each is a band or border
(•(imposed of 40 compressed ringlets, resembling a cross-section of grains of
corn. The area inside of this band is pale grayish brown. Below the
upper edge, which is towards the cephalic end of the larva, is a crenulate
opening reaching half way around this area. See plate xvii, fig. 3.

The under side of the head has two pairs of proclinate bristles, one pair
at the base and the other at the middle.

Segments one, two and three each have one pair of yellowish-brown
bristles on the ventral side. Each bristle is located in the middle of the
segment and about one-fourth the transverse width from the lateral edge.

The ventral side of the last segment has a pair of yellowish-brown
bristles near the apex and a pair on the lateral edge located at about the
apical fourth. At the base of this segment is a groove which forms a
rectangular surface with a slight depression near each end. From this
rectangular surface are two grooves running parallel, half way to the apex,
then converging to a point at the apex.

The anal opening is located at the base of this last mentioned surface.

Pupa (plate XVII, fig. 2).

The pupa is 25 mm. long and 6 mm. diameter at the base of the abdomen ;
thorax nearly 7 mm. diameter.

Head and thorax are dark reddish-brown. Abdomen much lighter and
of a brick-red color. The whole pupa is rugose, the abdomen is more
sharply marked, especially along the apical edge of the segments, \\lirn>
it is reticulate.

Head. — Near the apex arc two large horn-like projections. Belmv are
two more projections, each having one large and one small tooth or prong.
In back of and slightly below each apical projection, is a bifid liuiiu'i-nl
spiracle, opening on the caudal side. The ends are bifurcate, shiny and

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 149

finely serrated on the edges. In general this spiracle resembles a "ram's
horn." The wing-pads reach to about the middle of the second abdominal
segment and the leg-sheaths slightly beyond the pads. Near the base of
each wing-pad is a rugose tubercle, terminating into a chitinous, pointed
tooth.

Abdomen. — Along the basal edge of the first segment is a row of large
tooth-like, dark brown spines with the points turning backward. Each
of the end spines are much smaller than the others. On the sides of the
first segment, close to the apical edge, is a row of spines, reaching from the
lateral edge of the dorsum to the wing-pads. All the other segments, ex-
cept the last, have a transverse row of prominent spines near the apex
encircling the segment, the spines on the dorsum are the larger. The last
segment has two pairs of very small spines on the dorsum, near the base.
On each side are three larger spines near the middle and transversely across
the middle of the venter are four spines. This segment terminates into two
very large horn-like spines. All the spines on the pupa are shiny, heavily
chitinized and quite dark on the apical half, the basal portion is rugose and
of the same color as the pupal skin.

On the side of all the segments, except the last, is a ridge which is broad
and slightly rounded, extending the longitudinal length of each segment.
Above and slightly in front of the center of each ridge, is a spiracle like the
humeral one but lighter in color and opening on the cephalic side.

The adult emerges from the pupa through a longitudinal, dorsal slit in
the thorax and the bursting of the sutures around the head.

Dasyllis thoracica Fabr.

Syst. Anil., p. 158.

This species is predaceous in the larval stage and a secondary
wood-borer, in moist dead, Tulip stumps. It closely resembles a
Coleopterous larva and is easily overlooked because it closely
resembles the wood fibre, in which it lives. The larvae were
collected at Falls Church, Va., April 10, 1914, by Mr. S. A. Rohwcr
and the writer.

They pupated April 21, 1914 and emerged May 11, 1914.
Under natural conditions, the larva pupates in the gallery, and
the pupa is fairly active.

Larva (plate XVIII, jig. 1).

Larva. — Opaque, white, elongate and cylindrical. The entire larva
longitudinally striate. The greatest width of the larva is across the
second segment; other segments nearly parallel. The larva is 27 nun.
long and 5.5 mm. wide across the second segment , while t lie ot her segments
are nearly 5 mm. wide.

The head is very heavily chitinized and black with the liasal corners
reddish. From a dorsal view the head is divided into three parts. The

150 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

basal part reaches the full width of the head; it is deeply concave on the
apical edge, in the middle of which is a long, slender, tooth-like projection
extending up between the two upper sections. Each of these sections are
somewhat triangular in shape; the inner side terminates into a tooth-like
projection at the apex and below this, on the outer edge, is a similar pro-
jection. The antennae are located near the basal outer edge of this last
mentioned projection. The antennae have two cylindrical joints of nearly
equal length, the first joint is reddish-brown at the base and yellowish at
the apex, while the coloring of the second joint is the reverse. All the
bristles of the head are pale yellow.

For details of head see drawing, figure 5 dorsal view and figure 4, ventral
view.

First segment rather broad and rounded. At the apex is an elliptical
area finely granulated, being much finer at the base. Just below this is a
perfectly smooth, narrow, transverse band, not quite reaching the lateral
edges. The second segment is about half the width of the first, along the
apical edge is a narrow transverse space which is very finely rugose. The
third segment is very narrow, being about half the width of the second
segment. Near the apical edge are two rather sharp transverse wrinkles
slightly depressed or flattened in the middle. Segments four to ten are
about the same width. Segments four to nine, each have one pair of am-
pullae on the dorsum and two pairs on the ventral side. The last segment is
deeply depressed on the basal half, faintly rugose and with two well de-
fined longitudinal ridges on the lateral edge. Towards each outer edge is a
large spiracle, dark yellowish-brown and rather heavily chitinized. For
further details see figure 1. The apical half of this segment is raised much
higher than the basal half, slightly rugose and terminates into a broad and
narrow, reddish, chitinous plate, black on the outer edge, in the center of
which is a prominent, black, tooth-like projection. This chitinous plate
has a large, yellowish bristle extending from the under side near both of the
outer corners. Near the middle of the last segment, on the elevated por-
tion, are four large yellowish bristles, in a transverse row.

The details of the under side of the head can best be seen in the drawing,
figure 4. All the dark portion is heavily chitinized and black, the dark
area in the central, basal part is reddish on the apical edge. The bristles
are yellowish.

On the apical edge of the ventral side of the first segment is a narrow
crescent-shaped area finely granular. Segments one to nine each have a
yellow bristle, near the middle and out near the lateral edge.

At the apex of the last segment, on the ventral side, near each outer
basal corner is a yellow bristle. At the base of this segment are several,
short, well marked ridges.

•"• On the side of the first segment, near the base is a spiracle, nearly cir-
cular having three faint ridges on the cephalic side, just below these is an
opening which is pit-like in appearance. It is dark brown, chitinous and
faintly granular, located in a small depression in the larva. For details
see drawing, figure a.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 1/)1

On the side of segments three to nine, and located at about the apical
third, is a small, round, flattened spiracle, with one faint slit across the
middle.

The PREPUPAL larva is white and of about the same size and appearance
as the larva. There is a great shrinkage of the first segment and from a
side view the dorsum of this segment is concave.

The humeral spiracle is formed slightly in front of .-md above the large
anterior spiracle of the larva, and all the lateral, abdominal spiracles are
formed in front of and below those of the larva. All the abdominal spines
and bristles are pale yellow and perfectly formed under and show through
the semi-transparent larval skin. The large pointed horn-like projections
at the apex of the abdomen project slightly through the skin and are of the
darkened, nearly normal coloring.

Pupa (plate XVIII, jig. 2}.

The pupa is elongate, cylindrical, moderately shiny and faintly rugose.
The general color is pale yellow ochre. It measures 20 mm. in length and
5 mm. in width at the thorax while the abdomen is slightly narrower.

Head. — On each side of the apex is a large, pointed, horn-like projection,
below each of these, on the side, is a larger one with three large prongs, the
last one having two small points at the apex.

These large projections are deep reddish-brown, very rugose at the base
and smooth and shiny on the apical half. In back of the above projection
is a small, sharp pointed, tooth-like projection, yellow at the base and red-
dish-brown at apex; near the middle of the upper side is a small ridge reach-
ing to the apex.

Thorax. — Near the base of the first abdominal segment, across the middle
of the next four segments and at the apex of the last segment, yellowish
brown.

The humeral spiracle is small, reniform, pale yellow, smooth and slightly
raised, with a row of uniform dark dots around the curved edge. (See
drawing, plate XVIII, fig. l>.) On the upper edge of the wing-pad is a
rounded, raised surface, with a small, narrow, darkened, sharp edge just
back of the center. At the lower edge of the pleura and touching the wing-
pad is a foot-like projection, which is reddish-brown towards the apex where
there are two small, tooth-like points and one large point near the base.

The wing-pads reach to the middle of the second abdominal segment
and the leg-sheaths to the middle of the third segment.

Abdomen. — There are eight well defined segments. All but the last
have a transverse row of sharp, claw-like dark-brown spines across the
dorsum of the segments, becoming quite long and yellow on the sides of the
segments and diminishing in length on the venter. These ventral bristles
increase in length, on each segment, as they near the last segment. For
the location of these spines and bristles see drawing (fig. '_'

At the apex of the abdomen are four large, very rugose, reddish-brown.
chitinous tooth-like spurs; between the lower pair on the dorsum. arc two

152 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

small, rounded, brown tubercles. Below these tubercles, on the dorsum
is a small, rounded, frosted area.

About half way between this area and the base of the segment, is a large,
sharp, claw-like, dark spine; at the base of this is a smaller, dark spine with
two points at the apex. Between these spines and the segmental line is
another sharp spine, near the base of which is a small, rounded, roughened,
dark spot, which is the remains of the large posterior spiracle.

On the ventral side of the last segment are two very large tubercles,
semi-transparent and darkened on the inner edge to the apex.

The under side of the thorax has two short, robust, claw-like spines,
bifurcated at the apex and each having a short yellow spine, near the
middle of the inner side. These spines are yellow with a reddish-brown
edge.

On the side of all the segments, except the last, and close to the cephalic
edge, is a reniform spiracle, it is like the humeral one except the curved side
is on the opposite side.

The adult emerges through a longitudinal, dorsal slit, in the thorax and
bursting of the sutures of the head.

Criorhina (Somula) decora Macq.
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. II, p. 57.

The larvae1 of this species were taken from a pocket in a living
Tulip tree, by the writer, at Falls Church, Va., November 29,
1912. This pocket was rilled with black frass, composed of dead
vegetation and moistened with rain water and sap from the tree.
Pupation took place in the larval skin, from April 8, to 18, 1913.
The adults emerged from April 17 to May 1, 1913. All emerged
during the night.

Egg.

On May 13, 1915, a female of this spe'cies was observed during
oviposition. There was a large living tree with a small pocket
near the ground, which was filled with frass composed of decayed
leaves, etc., and rather moist with the sap. The fly flew around
this tree several times, making a loud humming sound, and then
alighted on the moist frass. After walking around on this frass
for a few seconds, with the abdomen moving up and down, the
fly stood still for a few seconds, with the tip of the abdomen touch-
ing the frass. Suddenly a tiny white egg appeared. This per-
formance was repeated before the disposition of each egg and

1 Twice during the winter these larvae were frozen. Ordinarily they
are opaque but when frozen they were transparent and colorless. Shortly
after thawing, and returning to the opaque, all 14 larvae pupated. From
these 13 adults emerged.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 loo

after laying two or three eggs the fly would leave the pocket and
encircle the tree a few more times, then return and repeat the
above habit. The eggs were left exposed. The fly was nearly
two hours depositing twelve eggs.

The egg is opaque, white, cylindrical and tapering slightly to-
wards each end. The surface is very faintly reticulate. It is
0.75 mm. in length and the diameter is equal to half the length.

Larva (plate XVIII, fig. 1).

This larva is a typical rat-tail type. Body elongate, elliptical, and
very rugose transversely. It is opaque, grayish-yellow with a little white
showing through. The tail is grayish-brown and darker than the body.
The body is completely covered with a fine, pale yellow pubescence which
is longer on the lateral edges. Cephalic end rounded. Caudal end tapers
down to the rat-tail which is cylindrical. A narrow area across the front
of the head, is beset with minute spines which are pale yellow at the base
and dark yellowish-brown at the apex. The dorsum of the first segment
has seven longitudinal, faintly impressed grooves, the end grooves are
the smaller. At the base of the second groove is a small, tubercular, chi-
tinous, dark brown spiracle, opening on the outside.

The tail is very slightly larger at the base than at the apex; the sides
being almost parallel. On the lateral edge at the base of the tail, is a
tubercle with a tuft of long yellow pubescence at the apex. Just belo\v this
tubercle is a similar, but smaller one. On each side of the apical end of the
tail is a very small, transparent, colorless, cylindrical projection, terminat-
ing into a hair-like projection. The tail is composed of three sections; the
apical and middle sections are retractile in-to the basal one. The apical
section is somewhat chitinous, especially at the apex.

The mouth parts (fig. a) are entirely suctorial. The buccal cavity is
darkened on its edges and is located just beneath the apex and between
two large, rounded, fleshy folds. Just above the edge of the buccal cavity
are the antennae; they are white and form one solid trunk at the base which
is liifurcate on the apical half. Each half is divided at the apex, appearing
like two small, yellow, chitinous thimbles. The inner one has a small
tubercle at the apex (fig. b).

When disturbed, the antennae are drawn into the buccal cavity.

Just below the buccal cavity is a pair of ampullae, the next segment
does not have any, the following six segments each have a pair. Kach
ampulla has a number of yellowish-brown bristles, hooked outward!}' on
the end; and are located near the apex.

The larvae when full grown, average, in the body, 12 to 15 mm. in length
and 5 mm. in width, and nearly cylindrical. The tail is 5 to 6 mm. long, 1
mm. diameter at the base and tapering slightly towards the apex. When
the tail is fully extended it reaches about 19 mm. in length.

154 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Pupa (fig. 2).

Same general shape as the larva, but more cylindrical and smooth. It
is dark yellowish-brown and sparsely covered with a short, yellow pubes-
cence. They average 11 mm. in length and 4.3 mm. in diameter.

On the dorsum near the apex are two very small tubercular, dark-brown,
chitinous spiracles. Behind this pair is another much larger pair with the
apical portion bent back. They are more yellowish than the pupa skin,
and slightly shiny.

From the dorsal aspect, this spiracle has seven small, raised, pad-like
areas which are evanescent on the ventral portion. These areas and the
ventral side are covered with minute tubercles. (See fig. c.)

The tail is bent along the side of the body or up over the dorsum. The
chitinous tip of the third section protrudes from the tip of the first.

Brachyopa vacua O. S.
Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 68.

The larvae were collected at Falls Church, Va., November 30 to
December 2, 1912, by the writer. They were found under dead
bark (Liriodendron) in the juice of decaying fungi. Some of the
larvae were brown and some black. The juice of the fungi was
brown in some places and black in others and the larva was of
the same color as the juice in which it was found. A larva of
each color was isolated and the result was a d" in each case.

Exact time of pupation not known. All the adults emerged
during the night, from April 5 to 14, 1913.

Larva1

Larva.— Opaque, dull, light yellow-ochre with the entire body finely
rugose. First segment somewhat pointed. Larva reaches its greatest
width at the fourth segment and gradually decreases in width towards the
caudal end. The dorsum is very rugose transversely; in the middle of each
segment is a transverse depression or groove. On the lateral edge, near the
apex of the first segment, is a small spiracle. It is conical in shape, of a
dark reddish-brown color and of a chitinous texture. On the dorsum of the
first segment are six faint, longitudinal ridges reaching almost to the apex,
also a transverse row of six fleshy tubercles near its base and all the oth&r
segments have a row of 8 or 10 similar tubercles, just above the center. Two
or three tubercles on each end of each transverse row, terminate into three
or four fleshy, bristle-like projections; while the other tubercles terminal «•
into two such projections.

At the base of the first, and the base and apex of all the other segments
is a row of short, fleshy, bristle-like projections.

1 The larva and pupa look so much alike, that only the pupa was drawn.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 155

At the base of the first segment is a row of small, fleshy, bristle-like
projections; all the other segments have three rows each of similar pro-
jections.

Between the large tubercles on the lateral edge (which are the ends of
the transverse rows) are numerous fleshy, bristle-like projections, which
are longer than those on the dorsum.

The caudal or posterior spiracle is nearly cylindrical, mostly dull black
and shiny at the apex. On the apex are two small, circular, pit-like
openings.

The mouth is a fleshy opening, of the suctorial type and retractile be-
tween two large, rounded, fleshy folds.

The palpi are located just above the buccal opening and are retractile.
The base is whitish and nearly cylindrical and bifurcated at the apex; these
bifurcations are yellowish-brown and have a depression or groove on both
sides, giving this upper portion the appearance of two cylinders fused
together; the inner cylinder slightly shorter than the outer one.

For details see drawing (fig. d).

The entire ventral surface of the larva is covered with minute, brownish-
black spines.

Larva is 7 mm. long in the body, posterior spiracle 1 mm. making a total
of 8 mm. in length and 3 mm. wide, being nearly cylindrical.

Pupa (plate XIX, fig. 3).

Pupation takes place in the larval skin. The puparium looks like the
larva except the characters noted. It is much smoother and the segmenta-
tion is hardly noticeable. All the fleshy, bristle-like projections are very
much compressed and shriveled. In profile, the puparium slopes from
about the middle of the second segment to the apex of the first, having a
wedge-shape appearance. On the dorsum of the first segment are four
short ridges, all meeting at the apex. Near the center of the transverse
ridge, in the middle of the second segment, are two conical spiracles, curved
outward; they are reddish-brown, slightly shiny at the apex, and have
numerous small tubercles, around the sides with one located at the apex.

It is 7 mm. in length, 4.75 mm. in width and nearly cylindrical. The
adult emerges by pushing off the dorso, apical portion of the puparium
which breaks transversely across the segmental line.

Pseudotephritis corticalis Loew.
MOM. X. A. Dipt. Ill, p. 136.

These larvae were collected at Falls Church, Va., February 18,
1913 by Messrs. S. A, Kolnvrr and Win. Middleton, in frass, under
the bark of chestnut (Caxtanea denlata).

Pupation took place in the larval skin, March 16, 1913 and the
adults emerged April Hi to 18, 1913.

156 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Larva (plate XX, fig. 2).

Larva. — It has eleven segments, is opaque white, very faintly yellowish
at the base of the segments, cylindrical and tapering to a point at the
head. They vary from 3 to 6 mm. in length and 1 to 1.5 mm. in diameter.

The head is retractile into the first segment, is bilobed and each lobe
has a very minute tubercle at the apex and on the under side of each lobe is
a series of brownish, roughened, transverse lines. Between these lobes
are two dark reddish hooklets.

The anterior spiracles are white, quite small, semi-circular and beaded
along the edge ; in some specimens the beads are round, while in other speci-
mens they are rounded at the top and pointed at the base; there are ten of
these beads to each spiracle. This spiracle is located on the side and at the
base of the first segment. Along the lower front edge of the first segment is
a narrow roughened area (fig. a).

Segments four to ten each have a small, ventral fusiform area, on the
front edge, which is formed by a series of raised, roughened brown lines.

On the under side of the last segment, near the middle or anal area, is a
large, rugose area which is somewhat semi-circular in form. There is a
very small depression on each side of the anal opening.

The last segment has a shiny, faintly yellowish rectangular depression
on the end. Near the middle of this depression are two yellowish-brown,
button-shaped, raised, spiracles which vary from nearly round to elliptical.
On each of these chitinized plates are three oblique slits. Just above these
slits is a small impression like an asterisk, which is concolorous with the
larva. The two stigmal plates are separated by a small Y-shaped depres-
sion (fig. b).

Pupa (fig. 3).

The pupa is brownish-yellow, cylindrical, tapering slightly towards the
head where the color is a deeper brown. It is 4.5 mm. in length and 1 .25 mm.
in diameter. The entire pupa skin is sharply marked with very narrow,
transverse ridges. All the transverse, segmental lines of the larva are
visible on the pupa skin, where they appear as very fine rugose surfaces.
The end of the last segment has a sharp edge or carina around it forming
somewhat of a hexagon; in this hexagonal area are the posterior spiracles
which are like those of the larva with the addition of a small stem on the
inner side, which points upward and outward.

The adult emerges by splitting the puparium and forcing its way through
this slit.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 157

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Mydas clavatus Drury, larva.

Fig. 2. Mydas clavatus Drury, pupa.

Fig. 3. Mydas clavatus Drury, posterior spiracle, enlarged.

Fig. 4. Neopachygaster maculicornis Hine, larva.

PLATE XVIII.

Figl 1. Dasyllis thoracica Fabr., larva.

Fig. a. Dasyllis thoracica, anterior spiracle.

Fig. 2. Dasyllis thoracica, pupa.

Fig. b. Dasyllis thoracica, lateral spiracle of pupa.

Fig. 3. Dasyllis thoracica, pupa, lateral view.

Fig. 4. Dasyllis thoracica, mouth parts, ventral vic\v

Fig. 5. Dasyllis thoracica, mouth parts, dorsal view.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Criorhina (Somula) decora Macq., larva.

Fig. a. Criorhina (Somula) decora, mouth parts.

Fig. b. Criorhina (Somula) decora, antennae, enlarged.

Fig. 2. Criorhina (Somula), decora pupa.

Fig. c. Criorhina (Somula), decora spiracle enlarged.

Fig. 3. Brachyopa vacua O. S., pupa.

Fig. d. Brachyopa vacua, antenna-.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Pseudotcphritis corticalis Loc\v, adult.

Fig. 2. Pseudotephritis corticalis, larva, lateral view.

Fig. a. Pseudotephritis corticalis, larva, lateral view of head.

Fig. b. Pseudotephritis corticalis, larva, end view.

Fig. 3. Pseudotephritis corticalis, pupa.

PFOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XVII.

CTG DEL.

158

PROC. EXT. 8OC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XVIII.

CTG ;

159

PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH , VOL. XIX

PLATE XIX.

Kit)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XX.

~G OCL,

Kil

162 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

A MUCH DESCRIBED ICHNEUMONID AND ITS SYSTEMATIC

POSITION.

BY R. A. CUSHMAN,
Bureau of Entomology.1

The difficulties of the student of the Ichneumonidae are well
demonstrated by the vicissitudes through which the species dis-
cussed below has passed.

In 1868 Cresson described, from the male only, his Meso-
leptus (?) muliebris.

In 1875 Provancher described, from the female, Mesoslenus
rufipes, which, in 1879, he transferred to the genus Mesoleptus.

In 1880 Provancher described, from the female, Echthrus
pediculaius, and, in 1886, Mesostenus pleuricinctus, also from the
female.

In 1894, Davis, who had examined a large number of the Pro-
vancher types, synonymized Mesoleptus rufipes Provancher and
Echthrus pediculatus Provancher, which latter he doubtfully
referred to the genus Eux'orides Cresson.

In 1895, Davis, after having examined more of the Provancher
types, added Mesostenus pleuricinctus Provancher to the above
synonymy, and stated that "they are all, with very little doubt,
synonyms of Cresson's Mesoleptus (?) muliebris, which is the male."
In this paper Davis, considering the species more likely cryptine
than tryphonine or pimpline, referred it, because of the Junulae,
to the tribe Phaeogenini, evidently considered by him cryptine
rather than ichneumonine, and placed it in Foerster's genus
Diacr-itus, thereby making it the genotype of Diacritus Foerster.

Dalla Torre adopted Davis' synonymy and generic conclusions,
and Viereck gives as the genotype of Diacritus, Mesostenus rufipes
Provancher.

Since the publication of Davis' synonymy this species has been
again described, this time by Viereck under the name Fleet ivcidea
(Aperileptusl) contentionis.

In 1875 Provancher described from the male his Mexoh'/itn*
variabilis, which he later (1879) synonymized with muliebris
Cresson. But, as will be shown later, this synonymy is incorrect.

Mr. S. A. Rohwer has recently examined the Provancher types,
and there is in the National Museum a specimen of this species
which is a Rohwer homotype of all of Provancher's species except,
of course, variabilis. At the time he examined the types Mr.
Rohwer was of the opinion that variabilis Provancher can not be
the male of the present species, but that it is a mesoleptine. In

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of Agriculture.

OF WASHINGTON. VOLUME XIX, 1917 163

the Mesoleptini, his notes state, it runs in Davis' key to Zemiodes
Foerster or Clepsiporthus Foerster, hut is apparently neither of the
species listed thereunder.

In 1882 Provancher again used the name Mesoleptus mriabilis,
this time for another species, which Mr. Rohwer is of the opin-
ion is the same as Euryproctus sentiri* Davis. In arriving at
this conclusion Mr. Rohwer ran the- Provancher type in Davis'
key to the Mesoleptini and compared it with the original descrip-
tion of E. sentiris. Provancher's name, being preoccupied in
Mesoleptus, will, if it is the same as E. sentiris, have to give way
to Davis' name and the species be known as Euryproctus sentiris
Davis.

In the National Museum is a specimen from Meklenburg,
Germany, labelled Phidias aciculatus Vollenhoven, genotype of
Phidias Vollenljoven, which specimen is congeneric with the
species under discussion. If this specimen is correctly determined,
which appears doubtful, Phidias Vollenhoven must fall as a synon-
nym of Diacritics Foerster (Davis). I have not seen the genotype
of Plectiscidea Viereck, but if his P. contentionis is correctly re-
ferred to the genus it too must be synonymous with Diacritics.

As for the systematic position of Diacritus, it can certainly not
be left, where Foerster placed it, in the Phaeogenini. Practically
the only way in which it resembles the other genera of that tribe
is in the possession of lunulae on the tergites, and it is most cer-
tain that the species on which Foerster based his genus is not
congeneric with the genotype. The genus, however, must follow
its type species, and it is the opinion of the writer that the more
prominent characteristics of the genus, especially the very nar-
row first abdominal segment with its prominent spiracles, ally
it more closely with certain genera in the Plectiscini than with
any other group. In Foerster's key to his family Plectiscoidae
it runs d'rectly to Blapticus Foerster, but differs markedly from
the description of that genus. If its possession of an areolet is
ignored it runs to Entelechia Foerster, and, from the description
of that genus, is evidently rather closely allied to it.

Genus Diacritus Foerster (Davis).

Head broader than thorax; eyes large, nearly parallel within; temples
strongly sloping; occipital carina strong: malar space somewhat shorter
than basal width of mandible; face much wider than long, .slightly elevated
in middle; clypeus separated, weakly convex, much broader than long,
subtruncate at apex; antenae nearly as long as body, first joint of nagellum
very long, much longer than second, apical joint in female large, twice as
long as penultimate, in male, nagellum tapering toward apex; notauli deep.
meeting on disk of mesoscutum, prescutum gibbous; prepectal carina very
strong and complete; propodeum longer than combined height of pmpo-

164 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

deum and metapleura, all longitudinal carinae but only apical transverse
carina present, latter very strong and very close to apex, petiolar area very
short; spiracle very near base; legs long, slender, hind basitarsus nearly as
long as rest of joints combined; wings large, reaching to apex of abdomen,
areolet oblique quadrangular, first abscissa of radius straight, second de-
curved; stigma lanceolate, radius originating in middle; nervellus broken
below middle, brachiella more or less developed; abdomen petiolate, first
tergite very narrow, nearly cylindrical, barely wider at apex than at base,
slightly decurved, spiracles prominent, slightly before middle; tergites
beyond first in female suddenly much wider, in male gradually wider, 2-4
with distinct lunulae and 2 with large thyridia; ovipositor nearly as long
as body, compressed.

Type. — Diacritus muliebris (Cresson).

Diacritus muliebris (Cresson). '

Mesoleptus (?) muliebris Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., II, 1868, p. 102, cf •

Mesostenus rufipes Provancher, Nat. Can., VII, 1875, p. 263, 9 .

Mesoleptus rufipes Provancher, Nat. Can., XI, 1879, p. 226.

Echthrus pediculatus Provancher, Nat. Can., XII, 1880, p. 99, 9 .

Mesostenus pleuricinctus Provancher, Addit. Faun. Ent. Can., Hym.,
1886, p. 76, 9.

Euxorides (?) pediculatus Provancher, Davis, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
1894, pp. 184-190.

Diacritus rufipes Provancher, Davis, Can. Ent., XXVII, 1895, pp. 288-289
(=? Mesoleptus muliebris Cresson).

Diacritus rufipes Provancher, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym., Ill, 1902, p. 770
(=? Mesoleptus muliebris Cresson,) ( = ?Mesoleptus variabilis Provan-
cher, 1875 not 1882).

Diacritus rufipes Provancher, Viereck, Bui. 83, U. S.Nat.Mus., 1914, p. 43.

Plectiscidea (Aperileptus?) contentionis Viereck, Conn. State Geol. & Nat.
Hist. Survey, Bui. 22, part III, 1916, p. 276, 9 .

A review of the above synonymy shows that the species has
been described under five specific names, and referred to six
genera representing five tribes and, including the original placing
of Diacritus, all five of the subfamilies of the Ichneumonidse.

Description from types of Cresson and Viereck species, Rohwer
homotype of Provancher species, and other material of both sexes.

Female. — Length 7 mm.; antennae 6 mm.; ovipositor 3 mm. Head and
thorax, except metapleura and propodeum, polished, nearly without sculp-
ture; face about two-thirds as long as wide, obscurely shagreened but shin-
ing; clypeus nearly twice as broad as long; malar space two-thirds as long
as basal width of mandible; metapleura and propodeum, except petiolar
area, roughly coriaceous, petiolar area polished; abdomen, including first
tergite shagreened, subpolished apically; first tergite without dorsal cari-

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 165

nae, but with strong lateral carinae from base to spiracle and from spiracle
to apex.

Black, with whitish to yellowish markings as follows: mandibles, palpi,
apex of clypeus, antennal insertions, scape and pedicel beneath, pronotum
anteriorly, propleura largely, front and middle coxae and trochanters,
hind trochanters below, tegulae, spot below, scutellum and post scutellum,
tergal sutures, and apical tergite; antennae brown; legs testaceous, hind
tibiae and tarsi fuscous; wings hyaline.

Male. — Differs from female principally in color, the markings being
paler and embracing the entire face, cheeks, entire ventral surface of
thorax except metasternum, extending up nearly to dorsal margin of meso-
pleura, ventral surface of all legs except tarsi, a central spot on mesoscutum,
occasionally a small spot on each side of prescutum, more or less obscure
spots laterally on propodeum, and much broader bands on abdomen.

Zemiodes (?) variabilis (Provancher).

Mesoleptus variabilis Provancher, Nat. Can., VII, 1875, p. 115, (not 1882).
Mesoleptus muliebris Cresson, Provancher, Nat. Can., XI, 1879, p. 227.

Provancher s^ynonymized these two, but the synonymy is in-
correct.

Euryproctus sentiris Davis.

IMesoleptus variabilis Provancher, Nat. Can., XIV, 1882, p. 7. (not 1875).
IMesoleptus provancheri, new name for variabilis Provancher, 1882 not 1875.
Euryproctus sentiris Davis, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIV, 1897, p. 330.

NEW HYMENOPTERA

BY J. C. CRAWFORD.

Hesperapis Ckll.

Professor Oockerell has recently (Psyche, XXIII, 176-178,
1916) published on the synonymy of this group, and at present
it seems best to treat Zacesta and Panurgomyia as synomyrns of
this genus. 7.. rufipes is very similar to the genotype of Hesperapis
and is probably the male of a very closely allied species. Pan-
uryonnjid fnc/ixi belongs to the group of H. eumorpha and (Pannr-
gus) H. regularis Cress, and is very close to regularis. The type
of fuchsi is in bad condition and the identification is, therefore,
somewhat uncertain.

The following table will separate the males of the group of
rhodocerata and allies, that is those in which the propodeal triangle
is not closely punctured but mostly smooth.

166 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1. Wings perfectly clear larreae Ckll.

Wings not perfectly clear 2

2. Inner orbits parallel laticeps n. sp.

Inner orbits converging below 3

3. Apex of wings whitish oliviae Ckll.

Apex of wings not whitish 4

4. Legs entirely fulvous fulvipes n. sp.

Legs mostly dark 5

5. Tarsi and spot on tegulae reddish; veins light brown. rhodocerata Ckll.
Tarsi and tegulae black; veins almost black arenicola n. sp.

Hesperapis laticeps new species

Male. — Length 9 mm. Black, head broader than thorax, inner orbits
parallel; vertex high; face laterad of ocelli not depressed; cheeks at upper
end of eye convex in outline; face finely sparsely punctured, surface almost
concealed by the dense white pubescence; anterior margin of clypeus
reddish; labrum and mandibles, except the red apical portions, honey
color; tip of 'one mandible reaching to base of other; joints of labial palpi
almost equal in length; flagellum light reddish beneath; thorax and pro-
podeum, except triangular enclosure covered with dense white hair; mesono-
tum finely sparsely punctured; base of propodeal triangle finely wrinkled,
the wrinkles nearest metanotum parallel to the posterior edge of that
sclerite; the wrinkles beyond these broken medially and the inner ends
turning caudad; rest of triangle, except apical part, finely reticulated;
tegulae with a large reddish spot; wings slightly dusky; veins light brown;
first cubital cell over one-third longer than second; legs brown; abdomen
dark brown, closely and finely punctured with short brown pubescence,
apical margins of segments 1-6 with a band of white appressed pubescence.

Type locality. — Panamint Valley, California, (April, 1891, A.
Koebele coll.)

Eight specimens; type and paratypes a and b with the above
record: paratypes c-g from the Panamint Mts., (April, 1891,
Koebele), the latter series have evidently been in alcohol and are
badly rubbed.

Type.— Cat. No. 21160 U. S. N. M.

Hesperapis fulvipes new species.

Male. — Length 11 mm. Black, with slightly ochraceous pubescence,
long and dense on thorax and very dense and almost white below antennae:
face finely sparsely punctured; inner orbits distinctly converging; face
laterad of ocelli concave; anterior margin of clypeus and labrum almost
honey color; base of mandibles yellowish, tips ferruginous; flagellum
reddish, somewhat darker above; mesoscutum with sparse small punctures,
punctures of scutellum closer; propodeum smooth, extreme base indis-
tinctly reticulated, tegulae testaceous; wings faintly dusky; stigma and

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 1()7

veins honey color; legs reddish, more yellowish apirally; coxae darker;
abdomen finely sparsely punctured with scattered ochraceous hairs and
slightly ochraceous hands in segments 1-5, segment <> almost entirely covered
covered with sim lar hair; venter largely rufous.

Described from two males from San Diego ('oiinly, ('alii'.,
collection Coquillett, the paratype somewhat less than 10 mm. long.
Type— -Cat. No. 21161 U. S. N. M.

Hesperapis arenicola new species.

Mule. — Length 10 mm. Black, with ochraceous pubescence, dense on
head and thorax and very dense and almost white below antennae; inner
orbits distinctly converging; mandibles dark with reddish tips; face finely
rather sparsely punctured; face in outline laterad of ocelli concave; cheeks
in outline at top of eyes concave; first joint of labial palpi about as long as
joints 2 and 3; antennae dark, obscurely reddish beneath at extreme tip;
mesoscutum and scutellum rather closely and finely punctured, the punc-
tures becoming sparse mesad; propodeum smooth, shiny, with a very short
dorsal row of longitudinal rugulae; posterior face of propodeum with scat-
tered punctures; tegulae black, wings slightly infuscated, stigma dark
brown, the margins darker, veins almost black; legs black with ochraceous
pubescence; abdomen with minute rather close punctures, with long scat-
tered ochraceous hairs and apical bands of lightly ochraceous hair on
segments 1-6.

Described from seven males collected by E. A. McGregor with
the record "Indio sands, Coachello Valley, Calif., March 19, 1917."
Type.— Cat. No. 21162 U. S. N. M. '
The specimens vary in size from about 10.5 mm. to 8.5 mm.

Epeoloides Giraud.

The genus Viereckellq Swenk is a synonym and the included
species are obscura Swenk and pilosula Cresson; nearcticus Ducke
and ceanothina Cockerell are synonyms of pilosula.

Trachusa manni n. sp.

Male. — Length 14 mm. Black, clypeus and lateral face marks, truncate
above and extending slightly above clypeus, creamy white; mandibles
3-toothed; pubescence on occiput and on dorsum of thorax deep ochraceous
tinged with reddish; on front light ochraceous, below antennae almost
white, on pleurae ochraceous fading into white below; clypeus wit h st rung
well .separated punctures, medially longitudinally elevated but not carinate;
facial quadrangle, measured from mandibles to top of eye slightly longer
than wide; punctures above antennae strong, close; inesosciit uni rugoso-
punctate; propodeum with a basal area extending onto posterior face and
denned by an impunctate line, the dorsal aspect of area with punctmv.-

168 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

separated by about a puncture width, the interstices lineolate, posterior
face of area lineolate; pro'podeum outside of area with punctures about
as on dorsal face of area; wings brownish, more so apically and along ante-
rior margin; second recurrent ve:n interstitial; transverso-medial not ex-
actly interstitial, the exterior margin of the vein about in line with the
interior margin of the basal vein; legs black, their pubescence almost
white, that on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi strongly reddish; hind
tibial spurs dark brown; abdomen with hair bands on apical margins of
segments 1-5, that on segment one ochraceous, rest white; segment one
closely punctured, punctures on segments 2-5 decreasing successively in
abundance, most of segment 6 rugoso-punctate ; sixth segment with a strong-
ly elevated carina near apex, broadly interrupted medially and laterally
extending forward almost to base of segment but with decreasing elevation;
apical margin of segment with a produced plate as broad as interruption
in carina, which is smooth, slightly curved apically and with rounded cor-
ners; seventh segment with a longitudinal carina, the apex produced,
deeply and broadly emarginate, the productions subtriangular in outline
and somewhat reflexed.

Type locality. — Ramsey Canon, Huachuca Mts., Ariz.

Type.— Cat, No. 21836, U. S. N. M.

Described from two males collected by Dr. W. M. Mann, in
honor of whom it is named. Paratype in the collection of Dr.
Mann.

Differs from the description of T. perdita Ckll. in its larger size,
deeper color of pubescence, shorter facial quadrangle, interstitial
second recurrent vein, lack of a median carina on sixth segment
and presence of one on the seventh segment, etc.

Stelis manni n. sp.

Female. — Length over 11 mm. Black, robust, with yellow ornamenta-
tions as follows: lateral face marks extending almost to summit of eyes
and slightly obliquely truncate above; a transverse stripe behind ocelli
extending down behind eyes almost one-fourth the length of eye; lateral
and anterior margins of scutum, broadly interrupted medially in front,
axillae, spot on each side of scutellum, lateral margin of tubercles, a broad
band on disc of segments 1-5 successively increasing in width, broadly
interrupted medially and emarginate behind on segments 1-2, a minute
spot on each side of segment 6; band on fifth segment covering all but de-
pressed apical margin of segment; head and thorax with large crowded
punctures; mandibles, scape, pedicel, first two joints of funicle, reflexed
lateral margin of scutum, tegulae and most of tubercles, reddish ; wings dark
brown, second recurrent vein well beyond apex of second cubital; femora
except apices black; rest of legs red, the tarsi basally more yellowish;
abdomen closely punctured, punctures on sixth segment crowded and Hner ;
depressed apical margins of segments translucent , in front of this narrowly

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 109

reddish; apical half of sixth segment reddish, the margin crenulate; last
ventral segment hardly surpassing last dorsal; ventral segments strongly,
closely punctured, depressed apical margins translucent, preceded by a
reddish band.

Type locality. — Ramsey Canon, Huachuca Mts., Arizona.

Type,— Cat. No. 21837, U. S. N. M.

Described from one female taken by Dr. W. AL Mann, after
whom it is named.

Differs from S. australis in being larger and more robust, in the
crowded punctures of head and mesonotum, the yellow band back
of ocelli, 'the translucent apical margins of abdominal segments,
preceded by the reddish stripe, the close punctures of ventral
segments three and four, etc. S. australis has the apical margin
of sixth segment more toothed than crenulate but medially there
is a truncate projection medially emarginate.

Halictus.

The following key can be used to separate the females of the
Philippine species of Halictus known to me:

1. Green taclobanensis Ckll.

Black

2. Tibiae yellow manilae Str. non Ashm

Tibiae black ..3

3. First abdominal segment with distinct strong punctures 5

First abdominal segment impunctate or punctures microscopic 4

4. Larger (over 8 mm.) with strong bands of appressed pubescence on

bases of segments and on apical margins of 3 and 4. . . .innnil/n' Ashm.

Smaller, slender (about 6 mm.) with at most weakly indicated bunds

on margins of segments nesiolii* n. sp.

5. First abdominal segment sparsely punctured, the apical margin im-

punctate phili i>i>i iti'nxix Ashm.

First abdominal segment including apical margin closely punctured. . 6

6. Medial anterior margin of mesoscutum reflcxed and carinat.-

bagnio/lift n. sp.
Medial anterior margin of mesoscutum not carinate. .hainilnnmix Ckll.

Halictus nesiotus new species.

I-i innlr. — Length about G mm. Black, with sparse whitish pubescence
on head and thorax; face finely lineolate, clypeus with scattered large
punctures; punctures on sides of face shallow, well separated; those on
front finer, deeper; mesoscutum strongly lineolated and sericeous with
fine punctures separated by about twice a puncture width; scutellum with
a few scattered very fine punctures; propodeum without an enclosure, the
I' ise with a few rugulae not reaching apex, rest of surface finely indistinct I \

170 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

lineolate; posterior face without a surrounding carina; tegulae testaceous;
wings dusky; veins brown, stigma darker, first recurrent almost interstitial ;
second transverse cubital and veins beyond very faint ; third cubital almost
twice as long as second, hardly narrowed above; legs black, pubescence
whitish, tinged with yellowish within, especially on basal joint of hind tarsi;
inner hind spur with four teeth; abdomen smooth, polished, almost im-
punctate, there being very minute microscopic scattered punctures, thinly
clothed with whitish pubescence, forming thin apical bands especially on
segments 3 and 4; apical margins 1-4 broadly testaceous.

Type locality. — Bagnio, Luzon, P. I.

Type.— Cat. No. 21361 U. S. N. M.

Two females received from Col. Wirt Robinson.

Much smaller and more slender than manilae Ashm., without
the abundant ochraceous pubescence of that species and without
strong bands of appressed pubescence on bases of segments and on
margins of 3 and 4, etc.

Halictus manilae Ashm.

Strand's description of his luzonicus exactly fits this species and
is probably the same.

From Baguio, Luzon, three females received from Col. Wirt
Robinson.

Halictus philippinensis Ashm.

A long series with the above. The propodeal enclosure in this
species is peculiar since it is not the triangular enclosure of other
species but is formed by the carina surrounding posterior face of
propodeum and by carinae running forward from the lateral
angles of this carina and it is therefore four sided, with the sides
diverging anteriorly. The carina surrounding posterior face is
heart shaped.

Halictus baguionis new species.

Female. — Length over 9 mm. Black, head and thorax with rather
abundant long, strongly ochraceous pubescence; punctures of head strong,
crowded, below antennae, rugoso-punctate, except clypeus where the
punctures are coarse and sparse, becoming finer and closer at base, and
the sparsely punctured supraclypeal area; lateral angles of pronotum
strongly projecting, the projection forming a right angle; mesoscutum
with the anterior margin medially reflexed and carinate; the area just back
of this rugose; rest of mesoscutum with large strong punctures, those on
disk well separated; punctures of scutellum finer; propodeum with a tri-
angular enclosure bounded by a carina, the enclosure irregularly rug<»i •;
rest of surface of propodeum covered with pubescence (worn specimens show
the posterior face rugulose and surrounded by a carina Avhich is slightly

OF WASHIXGTOX, VOLUMI. XIX, 1917 171

interrupts! in the middle above); tegulae black with a reddish center
and a deep testaceous margin; wings dusky, more sonapically; veins light
brown, stigma darker; veins beyond .second transverse cubital obsolescent
second recurrent before apex of second cubital cell; third cubital cell one-
third longer than second, narrowed one-half to marginal ; legs black, pubes-
scence ochraceous, that on outer side of tibiae, especially hind, black;
inner hind spur with three long teeth; abdomen closely, finely punctured,
including depressed apical margins of segments; bases segments 2-5 with
light ochraceous hair bands; base of first segment covered with similar
pubescence.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm. Black, without any yellow markings;
very similar to female, but tagulae, veins and stigma darker; base of sev-
enth abdominal segment forming a semicircular polished and impunctate
pseudopygidium with carinate edge which conceals true apex of segment.

Type locality. — Baguio, Luzon, P. I.

Described from 15 9 9 and Icf received from Col. Wirt Robin-
son, U. S. A.

Tiipc.— Cat. No. 21360 U. S. N. M.

Very similar in general appearance to H. banahaonis Ckll.
from which it differs in the carinate anterior margin of the meso-
scutum, the strongly projecting lateral angles of the pronotum,
the coarser punctures of the mesoscutum the absence of the
carinae on the propodeum, running forward from the lateral
angles of the carina surrounding posterior face.

CYNIPOIDEA.
Amblynotus slossonae new species

Female. — Length 4 mm., antennae about 2.25 mm. Black, head and
mesonotum finely shagreened, pronotum at sides above rugulose, the
sculpture becoming finer beneath; third joint of antennae longer than scape
and pedicel combined; following joints successively decreasing in length;
last joint over one and one-half times as long as 12th; parapsidal furrows
complete, deeply cut throughout; posteriorly twice as broad anteriorly;
parapsidal areas each with a longitudinal smooth line; middle lobe ante-
riorly with two lines and at apex with a median elongate triangular im-
pression; scutellum coarsely rugose, basally with two large foveae separated
by a carinate ridge; mesopleurae below co:irsely striate, above finely granu-
lar with a few indistinct fine striae; wings basally strongly yellowish, the
apical half very slightly so; coxae black, legs brown, becoming lighter dis-
tad; apical half of fore femora and the fore tibiae yellowish; abdomen
strongly compressed, shiny, apical segments sparsely finely punctured.

Described from one specimen taken on Mt. Washington, Xc\\
Hampshire by Mrs. Annie Trumbell Slosson, in honor of whom
it is named.

172 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Type—C&t. No. 21566 U. S. N. M.

This specimen was determined as A . opacus Hartig by Ashmead
and this record may have been published.

Easily separated from bilineatus Kieff by the coarsely sculptured
scutellum, and the elongate depression at apex of mesoscutum.
From semirugosus by the wide parapsidal furrows which are deeply
impressed all their length, scutellum rugose all over, etc.

Amblynotus semirugosus new species

Female. — Length 3 mm. Black, head, mesoscutum and base of scutellum
finely shagreened; antennae, except scape and pedicel, reddish; third joint
of antennae longer than scape and pedicel combined, about five times as
long as thick; following joints successively decreasing in length; last joint
twice as long as 12th, about as long as third; parapsidal furrows poste-
riorly deeply impressed, narrow, on the anterior third represented only by
a depression of the tegument; parapsidal areas each with a longitudinal
line; middle lobe with two lines anteriorly, and a slight depression at apex
medially; foveae at base of scutellum separated by a carinate ridge; apical
half of scutellum coarsely rugose; carinae on propodeum curved strongly
outward ; wing slightly yellowish ; legs light reddish ; coxae black ; abdomen
somewhat compressed, smooth, shiny, with minute sparse punctures except
on basal segment.

Described from one specimen labelled "Adiron. Mts., Axton,
N. Y., June 12-22, 1901, A. D. MacG[illivray] and C. 0.
[Houghton]."

Type.— No. 21567 U. S. N. M.

Differs from the description' of bilineatus Kieff. in the much
longer third antennal joint, the scutellum rugose apically, the
carinae on propodeum not parallel, etc.

THREE HUNDRED AND FIFTH MEETING, JUNE 7, 1917.

The 305th meeting of the Society was entertained by the mem-
bers of the Society from the Branch of Deciduous Fruit Insect
Investigations, at the Saengerbund Hall, June 7, 1917. There
were present Messrs. Barber, Boving, Craighead, Dietz, Ely,
Fisher, Gahan, Greene, Heinrich, Kotinsky, Mclndoo, Middleton,
Paine, Rohwer, Sanford, Schwarz, Speare, Walton, and Wood,
members, and Robt. Fouts, Geo. M. Greene, and E. R. Selkreggj
visitors.

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1017 173

THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE AUTHOR'S NAME FOLLOWING

A SPECIES.

BY A. B. G

A NEW SPECIES OF LONGHORN BEETLE INFESTING COWPEAS

FROM MEXICO.'

BY W. S. FISHER.

Specialist in Forest Colcoptera.

Lepturges spermophagus n. sp.

Form elongate, convex and rather robust, fuscous, rather densely clothed
with short fusco-cinereous pubescence, variegated with numerous, irregular
fulvous spots. Head smooth, minutely and densely punctured, clothed
with rather long cinereous pubescence; front long, slightly convex, Avith a
fine median line; vertex deeply indented. Eyes moderately, coarsely
granulate, large, prominent, deeply emarginate and very narrowly sepa-
rated above. Antennae about two and three-fourths times as long as the
body, sparsely ciliate beneath, not annulated. Prothorax trapezoidal, two
times as wide as long; lateral spine rather broad and very close to base,
the hind margin subtransversely, broadly and feebly sinuate from tip
of the spine to the transverse median part of the base; surface even, except
for a transverse subbasal impressed line of large deep punctures, densey
finely punctate, and ornamented with eight irregular spots of dense fulvous,
recumbent pubescence, four near the apex and four subbasal, the posterior
•lateral one near the base of the lateral spine, the four median ones crescent
shaped, with the tips pointing outwards and forming a parallelogram.
Scutellum large, truncate at apex. Elytra one and two-thirds times as long
as wide, only slightly wider than prothorax, the sides nearly parallel to
apical third, then rounding posteriorly to the apices, which are broadly
and separately rounded; surface even, except for an indistinct costa ex-
tending from middle near base to very near the apex, punctures coarse and
rather dense at base, becoming gradually finer and more obsolete towards
the apex, densely clothed with short fusco-cinereous pubescence and varie-
gated with numerous irregular spots of fulvous pubescence. Femora,
tibiae and tarsi of a uniform fuscous color, clothed with cinereous pubes-
cence; femora all clavate. Surface beneath of a uniform fuscous color,
evenly and rather densely clothed with moderately long, recumbent,
cinereous pubescence. Coxae rather widely separated by the pro- and
mesosternum, the middle ones separated by at least one-half the diameier
of the coxae. Length 7 mm.; width 3 mm.

1 Withdrawn from publication:

! Contribution from the Branch of Forest Insects, Bureau of Entomology .

174 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Habitat. — Tampico, Mexico. Mr. D. L. Crawford, Collector.

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 21423 U. S. N. M.

Described from four specimens reared March 1, 1914 from
unripened seeds in the green pods of cowpeas by Mr. D. L. Craw-
ford, which were submitted together with the work and larvae to
the Museum for determination.

This species is more robust than any of our North American
species and has the general form of our common Leptostylus
macula Say, but the prominent lateral thoracic spine will exclude
it from that genus. Our species of Lepturges^are separated into
two groups on the position of the thoracic spine, and if this char-
acter is used, L. spermophayus is closely allied to L. symmetricus
Hald., but the position of this spine seems to be somewhat variable.
In this species the coxae are more widely separated than in any
of our North American species.

This is a very interesting species on account of its habits and
is the second record of a species of longhorn beetle infesting legum-
inous plants, the other species, Baryssimus leguminicola was de-
scribed by Mr. Linell from a single specimen taken from a jar
containing the pods of one or more species of Enterolobium, a
leguminous plant from Paraguay on exhibition at the World's
Columbian Exposition at Chicago.

Mr. F. C. Craighead has supplied the following notes on the
relationship of the larva of this species:

The larvae of the genus Lepturges form two distinct groups. Four
species have been studied, symmetricus and signatus having three jointed
maxillary palpi and a long chitinous spine on the ninth abdominal tergum ;
facetus and querci having two jointed maxillary palpi and no spine. This
distinction is certainly of generic value as its occurence in other forms in
the Lamiinae sets off well marked genera. This larvae, L. sperrnophagus
belongs to the facetus group and can be separated from all other Lamiids
by the antennal ring being closed or angulate behind; two jointed maxillary
palpi; two rows of tubercules on the ampullae and no caudal spine. From
facetus and quierci it can be distinguished by the more robust form and
velvety pubescence on the pronotum.

NOTES ON THE LARVAE OF SOME CEPHIDAE.

BY WILLIAM MIDDLETON,

Scientific Assistant, Forest Insects, Bureau of Entomology.

This paper, which is a contribution from the branch of Forest
Insects, Bureau of Entomology, is the first of a series which will
deal with descriptions, notes and keys of North American Sawfly
Larvae. The present paper is based on the available material
of the family Cephidae and consists of descriptions of five species

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 175

representing four genera which were made in connection with the
study of the wood and pith boring Chalastogastra larvae.

In the preparation of this paper the larvae of the genus Syntexis1
were examined but they were in such poor condition that their
position could not be ascertained. In those characters least
distorted this genus approached, though did not agree with, the
Xiphydriidac rather than the Cephidae.

The presence of the anal prong in the larvae of the Cephidae
allies them with the Siricids while the presence of palpiform ap-
pendages on the ventral anal lobe connects them with the Pam-
philids. The taxonomic position which the Cephidae should
occupy, will be discussed in more detail in a later paper.

Characters common to all the genera studied and probably to
the family Cephidae:

Head. — Nearly round, mostly pale, mandibles and labrum darkened;
maxilliary palpi 4 jointed; labial palpi 3 jointed, (both palpi appearing in-
distinctly as if terminating in a small button); antennae 4-5 jointed;
mandibles 4 toothed and with a smooth, slightly curved thin blade dor-
sally, under the labrum, (4th or ventral tooth small and on the inner edge of
the mandible); frons and head generally rather sparsely spined.

Thorax. — -A pair of fleshy, not jointed, mamma-like legs and a faintly
yellowish, chitonized spot on the pleura, for each segment; prothorax
with a similarly chitonized area dorsally.

Abdomen. — Prolegs absent; terminating in a prong or horn, circular in
cross section, short and arising from a spined, fleshy protuberance of the
dorsal anal lobe; anal plate and ventral anal lobe haired; lateral area of
dorsal anal lobe haired or bare, ventral anal lobe at posterior-lateral
extremities with palpiform appendage appearing 2 jointed.

KEY TO LARVAE.

Antennae 4 jointed Adirus trimaculatus (Say)

Antennae 5 jointed 1

1. Lateral area of dorsal anal lobe bare

Janus abbreviatus Say and integer Norton
Lateral area of dorsal anal lobe haired 2

2. Basal joint of antennae faint and incomplete; palpiform appendages of

ventral anal lobe accompanied by a pair of spines, separate from
rest of the ornamentation of lobe; without a pair of yellowish chi-
tonized spots on venter of the 9th abdominal segment; anal lobes

and plate entirely pale Cephus cinctus Norton

Basal joint antennae complete, distinct, and thick; spines on ventral
anal lobe complete, no separation from those approaching palpiform
appendages; venter of the !tth abdominal segment with a pair of yel-
lowish chitonized spots; anal lobes and plate much yellow chiton

Harti</iii cressoni iKirby)

1 S. A. Rohwer, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XVII, No. 3, 1915, pp. 114-
117.

PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. XIX.

PLATE XXI.

FIDIRUS

trimaculatu s

JflNUS
abbreviates

CEPHUS HRRTIG/H

cinctus

crcssoni

170

OF WASHINGTON, VOLUME XIX, 1917 177

Adirus trimaculatus (Say).

A somewhat pinkish-white, cylindrical larva with slightly enlarged
thorax, 21 mm. long when nearly full gro\\ n.

Head. — Dorsad ventrad length 2 mm., breadth 1.66 mm., pale but with
mandibles, their articulations, and labrum, chitonized and darkened;
antennae 4 jointed.

Thorax. — With 3 pairs of small, mamma-like, unchitonized, fleshy, legs;
faintly yellowish chitonized spots on pleura; prothorax similarly chiton-
ized dorsally.

Abdomen. — Segment 3 annulate (or 4, counting the intersegmental skin) ;
pleura prominent with a slight, possibly very faintly chitonized, longi-
tudinally creased, swelling; prolegs absent with a pair of slight, pale, humps
on the 8th abdominal segment and a similar slightly yellowish chitonized
pair on the 9th; dorsal anal lobe, terminating in a prong; anal plate,
ventral anal lobe and lateral area of dorsal anal lobe haired; lateral area
of dorsal anal lobe yellowish with chiton, the ventral anal lobe with pal-
piform appendages and attended by several spines detached from the nu^s
of that lobe's ornamentation.

This species is recorded1 boring in blackberry while the speci-
men described was received through Dr. F. H. Chittenden's
office as coming from rose.

Janus abbreviatus Say.

A whitish cylindrical larva, 12 mm. long when nearly full grown and
somewhat enlarged dorsally and laterally in thorax.

Head. — Dorsad ventrad length 1.75 mm., breadth 1.50 mm.; pale, but
with mandibles, their articulations and labrum, chitonized and darkened;
antennae 5 jointed.

Thorax. — With 3 pair' of small unchitonized mamma-like, fleshy, legs;
faintly yellowish chitonized spots on the pleura; prothorax similarly
chitonized dorsally.

Abdomen. — Segments, distinctly 2 annulate laterally and with a small
third annulet dorsally; pleura prominent; venter 3 annulate; prolegs ah-
sent; a pair of pale, rounded humps on the 8th abdominal segment and a
pair of similarly placed but less elevated, yellowish, chitonized, spots on
the 9th; dorsad anal lobe terminating in a prong; anal plate and ventral
lobe somewhat haired; lateral area of dorsal anal lobe bare excepting 2 or
3 long prominent hairs and more yellowish than anal plate or ventral anal
lobe; the ventral anal lobe with palipfonn appendages at the posterior
lateral extremities.

1 Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bulletin
N». 22.

178 PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

This species is recorded1 from Willow and Poplar and the fol-
lowing notes were obtained in my rearing it from the latter host.

The material was collected by Mr. Harry B. Weiss at New
Brunswick, New Jersey, August 7, 1915. The larvae were boring
down the twigs and were considerably beyond the killed portion.
August 26, 1915 two adults Tetrastichus species emerged. Sep-
tember 7, 1915 some larvae in a fresh collection of infested twigs
had lined a portion of their burrow then occupied with a thin
glazed, transparent membrane. September 11, 1915 a single
adult of Eurytoma species emerged. May 31, 1916 a female of
Janus abbreviatus and a female of Microbracon species had emerged.
Janus continued to emerge until June 17, 1916.

Janus integer Norton.

Agreeing with the description of Janus abbreviatus but found boring in
the pith of Ribes species (currant).

Material of this species was collected by Mr. Walter H. Snell
at West Falmouth, Massachusetts, August 23, 1916 in Ribes
species, sent to the Bureau of Entomology and placed in rearing.
By September 18, 1916 three as yet undetermined Chalicids had
emerged. Janus was at this time in the larval stage. On May
21, 1917 Janus began emerging and a single Proctotrypoid was
found in cage.

Cephus cinctus Norton.

A whitish cylindrical larva, 11 mm. long when nearly full grown and
somewhat enlarged dorsally and laterally in the thorax.

Head. — Dorsad ventrad length 1.5 mm., breadth 1.33 mm.; pale but
with mandibles, their articulations and labrum chitonized and darkened;
antennae 5 jointed.

Thorax. — Agreeing with description of that of Janus abbreviatus.

Abdomen. — Segments distinctly 3 annulate; the first annulation broad
and sometimes faintly partially, sub-divided; pleura prominent; venter
3 annulate; prolegs absent; 8th abdominal segment with barely discernible
white spots; 9th without the yellowish spots; dorsal anal lobe terminating
in a prong; anal plate, lateral area of dorsal anal lobe and ventral anal
lobe haired and white; ventral anal lobe with palpiform appendages at
posterior lateral extremities and accompanied by several hairs quite sepa-
rated from the rest of the lobe's ornamentation.

Material received from Cereal and Forage Crops Insects,
Bureau of Entomology under Webster No. 8892 from Elymus
canadensis.

1 Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bulletin
No. 22.

OF WASHINGTON', VOLUME XIX, 1917 179

Hartigia cressoni (Kirby).

Whitish cylindrical larva, 22 mm. .long when nearly full grown and
somewhat enlarged dorsally and laterally in the thorax.

Head. — Dorsad vontrad length 1.87 nun., breadth l.lifi mm.; pale but
with mandibles, their articulations and labrum rhitoni/ed and darkened;
antennae 5 jointed.

Thorax. — With 3 pairs of medium size, hYshy, mamma-like, slightly
chitonized, (especially the prothoracic) legs; pleura with chiton spots as
has the pro- and meta thorax dorsally.

Abdomen. — Segments 3 annulate; pleura moderately prominent, yellow-
ish, and glossy with chiton; prolegs absent; slightly chitonized circles on
the 8th abdominal segment and larger more heavily chitonized spots on the
9th; dorsal anal lobe terminating in a prong; anal plate, lateral area of
dorsal anal lobe and ventral anal lobe haired, chitonized (the plate, the
least), and yellow; ventral anal lobe with palpiform appendages at the
posterior lateral extremities and accompanied by hairs which are a part of
that lobe's ornamentation and not separated from the rest.

Material collected by Essig from Rubnx in California.

Actual date of publication N< i>l< tnher 23, 1918

INDEX TO VOLUME XIX

Ai-roeercops, Description of genus, 40;

Species of, t>8.
Acythopeus, I.iteiature on, 19; aterrimus, IS;

gilvonotatus, n. sp., 17; orchivorus, 18.
Adirus trimaculatus, Description of larva of,

177.

•
AIXSI.IK. Guo. G.: Color variation in pupa-

of Terias nicippe, 78.
Ainblynotus semirugosus, n. sp., 171':

slossonae, n. sp.. 171.
Amelanchier seeds, Two new Chalcidids from,

79,
American species of the genus Cephus, 139;

Hlateridae of the genus Pyrophorus, 2;

Gracillariidse, Revision of, 29; Tachinida-,

Notes on, 122.

Apophthisis, Description of genus, 39.
HAKEK, A. C.: Remarks by, 9.x.
BARBER, H. S.: Notes and descriptions of

some orchid weevils, 12; Shortei remarks

UAKBER, H. S. AND E. A. SCHWARZ: Two new

hydrophilid beetles, 129.
Hiomvhi eleodivora, n. sp., 25.
Hrachyopoda vacua, Biological note on, with

description of larva and pupa, 1 ."> I
Huprestis aurulenta and Iseviventris, Larvae

parasitized by Oryssus, 88.
BURKE, H. E.: Oryssus is parasitic, 87.
Cameraria, Characters of the genus. 38; List

of species. 49.
CAMDKLI,, A. N. AND W. L. McATEE: First

list of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of

Plummers Island, Maryland, and vicinity,

100.
Ct-phida-, NoU-s on the larva- of some, 174;

Key to tin- larva- of, 175
Ci-phns Latreille, The American species of,

1 .'(!); Key to the species of, 139; cinctus,

I .'ill, 17.X; pygmacus, 140; ruliventris, 141.
Cerambycidse, A new species of, infesting

cowpeas in Mexico, 173.
Chalcidids, Two new, from the seeds of

Amelanchier, 79.
Chilocampyla, Descriptive of the genus. 40;

Species of, l>8.
Cholus cattleyae, 12; cattleyarum, 14; for-

besii, 1").
Ciiccidse, Discussion on photomicrography

of, 86.
Cnleophora, A new, injurious to apple in

California, l;{.">; volckci, n sp , }'.',.'>.
CK Mc.iliJAD. 1'". C.: Note on I In- larva" of

Leptilly.t-s. 174.

CRAWFORD, J. C.: New Hymenoptera. Hi5.
Cremastobombycia, Characters of the genus,

3.8; List of sp.. (.."..
Cliorhina (Somula) decora, Hiological note

on, with description of earliei stages, I .">:.'
CTSIIMAN, R. A.: Two new Chalcids from the

seeds of Amelanchier, 79; Notes on the

biology of Schizonotus sieboldii Ratz.,

128; A much described Ichncumonid and

its systematic position. 1112.
CUSHMAN. R. A. AND S. A. ROHWER: Idio-

gastra, a new suborder of Hymenoptera

with notes on the immature stages of

Oryssus, 89.

Diaciitus, Description of the genus. lt>3.
Diaciitus muliebris, a much described

Ichneumonid and its systematic position.

162; description of the female, 1(14.
Diptera, Contribution to the biology of

North American, 140.
Doryphorophaga, Table of species, 1 1' t .

aberrans, 124; dorsalis, 124; doryphora-,

124.

Klaterid genus Oistus of Candeze, 12(1.
Elateridse. A new genus of, and a revision

of the North American species of Tyro

phorus, 1.
E'eodes. Thiee new tachinid parasites of,

25.
Ivlediophagus, new gen., 23; caffreyi. n. sp.,

24; pollinosus, n. sp., 24.
Ki.v, C. R.: Revision of the North American

Gracilariida1 from the standpoint of

venation. 2!l.

Entomological Society of Washington, Elec-
tion of officers for 1917, L'7; Election of

new members. 2S. 99, 13ti; Presentation

of portrait of the Honor. ny I'n-side nl ,

79.

Epeoloides, li>7.
Epiiuetopus. Literature nil. I.'!!'; Tabli- cil

species, l.'il'; thermarnm. n. sp , l.;il.
Eiicactophagus biocellatus. n. sp., L'L'.

graphipterus, 21; weissi, n. sp.. 22.
Euryproctus sentirus. Synonymy of. Hi"'
1'isitiCK, \\'. S. : New species of l.oiiglnirii

beetle infesting cowpeas from Me\ii-«i.

173.
Kloiida Evei glades. Peculiar habits of a

horsefly in, 141. 145.

( '.< -nitalia of Tottricida-. Note on. 137.
Gracilaria, Description of the K>'"HS. I ;

Species of. 7.;
C.rai ilariida , l<e\isiiin o! tin- Nculli Anifru.ui

181

182

INDEX

from the standpoint of venation, 29;
key to genera, 37; List of North American
species, 49.

GREENE, CHARLES T.: Contribution to the
biology of North Ameiican Diptera, 146.

Halictus, Key to Philippine species, 169;
bagnionis, n. sp., 170; manilae, 170;
nesiotus, n. sp., 169; philippinensis. n.
sp., 170.

HAM., W. B.: Notes on the immature stages
of Hemitaxonus tnulticinctus, Rohvver, 28.

Hartigia cressoni, Description of larva, 179.

HEINRICH, CARL: A new Coleophora in-
jurious to apple in California, 135; Note
on the Tortricid genitalia, 137.

Hemitaxonus multicinctus, Notes on the im-
mature stages of, 28.

Hesperapis, Table of species allied to rhodo-
cerata, 166; arenicola, n. sp., 167; fulvipes,
n. sp., 166; laticeps, n. sp., 166.

Horsefly, Peculiar habit of, in the Florida
Everglades, 141, 145.

HOWARD. L. O.: Schistocerca tartarica taken
at sea, 77.

Hydrophilid beetles, Two new, 129.

Ilymenoptera, Key to suborders of, 94;
Idiogastra, a new suborder of, 88, 92;
new species of, 165.

HYSLOP, J. A.: A new genus (Perissarthron)
of Elateridae and a revision of the Ameri-
can Elatciidae of the genus Pyrophorus,
with descriptions of new species, 1; The
Elaterid genus Oistus of Candeze, 126.

Idiogastra, A new suborder of Hymenoptera
with notes on the immature stages of
Oryssus, 89.

Janus abbreviatus, Description of larva, 177;
integer. Biological note on, 178; rufi-
ventiis, 144.

Lepturges spermophagus, n. sp., 173; Note
on the larva, 174.

Leskia Desv. and allies, 125

Leskiopalpus calidus, 125.

Leucanthiza, Description of genus, 39; List
of sp., 67.

Leucospilapteryx, Description of genus, 40;
species of, 6S.

Longhorn beetle. New species of, infesting
cowpeas from Mexico, 173.

Marmara, Description of the genus, 38; List
of sp., 66.

McATEE, W. L. AND A. N. CAUDELL: Fiist
list of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of
Plummers Island. Maiyland, and vicinity,
100.

Mi-gastigiims umi-luiK-hk-ris, n. sp., SI;
habits (if, S3; larva and pupa ot, M.

Micrurapteryx, Description of the genus,

42; Species of, 70.
MIDDLETON, WILLIAM, Notes on the larva>

of some Cephida?, 174.
Mydas clavatus, Biological note on, and

description of larva and pupa. 1 17.
Myobiobsis similis, 125.
Myobia depile, 125.
Neopachygaster maculicornis. Biological note

on, and description of larva, 141!
Neuiobathra, nov. gen., 4]; strigifinitella. 41
Neurolipa, nov. gen., 39; randiella, 39. 68.
Neurostrata, nov. gen., 41; gunniella, 41, 6S.
Oistus, The Elaterid genus, 126; Table of

species, 127; edmonstoni, n. sp., 127.
Orchid weevils, Notes and descriptions of

some, 12; Literature on, 16, 19.
Orthoptera and Dermaptera of Plummers

Island, Maryland, and vicinity, List of, 100.
Oiyssus is parasitic, 87; Notes on the im-

matuie stages, 89; List of species, 95;

occidentalis, 88, 89.
Paiectopa, Description of the genus, II;

Species of. 70.
Paroinyx, Desciiption of the genus, 42;

Species of, 71 .

Perissarthron, nov. gen., 1; trapezium, 2.
Phyllonorycter, Description of the genus,

38; List of sp., 55.
Plummers Island, Maryland, List of the

Dermaptera and Orthoptera of. 100;

Bibliography, 120.
Porphyiosela, Description of, 38; List of sp.,

49.
Pseudotephrites corticalis. Biological note

on, with description of larva and pupa. 155.
Pyrophorus, Table of Noith American

species, 3, 6; arizonensis, n. sp., 8;

atlanticus, n. sp., 8; physoderus, 6;

texanus, n. sp., 9.
ROHWISR, S. A.: The American species of the

genus Cephus, 139.

ROHWUR, S. A. AND R. A. CUSHMAN: Idio-
gastra. a new suborder of Hymenoptera

with notes on the immature stages of

Oryssus, H9.
Royal Palm Hammock in the Florida Ever

glades, Descriptions and illustrations of,

143.

Schistocerca tartarica taken at sea, 77.
Schizonotus sieboldii. Notes on the biology of,

128

SCHWARZ. E. A. AND H. S. BARBER: Tun

new Hydrophilid beetles, 129.
SMITH, HARRISON E.: Notes on N. A
Tachinid;i>, including I la- description of
one new genus, 122.

INDEX

183

SNYDER, THOMAS K.: Peculiar habit of a

horsefly (Tabanus americanus) in the

Florida Everglades, 141.
Spercheus, List of species, 134; stangli,

n. sp., 133.
Spilohaetosoma, new gen., 125; californica,

n. sp., 126.

Stelis manni, n. sp.. 168.
STRAUSS, JOHN F.: Announcement of death

of. 29.
Syntomaspis amelanchieris, n. sp , 82; Habits

and larva of, 84.
Tabanus americanus, Peculiar habit of, in the

Florida Everglades, 141, 145.

Tachinid parasites of Eleodes, Three new,
22.

Tachinidae, Notes on Noith Ameiican, in-
cluding the description of one new species,
122.

Terias nicippe. Color variation in the pupae,
78.

Tortricid Genitalia, A note on, 137.

Trachusa manni, n. sp., 167.

WALTON, W. R.: Three new Tachinid
parasites of Eleodes, 22.

Weevils, Notes and description of some
orchid weevils, 12.

Zemiodes (?) variabilis, Synonymy of, 165

ANNOUNCEMENT

Separates of all the important papers published in the PROCEED-
INGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and a num-
ber from other journals are for sale at approximately two cents per
page (no article less than ten cents). They can be had by apply-
ing to the Corresponding Secretary of the Entomological Society,
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. No receipt will be
mailed for the sale of printed matter unless especially requested.

OF SPECIAL INTEREST

DYAR, H. G. A Review of the North American Species of the Lepi-

dopterous Family Anghroceridae $0 . 10

" " Lepidoptera of the Kootenay District, British Co-
lumbia 1904 20

" "A Review of the North American PyraHnae 10

" " On the White Eucleidae and the Larva of Calybia

slosspnae 10

Life History of the Florida Form of Euclea delphini. .10
" ' Eight papers consisting of notes on Cochlidiidae,

partly Exotic 35

" " Six papers on the Life History of North American

Moths 20

Two papers on Arctians 15

Three papers on Pyralidae 15

« " Two papers describing larvae of Mexican Lepidop-
tera 15

Additions to the list of North American Lepidop-
tera, Nos. I and IT 15

" " A Synopsis of three Genera (Bronthis, Chionobus,

Brabia) of North American Butterflies 25

" " Thirty-six papers dealing mostly with the Descrip-
tions of American Moths 1 .35

" " Notes on Hulst and Strecher Types 15

Three papers on the Sloth Moth 10

u " Fifteen short systematic and biological papers 25

" " Twenty-seven titles dealing with descriptions of

miscellaneous Lepidopterous Larvae 75

EDWARDS, H. Bibliographical Catalog of the Described Transfor-
mations of North American Lepidoptera, 1889. . . . 1.00
FRENCH, C. H. Notes on the Preparatory Stages of Papiliocres-

phontes 10

* A Yellow-Winged Catocalae 10

FYKES, F. W. Further Observations upon Bombys cunea Drurv.. . .10
GROSSBECH, JOHN A. Additions to the List of North American

Geometridae with Notes on Some De-

sciibed Species 15

GROTE, A. R. Results Obtained from a Search for the Type of
Noctua linnaei, and Conclusions as to the type of
the Hubnerian Noctuid genera represented in the

North Anerican Fauna

" A New Catocla from Texas

HINDS, W. E. Notes on the Life History of Alsophila poiuetaria... .10

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THIS NUMBER

AINSLIE, GEO. G. : Color variation in pupae of Terias nicippe Cramer. . . 78

BABBEB, H. S. : Notes and descriptions of some orchid weevils 12

BUEK, H. E. : Oryssus is parasitic 87

BUSK, AUGUST : Notes on a Bethylid parasite of the pink boll worm ','.'.', 99

CBAWFOBD, J. C. : New hymenoptera 105

CUSHMAN, R. A.: A much described Ichneumonid and its systematic

position 152

CUSHMAN, R. A. : Notes on the biology of SchizonotussieboidtiHaiz.... ' 128

» CUSHMAN, R. A. : Two new chalcids from the seeds of Amelanchier 79

ELY, CHAS. R. : A revision of the American Gracelariidae from the

standpoint of venation 29

FAGAN, MAEGABET: The uses of insect galls ....... . . . . . . . ] . . . . . 140

FISHEE, W*. S. : A new species of longhorn beetle infesting cowpeas from

Mexico 173

GAHAN, A. B. : The significance of the author's name following a species 173
GILL, J. B.: Notes on two species of Acrobasis especially injurious to

pecans 86

GEEENE, CHAELES T. : A contribution to the biology of N. A. Diptera. ' 146
HALL, W. B. : Notes on the immature stages of Hemitaxonus muUicinc-

tus Rohwer 28

HEINBICH, GAEL: A new Coleophora injurious to apple in California .. 135

HEINEICH, GAEL: A note on the Tortricid genitalia. , 137

HOWAED, L. O. : Schistocera tartarica taken at sea 77

HYSLOP, J. A. : A new Genus (Perissarthron) of Elateridae and a

revision of the American Elateridae of the genus Pyrophorus with

descriptions of new species. j

HYSLOP, J. A. : The Elaterid genus Oistus of Candeze ..........!!! 1 26

McATEE, W. L. : Key to the Neartic species of Leptoypka and Leptdstyla 99
McATEE, W. L., and CAUDELL, A. N.: First list of Dermaptera and

Orthoptera of Plummers Island, Maryland and vicinity '. 100

MIDDLETON, WILLIAM : Notes on the larvae of some Cephidae. . ...... '. '. 174

ROHWEE, S. A. : The American species of the genus Cephus Latreille . . , 139
ROHWEE, S. A., and CUSHMAN, R. A.: Idiogastra, a new suborder of

Hymenoptera with notes on the immature stages of Oryssus 89

SASSCEB, E. R. : Photomicrography and its application to the study of

the Coccidae §Q

SCHWAEZ, E. A., and BAEBEE, H. S. : Two new hydrophilid beetles!. 129
SEIGLEB, E. H.: Codling moth investigations in the Grand Valley of

Colorado 99

SMITH, HAEEISON E.: Notes on North American Tacninidae/includ-

ing the description of one new genus 122

SNYDEB, THOMAS E. : A peculiar habit of a horsefly (Tabanus ameri-

canus) in the Florida Everglades v 141

WALTON, W. R. : Three new Tachinid parasites of Blbeodes. '.

0 2 <*

•-

— •

. I

m
O

O

C2

3 9088 00908 0243